Professional Documents
Culture Documents
r \~
**->.
BJR. 1L(1)/137
FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
ADMIRALTY
FLEET
ORDER
VOLUME
1937
B.R. 121(1)/1937
F OR O F F I C I A L U S E O N L Y
ADMIRALTY
FLEET O R D E R
VOLUME
1937
A d m ir a lty ,
S.W .l,
To all Commanders-in-Chief,
Flag Officers, Senior N aval
Officers,
Captains
and
Commanding
Officers of
H .M . Ships and Vessels,
Superintendents or Officers
in charge of H .M . Naval
Establishments and A d
m iralty Overseers concerned.
4
8. Separate Series. A d m ira lty F le e t O rd ers a re issu ed in s e p a ra te
series according to th e su b je c t m a tte r , a n d a re n u m b e re d co n secu tiv ely
s ta rtin g a t n u m b e r 1 in e ac h series a t th e b e g in n in g o f each c a le n d a r y e a r.
9. General Series. O rd ers in th e g e n e ra l series a re classified in sectio n s
as follows :
S e c t io n 1
A d m in is t r a t io n
of the
leet,
C e b e m o n ie s , F
o r e ig n
ort
e g u l a t io n s , e t c .
ay,
S e r v ic e s , D
is c ip l in e , e t c .
S e c t io n 3
G ., T ., N ., E . , e t c . , a n d S t o r e s ; H u l l , E q u i p m e n t a n d F i t t i n g s
N ote. O rders in th is sec tio n a re a rra n g e d acc o rd in g to th e d e p a rtm e n t
o f sh ip concerned , o rd ers co n cern in g m o re th a n o n e d e p a rtm e n t b ein g
in clu d ed u n d e r G eneral, a s follow s, b u t th is a rra n g e m e n t is n o t m a d e in
th e a n n u a l volum e.
G unnery
G uns, M oun tin g s, A m m u n itio n , T u rre ts , D ire c to rs, F ire
D iv in g A p p a ra tu s , M agazines, e tc ., a n d S to res.
C o n tro l,
Torpedo
T orpedoes, T u b e s, M ines a n d M inesw eeping, D e p th C harges, P a ra v a n e s ,
E le c tric a l E q u ip m e n t, A n ti-g as, A irc ra ft T o rp ed o es, e tc ., a n d S to res.
N avigation
N a v ig a tio n S to res, S e x ta n ts, C om passes, C h a rts, A n ch o rs, S ails, e tc .
E ngineer
M ain a n d A u x ilia ry E n g in e s, B oilers, o th e r M ach in ery in c h a rg e of
th e E n g in eer Officer, in clu d in g C a ta p u lts, C oal a n d Oil F u e l, an d
E n g in eerin g S tores.
S ig n a ls
W /T a n d V /S A p p a ra tu s a n d S to res.
A n ti -Subm arine
A sdics, H y d ro p h o n e s a n d E c h o S o u n d in g a n d S to res.
General
H u ll, A rm o u r, G en eral E q u ip m e n t a n d F ittin g s , e tc ., a n d O rd ers
affecting tw o o r m o re D e p a rtm e n ts .
S e c t io n 4
O t h e r St o r e s N
aval
St o r e s *, V ic t u a l l in g , M e d ic a l ,
a n d Contracts
e t c .,
St o r e s ,
5
S e c t io n 5
B o o k s, F
o rm s,
etu rn s,
Co rrespo n d en ce
S e c t io n 6
Sh o r e E
s t a b l is h m e n t s
B 3
6
16.
Scale of Supply. A d m ira lty F le e t O rd ers
an ce w ith th e scales sh o w n below .
General
Series**
D ia
and C .A . gram,
In d e x . F.Oa. Issu e.
6
6
4
f F la g Officers a n d Staffs
3
3
3
fC o m m o d o res a n d Staffs
4
4
3
fC a p ta in s (D), &c., a n d S taffs
24
16
6
C o u ra g e o u s
24
16
7
F u rio u s
20
12
6
O th e r A irc ra ft C arriers
B a ttle sh ip s, B a ttle C ruisers,
Im p ro v e d B irm in g h a m ,
K e n t, N o rfo lk , Y o rk ,
L ondon an d L eander
C lass C ruisers, D e p o t S hips
for D estro y e rs o r Sub8
6
m arin es, a n d R e p a ir Ships 16*
16*
8
6
H .M .S . V in d ictiv e
10
8
5
O th e r C ruisers
2
2
7
N e tla y e rs
4
2
4
M onitors (L arge)
T rib a l F lo tilla L e a d e rs a n d
1
3
3
D e stro y e rs ...
F lo tilla L ead ers, D estro y e rs,
M inelayers,
M o n ito rs
(Sm all), S u rv ey in g S hips,
R iv e r
G u n b o ats, E sc o rt
and Patrol Vessels
Minesweepers
Escort and Patrol Vessels
centrally stored
Submarines
Registered R .F.A .s ...
Ships in Reserve :
Parent Ships
Tenders
2
2
4
1
2
10
1
a re d is trib u te d in a c c o rd
S.
N otice
B oards K .R . Series.
Issu e . Series.
tt
3
6
5
2
3
3
4
3
2
40
8
16
60
9
14J
40
8
lOJ
8
8
6
8
15+
8
40
6
3t
40
40
40
1
1
2
2
3{
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
2
1
6
1
8
1
2
1
H o sp ita l Ships
3
** N o n -co n fid en tial o rders.
* T h e C om m an d in g Officer is resp o n sib le fo r d is trib u tio n w ith in th e sh ip
as h e th in k s fit, b u t th e n u m b e r a p p ro v e d p ro v id e s o n e c o p y fo r e ach o f th e
fo llo w in g : C a p ta i n ; C o m m a n d e r; G ., T ., N ., E n g in e e r, M edical,
A c c o u n ta n t, a n d R .M . Officers ; C a p ta in s, S h ip s a n d V ic tu a llin g Offices ;
A cco u n tin g Officer for E x p lo siv e s ; R e g u la tin g Office (for D iv isio n a l Officers
a n d M .A .A .); also one co p y for C e n tra l S to re Officer (a n d fo r C e n tra l S to re
Office), leaving one sp a re copy.
f A ll F la g Officers a n d S en io r N a v a l Officers a re to be su p p lie d w ith
tw o o r m ore copies o f th e F le e t a n d S h o re E s ta b lis h m e n ts E d itio n , for
in fo rm a tio n , w ith th e F le e t E d itio n (p a ra g ra p h 10 (6 ) ).
J In c lu d e s one c o p y fo r sh ip s lib ra ry .
0 T h e in te n tio n is t h a t one co p y sh a ll be av a ila b le fo r th e V isual
D e p a rtm e n t, one fo r th e W /T Office, o n e fo r th e C y p h er Officer, a n d th e
fo u rth for th e C a p ta in s Office, o r su ch o th e r p la ce as th e C a p ta in m a y
d ire c t.
f t N o t ap p licab le to S. o rd ers a m e n d in g sig n al p u b lic a tio n s o f th e
S .P . series a n d c e rta in sig n al b o o k s in th e O .U . series.
R .F .A . oilers a n d sto re ca rrie rs a re su p p lie d from th e A d m ira lty
d ire c t. O th e r reg iste red R .F .A .s (i.e., ex clu d in g y a rd c ra ft) a re to be
su p p lie d from th e p o r t o n w h ich th e y a re b ase d .
8
A n officer w ho d esires to receive copies sh o u ld fo rw a rd a n a p p lic a tio n to
th e S e c re ta ry o f th e A d m ira lty (E d ito r o f F le e t O rd ers), a n d sh o u ld g iv e th e
ad d ress a t w h ic h h e w ill b e. O n ly th e officers re a l a d d re s s c a n b e a c c e p te d .
T h e o rd e rs c a n n o t b e s e n t a b ro a d o r fo rw a rd ed to a b a n k e rs o r c lu b ad d re ss.
S u p p ly w ill cease w h en a n officer ta k e s u p a n a v a l a p p o in tm e n t o r is
p lace d o n th e re tire d list.
I t m u s t b e c le a rly recognised t h a t C o n fid en tial A d m ira lty F le e t O rd ers
a re s tric tly co n fid en tia l a n d t h a t th e o th e r copies a re fo r official u se o n ly .
A n officer, w h e n fo rw ard in g th e a p p lic a tio n , m u s t g iv e a n a ssu ra n c e t h a t
all copies w ill b e k e p t u n d e r lo ck a n d k e y , t h a t e v e ry p re c a u tio n w ill b e
ta k e n a g a in s t th e ir b ein g m isla id , a n d t h a t th e ir co n fid e n tia l o r official
n a tu r e w ill b e p re se rv e d b y h im . F u rth e r, o n e ac h 1 st J a n u a r y h e w ill
be re q u ire d to fo rw a rd a certific ate to th e S e c re ta ry o f th e A d m ira lty
(E d ito r o f F le e t O rders) t h a t th e d o c u m e n ts a re in safe c u sto d y . W h e n
a re c ip ie n t ta k e s u p a n a v a l a p p o in tm e n t, o r pro ceed s a b ro a d , o r is re tire d ,
he is to fo rw a rd a ce rtific a te o f d e stru c tio n o f o rd ers t h a t h a v e b een
su p p lie d to h im .
SECTION LIST
(Showing the Sections in which Admiralty Fleet Orders in the 1937 Volume
appear.)
Numbers in italics refer to C.A.F.O.s (shown in P art II of this volume).
A.F.O.
1920.
992
2157
3657
3680
Section.
1923.
449
2590
57
64
422
919
927
1463
1837
2232
2416
2655
2895
2944
2
2
762
1295
1371
1865
1881
1990
3367
1925.
61
1550
1558
1893
2370
2959
3536
A.F.O.
!
2
3
6
2
3
2
4
5
6
6
2
3
3
3
3
4
5
172
184
710
973
1202
1278
1308
1517
1870
1955
1967
2135
2337
2452
2797
3004
3046
144
193
277
400
428
542
543
796
859
975
1003
1131
1183
1356
1561
1580
1610
1629
1754
1811
1831
1909
1995
2089
2100
2208
2562
2631
2737
2810
3007
1
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
3
6
2
6
2
1
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
1927.
159
510
628
1328
1406
1461
2135
2168
2327
2347
2380
2910
3
5
1
3
2
2
3
2
6
3
1
1
1930.
435
436
577
650
880
1026
1077
1132
1277
1366
1493
1827
2783
2809
2985
3097
3138
3277
1
2
2
3
2
3
4
3
6
2
6
2
6
6
6
4
2
3
2
1932.
i
6
6
2
3
6
3
3
2
2
3
2
4
1
3
3
6
2
4
'
92
203
251
351
594
619
1003
1052
1114
1240
1337
1467
1484
1569
1664
1667
1670
1796
1815
1835
1924
1928
1935
1945
A.F.O.
Section.
1932
3
6
1
6
1
6
3
2
6
2
3
2
1926.
2583
2889
3038
3546
3548
Section.
1931.
1
2
5
1
2
2
6
3
3
L
5
1929.
1924.
Section.
1928.
6
2
2
2
1921.
12
1307
A.F.O.
3
6
2
2
1
3
2
6
6
2
6
4
6
4
1
1
2
2
3
6
1
2
2
3
(contd.)
2021
2023
2048
2074
2171
2399
2401
2447
2618
2658
2846
2851
2898
3009
1933.
5
140
150
161
186
196
236
258
267
381
396
412
432
442
448
473
501
592
617
620
630
634
637
688
700
831
920
933
944
955
981
983
1226
1234
1238
1383
1390
1516
1548
1564
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
3
6
2
1
2
3
3
1
2
3
3
4
3
2
2
3
5
1
2
2
3
2
2
3
3
5
6
1
2
2
3
2
a
4
6
3
4
3
3
4
6
2
3
6
2
10
.F.O.
138
xmtd.)
1661
1725
1793
1802
1816
1917
1976
1988
2017
2149
2186
2200
2201
2425
2520
2525
2761
2762
2826
2960
Section.
3
3
1
2
3
6
1
3
1
3
3
*3
3
3
1
1
1
1
3
2
184.
6
69
112
121
325
330
331
397
42]
550
568
619
670
674
697
746
855
906
990
1112
1164
1167
1181
1232
1380
1422
1496
1674
1745
1748
1829
1836
1872
1908
1915
1976
2120
2140
2171
2186
2299
2334
3
2
6
1
3
3
4
6
3
5
1
1
6
3
3
3
5
3
3
6
1
1
3
4
5
3
3
6
3
5
6
2
4
3
3
1
6
3
2
3
2
6
A.F.O.
1034
(contd.)
2440
2500
2509
2511
2516
2539
2546
2549
2551
2644
2738
2 778
2791
2795
1935
18
31
78
83
87
100
101
105
133
156
252
265
268
296
298
352
353
393
475
482
509
515
527
561
574
647
694
708
735
794
795
798
800
820
942
950
953
971
973
984
1001
1017
1030
1056
1079
1141
1203
1212
Section.
A.F.O.
i
6
6
2
2
3
4
6
6
1
2
3
2
3
3
3
3
1
3
3
6
6
1
6
1
6
1
3
4
4
1
1
3
1
2
3
4
1
3
3
1
3
1
6
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
1
1
3
3
6
3
2
3
2
1
2
I
j
1935
[contd.)
1230
1278
1281
1374
1471
1488
1499
1551
1565
1590
1675
1695
1750
1759
1786
1821
1855
1875
1902
1921
1922
1985
1990
2031
2032
2014
2047
2070
2122
2132
2186
2187
2211
2220
2278
2279
2288
2293
2295
2309
2364
2376
2382
2389
2394
2486
2501
2504
2510
2523
2533
2573
2589
2634
2663a
2745
2765
2800
2808
2872
2908
2998
3002
3025
3026
3030
Section.
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
3
2
1
3
3
2
6
3
6
2
4
3
4
4
3
3
3
3
2
3
6
1
1
3
4
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
6
6
A.F.O.
1
!
!
1
3
3
6
3
6
1936
!
!
!
!
!
!
;
!
!
1
;
!
!
3
6
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
2
3
5
3
2
2
3
3
4
1935
(contd.)
3052
3076
3080
3082
3085
3100
bio
!
!
!
;
!
!
;
j
36
48
122
126
130
146
160
167
171
187
209
218
220
222
231
233
240
251
255
258
273
325
330
338
386
387
389
397
400
411
424
430
479
483
485
492
502
503
504
522
536
548
553
558
559
562
580
663
668
670
671
686
695
700
706
723
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
3
3
4
6
2
2
2
3
3
3
0
1
1
1
3
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
3
4
6
6
1
1
3
3
3
4
1
11
A.F.O.
36
1936
urntd.
724
733
742
752
759
765
799
808
815
830
869
879
887
894
897
912
917
918
922
939
942
961
969
995
1010
1039
1075
1081
1089
1161
1171
1173
1176
1195
1200
1205
1213
1224
1228
1232
1258
1277
1285
1291
1294
1308
1335
1341
1357
1363
1413
1414
1440
1445
1454
1465
1490
1495
1499
1500
1501
1512
1530
1556
1578
1591
,F.0.
(contd.)
1605
1607
1609
1619
1690
1702
1720
1723
1771
1772
1779
1783
1785
1794a
1794b
1817
1818
1819
1821
1822
1826
1827
1832
1833
1835
1837
1838
1839
1857
1869
1874
1875
1884
1885
1892
1896
1915
1929
1932
1939
1945
1997
2014
2039
2042
2058
2059
2081
2087
2091
2111
2115
2116
2119
2122
2124
2133
2134
2136
2138
2144
2165
2171
2181
2253
2256
A.F.O.
Section.
1 1936
j 1936
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
5
2
3
1
2
3
3
5
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
2
3
3
2
3
1
I
(contd.)
2264
2275
2318
2320
2321
2354
2356
2358
2359
2368
2383
2422
2425
2428
2435
2486
2497
2498
2501
2508
2526
2564
2570
2576
2578
2579
2586
2590
2601
2607
2619
2620
2635
2636
2642
2670
2672
2681
2682
2693
2744
2746
2748
2762
2765
2769
2771
2780
2790
2801
2804
2821
2822
2834
2844
2861
2873
2878
2896
2900
2903
2921
2983
2984
2985
2995
A.F.O.
Section.
3
3
3
3
3
1
2
2
2
3
4
3
3
3
4
2
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
5
1
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
1
2
3
3
1
2
3
4
2
2
3
3
3
5
2
2
2
3
(contd.)
2996
2999
3014
3028
3041
3042
3055
3073
3074
3085
3091
3093
3107
3111
3112
3113
3124
3128
3135
3136
3145
1937
1
16
22
23
24
25
26
27
29
39
45
51
60
61
69
74
76
82
83
88
106
107
132
152
154
163
164
165
167
173
180
202
206
221
224
228
229
230
239
240
243
12
1987
(contd.)
247
257
267
2 76
291
298
300
301
304
306
312
314
320
321
323
331
333
352
355
358
359
364
379
382
385
386
392
396
397
400
416
422
423
432
438
445
446
451
459
462
470
472
476
479
482
484
487
491
501
517
524
529
535
542
543
545
557
560
565
567
568
572
57.6
583
591
605
Section.
Section.
1937
(contd.)
606
607
615
616
623
624
631
633
635
651
655
662
669
675
677
678
682
698
707
709
710
727
734
735
741
744
760
762
765
766
775
779
780
7S3
787
790
797
800
804
807
815
817
828
830
32
837
839
841
844
845
849
850
851
852
854
858
877
878
880
95
897
898
902
906
907
939
A.F.O.
A.F.O.
1937
1937
(contd.)
941
943
944
946
947
951
964
953
984
986
988
999
1003
1007
1010
1014
1019
1029
1036
1046
1048
1050
1051
1053
1054
1065
1066
1069
1075
1083
1101
1116
1122
1124
1127
1129
1145
1149
1152
1170
1190
1191
1195
1197
1204
1205
1206
1208
1209
1217
1222
1226
1234
1239
1248
1253
1270
1273
1284
1289
1293
1295
1302
1303
1304
1305
(contd.)
1311
1325
1327
1331
1349
1350
1354
1356
1357
1359
1360
1361
1371
1372
1375
1381
1386
1391
1411
1412
1417
1420
1427
1434
1446
1449
1458
1459
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1468
1469
1474
1478
1486
1501
1504
1505
1509
1514
1515
1523
1528
1530
1534
1546
1549
1552
1553
1577
1579
1580
1585
1586
1596
1603
1608
1609
1613
1614
1615
1626
Section.
U M U U U U U M I ^ t j a Q a W U U W U W U M N I K K M H H C i U C i S W U W W O S U U W U W h S K I H O i U C C U W
A.F.O.
13
.F.0.
A.F.O.
}37
1937
contd.'
1640
1652
1656
1658
1661
1662
1664
1665
1666
1667
1672
1676
1677
1692
1703
1708
1709
1711
1715
1718
1725
1728
1745
1747
1748
1752
1753
1757
1765
1769
1771
1774
1788
1794
1797
1800
1807
1810
1812
1818
1823
1825
1832
1833
1834
1836
1839
1841
1844
1846
1849
1851
1861
1869
1870
1871
1879
1881
1884
1885
1888
1890
1892
1897
1898
1899
(contd.)
1902
1916
1917
1919
1922
1924
1925
1926
1930
1931
1932
1939
1940
1943
1946
1947
1956
1957
1962
1969
1970
1971
1972
1977
1978
1979
1983
1984
1985
1987
1990
1991
1994
1995
1998
2002
2004
2033
2034
2036
2041
2047
2051
2053
2054
2058
2064
2065
2073
2081
2088
2093
2096
2102
2105
2106
2107
2108
2112
2114
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2127
Section.
A.F.O.
Section.
1937
3
6
1
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
6
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
6
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
(contd.)
2129
2140
2149
2155
2161
2166
2168
2169
2171
2172
2177
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2185
2187
2208
2209
2223
2232
2235
2240
2243
2252
2258
2260
2268
2274
2283
2294
2303
2305
2310
2311
2312
2314
2322
2327
2328
2329
2354
2355
2357
2358
2362
2366
2373
2380
2381
2385
2386
2396
2401
2402
2420
2422
2428
2436
2440
2443
2446
2447
2453
2454
; a.f .o.
i
3
6
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
2
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
5
6
6
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
6
6
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
1
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
!
;
tic
1937
(contd.)
2464
2471
2476
2491
2497
2498
2499
2503
2504
2507
2525
2534
2538
2543
2544
2548
2553
2555
2556
2559
2560
2568
2571
2579
2580
2581
2586
2591
2595
2596
2602
2607
2609
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2618
2639
2642
2643
2644
2648
2650
2653
2660
2665
2671
2673
2675
2679
2683
2685
2690
2694
2699
2702
2718
2719
2722
2723
2724
2727
2728
4
5
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
6
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
5
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
14
A.F.O.
Section.
1937
{contd.)
2729
2731
2734
2735
2743
2755
2759
2763
2764
A.F.O.
Section.
1937
3
3
3
3
5
2
2
2
2
(contd.)
2765
2768
2769
2770
2772
2773
2777
2778
2780
A.F.O.
Section.
1937
1937
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
(contd.)
2781
2782
2784
2785
2794
2797
2798
2804
2806
A.F.O.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
(contd.)
2811
2821
2827
2828
2834
2836
Section.
15
DISPOSAL LIST
(Showing the disposal of Orders not in the 1937 Volume that were con
tained in the A.F.O. Volume, 1936, or were issued during 1937.)
(a) =
(b) =
(c) =
(d) =
Obsolete.
Cancelled or superseded, and by what Admiralty Fleet Order.
Incorporated in other books of regulations or instruction, and where.
Considered sufficiently promulgated although not obsolete.
Orders marked are formal amendments to Books of Regulations, etc. They are to be
retained until they are included in Addenda to the Books or re-issued in the A.F.O. P Series.
A.F.O.
Subject.
Disposal.
1
1923
468
!
Lifting Hooks, Keel Plates, Bolts, etc., of Boats of
Mercantile TypeSurvey
...
...............
(d)
1927
579
1286
1928
1672
1929
2
1549
1864
1871
1997
2175
3215
1930
345
366
1487
3200
1931
2
238
1889
2343
1932
131
777
944
1214
1445
1624
(d)
(d)
(b) A.F.O. 2223/37.
(d)
(a)
(d)
(b) A.F.O. 941/38.
(d)
(c) B.R. 875.
(a)
(c) O.U. 6090 (A)(1).
16
A.F.O.
Subject.
Disposal.
1932- (contd.).
1793
1929
1954
2024
2138
2273
2630
2904
2947
Anti-gas InstructionOfficers
Organisation of Ships CompanyOrdinary Seamen ...
Propeller ShaftingCorrosion ( V and W Class
Destroyers)
...........................
Royal MarinesPromotion, etc., of Non-Commissioned
Officers
Q.F. Cartridges fitted with No. 9 Percussion Primer
Introduction
Victualling of Army Officers and Other Ranks in H.M.
Ships and Naval EstablishmentsRecovery of Cost...
18-in. Sperry Signalling Lamps ...
Smoke FloatsDelay Action FittingsInstructions for
Use
...........................................................................
Naval ObserversBasis of Training
1933
23
25
27
185
370
533
725
773
915
1094
1185
1392
1457
1573
1928
3028
2711
1934
231
245
408
463
690
692
1117
(d)
(c) C.A.F.O. 1323/37.
17
A.F.O.
Subject.
Disposal.
1934 (contd.).
Plotting Instruction for Instructor Officers and School
1250
masters
(d)
18-in., Mark VIII*, F.A.A.3 TorpedoesModification to
1273
(d)
Horizontal Rudder Controlling Gear ...
1356
BandsConditions of Loan or Acceptance of Private
(c) K.R, & A.I.
Engagements
1409
Practice Ammunition for L.A. Fire from 4-in. H.A. Guns
in 8-in. CruisersType of Ammunition for Supply ... (d)
Electrical Installation in ShipsResponsibility of
1453
(b) A.F.O. 711/38.
Torpedo and Engineer OfficersREPORTS ...
1610
Alterations and Additions to H.M. ShipsIntroduction
(c) K.R. & A.I.
of F o rm s ..........................................................................
1644
CatapultsSecuring Breech Disc to Explosion Chamber
2161
Allowances to Civil StaffAssessment ...
L//j\
r \a)
2320
Davis Submerged Escape Apparatus
2358
Ammunition, 4-in. and 4 -7-in., Q.F., FixedFailures ...
2515
Director Firing GearClassification of Gyro Sights,
Local Director Sights, Range, Elevation and Deflec
tion Units, Elevation and Training Receivers, PomPom Directors, H.A.C.S. Directors and Bombardment
Levels (Ships and Establishments concerned,) ...
(b) C.A.F.O. 2327/37.
2578
ProvisionsLanding at Home Ports
(b) A.F.O. 2401/37.
2610
Rangefinder Window Cleaning GearCorrosion of
(d)
Rangefinder and Hood ...
2649
Subscriptions to Mutual Aid Societies or Funds in H.M.
(c) K.R. & A.I.
Ships
...
...
...
...............
2659
Tubes, Vent, Electric, 5-in.
(c) C.B. 1876 (a).
"
2725
Courses for Naval Observers at the R.A.F. School of
Photography
2783
Director Firing Gear, No. 7, Mark II*, Dial Sights
Allocation and Disposal from Ships going into Reserve
(d)
2789
Torpedoes, 21-in., Mark V, issued to Vessels with Revolv
ing TubesRemoval of Gyro Angling Gear ...
2830
Em pty Cartridge CasesPacking to prevent Damage ...
1935
16
19
88
124
125
187
214
276
360
380
383
440
495
560
(a)
>(d)
r()
(a)
(d)
(b) C.A.F.O.s 1605/36 and
895/37.
(6) A.F.O. 2008/37.
18
A.F.C
Subject.
(contd.).
Rangefinders, 22 ft. F.X.3, on M.G. 23 MountingsBack
lash in Elevating DriveElimination ( Kent and
London Classes)
Michell Thrust Blocks
690
Torpedo StoresGuards, Safety, Air Levers, St. No. T.87
793
Modification ...
CartridgesEmpty Cylinders, Q.F., 4-in., Mark V, and
1029
Q.F., 4 7-in., Mark V IIIAccumulation during Firings
Lecture Library
1213
Fuzes, Drill, Time, No. 198, Marks I and IIRepair ...
1218
Stabilised Chloride of Lime (Bleaching Powder) for Gas
1222
DecontaminationStorage and Test ...
SloopsNomenclature for all Types
1238
Removoil (Roftas)Use (Dockyards and Oil Fuel Dpts)
1253
R.N. and R.M. Officers attached to R.A.F. for service
1352
with Fleet Air ArmReporting Movements ...
Shells, B.L., 4 -7-in., Heavy, S.A.P., Mark IVA, N.T.,
1367
with Tracer Cavity PluggerInterchangeability with
Mark IIA S h e l l ...............................................................
1559a H.M.A.S. Sydney Recovery of Cost from the
Commonwealth Government ...
Meteorological Offices and Pilot Balloon Shelters
1564
Provision of
Gun Mountings, 3- 7-in., Howitzer Field Equipments
1608
Sights
303-in., Red Label Ammunition, Ball, Mark V II
1609
Supply (H .M . Ships other than Aircraft Carriers)
24%-in. TorpedoesBlowing HeadsRe-introduction of
1612
Oil Tracks
Director Firing GearHenderson Gyro Firing Gear and
1694
Type G Gyro Director SightsImproved form of
Contact Holder (All Ships concerned ; H.M. Dockyard,
Portsmouth)
Chlorosulphonic Acid Plants in Two-speed Destroyer
1703
SweepDestroyers
Gun MountingsMaxim Tripod Mountings, Mark IV
1793
Modifications
GyroscopesN.A.R.W. and N.A.R.J.W .Modification
1799
to prevent Fouling of the Horizontal Gymbal.
Acting Sub-Lieutenant (E)Promotion from the Lower
1828
Deck
Officer ObserversLiability of all Executive Officers for
1899
Selection for Qualifying Course
O.B.L., 8-in., Mark VIII*Damage to Chamber, Shell
1907
Drill, B.L., 8-in., Mark II*B or IIIB Looseness of
Fixing Screw securing Brass Nose
Electric Panel Fires for New ConstructionHeight from
1924
DeckModification
Supplies for 10-in. Signalling Projectors (New Construc
1967
tion and all Ships fitted with Four Sets of Resistances)...
Repayment Services executed on behalf of the Air
2004
Ministry ...
Wired Glass for use in Buildings ...
2008
Torpedoes and StoresNickel-copper Alloy Coupling
2033
Screws, for use with certain 18-in., Mark VIII*, F.A.A.
Type TorpedoesIntroduction
Supply of Mines to Submarines ...
2037
Respirators, Anti-gasIssue of Type E Containers
2204
Minor Defects in Oars
2219
Director Firing GearMethod of ensuring th a t Bearing
2283
Drives to Tilt Correctors are Assembled Correctly ...
Gun Sighting and Director Periscopes, Telescopes, and
2287
Binoculars ; also Range and Heightfinders Light
Filters or ScreensREPORT ...
Flares, AircraftReconnaissance ( Leander and
2291
Arethusa " Class Cruisers)
Disposal.
1935
671
|> (d )
>(d)
j(d)
(c) C.B. 1948 (4).
>(<*)
19
A.F.O. I
1935 (conld.).
2356 i Telescopes,
Pattern
G.350supply;
Telescopes,
I Patterns G.330 and G.331Surrender. 4-in., H.A.
I III, III* and IV Gun MountingsModification to
Open SightsREPORTS
2487
Asdic Loud Speaker EquipmentAbolition in Submarines
2552
Colosyl W.X. Degreasing AgentUse (Dockyards and
Shore Repair Establishments, etc.)
2651
Submarine Smoke CandlesTypes in Service and In
structions for their use in Submarines...
2652
Aircraft Smoke Floats and Practice BombsConfusion
with Submarine Smoke Candles
2665
Respirators, Anti-gas Containers, Type E Issue,
and Haversack Modification
2678
10-in. Signalling Projectors, Patterns 3860a and 3860 ...
2744
SabotageImmediate Report to Director of Naval
Intelligence
2764
Protector Paravane RopesIssue of Left-hand Lay ...
2819
Anti-gas StoresBleach Ointment and Bleach Paste
Instructions
2824
16-ft. Skiff DinghiesReplacement of Existing Rig by
New Rig ...
2848
Gun Mountings, 15-in., Mark IUnloading Arrange
ments
2850
Gun MountingsHydraulic Hoist PressesSecuring of
Guards and Limit Stops..............
2853
Depth ChargesRevised Allowances
2916
Bedding for Admiralty and Contractors Personnel
attending TrialsSupply, etc. ...
3029
Trial of Contract-made Boots for Royal Marines
REPORT
...............................................................
3071
Cylinders, Guncotton Dry Charges, 2J lb.Defective ...
3101
Subhead E.28Special Reserve Sets of Naval Stores
REPORTS
...............................................................
1936
11
19
41
51
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
Disposal.
Subject.
Hd)
jtf)
(b) C.A.F.O. 407/38.
(b) A.F.O. 2804/37.
(d)
(d)
(c) R.M. Dress Regulations.
(d)
(c) Handbooks of Asdic sets.
20
A.F.O.
Subject.
1938
(contd.).
O.U. 5449Regulations for Maintenance of 21-in.,
Mark II-V Torpedoes ...
O.U. 5450Regulations for Maintenance of 21-in.,
Mark IV*, S. and S.0 . Torpedoes, etc.
O.U. 5451Regulations for Maintenance of 21-in.,
Mark V II Torpedoes
O.U. 5452Regulations for Maintenance of 24-in.,
Mark I Torpedoes
O.U. 5461Handbook for 21-in. Torpedoes, Mark II-V
O.U. 6146Instructions for Torpedo Trials
O.U. 6234Reserves of Naval Stores to be maintained at
H.M. Dockyards a t Home
O.U. 6247Regulations for Maintenance of 21-in.,
Mark V III-V III* Torpedoes .......................................
O.U. 6251Regulations for Maintenance of 21-in.,
Mark IX -IX * Torpedoes
O.U. 6259Regulations for Maintenance of 18-in.,
Mark VIII*, F.A.A. Torpedoes...
O.U. 6270Memorandum on Reserves of Naval Stores at
Naval Yards Abroad
O.U. 6281Regulations for Maintenance of 18-in.,
Mark X I Torpedoes
Travelling ConcessionsReserve Personnel and their
Wives and Families
Practice Ammunition for L.A. Fire from 4-in. H.A.
GunsNew Type of Ammunition for Supply.
Torpedo Tubes21-in., T.R. IV, Q.R. VII, Q.R. V III
and P.R. IModification to Top Strips (Arethusa,
Galatea, Ajax, Apollo," Amphion, Sydney,
GrenviUe, Greyhound Class Destroyers and
Dockyards concerned)
W /T Sensefinders S.42, Pattern 1266AKPurchase and
Allocation (Ships and authorities concerned) ...
Torpedo Specialist CourseRevised Syllabus ...
Privately-owned Motor Vehicles used on Official Business
by Naval and Marine PersonnelInsurance ...
Travelling Expenses between Lodgings and Place of Duty
at Newcastle
MinesSupply to SubmarinesArrangements concern
ing Disembarking Mines...
Smoke CandlesTypes in ServiceAllowances and
SupplyRecovery and Examinations of Failures ...
Star Shell Deflection CalculatorsModification to
Illumination Arrangements (Battleships, Battle Cruisers,
Aircraft Carriers and Cruisers of E and later Classes,
Ships concerned and Home Yards)
Side Ready SwitchesFitting of New Type (Acasta
and Beagle Class Destroyers and Leaders. H.M.
Dockyards)
Gyro Compass BalancersReplacement of Worn
Duralumin Side Plates of Ball CagesREPORTS ...
(Battleships, Cruisers, and Aircraft Carriers) ...
Government Telegraph CodeAppendix (1935)Naval
Correction No. 1 ...
Torpedo and StoresAdapters, Blowing-through Bottles,
Small, St. No. T.199ModificationIntroduction of
Adapters, St. No. T.199a
H eads, Blowing, 24-in., Mark IModification to Catch
for Tube-held Locking Device ...
Mark V Minesweeping OutfitsLight Hand-worked
Oropesa Sweep ...
Gyroscopes, A.R.A., A.R.A.T., A.R.P., A.R.N., A.R.P.W.
Jamming of the Spring Catch in the Vertical Gymbal
Synchronous Motor Transmitter Units and Relay Boxes
Material for Relay Contacts
Memorandum N.I. (S), 1932Amendments
Memorandum N.I. (U), 1932Amendments
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
109
118
123
128
153
155
156
224
274
279
280
283
296
317
319
321
322
324
340
341
Disposal.
Hd)
(d)
21
A.F.O.
Disposal.
Subject.
1936 (contd.).
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
405
406
420
421
22
1936 (contd.).
422
468
484
491
508
541
549
554
572
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
I
:
j
!
i
(d)
(c) O.U. 5427/38.
(c) O.U. 5427/38.
(c) Forms S.67 and S.68.
(d)
(b) C.A.F.O. 2213/37.
(c) B.R. 366.
(b) A.F.O. 1062/38.
(d)
23
..F.C
936
618
619
620
621
622
623
651
653
665
669
685
687
689
694
697
716
718
740
744
748
793
803
805
812
813
814
817
Subject.
Disposal.
(contd.).
O.U. 6247Regulations for Maintenance of 21-in.,
Mark V III-V III* Torpedoes ......................................
O.U. 6251Regulations for Maintenance of 21-in.,
Mark IX -IX * Torpedoes
O.U. 6259Regulations for Maintenance of 18-in.,
Mark VIII* Torpedoes
O.U. 6270Memorandum on Reserves of Naval Stores at
Yards Abroad
O.U. 6281Regulations for Maintenance of 18-in.,
Mark X I Torpedoes
R.N.A.S.B.R. Regulations
Main Battery Components carried in Submarine Depot
ShipsRevised Allowances
Steam Cooking PlantSafety Precautions
Oars Shipped AbroadMethod of PackingREPORTS
Meteorological Organisation on the Mediterranean
StationSupply of Special Forecasts by the Meteoro >(d)
logical Offices a t Malta and Heliopolis ...
Gun and Director Sight Dials6-in. Mountings ( Queen
Elizabeth " and Royal Sovereign Glasses and Dock
yards concerned) ...
Catapults Queen Bee Charges, Mark I
(b) C.A.F.O. 1123/38.
Director Firing CircuitsGyro Firing Relays, Marks IIC,
IID, IIIC and H ID , and Spark QuenchersFitting of
(Amazon," A m b u s c a d e Acosta, Beagle,"
Crusader," Defender," Eclipse," and Fearless "
Classes; Codrington," Keith," Kempenfelt,"
Duncan, Exmouth," F a u lk n o r Enchantress,"
Leander," Norfolk," and York Classes ; Ajax,"
Amphion," Arethusa, Apollo," Sydney " and
Galatea )
(b) C.A.F.O. 1123/38.
Air Filtration UnitsSpare Prefilters forREPORTS
(Ships concerned)
(c) O.U. 5427/38.
W/TInterference between Main and Fire Control W/T
SetsSeparation of Aerials (Flotilla Leaders and
Destroyers)
Form S.1246pHistory Sheet for Air Gunner and
Observers MateInstitution ...
>(d)
Civil StaffAnnual Return
Gun Mountings, 8-in., Mark II and II*, and 6-in.,
Mark X XI, H.P. Air Stop Valves ( Dorsetshire,"
York," Leander, Modified Leander and
Arethusa Classes)
TorpedoesPeriodical Overhauls and Examinations
Procedure as to Landing for Repairs, or on Deposit, at
Torpedo Depot ...
(b) A.F.O. 1049/38.
T.S.D.S. DavitsPadlocks
Pipes, Conduits, Ducts, and CablesIdentification and
Marking of, in Buildings
Guns, Q.F., 4-in., H.A.Low Angle Range Strips
Graduation
Gun Mountings, 4-in., H.A., Marks III and III*D.F.
Operating Gear ...
Types 403 and 403X Warning Telephone Installations
Supply of Spare Power-amplifiers, Pattern 8761a
(Achilles," Leander," Neptune," Orion," and
Exeter")
Type 404 Warning Telephone InstallationsImproved
Design of Power-amplifierPurchase (Arethusa,
A jax," Amphion," Apollo," Galatea and
Sydney")
Wa/T, Type 404Conversion of Loudspeakers, Pattern
8 8 8 8 to Pattern 8 8 8 8 a (H .M . Ships Ajax," Arethusa,"
Galatea " and II.M .A .S. Sydney ")
Signals for Indicating Changes of Speed to the Asdic
OperatorSubmarines o f Oberon and later classes,
which are not provided with an Asdic operating
position open to the control room
24
A.F.O.
Subject.
Disposal.
1936 (contd.).
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
880
889
890
906
923
953
957
962
966
973
984
997
1021
1024
25
A.F.O.
Subject.
Disposal.
1930 (contd.).
1082
1094
1105
1106
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
26
A.F.C
Disposal.
Subject.
1936- (contd.).
1157
1158
1159
1160
1172
1207
1231
1235
1255
1261
1304
1307
1312
1318
1348
1351
1353
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1378*
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
U)
(c) B.R. 4.
>(d)
Sounding
Hand-
27
A.F.O.
Subject.
1936
(<contd.).
O.U. 5454Maintenance of Above-water Torpedo Tubes,
D.R. II-IV , T.R. I
..................................................
O.U. 5455/33Torpedo Drill Book, Above-water R e
volving Tubes
O.U. 5457Maintenance of Above-water Torpedo Tubes,
......................................
T.R. I I -III , Q.R. I-IV , VI
O.U. 5462Maintenance of Above-water Torpedo Tubes,
T.R. IV, Q.R. V, V II-V III, P.R. I ...........................
O.U. 5463Handbook on Ammunition ...
O.U. 6090 (O)Range Tables for 3-pdr. Guns
O.U. 6184/30Instructions for the Maintenance of
Naval Ordnance and Gun Mountings ...
O.U. 6212 (late C.B. 1760A)Handbook for 6-in., B.L.,
Mark X X II Gun on Mark X V III Twin M ountingBook I, 1927
O.U. 6242 ...............................................................
O.U. 6251Regulations for Maintenance of 21-in.,
Marks IX -IX * Torpedoes
O.U. 6259Regulations for Maintenance of 18-in.,
Mark VIII*, F.A.A., Torpedoes
O.U. 6270Reserves of Naval Stores at Yards Abroad
Rail Transport Instructions
Gun Mountings, 8-in., Marks I and I*, H.C.P.Training
Control Gear
Mark VIB Searchlight LampModified Negative Con
trol ClutchTrialsREPORTS
Advancement of Naval RatingsProspects in relation to
the Special Re-entries ...
Mechanician Courses
Towing TargetsAllowances and Accounting Arrange
ments
Private TelegramsTransmission and Reception
Imperial Service Medal
Fleet Air ArmNon-substantive Ratings of Observers
Mate and Air Gunner
Signal and Telegraphist Ratings Re-engaged for
12 monthsQualification for V/S 3 or W/T 3
Sick Berth RatingsAdvancement
Q.F. Fixed AmmunitionNew Method of Securing Shell
and Case in 4* 7-in. and 4-in. F. A. rounds
Y Marked CartridgesSupply to Depot Ships
W/T, Types 51H/HX and 83Listening-through
SwitchDisconnection (Flotilla Leaders and Destroyers)
Government Telegraph Code, Appendix (1935)Naval
Correction No. 3 ...
Unemployment InsuranceNew rates of Contributions
Extempore Transmitting and Receiving Apparatus
REPORTS
..............................................................
Memorandum N.I. (S) 1932Amendment
C.B. Form U2C (1935)Correction No. 12
C.B. 1791/33Amendments
C.B. 1795A (1936)Amendment
C.B. 1832 (1930)Amendments
C.B. 1897 (1934)Amendments ...
C.B. 1898 (1934)Amendments ...
C.B. 1917A m e n d m e n t...............
...
...............
C.B. 1935Amendment ...
B.R. 10 (1)Admiralty Standard Moorings
B.R. 14Drafting Regulations ...
B.R. 16Engineering Manual
B.R. 62R.N.R. Regulations (Officers), 1932 ...
B.R. 63R.N.R. Regulations (Men)
B.R. 65R.N.V.R. Regulations ...
B.R. 153 (2)Demolitions Drill Book ...
B.R. 669Instructions for the Conduct of Cash Duties,
1932
..........................................................................
B.R. 672Expense Accounts Instructions, 1904
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1427
1434
1468
1471
1506
1509
1521
1526
1535
1541
1548
1549
1560
1572
1577
1613
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
Disposal.
(d)
28
A.F.O.
Subject.
193ft- (contd.).
1658
B.R. 672ADockyard Expense AccountsRepayment
Services ...
1659
B.R. 674Naval Store Duties Instructions
1660
Form D. 621AInstructions for the Preparation of
Annual Demands at H.M. Naval Yards Abroad
1661
O.U. 5225Home Dockyard Regulations
1662
O.U. 5225 (2)Home Dockyard Regulations, 1925
1663
O.U. 5441Maintenance of Submarine Torpedo Tubes
1664
O.U. 5449Regulations for the Maintenance of 21-in.,
Mark II-V Torpedoes ...
1665
O.U. 5450Regulations for the Maintenance of 21-in.,
Mark IV* S. and S.O. Torpedoes and 21-in., Mark II
S.F.P. Torpedoes in Submarines
1666
O.U. 5451Regulations for Maintenance of 21-in.,
Mark V II Torpedoes
1667
O.U. 5452Regulations for Maintenance of 24-in.,.
Mark I Torpedoes
1668
O.U. 5455Torpedo Drill BookAbove W ater Revolv
ing Tubes
1669
O.U. 6066The Sight Manual, Vol. I, 1921
...............
1670
O.U. 6066AThe Sight Manual, Vol. II, 1930 ..............
1671
O.U. 6090 (J) (W), etc.BallisticsList of Current
Range Tables, Fuze Scales, etc.
1672
O.U. 6090 (J)Range Tables for 6-in. Guns
1673
O.U. 6090 (K)Range Tables for 4-in. Guns ...
1674
O.U. 6090 (W)Range Tables for 8-in. Guns ...
1675
O.U. 6146/1934Instructions for Torpedo, Depth Charge,
Minesweeping and Power Controller Searchlight Trials
1676
O.U. 6191/30Instructions concerning Ships taken up
for Naval Service in War
1677
O.U. 6190 (34)Handbook of Hydrophones
1678
O.U. 6234Home Dockyard Reserve Memorandum ...
1679
O.U. 6247Regulations for Maintenance of 21-in.,
Mark V III-V III* Torpedoes ......................................
1680
O.U. 6251Regulations for Maintenance of 21-in.,
Mark IX -IX * Torpedoes
1681
O.U. 6259Regulations for Maintenance of 18-in.,
Mark V III F.A.A. Torpedoes ...
1682
O.U. 6270Memorandum on Reserves of Naval Stores
at Naval Yards Abroad
1683
O.U. 6281Regulations for Maintenance of 18-in., XI,
Torpedoes
1684
O.U. 6282 (2)Plotting TableA.R.L.
...............
1705
Torpedoes, 21-in., Marks V III-IX *Fitment of New
Design W ater Non-return Valve in Group Valve
1710
Stowage of Demolition Stores ( Halcyon Class)
1713
18-in. Sperry Signalling ProjectorsModification to Arc
Striking Arrangement of Lamp, Pattern 2550
REPORT
..............................................................
1725
A/S Cabinet Doors ( Swordfish Class Submarines) ...
1726
Protective Gloves for Handling Hot Fired Cartridge
Cases
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1728
Searchlight CarbonsTrialsRE PORTS
1748
Re-organisation of Catapult Units in the Fleet Air Arm
1755
Retention of Ratings beyond the Expiration of their
Special Non-continuous Service EngagementS.56X
1769
Cartridges, Impulse, TorpedoFitting with No. 9 in lieu
of Combined (E. and P.) Primers
1773
Paravane Towing WiresNew ConstructionSupply for
Paravane Equipment and Running Trials
1792
Tucker Anti-rust ProcessUse of, for Electrical
Apparatus in Internal Installations of Buildings
1794d Special (Short) Service Seamen and R.M. Recruits
Firings
1828
Gun MountingsMesothorium Compound for Sights of
Gun Mountings Stored Abroad (Malta, Gibraltar,
Esquimalt, Colombo, Singapore, Hong Kong, Simonstown, Devonport, New Zealand, and Sydney) ...
1
i
1
Disposal.
29
A.F.O.
Subject.
Disposal.
1936- (contd.).
1841
1854
1866
1889
1908
1918
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1999
2001
2012
2026
2060
30
i
A .F.O.!
Subject.
Disposal.
1036 (contd.).
2062
2080
2090
2113
31
A.F.<
Subject.
1936
(contd.).
O.U. 5463Handbook on Ammunition ...
O.U. 6066 and O.U. 6066AThe Sight Manuals, Yols. I
and II
O.U. 6090 (A) (1)/1935Notes on Ballistics ...............
O.U. 6090 (F)Range Tables for B.L., 13 - 5-in. Guns...
O.U. 6090 (J)Ballistics, Lists of Current Range Tables,
Fuze Scales, etc. ...
O.U. 6178Handbook of Signalling Equipment
O.U. 6251Regulations for Maintenance of 21-in., Marks
IX -IX * Torpedoes
O.U. 6270Memorandum on Reserves of Naval Stores
a t Yards Abroad
Dockyard Cost AccountsMemo, on Repayment Services
D.A. 1737/29 (Revised 934/33)
...........................
Advancement to Sick Berth Petty OfficerTemporary
Modification of RegulationsREPORTS
Gun Mountings, 0-5-in., M, fitted with Training Shock
AbsorbersFoul due to Incorrect Replacement of
Training Worm Box Cover Bolts
Cordite, Mark I, Size 1\Withdrawal and Restricted
Use
...........................................................................
Throat Bricks for Oil-fired Boilers.
Battery Tanks in SubmarinesMaterials for Coating ...
Government Telegraph Code, Appendix (1935)Naval
Correction No. 4 ...
Re-engagement after Completing Time for Pension
Conditions and Special Engagement Bonus ...
Coding of Meteorological Synoptic Messages in War
Provisional Arrangements
Gunlayers Qualifying for Turret GunsFirings ...
H.A.C.S. I and Ic Director Control TowersVibration
of Instruments (Ships and Dockyards concerned)
Fuzes, No. 198, Marks I and IIDifferences in Ranging
and in Times of Burning in Q.F., 4 -7-in., Mark VIII,
Q.F., 4-in., Mark V, and Q.F., 3-in., 20-cwt. Guns ...
Pistols, Type 3A, 3A* and 3A**Locking Device for
Fan Blades
The Factory and Workshop (Notification of Diseases)
Order, 1936
..............................................................
Gun Mountings, 4 -7-in., C.P., Marks XIV and X V II
Modification to Loading Tray Interlocking Gear
W/TTypes 33a and 34a Conversion to Types 33h y
and 34h y when Provision of H /F Attachments are
Approved...........................................................................
Condemnation of Provisions due to Failure of Refrigerat
ing Plant ...
Valves for Superheated Steam ServicesReplacement of
Valve LidsRenewable Seats and Spindles ...
W/TTransmitter 4HModification to Power Supply
(Leaders and Destroyers of lsi, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th,
and 8th Destroyer Flotillas, Montrose, Campbell,
Valentine, Versatile, Vesper, Viscount,
Vivien," Westminster, Westcott, Windsor,
Winchelsea a n d Woolston )
3.B. Form U.2C (1935)Correction No. 15
3.B. Form U.2D (1931)Amendments ...
3.B. 1813/32Amendments
3.B. 1877Amendments ...
3.B. 1948 (6)Amendment
B.R. 16Engineering ManualAmendments ...
B.R. 61R.F.R. RegulationsAmendments ...
B.R. 63R.N.R. Regulations (Men)Amendments ...
B.R. 64Instructions for the Royal Naval Shore Signal
and Shore Wireless ServicesAmendments ...
B.R. 65R.N.V.R. RegulationsAmendments
B.R. 157/33Naval Electrical Pocket BookAmend
ments
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2252
2257
2265
2272
2278
2279
2286
2290
2299
2311
2317
2322
2346
2364
2377
2380
2423
2426
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
Disposal.
Hd)
(d)
> (d )
32
Subject.
A.F.C
1938- (contd.).
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2477
2500
2503
2505
2506
2509
2513
2527
2535
2536
2539
2581
2583
2641
2675
2679
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
Disposal.
33
A.F.C
Subject.
Disposal.
1936- (icontd.).
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2739
2743
2757
34
Subject.
A.F.C
1936- (icontd.).
2758
2791
2794
2795
2799
2800
2807
2808
2814
2828
2829
2843
2846
2848
2857
2876
2882
2894
2897
2901
2909
2911
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
Disposal.
Subject.
A.F.O.
Disposal.
1936- (contd.).
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2981
3000
3001
3003
3023
3034
3036
3037
3040
3045
3051
(C30235)
36
A.F.O.
Disposal.
Subject.
1938 (contd.).
3052
3059
3075
3079
3084
3099
3101
3105
3114
1937
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
28
30
31
32
(a)
>(d)
-
(a)
(c) Form S.585.
L
/yw
\
Ha)
(c) B.R. 878.
>(d)
33
34
35
36
37
38
J(a)
(H.M. Ships)
...
(d)
(c) Form O.6.
(d)
(c) B.R. 669.
37
A.F.O.
Disposal.
Subject.
1937 (conid.).
40
41
42
43
44
46
47
48
49
50
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
62
63
64
65
66
68
70
71
71 a
72
73
75
77
78
79
80
81
84
85
86
87
89
30235)
>(d)
(d)
(b) A.F.O. 717/38.
} ()
(b) A.F.O. 848/38.
(a)
<
>(d)
(d)
>(d)
<
38
A.F.O.
Subject.
Disposal.
1937 contd.).
Qualifying Examination of Engine Room Ratings for
90
Commissioned RankResult ...
\(a)
Goodenough Memorial PrizeAward for 1936 ...
91
J
Yeoman of Signals and Petty Officer Telegraphist
92
(c) K.R. & A.I.
Advancement to ...
Seaman, Signal and Telegraphist BranchesAdvance
93
ment to Acting Petty Officer RatingSea-going
Qualification and Recommendation for Advancement (b) A.F.O. 305/38.
Shortage of Leading Signalmen and Leading Telegraphists
94
(b) A.F.O. 2649/37.
Qualified for AdvancementREPORTS
Engine-room ArtificersActing 4th ClassDrafting ... (b) A.F.O. 542/37.
95
(a)
Artificer Apprentices ExaminationApril, 1937
96
Advancement to Acting Leading StokerQualifications (c) K.R, & A.I.
97
(c) K.R, & A.I.
Surveying ShipsStore Allowance
98
Admiralty Surgeon and Agent (Brightlingsea) ...
99
\ ( c ) Navy List.
Admiralty Surgeon and Agent (Peterborough) ...
100
Guns, Sub-calibre, Q.F., 2-pdr., Extractors, Cartridge,
101
No. 5, Mark IModification ...
Gun Mountings, 2-pdr., Mark II**Sights and Pedal102
operated Firing GearREPORTS. (H. M. Ships and *(d)
Establishments concerned)
Gun MountingsMesothorium Compound for Sights of
103
Gun Mountings Stored Abroad
(c) C.B. 1771.
104
Torpedo Appropriation (H.M.S. Colombo ) ...
105
Torpedo Pistols, Type 3A*, St. No. T.265Allocation ...
108
Boiler Tubes (H.M. Ships Orafton, Gallant and
Grenade )
>(d)
109
Boiler Tubes (H.M.S. Enchantress ) ...
110
Omission of Zinc Slabs from BoilersREPORTS
1
111
Worms, Pattern 800Abolition ...
J
112 W /Tand Wa/TApparatusLanding from Ships paid eft ... (c) B.R. 54, 696 (II) an
K.R. & A.I.
**
List of Ships fitted with Electric Cables of New Type and
113
Sealing Ends for such Cables ...
114
Easy Chairs and Card TablesAllowance for Officers of
Captains Rank in Ships of over 2,000 tons ...
y(d)
115
Binoculars, Pattern 1907aAllowance (Destroyers)
116
Cramps, Joiners, Pattern C.529Allowance (Arethusa
Class Cruisers)
117
Naval StoresTransfers between various Subheads and
Items of Vote 8, Section II
(c) B.R. 878.
118
Morris Motor VehiclesLucas Dynamotors
119
Nosological Return (Form M.178)Abolition of, and
substitution by Medical Officers Journal (Form M.179) (c) K .R. & A.I.
120
C.B. Form U.2C (1935)Correction No. 18
121
B.R. 184/1936Royal Naval Handbook of Lewis and (a)
Machine GunsIssue
122
O.U. 5313Bombardment CodeNon-issue of Revised
Edition
123
Forms S.180, S.346, S.355, and S.356Outstanding -(d)
Returns for Period ended 31st December, 1 9 3 6 REPORTS
...............................................................
124
Form S.1303ALists of Men recommended to qualify
for V/S or W/T Non-substantive RatingsRendering (b) A.F.O. 894/38.
125
Contracts for Lighterage of Naval, Victualling, and Naval 1
Armament Stores in the Thames and vicinity...
Hd)
126
Form 0.51 (Part 32)A bolition....................................... J
127
BallisticsLists of Current Range Tables, Fuze Scales
and Trajectory Charts, and Tables for Special Services (b) A.F.O. 184/38.
128
Officiating Ministers of ReligionChurch of Scotland and
(b) A.F.O. 48/38.
Presbyterian, Methodist and United Board ...
129
Chief Superintendent of Armament SupplyAppointment (d)
Acting Sub-Lieutenants CoursesREPORT ...
130
131
Promotions to Acting W arrant Engineer and Acting W)
W arrant Mechanician1st April, 1937
J
133
Supply of Money to H.M. Ships at Portland and
(d)
Weymouth
39
.F.C
Subject.
Disposal.
937- (contd.).
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
153
155
156
157
158
159
160
162
166
168
169
170
171
172
174
175
176
177
235)
C4
40
.F.O
Subject.
937- (contd.).
178
179
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
203
204
205
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
Disposal.
41
Subject.
..F.C
Disposal.
937- (contd.).
217
218
219
220
222
223
225
226
227
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
241
242
244
245
246
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
258
259
260
261
262
263
>(<*)
(a)
(a)
id)
(d)
42
A.F.O.
Subject.
Disposal.
1937- (contd.).
264
265
266
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
292
293
294
295
296
297
O.U. 6090 (B)Star Shell Range and Fuze Table No. 215a
for Q.F., 4- 7-in. Guns, Marks V III, IX , IX*, IX** and
X II, and B.L., 4 -7-in. Guns, Mark IIssue ...
O.U. 6090 (D)Range Tables, Nos. 381, 382, 383, 384,
385 and 386, for 15-in. B.L., Mark I GunsIssue
Forms M.60, M.61, M.62Introduction ...
Chemist, R.N. Cordite FactoryVacancy
Civilian StaffsVacancies
Official ResidencesPassive Defence MeasuresShelter
Room
Breech Mechanisms, Q.F., 4 -7-in., Marks V III and IX,
C and D, Marks IX* and IX**, E , F , and
G, Marks V III, IX , IX* and IX**Modification to
to Crank by fitting Roller to Cocking Surface already
Repaired ...
H.M.S. Caledonia, Boys Training Establishment,
RosythVote 8 Expenditure ...
New Motor TankersClassification of Expenses
Review of Service Conditions
Foreign Men-of-War and Foreign Government Vessels in
British PortsFacilities afforded toReciprocal
Agreement with France
A.A. Practice FiringsAdditional Safety Precautions
necessary when using H.E. Shell
Accountant Officers, R.N.R. and R.N.V.R.Transfer to
Royal Navy
Gyro-Compass CourseCancellation
Examination for Command of a DestroyerInclusion of
Asdic Work
W arrant W ardmaster, Professional Examination,
January, 1937Result ...
Civilian Officers under Training AfloatPayment of
Salaries
Queen Alexandras R.N. Nursing ServiceAppointment
of Matron-in-Chief
Marriage AllowanceRates to be Paid during the Year,
April, 1937, to March, 1938
Signal and Telegraphist RatingsRe-acceptance for
Course after Failure in Examination ...
Torpedo Improvement Fund
Admiralty Surgeon and Agent (Goodwick)
Officiating Minister of Religion (Deal) ...
China Fleet Club Building FundDonations ...
CanteensHeadquarters Naval Canteen Committee
Report of Proceedings at 57th Meeting...
Machine Guns and Equipment------O'5-in. GunsRe
moval of Flexible Voicepiping and fitting of Standpipes
with Mouthpieces and Buzzers (Leaders and Destroyers
of E , F , G, H , and / Classes,
Duncan,
Dainty,
Decoy,
Delight,
Duchess, Aberdeen, Fleetwood, Niger,
Protector, Salamander, and Dockyards.)
Gun Mountings, 8-in., Marks II and II*-Shearing Pins
in Couplings of Turret Power Units ( Dorsetshire
a n d Y o rk Classes) ...
...
...
...
...
Gun Mountings, 8-in., Marks II and II*Pins connecting
Shell Room Lifting Grabs ( Dorsetshire and York
Classes)
Blocks, Breech, for Q.F., 4-in., Marks V and V*, A V
and V*, H.A. GimsIncreased Allowance (Ships in
Full Commission)
Gun-sighting Telescopes, Binocular and Monocular,
Sight-testing Telescopes and O.L.O. PeriscopesIssue
Aircraft Defence OrganisationAnti-Bomb Sights
REPORTS (Capital Ships, Aircraft Carriers, Cruisers
and Gunnery Schools)
(a)
(d)
(a)
(d)
>(d)
|(d)
(a)
(c) K.R. & A.I.
(a)
(d)
(a)
(c) O.U. 6290/37.
(c) K.R. & A.I.
(c) Navy List.
(b) A.F.O. 48/38.
(d)
(d)
43
1937- (contd.).
299
Torpedo ShellsPreservation
302
303
305
307
308
309
310
311
313
315
316
317
318
319
322
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
332
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
44
A.F.O.
Subject.
Disposal.
1937- (contd.).
348
349
350
351
353
354
355a
356
357
360
361
362
363
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
380
381
383
384
387
388
389
390
391
393
(d)
(c) B.R. 674.
id)
'(b) A.F.O. 518/38.
(a)
(d)
(a)
(b) A.F.O. 2702/37.
(c) Mobilisation Return No. 1
(d)
45
Subject.
LF.O.
L937- (contd.).
394
395
398
399
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
417
418
419
420
421
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
433
434
435
436
437
439
440
BombsIncendiary
Revolving CatapultsHolding Down Gear for Walrus
Aircraft (Ships fitted)
Electric Cable, Pattern 6410Introduction
Chernikeef LogsBreaking of Contact Springs in
Submerged Mechanisms
Canvas Neckband for use with Flexible Voicepiping and
Gear
Anti-Gas RespiratorsIssue to R.A.F. Personnel
Switch, 3-line, On and Off IntroductionSubhead
F.2B (Schedule C .7 1 0 )...................................................
Amendments to Books
B.R. 5Revision ...
B.R. 227War Office Handbook for the 303-in. Vickers
Machine Gun and Tripod Mounting, Mark IV
Obsolete for Naval Service
Form S.123Revision
Form M.16Revision
Form 0.6Ammunition Labels ...
Form 0.426History Sheet for Depth Charge Pistols,
Marks VII and V IIIIntroduction ...
Admiralty Administrative Whitley CouncilComposi
tion for the Year 1936/37
Departmental Clerical ClassSalary Scale of Third Grade
ClerksREPORTS
...................................................
Supervision of Typing Staffs
Examination for Situation as Shorthand-Typist
REPORTS
...............................................................
Civilian StaffsVacancies
W/T Motor Alternators, Patterns 7100 and 7104
RepairREPORTS
Storing Yards1936 Programme ( Tribal Class
Destroyers)
Stores on Charge under Subhead B, Items 2E and 3
REPORTS
...............................................................
A.A. Practice FiringsAdditional Safety Precautions
necessary when using H.E. Shell
Director of Expense AccountsAppointment ...
Examination for Command of a DestroyerInclusion of
Asdic Work
Physical and Recreational Training Courses for Officers,
1937
...........................................................................
Engine Room Artificers, Fourth Class (Chief Petty
Officers) ...
Sergeant-Major (New Status) and Staff Sergeant-Major,
Royal MarinesIntroduction of Ranks
Annual Rifle PracticesPayment of Prize Money
Coronation SeatsAdmiralty Arrangements ...
Civil Employment of Regular Sailors, Soldiers and
Airmen
SportsR.N. and R.M. Rackets Challenge Cup (Singles)
Home ...
Gun Mountings, 0-5-in.Use of Rubber Pads under
Base PlatesREPORTS
Gun Mountings 303-in., Vickers, Maxim and Lewis
REPORTS
...............................................................
Director Firing Gear4- 7-in. C.P. Mounting, Mark XVII
Modifications to Tilt Corrector Drive into Elevation
Receiver ( E , F and G Class Destroyers.
Dockyards)
Director Firing GearPom-Pom Directors, Mark I**
Spare Parts ( Repulse,'' Curlew and Coventry )
Projectiles, 8-in.EmbarkationMethod of Increasing
Rate of Supply from Lighter to Ship ...
Stops Belt and Connecting Links for -5-in. Gun Linked
AmmunitionIntroduction
Telescopes, Gun-sighting, Pattern G.354Use with 4-in.,
Marks X IX and XX Gun Mountings ...
Disposal.
(d)
(b) C.A.F.O. 1110/38.
(a)
}(<*)
(c) Form 0.6.
(c) Form 0.1.
(a)
(d)
(a)
(d)
(b) A.F.O. 581/38.
(d)
(a)
(d)
(c) K.R. & A.I.
(a)
(c) K.R, & A.I.
(d)
(a)
(d)
(a)
(d)
46
1937- (contd.).
441
442
443
444
447
448
449
450
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
460
461
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
471
473
474
475
477
478
480
481
483
485
486
488
489
490
492
493
Disposal.
Subject.
A.F.O.
CorditeLandingDestruction ...
Torpedoes and StoresBags, Canvas, complete with
Tools, etc., for Emergency Gyro Steering Pointers
Allowance ( Kent Class and later Cruisers) ...
Internal Torpedo Tubes for SubmarinesPreservative
Treatment of Ferrous Parts (Dockyards and Ships
concerned)...
Torpedo StoresRecorders, Depth and RollAllowances
for Aircraft Carriers carrying T.S.R. Machines (Aircraft
Carriers) ...
24-in. Searchlight Lamps, Marks I and IIWire for
Rewinding ResistancesIntroduction
Searchlight Sight BinocularsCross-wires inREPORTS
(Capital Ships, Aircraft Carriers and Cruisers)...
Resistance Measuring InstrumentsSupply of the New
Types (Ships in Commission) ...
Horzoil Oil Fuel Service Pumps ( Leander and Class,
A j a x A r e t h u s a Galatea, Amphion and
Apollo)...
Asdics in SubmarinesUses and Flotilla Problems
REPORTS
...............................................................
Inspection of Hull in Way of Lead BallastREPORTS
(H.M. Submarines)
Second Steaming LightsFittingREPORTS (H.M.
Ships concerned) ...
Oil Lanterns for Secondary LightingAllowance (Patrol
Vessels)
Target Towing GearType A for F.A.A. Aircraft
Decontamination StoresAllowance (Saint Class Tugs
with Naval Crews)
Grey Enamel and French PolishAllowance (Trawlers)
Accounting Procedure (H.M. Trawlers) ...
Royal Fleet AuxiliariesTransfer of Management
Naval Store AccountsRevision of Auditing Arrange
ments (H.M. Yards Abroad)
Cooks Tubs, 40 gallonsCovers and Measuring Rods for
Overcoats for RatingsAlteration in Pattern ...
Contracts for Overcoats, and Class I, Class II, Class III
Uniform Clothing
Address Indicating Groups and Collective Call Signs ...
C.B. 3016Combination of 1936 and 1937 Editions ...
Form S.123Revision
Form H.224 (B)Analysis by Admiralty Method
Amendment
Form S.307Report concerning the Loss of Whitehead
Torpedoes and Gyroscope (and Depth and Roll
Recorders)Amendment
Cartographer, Hydrographic Department, Admiralty
Competitive Examination
Dockyard Cost AccountsLoan Tool Store Centres
Institution of Plant AccountsREPORT
Returns D.50EProgress of Deliveries of Naval Stores,
Vote 8/2 (Home Yards) ...
Flag of the New Zealand Naval Board ...
R.A.F. Station, CalafranaChange in Spelling of Name
Jewish Sacred Festivals, 1937
Admiralty Surgeon and Agent (Sevenoaks)
W arrant OfficersUniform
AdvancementNotations on Conduct Sheet
Submarine Detector Ratings
Naval CanteensArrangements for 58th Meeting of the
Headquarters Naval Canteen Committee
Breadmaking CompetitionsRevised Rules
Counterdrum InstrumentsNew and Obsolescent
Patterns ...
Decontamination Spraying OutfitsUse of Electric
BlowersREPORTS ...................................................
(d)
(c) C.B. 1876 (d).
(c) O.U. 5441.
(b) A.F.O. 1719/37.
(d)
(a)
(d)
1
!>(<*)
(a)
(c) Navy List.
(b) A.F.O. 523/38.
(c) Forms S.239a and S.507.
(d)
(a)
(d)
47
Disposal.
Subject.
..F.C
937- (canid.).
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
518
519
520
521
522
523
525
526
527
528
530
531
532
533
534
536
537
538
539
540
541
544
546
547
}(*)
(c) B.R. 366.
(b) A.F.O. 671/38.
(d)
Hd)
>(a)
\b) A.F.O. 833/38.
(a)
1.
(d)
48
A.F.O.
Subject.
Disposal.
1937- (contd.).
548
Quarter Bills (Form S.255)Amendments ( Codrington,
D u n c a n Exmouth," Faulknor, Grenville,
Hardy," Keith, Kempenfelt, .4, i?, C, j-W
Z), 2i, i ', G and / / CTiws Destroyers)
549
R.N. Rifle Association Meeting and National Rifle
Association Meeting at Bisley, 1937 ...
Ho)
550
SportsR.N. and R.M. Boxing Dates ...
<
551
Director Firing GearSeats in Director Control Tower
(yljificr, Arethusa, Leander, Neptune )
552
Gun Mountings, 8-in., Marks I, I*, II and II*Cordite
HoistsWire Ropes
553
Gun Mountings, 6-in., Twin, Mark X X IBelleville
Washers under Trunnion Ball Races (H.M. Ships
Leander, A c h il le s Orion, Neptune, ^4jax,
Arethusa, Amphion, Apollo, Galatea,
H .M .A .S. Sydney and Reserve Mountings)
554
Gun Mountings, 4- 7-in., C.P., Mark X VIIModification
>(d)
to Trunnions
555
Guns, Q.F., 4-in., Marks X V I-X V IIPreparation for
Attachment of a Clip to secure Firing Cable ...
556
Close Range A.A. WeaponsAiming Teacher ...
558
Director Telescopes, Patterns G.355 and G.355*
Modification to Rubber Eyeguards
559
Endless Chain Hoists6-in. and 4-in.Fitting of
Rendering Device to Scuttles ( Leander, Improved
Leander and Arethusa Classes (except Penelope
and Aurora ) ...
561
Torpedo and StoresChests, Tools and Spare Gear, 21-in., !
V III-V III*Revised Allowances (Submarine Depdt 1
Ships, Porpoise, S , Triton and Unity
Classes of Submarines) ...
(c) C.B. 1876 (d).
562
Subhead F.2BIndicating Lamp Fitting, P attern 5543,
and Accessories, Patterns 5544-8Introduction
563
Sub-Focal ShuttersTrialREPORTS ( Southamp
ton, Newcastle, Repulse, London, and
Devonshire ) ...
564
C.B. 3039Handbook of PlottingIssue
566
Internal Combustion EnginesLubricating Oil >(d)
REPORTS
...............................................................
Switches, Spare, for Boards, Charge-Discharge A/S 3,
Pattern 9952, and Boards, Charge-Discharge A/S 16,
Pattern 2811Allowance
570
Telescope, Pattern 373IntroductionAllowances
571
A/S Domes and CagesTreatment, Maintenance, Supply
and Precautions in connection with ...
573
Nomenclature of Aircraft W alrus ...
574
Models of British and Foreign Warships for Submarine
A ttack TeachersAdditional Models (H.M. Ships
Dolphin, Titania and Medway ; H.M.
Dockyards PortsmovXh and Chatham) ...
575
Gyro-Compass EquipmentAdditional Allowances
577
Oil Lanterns for Secondary LightingAllowance (Patrol
Vessels)
578
Breathing Apparatus, Pattern 230Allowance (Survey
ing and, Patrol Vessels) ...
579
Parallel Rulers and Drawing CompassesAllowance
(Destroyers, Escort Vessels and, Patrol Vessels concerned)
580
New 250-ton Coaling Lighters for the Naval Store
Department
581
Sick QuartersSupply of Stores from Naval Docks
(H.M. Ships Caledonia and Wildfire ) ...
582
List of Local ContractsBread ...
582a Amendments to Books
584
C.B. Form U.2c (1937)Correction No. 1
...
...
585
Kings Regulations and Admiralty Instructions
Amendments affecting ...
586
Official Wireless Messages to British Merchant Ships ...
587
B.R. 88Drill Signal Table, 1937Issue
569
>(d)
(a)
(d)
W)
(b) A.F.O. 49/38.
(d)
49
A.F.O
1937- (cnntd.).
588
589
590
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
617
618
619
620
621
622
625
626
627
628
629
630
632
634
636
Disposal.
Subject.
(d)
(a)
(c) B.R. 669.
(b) C.A.F.O. 767/38.
}(d)
(c) B.R, 366.
}(d)
(a)
(b) A.F.O. 1203/35.
(a)
(d)
(a)
(b) A.F.O. 1979/37.
(a)
(d)
(a)
(a)
(d)
y(d)
50
Subject.
A.F.O.
Disposal.
1937- (contd.).
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
652
653
654
656
657
658
659
660
661
663
664
665
666
667
668
670
671
672
673
674
676
679
680
681
51
A.F.(
1937- (c-ontd.).
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
690,
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
708
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
52
Disposal.
726
728
729
730
731
732
733
736
737
738
739
740
742
743
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
761
763
764
767
768
(contd.).
Civil Servants in Territorial, Auxiliary, and Reserve
Force Contingents participating in the Coronation
Celebrations in London and in the Naval Review
Wireless Masts, etc., in Shore Establishments ...
New Construction Programme, 1936Allocation
Examination for Rank of Paymaster Sub-Lieutenant,
January, 1937Results
Japanese LanguageVolunteers for Study of ...
Julian Corbett Prize
Gedge Medal and PrizeAward for 1936
Courses at Army SchoolsVacancies for Naval Officers
and Ratings
Ordinary Telegraphists, Special ServiceTraining at
Sea
Signal and Telegraphist BranchesExamination Papers
...............
for V/S and W/T Non-substantive Rates
Sick Berth AttendantsQualifications for Progressive
Pay
Sick Berth StaffEfficiency Medal
ComplementAmendment. (All Battleships, Battle
Cruisers, Aircraft Carriers (except Hermes and
A rg u s ) and H.M. Ships Resource and
Defiance)
(a)
(d)
(a)
Venereal Disease
R.N.R. RatingsMeal Orders and Rail Warrants issued
to, on Completion of Training ...
(b) A.F.O. 2205/37.
Royal Canadian NavyPay, etc.Arrangements and
Conditions of Service
(b) A.F.O. 2998/35.
MusicSupply to H.M. Ships, etc.
j(a)
Zeebrugge-Ostend St. Georges Day Dinner
Navy, Army, and Air Force InstitutesLower Deck
(d)
Representative for Mediterranean Fleet
Surgeon and AgentsInstitution of Poster (Form S.582)
showing Names and Addresses for Exhibition on
(c) K.R. & A.I.
Ships Notice Boards ...............
(c) Navy List.
Admiralty Surgeon and Agent (St. Ives, CormvaU)
Officiating Minister of Religion (Deal) ...
|
(6) A.F.O. 48/38.
Officiating Minister of Religion (Shanghai)
H.A.C.S. I l l Calculating Tables, Mark II IMain Drive
Motor and GearingREPORTS (H.M. Ships equipped
with Mark I I I Tables) ...
Gun Mountings, 6-in., Marks X XI and X X IIShell
Hoists on Fixed Structures
Gun MountingsInterval between Periodical Examina
tionsREPORTS (Commanders-in-Chief, Afloat) ...
Guns, Q.F., 2-pdr., Inner, Mark VIII, and Outer,
Mark VIII, Lock, Mark IModification to Lower Gib.
Breecli Mechanisms, Q.F., 4-in., Marks XVI-XV II
GunsFitting of Latch, Lever, Breech Mechanism,
and Modification to Lever, Breech Mechanism and
Bracket, Stop, Lever, Breech Mechanism, to suit ...
Air Defence Position Look-out Sights (Portsmouth
Dockyard, Revenge, Resolution, Southampton
and Newcastle )
(a)
Cartridges, Signal, 1-in., Green, Mark VIT, R.L., Lot 20,
Killed R.L. 3/30Withdrawal ...
(d)
Torpedo Appropriation (H.M. Ships Scout, Tenedos
a n d Thanet) ...
(c) C.B. 1771.
MinesweepsRe-allocation, etc. ...
(b) C.A.F.O. 1718/37.
Stavbrite Sweep for Recovery of Torpedoes
REPORTS
............................................................... (d)
I CuttersAllowance
'(b) C.A.F.O. 1297/37.
I Jigs and Reamers for Resurfacing Brushes of 20-in.,
}(<
*)
| 24-in., and 44-in. Searchlight Lamps ...
53
.F.O.
937
769
770
771
772
773
774
776
777
778
781
782
784
785
786
788
789
791
792
793
794
795
796
798
799
801
802
803
805
806
808
809
810
812
813
814
816
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
Subject.
Disposal.
54
A.F.O.
Subject.
Disposal.
1937- (contd.).
825
826
827
829
831
833
834
835
836
838
840
842
843
846
847
848
853
855
856
857
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
(d)
Md)
|(d)
(c) B.R. 669.
(d)
55
Disposal.
Subject.
..F.O
937- (icontd.).
876
879
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
896
899
900
901
903
904
905
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
56
A.F.O.
Subject.
Disposal.
1937 (contd.).
Subsistence Allowance of Ratings Temporarily Ashore on
927
the America and West Indies Station ...
ComplementAmendment (H.M. Ships Nelson,
928
Royal Oak, Barham., Hood, York,
Norfolk, London, Cumberland, Courageous
(d)
942
RangefindersFitting of Range Receivers from Bridge
Rangefinders in the Transmitting Station ( A jax,
Amphion, Arethusa and Galatea )
945
Cordite^LandingDestruction ...
948
Fitting of A/S Cursors to Log Distance Registers
( Kempenfelt, Crusader and, Comet ) ...
(b) C.A.F.O. 938/38.
949
Starters for Turret Pump Motors ( Kent Class and
later Cruisers)
950
Wind Speed Indicators for fitting on Bridges ( Glorious
Courageous, Eagle and Furious ) ...
952
Automatic (High Speed) W/T Transmitting Outfit >(d)
Establishment List of Stores ...
953
Engine Room Revolution Telegraphs (H.M. Ships)
954
Binoculars, Pattern 1907AAllowances (Leaders and
Destroyers)
955
Binoculars, Pattern 1949Purchase and Allocation ...
956
Standing Contract for Ball and Roller Bearings and
BallsFresh Contract ...
(b) A.F.O. 1234/33.
957
Mess GearNotification of New ScalesModifications to
Present Scales of Implements, etc. for Small Ships ... (d)
958
Sea Boots, Leather and Rubber ...
(c) B.R. 93.
959
Admiralty Fleet OrdersCoronation Week
}()
960
Intelligence CentresPostal Addresses ...
961
Government Telegraph Code, Appendix (1935)Naval
Correction No. 6 ...
961a TypewritersRevision of Establishment
962
Meteorological PublicationsIssue of Code Card (H.353) (d)
and Signal Pad for Weather Reports from H.M. Ships
(Form H.355)
963
B.R. 83Price
965
O.U. 5424Turret Gun Drill for 8-in., B.L. Guns, c
Marks V III and VIII*, on Twin, Marks II and II*
MountingsRevisionIssue ...
O.U. 6090 (D)Range Table, No. 261, for B.L., 15-in. >(a)
966
GunsRevised page 1, dated March, 1937Issue ...
O.U. 6090 (J)Range Tables, Nos. 190 and 203, for B.L.,
967
6-in. Guns, Mark X X IIRevised page 1, dated March,
1937Issue
Starting Pay on PromotionRevised RulesExtensions
968
of Salary Scale ...
(c) B.R. 669.
969
Temporary Male ClerksPay
}(<*)
S Class ClerksPay on Transfer
970
929
930
931
932
933
934
57
A.F.O.
Subject.
Disposal.
1937- (contd.).
971
972
973
974
>(d)
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
985
987
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
1000
1001
1002
1004
1005
1006
1008
1009
1011
1012
1013
1015
1016
1017
1018
(d)
(b) A.F.O. 405/38.
(d)
(a)
58
A.F.O
Subject.
Disposal.
1937- [contd.).
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1047
1049
1052
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
Galatea)
1062
1063
except Durban )
59
Subject.
A.F.O
1937- (contd.).
1072
1073
1074
1076
1077
1078
Disposal.
Hd)
Classes)
1079
1080
1081
1082
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
}(d)
(c) B.R. 4.
(d)
(c) B.R. 82.
(d)
(a)
>(d)
(a)
(b) C.A.F.O. 2634/37.
(d)
(a)
(d)
(b) A.F.O. 1471/35.
(d)
(a)
(b) A.F.O. 2375/37.
y(d)
60
A.F.O.
Disposal.
Subject.
1937 (icontd.).
1123
1125
1126
1128
1130
1131
1132
1113
1114
1115
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
>(*)
(d)
(Training Establishments)
1133
(d)
...
(d)
(c) K.R. & A.I.
( d )
H ardy"
1142
1143
1144
1144 a
1146
1147
1148
1150
1151
1153
1154
(d)
61
A.F.O.
1937
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
Disposal.
Subject.
(icontd.).
A.C. Supply OutfitsEstablishment Lists of Stores ... '
Asdic SetsSprings, Spare, for Connectors, Pattern 6614
Spotting Tables, Patterns 9055 and 9056
Spares for Oil Systems of A.F.C. Clocks and Tables and
H.A.C.S. T a b l e s ...............................................................
Fuel Allowances for H.M. Ships, etc., 1937
Rigging Shackles and Thimbles for Steel Wire and
Flexible Steel Wire RopesIntroduction of New
Patterns ...
Decontamination StoresStowage ( Inglefidd " and >(d)
Intrepid " Class Destroyers) ...
Fleet Target ServiceAllocation of Heavy Targets and
Towing Hawsers, etc.REPORT
Towing Targets, Pattern V (Flotilla Leaders, Senior
Officers' Ships of Tribal " Class, Dockyards and
Overseers concerned)
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1192
1193
1194
1196
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1207
>(d)
(a)
1Hd)
J
(b) C.A.F.O. 1432/37.
1
>(d)
J
(c) O.U. 5225.
Hd)
J
(a)
1
>(d)
(a)
(b) A.F.O. 960/38.
(d)
(b) A.F.O. 1870/37.
(a)
(c) Navy List.
(a)
>(d)
(b) C.A.F.O. 398/38.
62
A.F.O.
1223
1224
1225
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1235
1236
1237
1238
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1249
1250
1251
1252
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1218
1219
1220
1221
Disposal.
Subject.
...
F leetw ood )
Md)
>(d)
>(d)
63
Disposal.
Subject.
A.F.C
1937- (contd.).
1259
1260
1261
(d)
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268=
1269
1271
1272
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1285
1286
1287
1288
1290
1291
1292
1294
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1306
1307
>(d)
Subject.
A.F.O.
1937- (contd.).
1308
1309
1310
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
I 317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1326
1329
1330
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1351
1352
1353
1355
1358
1362
1363
Disposal.
(d)
Avometer Testing Sets
14-ft. Drop-keel DinghiesSupplies of Manila Ropes and
(b) A.F.O. 2461/37.
Italian Boltrope ...
OarsMethod of Charging Cost in Centrally Stored Ships (c) B.R. 4.
Schermuly Pistol Rocket ApparatusAmendment to
Instructions (Shore Establishments and Royal Fleet
(c) B.R. 875.
Auxiliaries)
Contracts for Overcoats, and Class I, Class II, and
Class III Uniform Clothing at Home Ports ...
j(d )
Submarine ComfortsIssue of Soups
(a)
C.B. Form U.2C (1937)Correction No. 4
Form B.324R eprintMobilisation Form Q.5Return
showing the number of Army and Royal Air Force
Reserve Men Employed in Naval Government
>(d)
Establishments ...
B.R. 427Issue of Supplementary Volume to ...
O.U.6178Handbook of Signalling EquipmentIssue
of Revised Sections
Awards to Workmen for Original Proposals and Sugges
tions of ValueAmounts available for Distribution
REPORT
............................................................... (a)
Electric Light Fittings to Official ResidencesSupply
REPORTS
............................................................... (c) B.R. 886.
Driving Tests for Drivers of Admiralty Motor Vehicles
}(d)
Road VehiclesLighting ...
(c) C.B. 1876 (a) and (b) and
AmmunitionAnnual Practice Allowances
O.U. 6092 (b).
(d)
Third Minesweeping Flotilla
(c) K.R. & A.I.
CommandersAllowance for Observer Duties ...
(a)
Acting Sub-Lieutenants (E)Promotions
(d)
Paymaster Lieutenant-CommanderExamination
Examination for W arrant Engineer and W arrant
()
Mechanician, February, 1938R eturn
Recommendation for AdvancementV.G. Conduct ... (c) K.R. & A.I.
Educational TestsSummaries of ResultsMarch, 1937
}(<*)
L ott Naval Trust FundAwards for Inventions
(c) Navy List.
Admiralty Surgeons and Agents ...
() A.F.O. 1232/38J.
Ledger Charges
Royal Naval Lay Readers Society
National Association for Employment of Regular Sailors,
Soldiers and AirmenAnnual R ep o rt...
Rubber Gloves for Plumbers
"(d)
China Fleet Club, Hong KongDonations
CanteensHeadquarters Naval Canteen Committee
Report of Proceedings at 58th Meeting
(a)
Income Tax Returns, 1937/1938 ...
(d)
Royal Tournament, 1937Results
SportsR.N. and R.M. Boxing AssociationAnnual
Committee Meeting
SportsR.N. and R.M. Rugby UnionCommittee }(*)
Meeting
Breech MechanismsB.L., 15-in., Mark I, Loft Guns
Modification to Mark I Lock, actuating hand lever,
left, in order to clear turret structure
Breech MechanismsQ.F., 4 -7-in., E and G,
Marks V III, IX , IX* and IX** GunsRetention of
Re-cocking Gear ...
H*)
Gun Mountings, 2-pdr., M, Marks V and VI, Sights
REPORTS
...............................................................
CorditeLandingDestruction ...
Canvas Wallets, Pattern 16, for Signal FlagsModified
Design
Mark V Minesweeping OutfitsReels, Pattern 11b
Modification
(b) C.A.F.O. 1248/38.
Ointment, Anti-gas, No. 1Allowances and Supplies ... (b) C.A.F.O. 25/37.
W/T Establishment Lists ...
Type 124 Asdic InstallationRevised Establishment jw
List of Stores
65
A.F.O.
Disposal.
Subject.
1937 (contd.).
1364
Rangefinder EquipmentCare in Transport (Ships fitted
and Dockyards) ...
1365
30-ft. and 35-ft. Fast Motor Boats and BargesSling
Securing Arrangements ...
1366
25-ft. Fast Motor Boats, built by British Power Boat
CompanyReinforcing Attachments of After Sling
Plates
1367
Reels, Pattern 9, for Steel Wire RopeAllowance
1368
(d)
1369
1370
1373
1374
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1382
1383
1384
1385
1387
1388
1389
1390
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
(a)
tion to Royal Navy
Acting Sub-Lieutenants CoursesREPORT ...
J
(b) A.F.O. 2476/37.
Dental Treatment ...
(b) A.F.O. 2039/37.
Stoker RatingsHigh Power Electricity Courses
Admiralty Surgeon and Agent (Bookham)
...............
(a)
Headquarters Naval Canteen Committee
Navy Weeks, 1936 ...
Trafalgar Day, Orphan Fund, 1936
SportsR.N. and R.M. Sports Control BoardDonation
SportsR.N. and R.M. Swimming AssociationDates of
Inter-Port and Inter-Service Championships, 1937 ...
(d)
SportsR.N. and R.M. Football Association ...
Gun Mountings, 8-in., Marks I, 1*, II and II*Main
Rammers, Bolts securing Buffers
Gun Mountings, 4 -7-in., C.P. XIV and X VIILoading
Tray Interlocking GearClearances (Dockyards)
Re-armament (Escort Vessels, Minesweepers and Patrol
(b) C.A.F.O. 1248/37.
Vessels)
Fire ControlMark V A.F.C. TableAdditional Con
centration InstrumentsSelection of Positions
REPORTS ( Amphion," Ajax," Arethusa ,
(d)
Apollo," Galatea," Southampton, Newcastle,"
Penelope," Sheffield," Glasgow," Birmingham
and Aurora
H.A.C.S. Calculating Tables, Mark II ISpare Parts ... -
(C30235)
66
A.F.O.
Disposal.
Subject.
1937- (contd.).
1410
1413
1414
1415
1416
1418
1419
1421
(a)
(d)
(b) A.F.O. 554/38.
j(d)
(c) O.U. 5225.
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1447
1448
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1460
B utterIssue
>(d)
Amendments to Books
...
... " ...
O.U. 6294Maintenance of Torpedo Tubes in Submarines
fitted with High Pressure Firing GearREPORT ...
Form S.264CInformation on Family Welfare Sections
Institution
SingaporeNames for Naval Establishments ...
Senior Scientific Officer, Admiralty Scientific Pool
Vacancy ...
(a)
Civilian StaffsVacancy ...
BoilersMaterials demanded by Yards ...
W arrant YardsNew Construction, 1935 Programme...
SandbagsRequirements for Passive Defence Purposes j(d)
REPORTS
..............................................................
Form D.164a, Subhead B, Item 8, P art AAbolition ...
(b) C.A.F.O. 582/38.
Secrecy Regulations, 1937Amendment No. 1
Control of Main A.A. Armaments, fitted with H.A.C.S.,
in Close Range Barrage Fire
(a)
Form 303aR endering Reports ...
Armament Training RecordsCertificates of Inspection
King George VNational Memorial
>(d)
Probationary Paymaster-Lieutenants, R.N.Report as
to Fitness for Permanent Transfer
Special Entry and Paymaster Cadetships in the R.N. and <
First Appointments in the R.M.Vacancies ...
>(a)
Henry Leigh Carslake PrizeAward for 1937 ...
Examination for W arrant Engineer and Warrant
Mechanician, February, 1937Results
\(d )
Higher Educational Test, November, 1937Time Table
Examinations for Petty Officer Writer and Supply
Petty Officer
(c) K.R. & A.I.
V/S and W/TNon-substantive RatingsQualifications (c) K.R. & A.I. and
O.U. 6290/37.
(c) Mobilisation Return
ComplementAmendment
No. 1.
Nearest Relative or FriendRecord of ...
(c) K.R. & A.I.
HerniaNotation of Nature of Operation in Medical
History Sheet
(d)
(c) Navy List.
Admiralty Surgeon and Agent ( West Drayton) ...
Officiating Minister of Religion (Deal) ...
(6) A.F.O. 48/38.
Trafalgar DayWreaths ...
R.N. Rifle Association Meeting and National Rifle j ( a )
Association Meeting at Bisley, 1937 ...
Vocational TrainingSummary of Training carried out
(d)
during the period 1.10.36-31.3.37
Gun Mountings, 8-in., Marks I and I*Swivel Connec
tions on Trunnions for Air Blast and Oil Pressure to
Breech
(b) A.F.O. 1599/37.
Gun Mountings, 2-pdr., M, Mark IIModification to
make Base Ball Bearings Water-tightREPORTS
(6) A.F.O. 1601/37.
(H.M . Ships and Dockyards concerned).
67
A.F.O.
Subject.
Disposal.
1937 (contd.).
1467
Stores for use with T.N.T. Demolition StoresAllowances
(Flotilla Leaders and Destroyers)
1470
1471
1472
1473
1475
1476
1477
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1502
1503
1506
1507
1508
1510
1511
1512
1513
1516
1517
St. Edmunds)
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
(C 3 0 2 3 5 )
>(d)
>(d)
J
(b) A.F.O. 1156/38.
(b) A.F.O. 1273/37.
(b) A.F.O. 1398/38.
U )
1(c) K.R. & A.I.
(a)
68
A.F.O.
Subject.
Disposal.
1937- (contd.).
1524
1525
1526
1527
1529
1531
1532
1533
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
>(d)
Hd)
|(d)
(6) A.F.O. 1152/37.
Destroyers concerned)
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1547
1548
1550
1551
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
(d)
69
A.F.O.
Disposal.
Subject.
1937- (contd.).
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1578
1581
1582
1583
1584
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1604
1605
1606
1607
1610
1611
235)
Hd)
(a)
(d)
(a)
(d)
(c) B.R. 367.
(d)
(a)
Hd)
*(a )
(b) A.F.O. 2425/37.
(a)
(c) Navy List.
>(d)
70
Disposal.
Subject.
A.F.O.
1937- (contd.).
1612
1616
1617
1618
(d)
(b) C.A.F.O. 990/38.
li In trep id Class)
1619
1620
1621
1622
concerned)...
1623
1624
>(d)
1625
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
(a)
(d)
(b) A.F.O. 2032 37.
(d)
(a)
(d)
cerned)
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1653
1654
1655
1657
1659
>(d)
A.F.O.
Disposal.
Subject.
1937- (contd.).
1660
Anti-aircraft ArmamentsIncreaseREPORTS (Ships
and Dockyards concerned)
1663
1668
1669
1670
1671
1673
CorditeLandingDestruction ...
Thermometers for Observation of Steam Temperatures
Introduction of Additional Patterns ...
Arresting GearCorrosion on Rams of Pumps (Aircraft
Carriers) ...
W/T Receiver Outfit CNEstablishment Lists of Naval
Stores
Remote Control OutfitsEstablishment List of Naval
Stores
Indicating Device for Safety of AircraftIntroduction
Md)
(Aircraft Carriers)
1674
1688
1689
1690
1691
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1704
1675
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
(a)
Md)
(b) A.F.O. 1961/37.
j(d)
and KiUingholme)
1705
1706
1707
1710
1712
1713
1714
1716
1717
1719
(C30235)
(a)
(d)
(a)
(c) Navy List.
(b) A.F.O. 48/38.
(a)
(c) K.R. & A.I.
(d)
(a)
y(d)
j(d)
(c) C.B. 1876.
72
Disposal.
Subject.
A.F.O.
1937- (contd.).
1731
1732
1733
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1726
1727
1729
1730
>(d)
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1746
1749
1750
1751
1754
1755
1756
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1766
1767
(c) B.R. 4.
Vessels, late Coastal Sloops)
Flying Clothing to Naval and Marine Officers (other than
those of the Fleet Air Arm)Issue of ...
Government Telegraph Code, Appendix (1935)Naval
Correction No. 7 ...
(d)
O.U. 5491 (1) (January, 1937)Block Sketch Cards of
German W ar Vessels
O.U. 6262A.R.L. Course Plotter, Type B
Supersession of ...
B.R. 125Lloyds Register of ShippingREPORT ... (a)
Forms B.18 and 19Institution ...
} (d )
Civilian StaffsVacancies
(a)
Assistant I I I Admiralty Technical Pool
Medical Examination of Casual WorkmenREPORT ... 1
Ships Building by Contract under 1936 Programme I
Supply of Naval Stores
r (d)
Storing YardsNew Construction, 1935 Programme ... J
Wireless Masts, etc., in Shore Establishments ...
(c) O.U. 5225.
Form D.51bAmendment of and Incorporation of
Form D.51d
(c) B.R. 669.
Tracing Sheets. D.320
}(d
)
Form D.363 (Oil Fuel Tank Register)Revision
Board of AdmiraltyAppointment
}()
Senior Officers Courses and Staff Course, 1937 ...
Promotion Examination for Rank of Surgeon-CommanderResult ...
(d)
Eardley Howard-Crockett PrizeR.N. College, D art
mouth
(a)
Mentions for Services in Palestine, April-October, 1936
Syllabuses in Force and Source of Supply
(6) A.F.O. 1010 36.
SportsR.N. and R.M. Rugby UnionMinutes of Com
mittee Meeting, held on 26th July, 1937
SportsR.N. and R.M. Boxing AssociationMinutes of
Committee Meeting
Fire Control CommunicationsFitting of Inter-turret
Telephones ( Barham , Hood, Ramillies ,
Resolution, Revenge and Royal Sovereign )
Director Firing Gear and Fire ControlH.A.C.S., Marks
I, II, III, I I P and III** Director SightsModification
of Drive to C.O.s Binocular
Gun Mountings, 8-in., Marks I and I*Limit Stop for
Cordite Rammer (Ships concerned)
Howitzers, 3 -7-in. EquipmentLifters and Bearers
REPORTS
...............................................................
73
A.F.C
1937-
Disposal.
Subject.
(contd.).
1805
1806
1808
1809
1768
1770
1772
1773
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1795
1796
1798
1799
1801
1802
1903
1804
j(d)
(c) Form S. 1404.
(c) C.B. 1771.
1(d)
1(d)
(a)
>(d)
1811
|
i| (d)
i
74
A.F.O.
Subject.
Disposal.
1937 contd.).
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1819
1820
1821
1822
1824
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1835
1837
1838
1840
1842
1843
1845
1847
1848
Hd)
Dockyards concerned)
1850
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
75
Disposal.
Subject.
A.F.O.
1937- (contd.).
1860
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1880
1882
(d)
(d)
(a)
(c) K.R. & A.I.
(a)
(b) A.F.O. 1220/38.
(c) K.R. & A.I.
(6) A.F.O. 8/38.
Exeter)
1883
1886
1887
1889
1891
1893
1894
1895
1896
1900
1901
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
(d)
76
i
A.F.O. |
Disposal.
Subject.
1937 (contd.).
1914
Dockyard Cost AccountsYard Machinery Capital
AccountRates of Depreciation
...
...
... (c) B.R. 671/37.
1915
New Motor BoatsProvision of Electric Navigation
(d)
Lanterns (Yards and Overseers)...
1918
Physical and Recreational Training Courses for Officers,
(a)
1937
..........................................................................
1920
Admiralty Surgeon and Agent (Dunmow)
\(
c ) Navy List.
1921
Admiralty Surgeon and Agent (Fowey) ...
1923
Royal Naval Rifle Association and National Rifle
Association Meetings, Bisley, 1937Results ...
1927
Guns, B.L., 6-in., Mark X X IIIReduction in Allowance
to H.M. Ships, of Wrenches, Press Obturator, No. 2 ...
-(d)
1928
Guns, Q.F., 2-pdr., Mark II*Modification to Mark I*
Feed Boxes in order to give Clearance for the Mark IV
Belt
1929
Fuzes, D.A., No. 44, of S. and S. ManufactureSpecial
(a)
Examination
1933
Gyroscopes, N.A.R.M., for Torpedoes, 18-in., Marks XI
and X IIModification (Aircraft Carriers, Repulse ,
and Establishments with Torpedoes, 18-tn., Marks X I
a n d X I I ) . ..
1934
1935
(d)
(b) C.A.F.O. 61/38.
C arriers))...
1936
1937
1938
1941
1942
1944
1945
(d)
(d)
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1958
1959
1960
1961
1963
1964
1965
77
A.F.O
Subject.
Disposal.
1937- (eontd.).
1966
1967
1968
1973
1974
1975
1976
1980
1981
1982
1986
1988
1989
1992
1993
1996
1997
1999
2000
2001
2003
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
jw
78
Subject.
A.F.C
Disposal.
1937- (amid.).
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2035
2037
2038
2039
2040
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2048
2049
2050
>(d)
(a)
(c) O.U. 5332.
(a)
(d)
(c) B.R. 14.
yards)
2052
2055
2056
2057
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2066
2067
...
>(d)
(d)
79
Subject.
A.F.C
1937-
2071
2072
2074
Disposal.
(contd.).
Feeder Screws for Lamps in Anchor and Not-underCommand LanternsNew Patterns ...
Welding Sets, Dual Purpose (Capital Ships, Cruisers and
a Repair Ship) ...
Oil Fuel DeliveryBronze Hose forAllowance
( Halcyon Class Minesweepers, Escort and Patrol
Vessels, Surveying Vessels, Twin Screw Minesweepers)
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2089
2090
2091
2092
2094
2095
Y(d)
>(d)
(Ships concerned)
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2103
2104
2109
2110
2111
2113
2116
2117
2118
2119
2125
80
A.F.O
Disposal.
Subject.
1937- contd.).
2126
2128
(d)
2130
2131
2132
(a)
Acting Sub-LieutenantsPromotions
Acting Sub-Lieutenants CoursesREPORT
NavigationSyllabus of Specialist (N) and First Class
Ship Courses
(d)
(a)
Engineer Officers, R.N.University Candidates
V/S 3 and W/T 3 Qualifying Courses for Portsmouth
(c) O.U. 6290/37.
Ratings
Supply Ratings in DestroyersAssessment of Efficiency (b) A.F.O. 2758/37.
Quarter Bills (Form S.255)Amendments ( London
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2150
2151
2152
Class)
2153
2154
2156
2157
2158
2159
(d)
(c) B.R, 878.
(a)
(d)
(b) A.F.O. 1763/37.
concerned)
(d)
81
Subject.
A.F.O.
Disposal.
1937 ('contd.).
2167
2186
2188
2189
2170
2173
2174
2175
2176
2178
2184
(d)
>(d)
2190
Stretchers,
Ambulance,
Neil RobertsonAllowance
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
>(d)
2204
2205
2206
2207
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2224
2225
(a)
(b) A.F.O. 48/38.
(a)
(d)
(b) A.F.O. 8/38.
(d)
(c) K.R. & A.I.
(a)
(d)
82
Subject.
A.F.O.
Disposal.
1937- (contd.).
2226
2227
(a)
2228
2229
2230
2231
2233
2234
2236
2237
y(d)
}w
J(c) C.B. 1771.
layers)
2238
2239
"(d)
2241
2242
2244
and Destroyers of the 1st, 4th, 5th, 6th and 8th Destroyer
Flotillas, and Destroyers of the Acosta, A and
Crusader Classes)
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2259
2261
2262
2263
2264
I
>(a)
J(d)
(b) C.A.F.O. 475/35.
>()
J
(d)
(a)
(c) K.R. & A.I.
(d)
(b) A.F.O. 717/38.
(a)
83
Disposal.
Subject.
A.F.O.
1937- (contd.).
2265
2266
2267
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2304
2306
2307
Anti-Aircraft ArmamentsIncrease
AmmunitionOutfits for 6-in. GunsREPORTS ( D
and E Class Cruisers)
Torpedoes, 18-in., K.9 Type, Blowing HeadRelaxation
of Routines
Two-speed Destroyer SweepConsiderations affecting
the Employment of
Gyro-CompassSpare Motors for Navigational Repeaters
A/S SpecialistsRequirements ...
Ammunition Whips and TacklesCordage for ...
Sealing PliersNew Pattern
Additional Electric Lamps for Chart Table Fittings, etc.
Introduction ofSubhead F.2A
ClothingFacilities for Issue
Officer-in-Charge, R.N. Armament Depot, Singapore ...
Admiralty Engineer Overseer for Machinery (H.M . Sloops
Bramble and Britomart )
B.R. and O.U. BooksPrices
B.R. 16Addendum No. 1
B.R. 31/1936
Kings Regulations and Admiralty
B.R. 32A/1936 > Instructions, Volume I, 1936, and
J
IndexIssue...
Form O .lIntroduction of Forms 0.412 and 0.412 a ...
Forms S.1133 and S.1134Combination in Revised
Form S.1133
...............................................................
Form S.1148 (8)Analysis of H.A. Firings for Ships with
Fuze-keeping Clocks
Form S.304eSupersession by two separate Forms S.311
and S.312 ...
Clerical Classes of the Civil ServiceCompetitive
Examination
Gun Mountings, 4-in., H.A., Mark X IX Lifting and
ExaminationREPORTS (Dockyards)
ElectrodesApproved Types
Gas CylindersAccounting for (Home and Foreign
Yards)REPORTS
...................................................
(d)
(b) A.F.O. 1924/38.
(d)
(c) Navy List.
(b) A.F.O. 48/38.
(d)
(a)
>(d)
(a)
>(d)
>(d)
>(d)
(d)
(b) A.F.O. 906/38.
84
A.F.O.
Disposal.
Silbject.
1937 (contd.).
2308
2309
2313
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2323
2324
2325
2326
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2356
2359
2360
2361
2363
2364
(d)
(a)
(d)
(c) Navy List.
(a)
j(d)
(c) C.B. 1876.
-(d)
(c) B.R. 93.
(b) A.F.O. 942/38.
(a)
(c) C.B. 1771.
(d)
1
"(a )
(c) Navy List.
85
Disposal.
Subject.
A.F.O.
1937 (contd.).
2365
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2382
2383
2384
,(d)
J(b) C.A.F.O. 2723/37.
}(d )
(b) C.A.F.O. 582/38.
Md)
Destroyers)
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2397
2398
2399
2400
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
Subject.
A.F.O.
Disposal.
1937- contd.).
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2421
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2437
2438
2439
2441
2442
2444
2445
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
(d)
(b) A.F.O. 518/38.
. (d)
'(a)
(b) A.F.O. 248/38.
(b) A.F.O. 8/38.
Fuzes, Time, No. 124, II, Lot 520, filled R.L.W ith
drawal from Service
Torpedoes and StoresLiners, Charging Valves, St. Nos.
1314, 1314a and 1314b Removal of Caps ...
(c) C.B. 1876 (d).
(c) B.R, 366.
Bow P.V. Equipment (Tug Bandit ) ...
44-in., Mark V II Searchlight Lamps, Pattern 193
Positive Recarboning Tube
Gyro-compassUniversal Balancing Weights ...
Wind Speed Recorders (Magslip), Pattern 3203Fitting
of Siphon Pens, Pattern 3220 ...
De Laval Turbo-electric GeneratorsCare and Main >(d)
tenance
Turbine-driven Auxiliary MachineryTests of Emergency
Governors...
Asdic Installation, Type 121 and 124Modification to
PressureBalancing Valve
Oil-burning Navigation Lanterns, Patterns 23 , 24 and 25a
Pyrene Fire ExtinguishersPainting of Refills
(b) A.F.O. 222/38.
Pattern 4728
Hair MattressesWithdrawal of Allowance for BedSettees (Ships concerned)
(d)
Light Steel ChestsAllowance (Submarines) ...
Smelling Bottles for Training in Detection of Gas
Supply (Fleet Destroyer Flotillas)
87
Disposal.
Subject.
A.F.O.
1937 contd.).
2461
2462
2463
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2472
2473
2474
2475
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2500
2501
2502
2505
2506
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
(a)
88
Subject.
A.F.O.
Disposal.
1937 (contd.).
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2535
2536
2537
2539
2540
2541
2542
2545
2546
2547
2549
2550
2551
2552
2554
2557
2558
2561
Iw
J
89
Disposal.
Subject.
A.F.C
1937- (contd.).
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2569
2570
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2582
2583
2584
2585
2587
2588
2589
2590
2592
2593
2594
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2603
2604
(d)
(c) B.R. 4.
id )
(a)
(d)
(c) Navy List.
(a)
(d)
(c) O.U. 5225.
(b) A.F.O. 1962/37.
(b) A.F.O. 697/38.
id)
>(d)
2605
2606
2608
2610
2617
2619
2620
90
1937 zontd.).
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2640
2641
2645
2646
2647
2649
2651
2652
2654
2655
2656
2657
Disposal.
Subject.
A.F.O. j
(d)
\ b ) C.A.F.O. 1083/37.
}(d )
(a)
(d)
(a)
j-(a)
(d)
(b) A.F.O. 134/38.
(b) A.F.O. 717/38.
(a)
1(c) Navy List.
1(6) A.F.O. 48/38.
Yarmouth)
2658
2659
2661
2662
2663
2664
2666
2667
2668
2669
91
A.F.O.
Subject.
Disposal.
1937- (tcontd.).
2670
2672
2674
2676
2677
2678
2680
2681
2682
2684
2686
2687
2688
2689
2691
2692
2693
2695
2696
2697
2698
2700
2701
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2720
92
A.F.O.
Disposal.
Subject.
1937- (contd.).
2721
2725
2726
2730
2732
2733
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2756
2757
2758
2760
2761
2762
2766
2767
2771
2774
2775
2776
2779
(d)
93
A.F.O,
Disposal.
Subject.
1937- (contd.).
2783
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2795
2796
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2805
2807
2808
2809
2810
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
}(d)
(b) A.F.O. 858/37.
(b) A.F.O. 879/38.
>(d)
(a)
(c) B.R. 669.
>(d)
j(<*)
> ff
f j
vV i-^s-'-" 'v ^
>
T* JSK7i|> *r
KV **
j\
v -'
*
u
"t
v "t *'
>, v
V*,>
* Vrt \ j O i ^ aw
1 **** *!**V >*
\ r
* C A *
V ,* >*'
4 "V
' fw
<p.:*
'
.J K T*
^ V $ f W A % v 4 - ' W
V 4 ? <**
v * i v
%n
'
* '#
--
c '
' M l*
<
*"
? >r,
:/
;'I-v .'-
r -Solti*.
' 3K-L:,s*. . ' 'I
"' a-.:*-.r;'?<' '
h i
; : t t - .
*% ?li fi
^ - ,*<$ *V- ^
S
h * '
V s i r^ -^ ( ^ t' m y j * ' V
i > 4**'<.M< i ^
>v;
I*
*>
i i
* V ->*
s 1 '?
, - * & T?u r k * * < < i % - /
::
^' v$i.
*V rt,x
&*? v
v v *
r :
^-..
kW*" 'i
\ ' f *'
._ . Lf-vt*.
,. ... . .. ______
>;i'
.. <:.,* . /
i*
,Af' ^ -r
/-
' ^ " 7
- >-* ^ * s1,i*, a i
'
i C># * ir
-ir
, *'*..vHV
M** I-- t
&v-fcrV*! *&:*?
.....
^ ^ h H ,
* *tt
^ "> ,-is
' > i
* r^
r - '.*)
/ :.> 1 .
. A "# H -
^ i-' . ;-'^ i* '
7b-.ir ,V r .<
;j ;^
'- r tf
' ^
r : ,s ^ w ^
'sf
, W ft:
y.
. - :%
. ;>:!
'
*-
ajj
i#!t 4s
j*r : *ift-
..%*;;
^ f- ^ti<4 y ^ - 4/. f i ^ h* ?^
Vf rJ
+#*, 7
,,
t f '
^rv:
'A -
^-V'
'*. * * r w ? $ $
" ^.r .
r >
- I l *r * ^ 3
-ur-.fv
Section 1628/1927
95
Section 1
ADMINISTRATION OF THE FLEET, CEREMONIES,
FOREIGN PORT REGULATIONS, etc.
1927
628.C.M.B. Hulls used as Towed TargetsDistinguishing
LettersRETURNS
(M. 3843/25. 11.3.1927.)
All C.M.B. hulls issued to th e F leet as tow ed ta rg e ts are to be assigned letters
as distinguishing m arks. All reports, w hether by le tte r, telegram or signal,
concerning th e loss, repair or m ovem ents of tow ed C.M.B. ta rg e ts, are to refer to
them by those distinguishing letters.
2. T he distinguishing letters are to be p ain ted in w hite on each side of th e
hulls, th e le tte rs being of sufficient dim ensions to be distinguishable a t long
distances. H ulls will have th e ir distinguishing le tte rs pain ted before issue to th e
F leet.
3. N o use is m ade of th e lette rs F , G, Q, R an d U in th e system of lettering,
in order to avoid confusion w ith o th er sim ilar le tte rs used.
The in te n tio n is th a t w hen a C.M.B. ta rg e t is destroyed or lost, its le tte r shall
lapse w ith it.
W hen th e alp h ab e t has been expended, double lette rs AA, BB, etc., will be
com m enced, and on th e com pletion of this second series, th e single letters will be
recommenced.
4. A re tu rn is to be rendered to reach th e A dm iralty n o t la te r th a n 16th M arch
each year, b y dockyards and bases concerned, giving th e distinguishing lette rs of
all atta c h e d C.M.B. targets, and a general description of th e ir condition, etc.
The re tu rn is to be in th e following form :
R em arks
D istinguishing
L etters.
W hether in Sea-going or
D am aged Condition.
are repairable, e t c .) :
(a) B y Ships Staff.
(b) B y D ockyard.
Section 1628A927
96
D ate Lost.
R em arks.
97
Section 157/1928
919.Issued Confidentially .
2655.Suez CanalTaxation of Double Bottoms
(M . 3367/28.12.10.1928.)
i t is the p ra c tic e of th e Suez C a n a l officers in assessing ta x a tio n of
double bottom s of sh ip s p assin g th ro u g h th e C a n a l ( v id e ru les o f N a v ig a tio n
of the C a n al, page 93), to re g a rd these c o m p a rtm e n ts as b ein g fu ll if th e
d ep th of oil exceeds 6 in ., b u t to re g a rd them as em pty if th e d e p th of oil
fuel is 6 in . o r less.
2. So f a r as m ay be possible, C o m m an d in g Officers of H .M . sh ip s p assin g
th ro u g h th e C an al should a r r a n g e to a d ju s t oil fu el in those co m p artm e n ts
en ro u te to P o r t S a id (o u tw a rd jo u rn e y ) o r Suez (hom ew ard jo u rn e y ), as
the case m ay be, in o rd e r to reduce th e lia b ility to C a n al ch arg es in
th is respect.
3. W hen i t is n o t possible to a d ju s t oil fu el in th e double bottom
co m p artm e n ts below a d ep th o f 6 in ., C o m m an d in g Officers o f H .M . sh ip s
a r e to f u rn is h to th e N av a l L ia iso n Officer a t P o r t S a id fu ll p a r tic u la r s of
th e double bottom co m p artm e n ts w hich c o n ta in o il fu el in excess of 6 in.
T h is r e p o r t should be a ttac h ed by th e N a v a l L ia iso n Officer to th e voucher
fo r th e re la tiv e p a y m e n t of dues to th e Suez C a n a l C om pany.
(C30235)
Section 13/1929
98
1929
3.British PortsRegulations for the use of Wireless Tele
graphy or Telephony by Foreign Men-of-War and
Service Aircraft
(M . 521/25.4.1.1929.)
The fo llo w in g re g u la tio n s fo r th e use of w ireless te le g ra p h y o r telep h o n y
by F o re ig n M en-of-W ar a n d S ervice A ir c r a f t ac co m p an y in g th em in h a rb o u rs
in G re a t B r ita in a n d N o rth e r n I re la n d a n d B r itis h O v ersea P o rts , have been
m ade in ac cordance w ith S ectio n 4, C lause (2) o f th e W ireless T e leg rap h y
(F o re ig n S h ip s) R e g u la tio n s, 1908:
(a) F o re ig n M en-of-W ar a n d S ervice A ir c r a f t ac co m p an y in g th em ly in g
in a N a v a l P o r t, o r in a n y h a rb o u r w hich is close to a N a v a l P o rt,
shall o b ta in p erm issio n fro m the S en io r N a v a l Officer a t th e N av a l
P o r t to use th e ir w ireless te le g ra p h y o r te le p h o n y a p p a r a tu s ,
s ta tin g system , w av elen g th s a n d tim es o f tra n sm iss io n pro p o sed .
( b ) F o re ig n M en-of-W ar a n d Service A ir c r a f t ac co m p an y in g th em ly in g
in a n y h a rb o u r w hich is n o t close to a N a v a l P o r t sh a ll co nform
to th e follow ing r e g u la tio n s :
(i) T ra n sm issio n on 600 m etres is fo rb id d e n , ex c e p t fo r th e p u rp o se
of m a k in g o r a n sw e rin g sig n a ls of d istre ss.
(ii) In te rfe re n c e w ith N a v a l, A rm y or A ir F o rc e sig n a llin g , o r w ith
a n y fixed shore sta tio n , m u st be av o id ed .
( iii) T ra n sm issio n m u st be d isc o n tin u e d on re q u e st fro m (1) an y
N a v a l A u th o rity , (2) the p o r t a u th o ritie s , (3) a n y fixed shore
sta tio n .
(iv) P r o tr a c te d sig n a llin g , u sing a p p a r a tu s tr a n s m ittin g o th er
th a n p u re co n tin u o u s waves, m u st be avoided.
(v) I f th e re is a B r itis h or D om inion F le e t o r W a rs h ip ly in g in
th e h a rb o u r, th e S en io r N a v a l Officer sh o u ld be co n su lted .
99
Section 15/1929
184.Infectious DiseasesControl
(M. 1324/28. 18.1.1929.)
W ith a view to th e effective control of infectious diseases in au x iliary vessels
of th e R oyal N avy, th e A dm iralty h av e agreed to arrangem ents w hereby officers
of P o rt S an ita ry A uthorities shall v isit a n d deal w ith such vessels belonging to th e
A dm iralty, or ch a rtered to th e A dm iralty, in all respects as if th ey were ordinary
m erch an t vessels. Officers of P o rt S an ita ry A uthorities are to be given th e necessary
facilities for e n try in to H .M . dockyards for th e purpose of access to such vessels,
as well as to p riv ately ow ned ships, w hich m ight be lying in th e dockyard.
2. The following ships do n o t come w ith in th e scope of this arrangem ent, viz. :
() H.M .
() H.M .
(c) H.M .
(d) Y ard
ships in commission.
ships w ith nucleus crews.
ships laid up w ith caretakers.
c ra ft in dockyards.
P o rt of L ondon.
P ly m o u th .
R iver Tees.
R ochester.
S outham pton.
Swansea.
Tyne.
W eym outh.
e
Section 11517/1929
100
noon.
2. As reg ard s A rm istice D ay, H.M . ships are to comply w ith the above
procedure only when in A u stra lia n waters. O utside the A u stra lia n S tation
the in stru ctio n s in A.F.O. 352/35 are to be rig id ly followed, even in the event
of an A u stra lia n ship being in company w ith H.M . ship(s).
3. As reg ard s G allipoli or Ajizac D ay, the procedure adopted by
H.M . A u stra lia n ships is to be employed when in A u stralian w aters, or in
company w ith H .M .A . ship.
{ A .F .O . 3 5 2 /8 5 .)
1870.Issued Confidentially.
2337.Kiel CanalPassage of H.M. Ships
(M ./C . ( I I ) 3735/2920.9.1929.)
I . S alutes .
1930
2783. Issued Confidentially.
101
Section 1277/1931
1931
277.Administration of Ships at Home Ports
(M . 69 9 /3 0 .6.2.1931.)
(a ) S h ip s
u n d e r o rd e rs to p a y off
u n d e r o rd ers to recom m ission
R eserve F le e t o rg a n isa tio n , as
re c e ip t of in stru c tio n s to jo in
th e la te r.
m issio n in g fo r o th e r service.
(c) S h ip s, o th e r th a n those of R eserve F lee t, p a y in g off fo r la rg e
r e p a ir to be u n d e r the C om m ander-in-C hief u n til p a id off, th en
u n d e r d o ckyard control.
( d ) Vessels a tta c h e d to tr a i n in g estab lish m en ts, ex cep t as a t D ( b ).
B. S h ip s to be u n d e r d o ck y ard c o n tro l
(a ) A ll sh ip s, w hether in fu ll o r R eserve com m ission, p a y in g off fo r
c o n stru c tio n ,
u nless
in
com m ission
fo r
tr ia ls
tio n fo r sale.
C. S h ip s to be a d m in iste re d
Reserve F le e t
(a ) S h ip s o f Reserve
by
th e
V ice-A dm iral C o m m an d in g th e
F leet, w hether in
fo r A (&).
(b ) A ll sh ip s u n d e r o rd ers to com m ission in Reserve, as fro m d a te of
(C30235)
Section 1277/1931
102
D.
S hips to be adm inistered by the Vice-Adm iral Com m anding th
Reserve Fleet, b u t u nder control of Com m ander-in-Chief for operations
() Em ergency destroyers.
() Ships belonging to Reserve Fleet, b u t attached to tra in in g
establishm ents.
(c) Ships belonging to Reserve Fleet, b u t detailed for special duty
under the Com m ander-in-Chief, e.g., destroyers in Iris h waters.
2. In a ll cases not covered by the foregoing in stru ctio n s the Commanderin-C hief of the p o rt will, fa ilin g any special directions from the A dm iralty,
give the necessary directions, consulting the Vice-Adm iral Com m anding,
Reserve Fleet, an d dockyard authorities.
{A.F.O.
9 8 b !37 .)
103
Section 1594/1932
1932
*594.SalutesTime of Firing
(M. 2479/31. 11.3.1932.)
The following ta b le show s th e rules in foreign navies concerning th e tim es
du rin g w hich gun salutes m ay be fired, an d is prom ulgated for in form ation :
U sual P eriod during w hich Salutes
m ay be F ired.
C ountry.
A lbania
A rgentine
8 a.m . to su n se t...
8 a.m .-8 p.m . or sunset,
w hichever m ay first occur.
A t sea : sunrise to sunset
8 a.m . to su n se t...
8 a.m . to su n se t...
8 a.m . or sunrise (w hichever is later) to
sunset.
I n port : tim e of hoisting colours to
sunset.
A t sea : sunrise to sunset
8 a.m . to su n se t...
B etw een hours fixed for hoisting and
hauling dow n n atio n al flag, excluding
m eal tim es of crews.
I n port : betw een tim es of hoisting and
low ering th e colours.
I n p o rt :
B ulgaria
C h i l i ................
D enm ark
E sto n ia
F inland
F rance
G erm any
Greece
Ita ly ...
J a p a n ...
L atv ia
N etherlands ...
N orw ay
Poland
Portugal
R um ania
S p a in ...
Sweden
T urkey
U.S.A.
Yugoslavia
(C30235)
8 a.m . to su n se t...
8 a.m . to su n se t...
Sunrise to sunset
A t anchor : 8 a.m . (m orning colours) to
sunset.
I n po rt : betw een tim es of h oisting and
low ering th e colours.
A t sea : sunrise to sunset
Sunrise to sunset
W hile ensign is hoisted. Colours hoisted
as in B ritish N avy. Colours lowered
a t sunset or 9 p.m ., w hichever is
earlier.
Sunrise to sunset
8 a.m . to su n se t...
8 a.m . to su n se t...
Sunrise to sunset
I n p o rt : w hile natio n al flag is hoisted.
Colours lowered a t sunset or 9 p.m .,
w hichever is earlier.
A t sea : sunrise to sunset
Sunrise to sunset
8 a.m . to sunset (no salutes betw een
su n set and sunrise).
...
I n p o rt : 6 a.m . to sunset
A t sea : sunrise to sunset
E xceptions.
R oyal, etc., s a lu te s ;
tim es of church ser
vice.
In foreign p o rts w hen
custom of co u n try is
followed.
R oyal salutes.
N ot on Sundays unless
required b y in te r
n atio n al courtesy.
'
---
Section 11664/1932
104
105
Section 11667/1932
Section 11924/1932
106
723. Powers fo r seeing that A ct is com plied with. (1) W here an y of th e follow
ing officers, nam ely
an y officer of the B oard of Trade,
an y commissioned officer of an y of H er M ajestys ships on full pay,
a n y B ritish consular officer,
th e R egistrar-G eneral of Shipping and Seam en or his assistant,
an y Chief officer of Customs in any place in H er M ajestys dom inions, or
an y superintendent,
h as reason to suspect th a t th e provisions of this A ct, or an y law for th e tim e being
in force relating to m erchant seam en or navigation is n o t com plied w ith, th a t officer
m ay
(a) require th e owner, m aster, or an y of the crew of an y B ritish ship to
107
Section 1140/1933
1933
140.Exercises between H.M. Ships and Torpedo and Smokemaking AircraftArrangements for rendering Reports
(M. 3681/30. 20.1.1933.)
Tho procedure to be followed in rendering reports on certain of th e above
exercises has been un d er review in order th a t earlier inform ation o f exercises w hich
have been carried o u t in o th e r com m ands m ay be received b y u n its a t hom e and
abroad.
SEC TIO N A.
Procedure fo r rendering R eports on Im portan t E xercises carried out by T /B Sm okem aking A ircra ft when E m barked in G arners.
1. E ach u n it concerned forw ards a rep o rt (on th e app ro p riate form , if any) to
the Com m anding Officer o f th e carrier.
2. E ach ship a tta c k e d forw ards a rep o rt (on th e app ro p riate form , if any) to
th e Senior Officer of th e squadron. T he Senior Officer of th e sq u ad ro n will forw ard
these reports w ith his rem arks to th e aircraft carrier concerned.
N ote. W hen m ore th a n one airc ra ft carrier has taken p a r t in th e exercise,
Senior Officers of squadrons should forw ard records to th e Senior of th e airc ra ft
carriers concerned, an d u n it records from th e Ju n io r aircraft carrier should also b e
sent to th e Senior.
3. The Com m anding Officer of th e carrier forw ards th e rep o rts, to g eth er w ith
his covering rem arks, to th e officer who will analyse th e exercise. (This officer m ay
be th e C om m anding Officer of th e carrier himself, th e Senior Officer o f th e sq u ad ro n
or an o th er officer, as detailed by Com mander-in-Chief.)
4. The A nalysing Officer, having analysed th e exercise, forw ards a final re p o rt
to th e R ear-A dm iral (A) if on th e statio n , otherw ise to th e Com m ander-in-C hief
direct, to g ether w ith th e reports received from th e u n its and ships an d th e ir covering
rem arks.
Section 1140/1933
108
109
Section 1432/1933
432.Home CommandsLimits
(M. 5318/32.24.2.1933.)
I n o rd e r to e n su re th e c o rre c t a llo c a tio n of re sp o n sib ility fo r com m uni
c a tin g A a n d W m essages, a n d fo r o th e r m a tte rs w hen om ission to
ta k e a c tio n o r d u p lic a tio n of a c tio n m ig h t re su lt, a p p ro v a l h as been given
fo r a rev e rsio n to th e p ra c tic e of in d ic a tin g sea b o u n d a rie s betw een th e
H om e C om m ands.
2. T he shore lim its of th e H om e C om m ands re m a in as p rev io u sly
notified, i .e . :
C o ast of S c o tla n d ...
S c o ttish B o rd er on E a s t C o a st to B en n an e
H e a d on W est .C oast. (T e n m iles n o rth
of Loch R y a n .)
T he N o re
...............
S c o ttish B o rd er on E a s t C o a st to M e rid ia n
of 0 34' E. on S o u th C oast.
P o rts m o u th
...............
M e rid ia n of 0 34' E . o n S o u th C oast to
M e rid ia n of 3 W. on S o u th C oast.
D ev o n p o rt
...............
M e rid ia n of 3 W. c n S o u th C o a st to
B e n n an e H e a d ; a n d C o a st of Ire la n d .
T h is in cludes th e w hole o f th e N o rth
C hannel.
S ea b o u n d a rie s e x te n d in g fro m these p o in ts of d iv isio n w ill be em bodied
in a new e d itio n o f C h a rt N o. M isc. 31 a n d m ay be th u s d escrib ed
(a ) B etw een N o re a n d P o rts m o u th . F ro m th e S o u th C o a st of E n g la n d
in L ong. 0 34' E. to T r^ p o r t (L a t. 50 04' N ., L ong. 1 22' E .).
(b ) B etw een P o rts m o u th a n d D ev o n p o rt. T he m e rid ia n of 3 00' W.
(c) B etw een D e v o n p o rt an d C o ast of S co tlan d . A lin e d ra w n from
B e n n a n e H e a d to a p o sitio n in L a t. 55 46' N ., L ong. 8 09' W .,
a n d fro m thence alo n g th e p a r a lle l of L at. 55 46' to th e lim it of
th e H om e S ta tio n .
( d ) B etw een C o ast of S c o tla n d a n d
N ore.
T he
p a r a lle l of
L a t. 65 46'.
3. D e le te d .
4. The d e m a rc a tio n of sea a re a s is n o t in te n d e d to in v o lv e a n y change
in e x istin g resp o n sib ilitie s in th e H om e C om m ands, a n d a d ja c e n t com m ands
m u st m a in ta in th e closest in te r-c o m m u n ic a tio n so as to secure t h a t th e forces
u n d e r th e ir resp ectiv e c o n tro l w ork in com plete co -o p e ra tio n a n d a re
em ployed to th e best a d v a n ta g e in th e circu m stan ces of th e m om ent.
637.Naval StationsLimits
(M . 0566/33 17.3.1933.)
The lim its of N a v a l S ta tio n s a r e as follo w s:
L im it s
of t h b
ome
S t a t io n
N o r th . F ro m th e co ast of G re e n la n d
a t th e m e rid ia n o f 40 W est
L o n g itu d e a n d thence undefined.
E a s t .B y th e W estern shores of E u ro p e to th e S o u th e rn B o u n d a ry betw een
P o rtu g a l a n d S p a in in 7 25; W est L o n g itu d e (a p p ro x im a te ly ) a n d thence
by t h a t m e rid ia n to th e S o u th w a rd to th e A fric a n coast, th en ce to th e S o u th
w ard by th e A fric a n coast to C ap e B lanco, th e B o u n d a ry betw een F re n ch
S en eg al a n d th e S o u th e rn end of th e S p a n ish P ro te c to ra te of R io d O ro in
20 47' N o rth L a titu d e (a p p ro x im a te ly ).
S o u th .F ro m C ape B lanco, th e B o u n d a ry between F re n c h S en eg al an d
the S o u th e rn end of the S p a n is h P ro te c to ra te of R io d O ro in 20 47' N o rth
L a titu d e (a p p ro x im a te ly ) a lo n g t h a t p a ra lle l to the W e stw a rd to the
m e rid ia n of 40 W est L o n g itu d e .
W est .F ro m a p o in t in 20 47' N o rth L a titu d e an d -40 W est L o n g itu d e
alo n g th a t m e rid ia n to th e N o rth w a rd to th e coast of G re en lan d .
Section 1637/1933
L im it s
110
of t h e
M e d it e r r a n e a n S t a t io n
N o r th .F ro m th e S o u th e rn B o u n d a ry betw een P o r tu g a l a n d S p a in in
im it s
of t h e
A m e r ic a
and
W e s t I n d i e s S t a t io n
N o rth .F rom the coast of A sia on the m erid ian of 180 along the
shores of the N o rth A m erican C on tin en t to the coast of G reenland on
the m erid ian of 40 W est Longitude.
East Along the m eridian of 40 W est L ongitude from the coast of
G reenland to the Southw ard to 4 20' N o rth L atitu d e, thence in a SouthE asterly directio n to a p o in t on the E q u a to r in 20 W est L ongitude, thence
along th a t m erid ian to the South Pole.
South South Pole.
West .F rom the South Pole along the m erid ian of 120 W est Longitude
to the E q u a to r, thence to th e W estw ard along the E q u a to r to the m eridian
of 150 W est L ongitude, thence along th a t m erid ian to the N orthw ard to
30 N o rth L atitu d e, thence to the W estw ard along th a t p a rallel to the
m erid ian of 180, and thence to the N o rth w ard along th a t m eridian to the
coast of Asia.
L im it s
of th e
A f r i c a S t a t io n
of
the
ast
I n d ie s
S t a t io n
I ll
Section 1637/1933
L im it s
of t h e
C h i n a S t a t io n
of
the
A u s t r a l ia S t a t io n
Section 1637/1933
112
of t h e
ew
Z e a la nd S t a t io n
113
Section 11976/1933
status.
arachutes
In all Fleet A ir A rm a ir c r a f t pilots are to wear p arachutes w ith quickrelease harness a t all tim es when flying. A ll other occupants are to wear
the harness, the packs being stowed in the a p p ro p ria te position in the
a irc ra ft.
Section 12520/1933
114
q u ip m e n t
115
Section 12762/1933
Section 1121/1934
116
1934
121.Entertainment FundsRegulations and Procedure
REPORT
(M. 5736/33. 18.1.1934)
The following regulations governing th e entertain m en t funds an d rules of
procedure to be observed in applying for gran ts therefrom are prom ulgated for
inform ation and guidance :
2. G rants m ay be m ade from either the F lag Officers F u n d or th e S hips
E n tertain m en t F und for th e cost of entertain m en ts given by F lag Officers or ships
respectively, to officers or officials o f the D ominions or Colonies or of foreign
countries only. I n this connection it m u st be recognised th a t th e casual e n te rta in
m ent of such officers has always been regarded as th e exercise of h o sp itality which
is in accordance w ith th e custom s o f th e Service : these funds are only intended to
be used on occasions w hen the h o sp itality exercised by fleets or ships becomes a
m a tte r of international or im perial policy involving an expenditure beyond th a t
which a n officer m ight properly be expected to incur.
3. G rants cannot be m ade from these funds tow ards expenses incurred in th e
en tertainm ent of civil officials a t H om e P o rts in re tu rn for h o sp itality w hich they
have extended to th e Fleet.
4. A Commander-in-Chief to w hom definite m axim um g ran ts have been
allocated from the F unds need no longer m ake prior application for particu lar
grants. In stead he is to adm inister th e F u n d s a t his disposal him self, weighing
applications and scrutinising claims w ith duo regard to th e general necessity for
economy and particularly to the calls likely to be m ade on his allocation during
the rest of the financial year.
5. A ny N aval A uthority to w hom no allocation has been m ade should m ake
prior application to the A dm iralty, should he foresee th e necessity for incurring
expenditure on official entertaining.
6. W henever a g ran t is m ade for official entertain in g details o f the' expenditure
actually incurred are to be reported as soon as possible thereafter, to include th e
following particulars :
(i) D ate of entertainm ent.
(ii) Place of entertainm ent.
(iii) N atu re of entertainm ent.
(iv) N um ber of guests present.
(v) Names, rank, etc., of im p o rta n t guests.
(vi) Expenses incurred on
(a) Catering, wines, and tobacco.
(b) Miscellaneous charges.
7. Care is to bo tak en to ensure th a t th e expenditure is b ro u g h t to account
in th e financial year during which it was incurred.
117
Section 1568/1934
3.
Local organisation should accordingly be directed to vessels proceeding
w ith th e u tm o st despatch to th e scene of the disaster to locate th e subm arine and
pick u p an y m en who have m ade, or m ay be ab o u t to m ake, th e ir escape, and
subsequently to provide m edical atte n tio n as necessary. As soon as th e subm arine
has been located or when, in th e opinion of th e Senior Officer, h er position is
sufficiently accurately know n, tw elve -lb. charges are to be fired in th e vicinity.
T his is a signal to any m en im prisoned in the subm arine th a t surface vessels have
arrived an d th a t escape by m eans of th e D avis Subm erged E scape A p p aratu s can
be a tte m p te d w ith every prospect of rescue. T he charges should be fired a t least
2 cables from th e position of the subm arine in case any m en are m aking th eir
escape a t th e tim e.
Section 1619/1934
118
(15) I n
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)
(20)
E n g lish C h an n el only.
F is h in g fo r o y sters or c a rry in g
o y ster d re d g e rs betw een 16th J u n e a n d 31st A u g u st. T h is
a p p lie s also to F re n c h fishing vessels.
N o t co n fo rm in g to th e in te r n a tio n a l ru le s fo r lig h ts a t sea.
D isc h a rg in g firearm s.
T h ro w in g m issiles.
U sin g th r e a te n in g la n g u ag e.
F ig h tin g o r b raw lin g .
7.
P ow ers of B r itis h S ea F ish e ry Officers u n d e r th e S ea F ish erie s
A ct, 1883.A B r itis h S ea F ish e ry Officer m ay fo r th e p u rp o se of d e a lin g
w ith offences specified in p a r a g r a p h 5, exercise th e fo llo w in g pow ers
over a ll fishing vessels in sid e B ritis h exclusive fishery lim its a n d
B r itis h fishing vessels anyw here.
H e m ay
(1) B o a rd a n y sea fishing boat.
(2) R e q u ire th e p ro d u c tio n of official p ap e rs.
(3) M u ster th e crew.
(4) R e q u ire in fo rm a tio n of th e M aster.
(5) E x a m in e h er gear.
(6) Seize ille g a l in stru m e n ts.
(7) H o ld in q u irie s on oath.
(8)*T ake a n offending b o a t in to an y co n v en ien t p o r t a n d
d e ta in her.
F o re ig n fishing vessels observed fishing w ith in th e exclusive fishery
lim its m ay be p u rsu e d a n d a rre s te d o u tsid e such lim its, a n d ta k e n to
a B r itis h p o r t fo r p ro sec u tio n , p ro v id e d t h a t th e p u r s u it is c o n tin u o u s
a n d u n d e rta k e n im m ed ia te ly on th e com m ission o f th e offence.
*
C h a p te r V I.
1. A rre st a n d B r in g in g in to P o r t.A fo re ig n vessel fo u n d fishing
w ith in B r itis h te r r ito r ia l w ate rs sho u ld be seized a n d b ro u g h t in to
th e n e a re st su ita b le p o rt, p re fe ra b ly one w here th e re is a n a g e n t of
th e S o lic ito r to th e B o a rd of T ra d e.
2. I n fo r m a tio n to C ustom s, etc.The C o m m an d er sh o u ld a t once
in fo rm th e n e a re st C ollector o r P r in c ip a l Officer of C ustom s an d
E xcise, a n d if th e S o lic ito r to the B o a rd of T ra d e h as a d u ly a p p o in te d
a g e n t, t h a t officer also. (S ee lis t in A p p e n d ix O .) The C ollector or
P r in c ip a l Officer w ill te le g ra p h th e p a r tic u la r s to th e B o a rd of T rad e,
who w ill give th e necessary in s tru c tio n s to th e ir S o licito r.
The
S o lic ito r w ill in s tru c t his a g e n t fo r th e p u rp o se of th e proceedings.
*
A n o p in io n has been given by th e S co ttish L aw Officers of th e Crow n
th a t in cases w here the seizure of fishing g e a r is a u th o rise d a n d a p p r o p r ia te
it is co m p eten t in th e exercise of th is pow er to seize a n d d e ta in th e g ear an d
to release th e vessel th e re a fte r. T his o p in io n is bein g ac te d on in S co tlan d .
119
Section 11164/1934
Section 178/1935
120
1935
*78.Entertainments Tax
(N .L . 3937/34.10.1.1935.)
P a y m e n t of e n te rta in m e n ts d u ty w ill n o t be re q u ire d in resp e ct of S ervice
e n te rta in m e n ts, p ro v id e d th a t a p p lic a tio n is m ade to th e S e c re ta ry , C ustom
H ouse, L ondon, E.C .3, as long as possible b efo reh an d , a n d in a n y case n o t
la te r th a n e ig h t days before th e e n te rta in m e n t, show ing t h a t th e e n te r ta in
m ent o r series of e n te rta in m e n ts com plies w ith th e fo llo w in g c o n d itio n s :
121
Section 1105/1935
T orpedo fit
for use.
T orpedo n o t
fit for use.
10
30
15
Section 1105/1935
122
Such denunciation shall only have effect as regards th e G overnm ent w hich has
notified it.
Done a t Paris, th e 12th Ju n e, 1934.
So far as Belgium is concerned, this Convention shall only en ter into force after
its publication in th e legal form s prescribed b y Belgian legislation.
(K . R . and A .I . Article 906.)
otes
by
atural
is t o r y
M u s e u m A u t h o r it ie s
123
Section 1265/1935
The West Indies and the African stations are unlikely to yield results of
value unless visited by a trained and competent collector.
The insects least likely to be of interest are the butterflies; practically
anything else would be welcome.
Petrology
Rocks of hand-specimen size and properly localised, would be of interest;
but for successful collecting of rocks as well as of minerals knowledge of the
subject and experience in field-work are necessary. In this branch of natural
history it is particularly desirable that properly qualified officers, ready to
help, should communicate direct with the Museum.
Botany
Plants from all the Pacific islands and other places visited would be
welcome.
Flowering P lants, Ferns, Mosses, Lichens, Sea-weeds, and Fungi.It is
not difficult to dry specimens for the Herbarium in such a way that they
retain their usefulness for centuries. Here we have plants collected in many
parts of the world by the early explorers, those of Captain Cooks three
voyages being of great scientific interest. Complete collections from some of
the lesser known islands would certainly add much to our knowledge of plant
distribution. The particulars given in the Instructions for Collectors,
published by the Museum, are sufficient to enable a beginning to be made,
but various devices can often be made use of if the end in view is understood,
i.e., that the specimen should be ample in showing the different parts, and
that it should be dried flat, the quicker the better. Sea-weeds are the most
difficult to deal with, but with a little practice extremely attractive mounts
can be made. Mosses and lichens call for no special methods, but fleshy fungi
are not worth collecting unless accurate drawings accompany the specim ens:
hard fungi and parasitic microfungi are easily dealt with, the former are
simply allowed to dry, the latter are pressed with the plant on which they
occur.
Section 1352/1935
124
No
(b) In all F rench ports, a t hom e and abroad, w hether a F ren ch w arship is
present or n o t :
T he cerem ony observed by th e F rench is to be carried o u t, i.e.,
H .M . Ship will dress overall and fire natio n al salutes w hen colours are
hoisted in th e m orning, a t noon, and a t sunset. Ships m ay be required
to illum inate ship.
(c) W hen in an Ita lia n p o rt or in com pany w ith an Ita lia n ship in an y p o r t :
H.M. Ship(s) are to be dressed overall from 0800 till sunset, a n d a
R oyal Salute is to be fired a t noon.
(d ) W hen in com pany w ith F rench an d Ita lia n ships in p o rts o th er th a n
F rench (home and abroad) :
H.M . Ship(s) are to be dressed overall from 0800 till sunset w ith
th e Ita lia n flag flying, an d a R oyal S alute is to be fired a t noon.
(Note. F rench ships observe only one m in u tes silence, from
1100 to 1101.)
(e) In th e circum stances detailed un d er (b), (c) an d (d) th e B ritish cerem ony
is to be carried o u t while H.M . Ship is fully dressed.
7. The full details of th e cerem onial observed by F rench w ar vessels on th e
anniversary of th e A rm istice, an d also general rules followed by F ren ch w ar vessels
when in com pany w ith foreign w arships on occasions of festivals and solem n
observances are given in A .F.O . 353/36.
8. The Ita lia n A rm istice day is com m em orated on N ovem ber 4th, irrespective
of the day of the week on which this date falls.
The procedure carried o u t by Ita lia n ships on th is occasion is as follows :
0800. Ships dress overall, Ita lia n flag a t th e m ast-head.
1100. U ndress ship and half-m ast colours. Salute of 21 guns a t in terv als
of one m inute.
12 noon. R e-hoist colours and redress ship. Salute of 21 guns a t norm al
intervals.
Sunset. U ndress ship.
W hen in com pany w ith an Ita lia n ship or in an Ita lia n p o rt, H.M . Ships are to
conform to th e above procedure.
9. W ith a view to avoiding any m isunderstanding, th e B ritish Senior N aval
Officer is alw ays to inform th e Senior officers of an y foreign ships in com pany in
good tim e of th e procedure w hich will be carried o u t b y H.M . Ships, a n d in th e case of
11th N ovem ber, w hen F rench a n d /o r Ita lia n ships are present, explaining th e reasons
for so doing, as given in p ara g ra p h 6.
(A .F .O s. 1517/29 and 353/35.)
125
Section 1353/1935
Salute
Section 1353/1935
126
laid dow n for th e F rench N avy for 11th N ovem ber, observing also th e
following rules w hich app ear in orders :
W henever it is necessary abroad to celebrate n atio n al festivals an d
solem n occasions, th e Senior F rench Com m anding Officer will arran g e
w ith th e F rench diplom atic or consular officer to ac q u ain t th e local
au th o rity of his intention to celebrate these festivals or solemn
occasions. On th e previous day he will notify directly th e responsible
a u th o rity of th e ro adstead w here he is, and, if he considers it advisable,
th e senior com m anding officers of th e foreign n av al forces w hich are in
th e sa m e a n c h o ra g e .
(A.F.O . 352/35.)
(T h is r e p r in t em bodies A .F .O . 706/38.)
H.M. SH IP S.*
G eneral In s tru c tio n s.
1. (a) Reports of arrivals and departures are to give the names of ships,
whither departing, and date.
(b) All reports are to state what authorities have been informed.
(c) Arrivals and departures are to be reported by telegram by one of the
following authorities, in the order named:
(i) At Intelligence Centres abroad, the S.O. (I).
(ii) The Commander-in-Chief or other resident naval authority at the
port.
(iii) The Commander-in-Chief or Senior Naval Officer afloat, if present
at the port and if there is no resident naval authority, f
(iv) The Commanding Officer of the ship concerned, if there is no
authority as in (i), (ii) or (iii).
(d) The ships concerned are to give the necessary information to the
officer responsible for reporting their arrival or departure, except when the
orders for these movements have come through or from that officer.
(e) The officer responsible for the issue of sailing orders to ships not
supplied with these instructions is to provide them with the necessary direc
tions for reporting their movements.
(/) Commanders-in-Chief of adjacent stations or commands will arrange
for the interchange of reports of movements of vessels and aircraft of which
it is desirable they should have cognisance, such as those from one station to
another, those of special interest or political importance, or those in tha
vicinity of the border line between stations.
2. All arrivals and departures of H.M. ships, except those of a ship or
squadron proceeding to sea for exercises and returning to the same port
within one or two days, are to be reported as follows:
(i) To the Admiralty.
(ii) To the Commander-in-Chief or Senior Officer of the Command,
Fleet, Squadron or F lotilla to which the ship belongs. In Fleet*
which are organised in separate squadrons or flotillas, it is left
to the discretion of the Commander-in-Chief or Senior Officer
whether movements of individual ships are reported to him a
well as to the Commander of the individual squadron or flotilla.
*
All ships flying the white ensign except vessels of the Royal Yacht
Squadron.
t In view of the lack of facilities for signal and W /T communication at
the disposal of the K ings Harbour Master at Invergordon, the responsibility
for the reporting of arrivals and departures of H.M. ships in the Cromarty
Firth is to be undertaken by the Senior Naval Officer afloat. A ll reports
by the Senior Naval Officer afloat in accordance with these instructions
re to be repeated to the K ings Harbour Master, Invergordon.
127
Section 1527/1935
A t p re se n t th e a rra n g e m e n ts a re as follo w s:
H om e F le et, to C om m ander-in-C h ief, H om e F leet,
as well as to th e S en io r Officer of th e s q u a d ro n or flo tilla.
H om e F le e t D estro y e rs r e p o rt to the C om m odore (D ) as
well.
M e d ite rra n e a n F le e t, to C om m and er-in -C h ief, as w ell a s
to the S en io r Officer of the sq u a d ro n o r flo tilla. M e d ite r
r a n e a n F le e t D estro y e rs r e p o r t to th e R e a r-A d m ira l (D ) a s
well.
R eserve F leet, to V ice-A dm iral, R eserve F lee t, as well as
to th e S en io r Officer of the sq u ad ro n .
S u b m a rin e s a t H om e, o ther th a n H o m e F leet S u b
m arin es, to the R e a r-A d m ira l (S ) as well as to th e ir own
S en io r Officer.
( iii) To th e O fficer-in-C harge a t th e p o r t of d e s tin a tio n a n d o th er
a u th o ritie s who m ay have to ta k e ac tio n as a re s u lt of th e move
m ent. F o r exam ple, a p o r t a u th o rity who has to a r r a n g e for
b e rth in g , fu e llin g , etc.
(iv ) S h ip s p a ssin g th ro u g h or in to H om e C om m ands a n d fo re ig n
sta tio n s m u st be re p o rte d to th e C o m m an d er-in -C h ief. S h ip s
le av in g to jo in a fo re ig n s ta tio n are , in a d d itio n to o th er
a u th o ritie s concerned, to have th e ir in it ia l d e p a r tu re re p o rte d
to th e C om m ander-in-C hief of th a t sta tio n . F o r exam ple, th e
d e p a r tu re of a sh ip from P o rts m o u th fo r C h in a, v ia the
M e d ite rra n e a n , is to be re p o rte d to the C om m anders-in-C hief,
C h in a an d M e d ite rra n e a n , th ro u g h th e ir resp ectiv e In tellig en c e
C en tre, to the R e a r-A d m ira l, G ib r a lta r , if th e sh ip is c a llin g
th ere, a n d to an y o th e r a u th o rity concerned.
(v) A ll m ovem ents of H .M . D om in io n ship s o p e ra tin g aw ay fro m th e ir
home w aters a re to be re p o rte d by th e a u th o ritie s m en tio n e d in
p a r a g r a p h 1 (c) to the D om inion N a v a l A u th o rity concerned as
well as to the a u th o ritie s quoted in p a r a g ra p h 2.
In te llig e n c e C entres.
3. The In te llig e n c e C e n tre on a fo re ig n sta tio n is a n im p o r ta n t fa c to r in
the r e p o rtin g o rg a n isa tio n . The m ost sim p le a n d econom ical p ro ce d u re in
some in stan c es is fo r sh ip s to r e p o r t to th e In te llig e n c e C e n tre only, a n d for
the la tte r to in fo rm the A d m ira lty a n d /o r o th e r a u th o ritie s concerned.^ In
o th er cases, esp ec ially when sh ip s a re in d ire c t to u c h by W /T , i t is quick er
a n d m ore econom ical to re p o r t to th e A d m ira lty a n d / o r th e C om m ander-inC h ief w ith o u t going th ro u g h the In te llig e n c e C entre. I n such cases move
m ents w hich a re c a rrie d o u t in accordance w ith p ro g ram m es a lre a d y know n
to th e In te llig e n c e C e n tre need n o t be re p o rte d to th e S.O. ( I) . O th er th a n
ro u tin e m ovem ents on fo re ig n sta tio n s are, how ever, to be re p o rte d to
In tellig en c e C en tres in a d d itio n to o th e r a u th o ritie s .
The fo re g o in g rem a rk s a re su b je ct to th e special in s tru c tio n s ap p lica b le
to c e rta in s ta tio n s w hich a re c o n ta in e d in th e follo w in g p a ra g ra p h s .
A m erica a n d W est I n d ie s S ta tio n .
4. The n o rm al m ethod of r e p o r tin g m ovem ents of H .M . a n d H .M .C .
sh ip s is by W /T , th e W /T a d d re ss in d ic a tin g th e a u th o ritie s who a re being
in fo rm ed .
A ll m ovem ents a r e - to be re p o rte d to th e C a p ta in -in -C h a rg e , B e rm u d a
a n d to O ttaw a*, in a d d itio n to th e a u th o ritie s m e n tio n e d in p a r a g r a p h 2,
th e a p p r o p r ia te C a n a d ia n In te llig e n c e sub-centre bein g also in fo rm ed as
necessary. The C a p ta in -in -C h a rg e , B e rm u d a, w ill te le g ra p h to th e I n te lli
gence C e n tre a t K in g sto n , J a m a ic a , a n y m ovem ents re p o rte d to B erm u d a
which a re n o t in accordance w ith program m e.
*
(N o te .R e p o rts of m ovem ents of H .M . ship s c ru is in g in S o u th A m erican
a n d W est I n d ia n are a s need n o t be re p o rte d to O tta w a , p ro v id ed t h a t th e
a p p r o p r ia te cru ise p ro g ra m m e has been received by th e C h ief of th e N av a l
S taff, O tta w a , before the sh ip proceeds to c a r ry o u t th e cru ise a n d th e re is
no d e p a r tu re from the p ro g ra m m e as issued.'}
Section 1527/1935
128
Section 1647/1935
129
r e g a r d in g th e
r epo rted
I ssu e
O verdue
of
w hen
I n f o r m a t io n
F
c o n c e r n in g
l y in g o v e r t h e
ir c r a f t
S ea
2. When aircraft engaged in flying over the sea in proxim ity to the coast
of the British Isles are reported overdue, the unit concerned w ill origin ate:
(i) A message for broadcast from the General Post Office coastal
wireless station in the vicinity ( see Table A ) ;
(ii) A message for transmission to any of H.M. ships in the vicinity
from the appropriate Naval authority ( see Table B );
(iii) A message to the appropriate D istrict Officer, H.M. Coastguard.
3. The m essages w ill be passed e ith e r by p r io r ity telep h o n e or p r io r ity
te le g ra m a n d th e te x t w ill be as fo llo w s:
Section 1708/1935
130
I n s t r u c t io n s
r e g a r d in g th e
repo rted
sea ,
in
I ssu e
is t r e s s
of
I n f o r m a t io n
w hen
c o n c e r n in g
l y in g o v e r
the
ir c r a f t
S ea
131
Section 1708/1935
T able A
W /T S t a t io n s
13.
The sta tio n to be in fo rm e d is to be selected ac co rd in g to th e a p p r o x i
m ate g eo g ra p h ica l p o sitio n of th e a ir c r a f t. T he te le g ra p h ic ad d re ss of each
of these sta tio n s i s :
O.C. (N am e of S ta tio n ) R a d io .
G.P.O. Coastal
W /T Station.
Telephone No.
Coastal D istricts Served.
G eneral P
o st
O f f ic e C oastal
W ick
W ick 9
Cullercoats
W hitley B ay 241
H um ber ...
M ablethorpe 40
N o rth Foreland
B roadstairs 233
N iton
N iton 25 ...
L an d s E n d
St. J u s t 23
B urnham
H ighbridge 53
Seaforth ...
W aterloo 245
P o rtp atrick
Portishead
P o rtp a trick 30
H ighbridge 53
Mai in H ead
*Ballygorm an 2
V alentia ...
V alentia 9...
T able B
14. L ist of N av a l A u th o ritie s, show ing th e a re a s fo r w hich th ey a re
responsible, to g e th e r w ith th e ir te le g ra p h ic addresses a n d telep h o n e
n u m b e rs :
N aval
A uthority.
R.A . and C.O., Coast
of Scotland.
C.-in-C., The N ore...
C.-in-C., P o rtsm outh
C.-in-C.,
P lym outh
Telegraphic
A ddress.
Telephone
N um ber.
D unferm line
501.
C hatham 3221.
E x . 203 or 344.
P o rtsm o u th
7068.
D evonport 370
or
P ly m o u th 270.
*
T ru n k fa c ilitie s lim ite d to B e lfa st a n d th e N o rth of Ire la n d . D ay
service only. D u rin g sile n t h ours, te lep h o n e m essages fo r th e w ireless sta tio n
m u st be tr a n s m itte d by th e C a rn d o n a g h C ivic G u a rd S ta tio n , telep h o n e
n u m b er C a rn d o n a g h 9.
(C30235)
f2
Section 1708/1936
132
F leet A
ie
A rm A
ir c r a f t
15.
W hen sh ip -b o rn e a i r c r a f t of th e F le e t A ir A rm a re m issin g o r in
d istre ss a t sea th e follo w in g a c tio n m ay be ta k e n by th e S e n io r Officer
concerned, in a d d itio n to a n y steps ta k e n fo r th e p ro v isio n o f sh ip -b o rn e
a i r c r a f t to a s sist su rfa c e vessels in th e se a rc h :
(a) A m essage m ay be b ro a d c a st to m e rc h a n t sh ip s by W /T on 500 k c /s.
(600 m etres) a n d 143 k c/s. (2,098 m etres) by one of H .M . sh ip s
p resen t.
(b) The a id of R .A .F . shore-based flying b o ats o r se ap la n es m ay be
e n liste d by sig n a l, p ro v id e d th a t th e shore bases a re w ith in
reasonable d istan ce of th e m issing a ir c r a f t.
The lim its of a
search of th is n a tu re should be le ft to th e d isc re tio n of th e Officer
C o m m an d in g th e shore base, who w ill ta k e in to c o n s id e ra tio n the
r a d ii of a c tio n o f h is a i r c r a f t a n d the co n d itio n s p r e v a ilin g a t
th e tim e. The follow ing shore bases a re a t p re s e n t a v a ila b le fo r
th is s e rv ic e :
F elixstow e.
Lee-on-Solent.
C alshot.
M o u n t B a tte n .
P em broke Dock.
(A lso issu ed as paras. 1-15 o f A .F .O . S .2 8 /8 5 .)
( A ir M in is tr y O rders A.SOjSJi, A . 105/S i, A .157/84, a n d A .k7 S5.)
133
Section 1971/1935,
Section 11203/1935
134
eutral
or
A l l ie d
V esse l s.
135
Section 11203/1935
17. On
te m p o ra ry
a p p a r a tu s
d ism an tled
o m in io n s ,
C o l o n ie s
and
I n d ia .
Section 11203/1935
136
A P P E N D I X I.
L ic e n c e
to
s t a b l is h
ir e l e ss
T e l e g r a p h S h i p S t a t io n .
C lause 22.
(i) I f a n d w henever a n em ergency sh all have a rise n in w hich it is
e x p e d ie n t fo r th e p u b lic service th a t H is M a je sty s G o v ern m en t sh a ll have
control over th e se n d in g a n d receiv in g of messages by th e s ta tio n i t shall
be la w fu l fo r a n y N a v a l M ilita ry C ustom s or P o lice Officer o r a n y other
person a u th o rise d by the A d m ira lty to ta k e possession of th e s ta tio n or an y
p a r t th e re o f in the nam e a n d on b eh alf of H is M a jesty a n d to use th e same
for H is M a je sty s service a n d in t h a t event a n y such officer o r p erson so
a u th o rise d m ay en te r up o n an y ship on w hich a s ta tio n is estab lish ed an d
ta k e possession of th e s ta tio n a n d use th e sam e as a fo re sa id a n d su b ject
to such use m ay use th e sam e o r allow i t to be used fo r such o r d in a ry
services as m ay in h is d isc re tio n seem fit to h im o r m ay p r o h ib it a n d ta k e
ste p s to p re v e n t th e UBe of th e sam e a n d issue d ire c tio n s w hich sh all be
obeyed by th e Licensee to p re v e n t such use.
( ii) A ny such officer or perso n so a u th o rise d as a fo re s a id m ay in any
such event as a fo re sa id in ste a d of ta k in g possession of th e sta tio n as
a fo re sa id d ire c t a n d a u th o rise such perso n s as he m ay th in k fit to assum e
the c o n tro l of the se n d in g an d receiv in g of m essages by th e s ta tio n eith er
wholly or p a r tly a n d in such m a n n er as he m ay d ire c t a n d such persons
m ay e n te r u p o n an y sh ip on w hich a s ta tio n is in sta lle d ac c o rd in g ly or
the sa id officer or p erso n so a u th o rise d as a fo re sa id m ay d ire c t th e Licensee
to su b m it to him o r a n y p erson a u th o rise d by him a ll m essages te n d e re d for
d esp atc h o r received by th e s ta tio n or a n y class or classes of such m essages
to sto p o r delay th e se n d in g of a n y messages o r th e d eliv ery th e re o f or
d eliv er th e sam e to him o r h is a g e n t a n d g e n e ra lly to obey a ll such d ire c tio n s
w ith reference to th e se n d in g receiv in g o r d eliv ery of m essages as th e said
officer o r perso n so a u th o rise d as a fo re sa id m ay p resc rib e a n d th e Licensee
sh all obey an d conform to a ll such d irec tio n s.
( iii) The L icensee sh all obey a n y in s tru c tio n s w hich m ay be issued by
the A d m ira lty fo r observance by w ireless te le g ra p h sh ip s ta tio n s d u rin g an y
such em ergency as afo resa id .
(iv ) The Licensee sh all be e n title d to reaso n ab le co m p en satio n fo r any
d am age to the s ta tio n a r is in g in consequence of th e exercise of th e pow ers
co n ferred by S ub-C lauses (i) a n d ( ii) of th is Clause.
A P P E N D IX II.
T he W
ir e l e s s
T eleg raph y ( F
o r e ig n
S h i p s ) R e g u l a t io n s ,
1908, R e g u l a t io n 5.
Section 11203/1935
137
ra ft
A d m ir a l t y
R e g u l a t io n s a s to t h e U se
M erch ant V e sse l s.
of
ir e l e s s
T eleg raph y
by
A P P E N D IX V.
I n s t r u c t io n s
I ssued
by
A d m ir a l t y .
Section 12187/1935
138
S w anage.
S t. A lbans H ead.
K im m e rid g e
L u lw o rth .
W eym outh.
F o rtu n e sw ell.
P o rtlan d Bill.
G rove P o in t, P o rtla n d .
F lee t.
W yke.
A bbotsbury.
W est B ay.
of
S t a t io n s.
139
Section 12504/
Coastguard Divisions.
N o rth Scotland D ivision ...
District Officers.
Lerw ick
Wick.
K yle of Lochalsh.
Banff.
Peterhead.
Aberdeen.
Elie.
...
Berwick.
Blyth.
Seaham H arbour.
S altbum -by-the-Sea.
W hitby.
W ithem sea.
M ablethorpe.
Cromer.
G reat Y arm outh.
W alton-on-N aze.
...
Southern Division
R am sgate.
Sandgate.
Hove.
...
V entnor.
Swanage.
Wyke.
T orquay.
H ope Cove.
Fowey.
Cadgwith.
St. Ives.
St. M arys, Scilly.
Bude.
Croyde.
...
Mumbles.
T enby.
F ishguard.
Carnarvonshire (P o rth d y n llaen ).
H olyhead.
H oylake.
P ortpatrick.
Ram sey.
S outhend (Argyllshire).
B allycastle.
D onaghadee.
Section 12604/1935
140
F IS H E R Y O FFIC E R S.
E
ngland
and
ales.
London,
N o rth -E a s te rn
D is tric t,
' Shields.
A rea.Coastwise from Berw ick to H artlepool (inclusive).
Telegrams : Fishm in, N o rth Shields.
Telephone : N orth Shields 161.
H u ll D is tric t,
A rea.The R iver Tham es, w est of a line draw n from T ilbury to G ravesend, and
all its tributaries.
S o u th -E a s te rn D is tr ic t,
Swansea.
A rea.Coastwise from A vonm outh (exclusive) to A berystw yth (inclusive).
Telegram s : Fishm in, Swansea.
Telephone : Swansea 4264.
141
Section 12504/1935
M iu o b d H a v e n ,
N o rth
W a le s D is tr ic t,
C h a m b e rs, N o rth
A lb e rt
D istrict.
Cornwall
C o m m it t e e s .
Clerk.
L im its.
C um berland
L ancashire
W estern.
S o u th W ales
is h e r ie s
...
Devon
S ou th ern ...
...
Sussex
K e n t an d Essex .
D ungeness to D overcourt
Suffolk an d Essex.
D overcourt to Covehithe
E astern
N orth-eastern
N o rth u m b erland .
C. W . Allan Hodgson,
C ounty Offices, Carlisle.
H . Baines, 16, W alto n s
P arade, Preston.
A. H . Deer, C ourtland
Chambers, P o rt T albot.
T. A. H . Sheers, County
H all, T ruro.
H . F ord, 25, S o uthem hay
W est, E x eter.
H . T attersall, L L .B ., 108,
Old C hristchurch R oad,
B o urnem outh.
P ercy Idle, 28, 29, G rand
P arad e, St. Leonardson-Sea.
H . W . Gibson, Essex
House, 26, F insbury
Square, E.C.2.
Cecil Oakes, C ounty H all,
Ipsw ich.
H . W . W ard, Tuesday
M arket Place, K in g s
L ynn.
J . R . P roctor, County
H all, Beverley.
G. E . W ilkinson, 1,
Mosley S treet, N ew
castle-upon-Tyne.
Section 12504/1935
142
S S
o
t
o
D "
.a s
s
"
'S
CD
g o
ci T3 H eo i>
eS 3 ^
oo
S > *0 _
% 3 .2
c fe S 'O
aH Z
s i3*T W
HS
rt- 5
V S
sQ
PQh-5
^
3 S
Kw
OC
52S g
0
G
&*
OQ " g
'S
sCD
T3 S
Si
Wd
s i O-Si
-S ^
I i ffl
^
-p
o(U
J h )b
2 2
S <
o
-P
GQ 02
pq
>W
'S -t .>
S^*s.a
g>3*
S.2-3
S I
J2
T S
*
S
.g
-p
c8 - p
.2
o
o
^
fi^
jj *
> > r~
H l :
Ce a)
; d 9? O o
02 Xi Z
-O
e^ ^ l S
5 | 2i2-S
C
O
^ j '
o3
f l o ^ > W d g B o J g
c3 M
'S a
s*
PQ
pq
o o
gq
>. M_rt
R 9 'C 'S
. g o .2, k ;e
02
73
^ P*>
cQ
r
bo ~
-2
> > -p
........................
ja
'
H
rC
_W
[s
:5g
i EM
U
liil lili
I Ig'i'i 'S EHJstL S
o
'
S*
& '<?
fc*
: : : : : : : : : : : : :
i oh i I B IJ $
O
es H A
Hh o
i-5 H
O
P$T
h p 5 W fiO M J f l
: : : : : : : : : : : : :
S
o
2^
: |
.2
a 'S ..SI
^ .g
h
U CH
<X>
O
: r s = s s s s *. 5 : : 5 . r
5
OO
........................................................js;S
ES
Section 12504/1935
143
s
o
a
-i
&
ja
c3
w
tac
,a
S 3
o
,t
-p
X>
bD
fe
o
aS
-O
>
< 2 t
J
.w
4 > W r
&
C3 CD
is 2 m03 S
01
i CZ2 &
M so o
fi -t ft cd
32
2
rt
!>8 ^M fn
:W
'
c3
O
t o g _______ <
w-
e M -S 9
i ja* I 1g -J ja
lo > .M i t d s
5 O o | d >>,t
O d
S rf^ g
9 'So rt
i .t 3
J -t 02
rA
J o 2 S3
3C-f gTJ
- i 8 S S .2
d w g - S ' S s a a l a a g
03
u
JZ
*
't
s
II
w
I > ,*
*S<3
p>
. w >>t
j ^f>-2 t 2
t"
-p
ce
"
J3
. 2 (S 1 .2 .
-t^ s -d
a a i 8 g a - o ' S 1 g-g s s
'25^3'3rtSoi'tc
I S s t l 3 ' S l | | 1 - g ,|
00
^
a
a
w
M
Mh
b
oo o
-s-e
< 3j g |
- g t &
t
s S - i R B ' S S
oswwwwww
Section 1386/1936
144
1936
Confidentially.
145
Section 1485/1936
Authority. The
L ords
C om m issioners
of
th e
A d m ira lty .
(H . 7956184.)
Section 1670/1936
146
147
Section 1723/1936
Section 1939/1936
148
*
Article 5.Crews of w arships or auxiliaries tak in g refuge in our p o rts an d
territorial w aters as a consequence of force majeure, or b y th e necessity for obtaining
supplies to continue th eir voyage, will be perm itted to lan d a t th e p o rts w hich th ey
reach w earing th eir o rdinary uniform , b u t w ithout side arm or sw ord. If, in th e
first case, th e place of refuge is n o t an inhabited p o rt, th e y will be p erm itted to
proceed to th e nearest large tow n or m a rk e t place, in th e sam e uniform s.
Article 6. M embers of foreign forces who m ay ta k e refuge in T urkey, w hether
individually or in groups, will be p erm itted to go ab o u t in th eir o rdinary uniform s,
w ithin th e lim its of th e garrison to which th ey are assigned.
Article 7.Foreign officers who come to ta k e a term or a course o f in stru ctio n
in th e T urkish A rm y m ay be perm itted to w ear th eir uniform s w hen th e y are on
d u ty . This perm ission will be subject stric tly to reciprocal trea tm e n t.
Article 8.All m em bers of foreign forces visiting T urkey are required to w ear
civilian clothes in all circum stances n o t provided for in th e above articles.
*Note.U nder th e T urkish regulations for visits of foreign w arships (see B .R . 83),
w arships an d auxiliaries are n o t p erm itted to en ter th e w ar p o rts of Izm id and
Sm yrna even under stress of force majeure.
2.
I t is im p o rta n t th a t th e difficulties u n d er which th e m e rc h an t n av y labour,
should be appreciated b y H.M. ships. I n cargo vessels, th e to ta l bridge personnel
usually consists of th e Officer of th e W atch an d th e helm sm an only. Consequently,
149
Section 1-1530/1936
Section 11794a/1936
150
...
...
...
...
A ir M inistry.
A ir M inistry.
A dm iralty
(Engineer
Chief).
C aptain o f ship.
A dm iralty
(D irector
N av al Construction).
A dm iralty
(D irector
N av al O rdnance),
in
of
of
A dm iralty (D irector o f A ir
M atriel D ep a rtm en t).
The A dm iralty will norm ally com m unicate details o f tria ls to be carried o u t
A uthorities concerned, who will subm it a program m e accordingly. The
of trials involving th e testin g of new designs of eith er ca tap u lts or a irc ra ft
decided in consultation betw een th e A dm iralty an d th e A ir M inistry.
2.
A ction is accordingly to be taken to ensure th a t an y m eteorological arran g e
m ents m ade locally on statio n s (e.g., w ith th e local shore m eteorological service), or
any am endm ents to existing arrangem ents, are to be rep o rted im m ediately to th e
H ydrographer of th e N avy, A dm iralty, who will advise th e M eteorological Office
accordingly.
Section 1-2607/1936
151
to
re g u la te t r a n s i t a n d
n a v ig a tio n
in
th e
S tr a its of th e
W h o , a f te r h a v in g e x h ib ite d th e ir f u ll p o w e rs, fo u n d in
f o rm , h a v e a g r e e d o n th e f o llo w in g p r o v is io n s :
A
r t ic l e
good an d
due
1.
r t ic l e
2.
r t ic l e
3.
All ships entering the Straits by the iEgean Sea or by the Black Sea shall
stop at a sanitary station near the entrance to the Straits for the purposes
of the sanitary control prescribed by Turkish law within the framework of
international sanitary regulations. This control, in the case of ships
possessing a clean bill of health or presenting a declaration of health testify
ing that they do not fall within the scope of the provisions of the second
Section 12607/1936
152
paragraph of the present article, shall be carried out by day and by night
with all possible speed, and the vessels in question shall not be required to
make any other stop during their passage through the Straits.
Vessels which have on board cases of plague, cholera, yellow fever,
exanthematic typhus or smallpox, or which have had such cases on board
during the previous seven days, and vessels which have left an infected port
within less than five times twenty-four hours shall stop at the sanitary
stations indicated in the preceding paragraph in order to embark such
sanitary guards as the Turkish authorities may direct. No tax or charge
shall be levied in respect of these sanitary guards and they shall be
disembarked at a sanitary station on departure from the Straits.
A r t ic l e 4.
r t ic l e
5.
The term merchant vessels applies to all vessels which are not covered
by Section II of the present Convention.
Section I I .Vessels of War.
A r t ic l e 8.
r t ic l e
9.
Section 12607/1936
153
A
r t ic l e
10.
r t ic l e
11.
r t ic l e
12.
r t ic l e
13.
r t ic l e
14.
Section 12607/1936
154
A r t ic l e 15.
16. \
Vessels of war in transit through the Straits shall not, except in the
event of damage or peril of the sea, remain therein longer than is necessary
for them to effect the passage.
A r tic le
17.
18.
Section 12607/1936
155
A
r t ic l e
19.
r t ic l e
20.
r t ic l e
21.
r t ic l e
22.
Vessels of war which have on board cases of plague, cholera, yellow fever,
exanthematic typhus or smallpox or which have had such cases on boarl
within the last seven days and vessels of war which have left an infected
port within less than five times twenty-four hours must pass through the
Straits in quarantine and apply by the means on board such prophylactic
measures as are necessary in order to prevent any possibility of the Straits
being infected.
Section 1-2607/1936
156
Section I I I .Aircraft.
A r tic le
23.
24.
25.
Nothing in the present Convention shall prejudice the rights and obliga
tions of Turkey, or of any of the other High Contracting Parties members
of the League of Nations, arising out of the Covenant of the League of
Nations.
Section V.Final Provisions.
A r tic le
26.
157
Section 12607/1936
The present Convention shall come into force on the date of the said
procs-verbal.
The French Government will transm it to all the High Contracting
Parties an authentic copy of the procs-verbal provided for in the preceding
paragraph and of the procs-verbaux of the deposit of any subsequent
ratifications.
A
r t ic l e
27.
The present Convention shall, as from th e date of its entry into force,
be open to accession by any Power signatory to th e Treaty of Peace at
Lausanne signed on th e 24th July, 1923.
Each accession shall be notified, through the diplomatic channel, to the
Government of the French Republic, and by the latter to all the High
Contracting Parties.
Accessions shall come into force as from the date of notification to the
French Government.
A
r t ic l e
28.
The present Convention shall remain in force for twenty years from
the date of its entry into force.
The principle of freedom of transit and navigation affirmed in Article 1
of the present Convention shall however continue without lim it of time.
If, two years prior to the expiry of the said period of twenty years, no
High Contracting Party shall have given notice of denunciation to the
French Government the present Convention shall continue in force until
two years after such notice shall have been given. Any such notice shall be
communicated by the French Government to the H igh Contracting Parties.
In the event of the present Convention being denounced in accordance
with the provisions of the present article, the H igh Contracting Parties
agree to be represented at a conference for the purpose of concluding a new
Convention.
A
r t ic l e
29.
At the expiry of each period of five years from the date of the entry
into force of the present Convention each of the H igh Contracting Parties
shall be entitled to initiate a proposal for amending one or more of the
provisions of the present Convention.
To be valid, any request for revision formulated by one of the High
Contracting Parties must be supported, in the case of modifications to
Articles 14 or 18, by one other H igh Contracting Party, and, in the case
of modifications to any other article, by two other H igh Contracting Parties.
Any request for revision thus supported must be notified to all the High
Contracting Parties three months prior to the expiry of the current period
of five years. This notification shall contain details of the proposed
amendments and the reasons which have given rise to them.
Should it be found impossible to reach an agreement on these proposals
through the diplomatic channel, the H igh Contracting Parties agree to
be represented at a conference to be summoned for this purpose.
Such a conference may only take decisions, by a unanimous vote, except
as regards cases of revision involving Articles 14 and 18, for which a majority
of three-quarters of the High Contracting Parties shall be sufficient.
The said majority shall include three-quarters of the High Contracting
Parties which are Black Sea Powers, including Turkey.
I n w i t n e s s w h e r e o f , the above-mentioned Plenipotentiaries have signed
Section 1-2607/1936
158
A nnex
I.
159
Section 12607/1936
Annex II .
A. Standard Displacement.
(1) The s ta n d a r d d isp lac em e n t of a su rfa ce vessel is th e d isp lacem en t
of th e vessel, com plete, fu lly m an n ed , engined, a n d eq u ip p ed re a d y fo r sea,
in c lu d in g a ll a rm a m e n t an d a m m u n itio n , eq u ip m en t, o u tfit, p ro v isio n s a n d
fresh w ate r fo r crew, m iscellaneous sto res an d im p lem en ts of every
d e sc rip tio n th a t a re in te n d e d to be c a rrie d in w ar, b u t w ith o u t fu el or
reserve feed w ate r on b oard.
(2) The s ta n d a r d d isp lac em e n t of a su b m a rin e is th e su rfa ce d isp lac e
m e n t of th e vessel com plete (exclusive of th e w ate r in n o n -w a te rtig h t
s tru c tu re ), fu lly m anned, en g in ed a n d e q u ip p e d re a d y fo r sea, in c lu d in g a ll
a rm a m e n t a n d a m m u n itio n , eq u ip m en t, o utfit, p ro v isio n s fo r crew,
m iscellaneous stores a n d im p lem en ts of every d e sc rip tio n th a t a re in te n d e d
to be c a rrie d in w ar, b u t w ith o u t fuel, lu b r ic a tin g oil, fre sh w a te r o r b a lla s t
w ate r of an y k in d on board.
(3) The w ord to n ex cep t in th e expressio n m e tric to n s denotes
th e to n of 2,240 lb. (1,016 kilos.).
B. Categories.
Section 12607/1936
160
C. Over-Age.
Vessels of the following categories and sub-categories shall be deemed to
be over-age when the undermentioned number of years have elapsed since
com pletion:
26 years.
(a) Capital s h ip s ...............................................................................
20
years.
(6) Aircraft-carriers
....................................................................
(c) Light surface vessels, sub-categories (a) and (b)
(i) if laid down before 1st January, 1920
16 years.
20 years.
(ii) if laid down after 31st December, 1919
16 years.
(d) Light surface vessels, sub-category (c)
.......................
13 years.
(e) Submarines ...............................................................................
A nnex
III.
Date of
entry into
service.
Standard
displacement
(tons).
Asama
9,240
Yakw no
l-IX -1 8 9 8
20-V I-1900
9,010
ll- X I- 1 8 9 8
18-111-1901
9,180
I wate
Armaments.
IV
X II
IV
X II
IV
X IV
x 200 m m .
X 150 m m .
X 200 m m .
X 150 m m .
X
X
200 m m .
150 m m .
Section 12607/1936
161
A nnex
IV.
sh a ll
Section 12821/1936
162
163
Section 11/1937
1937
1.Reserve FleetShips paying off intoInstructions
(M. 5128/36. 7.1.1937.)
The following are th e governing principles to be followed w hen a ship is to be
p aid off in to th e Reserve Fleet. Full details of th e w ork to be carried o u t before a
sh ip reduces to Reserve sta tu s are given in th e Reserve F leet O rder Book.
2. As soon as directions are given for a ship to p ay off into th e Reserve F leet,
a copy o f th e R eserve F lee t O rder Book will be sen t d irect to th e ship concerned by
th e Vice-Adm iral Com m anding, Reserve F leet, if th e ship is in H om e W aters, or
in th e M editerranean F leet, b u t a copy will be supplied to th e Vice-Admiral, M alta,
a n d R ear-A dm iral, G ibraltar, for em ergency use. On o th er foreign statio n s, a
copy is to be obtained forthw ith from th e m ost convenient local d istrib u tin g
a u th o rity . Two copies of th e Reserve F leet O rder Book will be supplied to shore
d istrib u tin g authorities abroad except those a t M alta an d G ibraltar. Steps will be
ta k e n b y th e V ice-Adm iral Com m anding, Reserve F leet, to ensure th a t tw o copies
are alw ays available a t th e distrib u tin g centres concerned for issue as an d w hen
required.
3. As Reserve F leet com plem ents are only sufficient to enable th e ship to be
m a in tain ed in th e sta te in w hich she has joined th e Reserve Fleet, it will be th e
d u ty of Com m anding Officers of ships ab o u t to join th e Reserve F leet to ensure
th a t th e directions laid down in th e Reserve F lee t O rder Book are carried o u t in a
th o ro u g h m anner. The efficiency of th e ship as a fighting u n it, if subsequently
b ro u g h t forw ard in a sudden em ergency, m ay depend very largely on th e m an n er
in w hich she has been prepared for th e R eserve Fleet.
4. T he num ber of defects outstan d in g on a ship paying off in to reserve m u st
be reduced to a m inim um , an d a com plete list of an y defects th a t can n o t be
com pleted is to be prepared for th e inform ation of th e Reserve F leet au thorities,
in order th a t these m ay be d ealt w ith a t th e first opportunity .
5. On arrival a t th e port, th e C aptain of th e ship is to confer w ith th e local
R eserve F leet authorities and th e Commodore, R .N . B arracks, an d is subsequently
to rep o rt b y signal to th e Com m ander-in-Chief of th e p o rt th e d ate by w hich his
sh ip will be ready to join th e Reserve F leet.
6. T he ship will n o t p ay off u n til th e inspection carried o u t in accordance w ith
K in g s R egulations an d A dm iralty Instructions, A rticle 1027, has show n th a t she
is in a fit condition to reduce to reserve sta tu s.
45. Cancelled.
(See A . F . O . 877 /37.)
Section 183/1937
164
2.
T he sam e honours an d m arks of respect are to be accorded to officers and
ships of th e U nited S tates Coastguard as to officers a n d ships of th e U nited S tates
N avy.
L ist of W ireless
165
Section 1-355/1937
Section 1355/1937
166
12.
A com posite sta te m e n t of th e gale w a rn in g s in force on th e coasts of
th e B ritis h Isles is ap p e n d e d as necessary to th e W e ath er S h ip p in g B u lle tin s
issued fro m D ro itw ich .
IV . Aviation Weather Forecasts
A v ia tio n fo recasts fo r G re a t B r ita in an d N o rth e rn I re la n d a r e tr a n s
m itte d by W /T fro m L ondon (A ir M in istry ) G F A on 73*17 k c /s ., G FA 2
on 4,300 k c /s. a n d G FA 3 on 8,600 k c /s . (G F N 3 on 6,975 k c /s . is used in th e
event of break d o w n ) in accordance w ith th e follo w in g sc h ed u le:
Tim es of Sending.
Period covered by Forecast.
I n W inter.
I n Summer.
0001
0001
F o r n ex t 8 hours.
*0825
*0615
F o r n ex t 10 hours.
(0825 Sundays)
*1200
*1200
F or n ex t 8 hours.
*1530
*1500
Time of issue till m idnight.
*1600
*1530
Following d ay from m idnight.
*1920
*1920
Tim e of issue till m idnight.
These messages consist o f :
(a) A sta te m e n t of th e m eteorological s itu a tio n e x is tin g a t th e tim e of
issue.
(b ) A series of d is tr ic t fo recasts covering G re a t B r ita in a n d N o rth e rn
I r e la n d a r r a n g e d ac co rd in g to th e m eteo ro lo g ical s itu a tio n a n d
a p p lic a b le to th e p e rio d in d ic a te d . E ac h fo re c a st sta te s th e
p ro b ab le su rfa c e w ind, u p p e r w in d a t th e h e ig h t of 2,000-3,000 f t.,
w ea th er an d v isib ility . E ach fo re ca st of th e u p p e r w in d is given
by a five-figure g ro u p , in w hich the first th re e figures in d ic a te th e
a p p ro x im a te d ire c tio n fro m w hich th e w in d w ill blow (in degrees
from tr u e n o rth ) a n d th e re m a in in g tw o figures in d ic a te th e
a p p ro x im a te speed of th e w in d (in m iles p e r h o u r). A p a r t fro m
these figure g ro u p s th e fo recasts a re in p la in la n g u ag e.
V. Special Forecasts
W hen th e above fa c ilitie s do n o t p ro v id e sufficient in fo rm a tio n fo r some
p a r tic u la r o p e ra tio n , S en io r Officers m ay m ake a p p lic a tio n fo r a special
fo re ca st fo r a n y of th e a re a s o r d is tric ts used in co n nection w ith th e W e ath er
S h ip p in g B u lle tin s or fo r th e B ay of B iscay, P o rtu g u e se C o ast o r E a s te rn
N o rth A tla n tic .
S y n o p tic c h a rts a re p re p a re d in th e M eteo ro lo g ical Office fo u r tim es
d a ily , based on o b serv atio n s ta k e n a t 0100, 0700, 1300 a n d 1800. F o re ca sts
re q u ire d in connection w ith special o p e ra tio n s can be issued on these c h a rts
a t th e follow ing tim es, 0230, 0900, 1430 a n d 2000. F o re c a sts based on th e
la te s t in fo rm a tio n w ill be given im m ed ia te ly a t a n y tim e th ro u g h o u t th e
24 h o u rs in response to requests, b u t a t h o u rs in te rm e d ia te to those given
above th e fo recasts w ill n o rm a lly be based on less com plete a n d u p -to -d a te
in fo rm a tio n th a n is a v a ila b le a t th e h o u rs nam ed.
A p p lic a tio n s fo r special fo recasts a re to sp ecify th e d a te a n d tim e a t
w hich th ey a re re q u ire d a n d th e a re a a n d p erio d w hich th e y sh o u ld cover. T hey
a re to be add ressed to th e M eteorological Office, A ir M in is try (te le g ra p h ic
a d d r e s s : W e ath er T elex L o n d o n , C a ll S ig n X8A), a n d a re to be re p e a te d
to th e A d m ira lty . A p p lic a tio n s tr a n s m itte d by W /T a re to be passed
v ia W h iteh a ll.
2. S p ecial fo recasts requested a t th e above tim es w ill be tr a n s m itte d by
W h iteh a ll (G Y B ) on 902 k c /s . a t 0248, 0918, 1448 a n d 2018.
3. I f a tim e o th e r th a n one of th e above is specified th e fo re ca st w ill
be tr a n s m itte d by W h ite h a ll (G Y B ) on 90-2 k c /s. a t t h a t tim e, or as soon
a fte rw a rd s as possible if th e s ta tio n is engaged on o th e r w ork.
*
These forecasts are also b ro ad cast by R /T from B orough H ill (N o rth an ts),
on 254 kc/s. a t approxim ately th e sam e tim es.
(A lso issued as A .F .O . S.2 8 /8 7 .)
Section 1479/1937
167
s. d.
B ands of 24 m usicians
17
15
12
...
...
...
710
5 10
5 0
4 0
0 per q u arter.
0
0
0
804*
I ssued Confidentially.
(C30235)
o4
Section 1877/1937
168
Section 1984/1937
169
S h i p p i n g C o m p a n ie s a n d t h e V e s s e l s a s F i t t e d
M o n g o lia.
M o ld a v ia .
C a th a y .
C o m o rin .
C o rfu .
C a rth a g e .
C h itr a l.
R a jp u ta n a .
R a w a lp in d i.7
R a n c h i.
R a n p u r a .
L a u re n tic .
A n ch o r L in e
C a lif o r n ia .
C a le d o n ia .
T ra n s y lv a n ia .
N e u r a lia .
A lc a n ta ra .,r
D u n n o tta r C a stle .
D u n v eg a n C a s tle /'
P o r t B risb a n e .
U pw ey G ra n g e .*
Section 1984/1937
170
Lamport & Holt Line
Voltaire.
A. H olt & Company
H e c to r.
A n te n o r.
D e rb y sh ire . *
S h ro p s h ire . *
J e rv is B a y .
L a rg s B a y .
M o reto n B ay .
Furness Lines
Q ueen of B e rm u d a .
* B eing fitted sh o rtly .
A P P E N D IX II
G e n e r a l N o tic e s
*1046.Dressing Ship
H. M. Ships Coventry and Curlew
(M ./D . 3464/37.27.5.1937.)
I t has been decided th a t H .M . sh ip s C o v e n try a n d C u rle w , a n d
a n y sim ila r sh ip s in th e f u tu re a r e to be re g a rd e d as n o t re q u ire d to dress
sh ip overall.
2.
The relationships show n have n o t necessarily been agreed w ith th e N aval
authorities of th e various o th er countries concerned. Officers of th e R .N . are
accordingly authorised to disregard th e tab le w here th is course is necessary to avoid
causing offence ; b u t w hen such action is ta k e n it is to be accom panied b y an
explanation th a t it is w ith o u t prejudice to th e view officially m ain tain ed b y th e
A dm iralty.
Section 11190/1937
171
Siamese Navy.
X
cg
Ph
o
3
&
3
!2i
O
H
&
a
P3
o
Si
Ph
5o
r*
0
W
o3
>
03
5
3
3
2;
|
j Greek Navy.
o
O
H M
u
c3
>
>
'08 'C
3
C3
S
o
H
eg
>
c8
&
3
C
H
eg
cS
a
>
&
3
03
Ph
0
-C
H
03
a
id
3
Ph
Ph
3
fz;
'3
3
o
o
m
o3
Ph
Spanish Navy,
ft
(h
0u3
a
Ph
73
(3
.12 S>
&
ci
1:8
5 -t-3
eg c3
c3
CD
Q, C8
o
'I
o
O
3
.23
eg
H
>
eg
'S
c
:c3
ft
73
.2
S
3>
eg
OJ
I CO
Cfi +t-.3
T3
S3
eg
S3
eg
^ <D
jD
"3
:cS
Italian Navy.
C -s
_eg r-Q
a
in
ft o
eg O
Q
eg
eg
o
-a
02
3
02
c
+(3a
'ft
German Navy.
Imperial
Japanese
'C
H
c6
3
S3
.2
h h|3
N
O
Ti
giJSo^
s C3.2 g
03 .2 J S
<o <3
CQ
'0S 73 73
33
2
.ega 0C)5On .3d ^ .ega c3tao .aS3
'ft|3 -i_) Phaj I t
.12 3 73
g-fe %8
o
O Oc3>
French Navy.
73 O
^. -W
P-H
Ph <
73
73
12
?
3 a3
eg
S3 to
23
12 =3
73
R.N.
eg
a
73
T)
>
P h
o
73
O
a
ao
73
S3
'3
P
ft
eg
S3
eg
a
ao
3 GO
a
ao
5
3
02
Section 11191/1937
172
173
Section 11273/1937
1 3 9 1 * Confidentially.
1434.Loading of Aeroplanes
(A .M .D ./N .A .D . 662/36.15.7.1937.)
The follow in g A ir M inistry Order, A.254, dated 29th October, 1936, is
prom ulgated for in form ation :
1. It is sometimes necessary for aircraft to carry spare equipm ent, tools
or other load, differing from that w ith which the aeroplane is norm ally
flown, and in some circum stances under K in g s R egu lations and A ir C ouncil
In structions, paragraph 706, the total w eight m ay be greater than th at given
in the w eight sheet summ ary as the m axim um perm issible w eight for all
form s of fly in g .
2. W ith any departure from the load w ith which the aeroplane is u sually
flown, it is necessary to ensure th at the d istrib ution of the load is such
that the centre of gravity is not farther a ft than when a normal load is
being carried. A forw ard movement of the centre of g ra v ity is in general
not serious in its effect except as regards lia b ility to overturn on the ground
when wheel brakes are used.
174
Section 11434/1937
P o rt.
C hatham
Sheerness
P ortsm outh ...
P ly m o u th
R osy th
P ortlan d
C rom arty
P em broke Dock
G ibraltar
M alta
P o rt Said
A den
Colombo
Singapore
H ong K ong ...
B erm uda
Simons tow n ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Assist. K .H .M .
Assist. K .H .M .
Assist. K .H .M .
K .H .M .
Assist. K .H .M .
Assist. K .H .M .
K .H .M .
Assist. K .H .M .
K.H .M .
S upt. C hart D epot.
N aval Liaison Officer.
N aval Officer-in-Charge.
S taff Officer (Operations).
K .H .M .
Supt. C hart D epot.
K.H.M .
K.H .M .
175
Section 11752/1937
The operative provisions of the above Treaty and part of the Preamble
are reproduced below.
2.
The Treaty, which has now been ratified by all the sign atory Powers,
entered into force from 29th Ju ly, 1937.
P art I
D E F IN IT IO N S
A r tic le 1
For the purposes of the present Treaty, the following expressions are to
be understood in the sense hereinafter defined.
A. S ta n d a rd T) isplacem en t
(1)
The standard displacement of a surface vessel is the displacement
of the vessel, complete, fully manned, engined, and equipped ready for sea,
including all armament and ammunition, equipment, outfit, provisions and
Section 11810/1937
176
fresh w ater for crew, m iscellaneous stores and im plem ents of every descrip
tion that are intended to be carried in war, but w ithout fuel or reserve feed
water on board.
(2) The standard displacem ent of a subm arine is the surface d isplace
m ent of the vessel com plete (exclusive of the water in non-w atertight
structure), fu lly m anned, engined and equipped ready for sea, in clu d in g
a ll arm am ent and am m unition, equipm ent, outfit, p rovisions for crew,
m iscellaneous stores and im plem ents of every description that are intended
to be carried in war, but w ithou t fuel, lu bricatin g oil, fresh w ater or ballast
water of an y kind on board.
(3) The word to n , except in the expression m etric ton s, denotes the
ton of 2,240 lb. (1,016 kilos).
B .Categories
(1) C a p i ta l S h ip s are surface vessels of war belonging to one of the
two follow in g sub-categories:
(a) surface vessels of war, other than aircra ft carriers, a u x ilia r y
vessels, or cap ital ships of sub-category (6), the standard d is
placem ent of which exceeds 10,000 tons (10,160 m etric tons) or
which carry a gun w ith a calibre exceeding 8 in. (203 m m .);
(b) surface vessels of war, other than aircra ft carriers, the standard
displacem ent of which does not exceed 8,000 tons (8,128 m etric
tons) and which carry a gun w ith a calibre exceeding 8 in.
(203 mm.).
(2) A ir c r a f t C arriers are surface vessels of war, whatever their d isplace
m ent, designed or adapted p rim arily for the purpose of carryin g and
op eratin g a ircraft at sea. The fittin g of a landing-on or flying-off deck on
any vessel of war, provided such vessel has not been designed or adapted
p rim arily for the purpose of carrying and op eratin g a ircra ft a t sea, shall
not cause any vessel so fitted to be classified in the category of a ircra ft
carriers.
The category of a ircraft carriers is divided into two sub-categories as
fo llo w s:
() vessels fitted w ith a flight deck, from which aircra ft can take off,
or on which aircraft can land from the a ir ;
() vessels not fitted w ith a flight deck as described in (a) above.
(3) L ig h t Surface Vessels are surface vessels of war other than a ir cr a ft
carriers, m inor war vessels or a u x ilia r y vessels, the standard displacem ent
o f which exceeds 100 tons (102 m etric tons) and does not exceed 10,000 tons
(10,160 m etric tons), and which do not carry a gun w ith a calibre exceeding
8 in. (203 m m.).
The category of lig h t surface vessels is divided in to three sub-categories
as fo llo w s:
(a) vessels which carry a gun w ith a calibre exceeding 6-1 in. (155 m m .);
(b) vessels which do not carry a gun w ith a calibre exceeding 6-1 in.
(155 mm.) and the standard displacem ent of which exceeds.
3,000 tons (3,048 m etric to n s );
(c) vessels which do not carry a gun w ith a calibre exceeding 6-1 in.
(155 mm.) and the standard displacem ent of which does not
exceed 3,000 tons (3,048 m etric tons).
(4) Subm arines are all vessels designed to operate below the surface of
the sea.
(5) M in o r W ar Vessels are surface vessels of war, other than a u x ilia r y
vessels, the standard displacem ent of which exceeds 100 tons (102 m etric
tons) and does not exceed 2,000 tons (2,032 m etric tons), provided they have
none of the follow in g characteristics:
() m ount a gun w ith a calibre exceeding 6-1 in. (155 m m .);
() are designed or fitted to launch torpedoes;
(c) are designed for a speed greater than tw enty knots.
177
Section 11810/1937
(6) A u x ili a r y Vessels are N aval surface vessels the standard displace
m ent of which exceeds 100 tons (102 m etric tons), which are norm ally employed
on fleet d uties or as troop transports, or in some other way than as fighting
ships, and which are not specifically b u ilt as fighting ships, provided they
have none of the follow in g characteristics:
(a ) m ount a gun w ith a calibre exceeding 6-1 in. (155 m m .);
(b) m ount more than eigh t guns w ith a calibre exceeding 3 in. (76 m m .);
(c) are designed or fitted to launch torpedoes;
(id ) are designed for protection by armour p late;
(e) are designed for a speed greater than tw enty-eight knots;
( /) are designed or adapted p rim arily for operating a ircraft at sea;
(g) m ount more than two aircraft-laun ch in g apparatus.
(7) S m a ll C r a ft are N aval surface vessels the standard displacem ent
of which does not exceed 100 tons (102 m etric tons).
C.Over Age
Vessels of the follow in g categories and sub-categories shall be deemed to
be over-age when the underm entioned number of years have elapsed since
co m p letio n :
() C apital ships
...............................................................
26 years.
() A irc ra ft c a r r i e r s ...............................................................
20 ,,
(c) L ight surface vessels, sub-categories (a) and (b) :
(i) if la id down before 1st January, 1920
...
16 ,,
( ii) if la id down after 31st December, 1919 ...
20 ,,
(d ) L igh t surface vessels, sub-category (c)
...............
16
(e) Subm arines
...............................................................
13 ,,
D .M onth
The word month in the present Treaty w ith reference to a period
of tim e denotes the month of th irty days.
P art I I
LIMITATION
A rticle 2
After the date of the coming into force of the present Treaty, no vessel
exceeding the lim itations as to displacement or armament prescribed by this
Part of the present Treaty shall be acquired by any High Contracting Party
or constructed by, for or within the jurisdiction of any High Contracting
Party.
A rticle 3
No vessel which at the date of the coming into force of the present Treaty
carries guns with a calibre exceeding the lim its prescribed by this Part of
the present Treaty shall, if reconstructed or modernised, be re-armed with
guns of a greater calibre than those previously carried by her.
A rticle 4
(1) No capital ship shall exceed 35,000 tons (35,560 metric tons) standard
displacement.
(2) N o cap ital ship shall carry a gun w ith a calibre exceeding 14 in.
(356 m m .); provided, however, that if any of the P arties to the Treaty
for the L im itation of N aval Armament signed at W ashington on
6th February, 1922, should fa il to enter into an agreem ent to conform to this
provision prior to the date of the com ing into force of the present Treaty,
but in any case not later than 1st A p ril, 1937, the m aximum calibre of
gun carried by cap ital ships shall be 16 in. (406 mm.).
(3) N o cap ital ship of sub-category (a ), the standard displacem ent of
which is less than 17,500 tons (17,780 m etric tons), shall be laid down or
acquired prior to 1st January, 1943.
(4) N o cap ital ship, the m ain armament of which consists of guns o f less,
than 10 in. (254 mm.) calibre, shall be la id down or acquired prior to
1st January, 1943.
Section 11810/1937
178
Article 5
(1) N o aircra ft carrier shall exceed 23,000 tons (23,368 m etric tons)
standard displacem ent or carry a gun w ith a calibre exceeding 6-1 in.
(155 mm.).
(2) I f the arm am ent of any aircraft carrier includes guns exceeding
5'25 in. (134 m m .) in calibre, the total number of guns carried which exceed
that calibre shall not be more than ten.
A r tic le 6
(1) No lig h t surface vessel of sub-category (6) exceeding 8,000 tons
(8,128 metric tons) standard displacem ent, and no lig h t surface vessel of
sub-category (a) shall be laid down or acquired prior to 1st Jan uary, 1943.
(2) N otw ith stan d in g the provisions of paragraph (1) above, if the
requirem ents of the nation al security of any H igh C ontracting P a rty are,
in H is opinion, m aterially affected by the actual or authorised am ount of
construction by any Power of ligh t surface vessels of sub-category (b), or of
lig h t surface vessels not conform ing to the restrictions of paragraph (1)
above, such H igh C ontracting P arty shall, upon n o tify in g the other H igh
C ontracting P arties of H is in tention s and the reasons therefor, have the right
to lay down or acquire lig h t surface vessels of sub-categories (a) and (b) of
any standard displacem ent up to 10,000 tons (10,610 m etric tons) subject
to the observance of the provisions of P a rt I I I of the present Treaty. Each
of the other H igh C ontracting P arties shall thereupon be en titled to exercise
the same right.
(3) It is understood that the provisions of paragraph (1) above constitute
no undertaking expressed or implied to continue the restrictions therein
prescribed after the year 1942.
A rtic le 7
No subm arine shall exceed 2,000 tons (2,032 m etric tons) standard d is
placement or carry a gun exceeding 5-1 in. (130 mm.) in calibre.
A rtic le 8
Vessels which were laid down before the date of the coming into force
of the present Treaty, the standard displacement or armament of which
exceeds the lim itations or restrictions prescribed in this Part of the present
Treaty for their category or sub-category, or vessels which before that date
were converted to target use exclusively or retained exclusively for experi
mental or training purposes under the provisions of previous treaties, shall
retain the category or designation which applied to them before the said
date.
P art I I I
ADVANCE NOTIFICATION AND EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION
A rtic le 11
(1)
Each of the High Contracting Parties shall communicate every year
to each of the other High Contracting Parties information, as hereinafter
provided, regarding H is annual programme for the construction and acqui
sition of all vessels of the categories and sub-categories mentioned in
Article 12 (a), whether or not the vessels concerned are constructed within
H is own jurisdiction, and periodical information giving details of such
vessels and of any alterations to vessels of the said categories or sub
categories already completed.
179
Section 11810/1937
(2) For the purposes of this and the succeeding Parts of the present
Treaty, information shall be deemed to have reached a High Contracting
Party on the date upon which such information is communicated to H is
Diplomatic Representatives accredited to the High Contracting Party by
whom the information is given.
(3) This information shall be treated as confidential until published by
the High Contracting Party supplying it.
A r tic le 12
calibre.
Number of torpedo tubes;
Whether designed to lay mines;
Approximate number of aircraft for which provision is to
be made.
(c) As soon as possible after the laying-down of the keel of each such
vessel, the date on which it was laid.
(d) W ithin one month after the date of completion of each such vessel,
the date of completion together with all the particulars specified
in paragraph ( b ) above relating to the vessel on completion.
(e) Annually during the month of January, in respect of vessels
belonging to the categories and sub-categories mentioned in
paragraph (a) above:
(i) Information as to any important alterations which it may
have proved necessary to make during the preceding year
in vessels under construction, in so far as these alterations
affect the particulars mentioned in paragraph (b) above.
Section 11810/1937
180
If, before the keel of any vessel coming within the categories or sub
categories mentioned in Article 12 (a) is laid, any important modification
is made in the particulars regarding her which have been communicated
under Article 12 (6), information concerning this modification shall be given,
and the laying of the keel shall be deferred until at least four months after
this information has reached all the other High Contracting Parties.
A rtic le 17
No H igh Contracting Party shall lay down or acquire any vessel of the
categories or sub-categories mentioned in Article 12 (a), which has not
previously been included in H is Annual Programme of construction or
declaration of acquisition for the current year or in any earlier Annual
Programme or declaration.
A r tic le 18
181
Section 11810/1937
Each H igh Contracting Party shall give lists of all H is minor war
vessels and auxiliary vessels with their characteristics, as enumerated in
Article 12 (6), and information as to the particular service for which they
are intended, so as to reach all the other High Contracting Parties within
one month after the date of the coming into force of the present T reaty;
and, so as to reach all the other H igh Contracting Parties within the month
of January in each subsequent year, any amendments in the lists and changes
in the information.
A rtic le 20
P art IV
GENERAL AND SAFEG UARDING CLAUSES
A r tic le 22
(1)
Nothing in the present Treaty shall prejudice the right of any High
Contracting Party, in the event of loss or accidental destruction of a vessel,
before the vessel in question has become over-age, to replace such vessel by a
vessel of the same category or sub-category as soon as the particulars of the
new vessel mentioned in Article 12 (6) shall have reached all the other High
Contracting Parties.
Section 11810/1937
182
(2)
The p rovisions of the preceding paragraph shall also govern th
im m ediate replacem ent, in such circum stances, of a lig h t surface vessel of
sub-category ( b) exceeding 8,000 tons (8,128 m etric tons) standard displace
ment, or of a lig h t surface vessel of sub-category (a ), before the vessel in
question has become over-age, by a lig h t surface vessel of the same sub
category of any standard displacem ent up to 10,000 tons (10,160 m etric tons).
A r tic le 24
(1) I f any H igh C ontracting P arty should become engaged in war, such
H igh C ontracting P arty may, if H e considers the N a v a l requirem ents of
H is defence are m aterially affected, suspend, in so far as H e is concerned,
any or all of the ob ligations of the present Treaty, provided th a t H e shall
prom ptly n o tify the other H igh C ontracting P a rties th a t the circum stances
require such suspension, and shall specify the ob ligations it is considered
necessary to suspend.
(2) The other H igh C ontracting P arties shall in such case prom ptly
consult together, and, shall exam ine the situ a tio n thus presented w ith a view
to agreeing as to the obligations of the present Treaty, if any, which each of
the said H igh C ontracting P arties m ay suspend. Should such consultation
not produce agreem ent, any of the said H igh C ontracting P arties may
suspend, in so far as H e is concerned, any or all of the ob ligations of the
present Treaty, provided th at H e shall prom ptly give notice to the other
H igh C ontracting P arties of the ob ligations which it is considered necessary
to suspend.
(3) On the cessation of h ostilities, the H igh C ontracting P arties shall
consult together w ith a view to fixin g a date upon which the ob ligations
of the Treaty which have been suspended shall again become operative, and to
agreeing upon any amendments in the present Treaty which m ay be
considered necessary.
A r t i c l e 25
(1) In the event of any vessel not in conform ity w ith the lim ita tio n s
and restrictions as to standard displacem ent and arm am ent prescribed by
A rticles 4, 5 and 7 of the present Treaty being authorised, constructed or
acquired by a Power not a party to the present T reaty, each H ig h C ontracting
P arty reserves the righ t to depart if, and to the extent to which, He considers
such departures necesssary in order to meet the requirem ents of H is n ation al
security ;
(a) d uring the rem aining period of the Treaty, from the lim ita tio n s
and restrictions of A rticles 3, 4, 5, 6 (1) and 7, and
(b) d u rin g the current year from H is A nnual Program m es of con
struction and declarations of acquisition.
This right shall be exercised in accordance w ith the fo llo w in g p rovisions:
(2) A ny H igh C ontracting P arty who considers it necessary that such
right should be exercised, shall n otify the other H igh C ontracting P arties
to th at effect, statin g precisely the nature and extent of the proposed
departures and. the reasons therefor.
(3) The H igh C ontracting P arties shall thereupon consult together and
endeavour to reach an agreem ent w ith a view to reducing to a m inim um the
extent of the departures which may be made.
(4) On the exp iration of a period of three months from the date of the
first of any notifications which may have been given under paragraph (2)
above, each o f the H igh C ontracting P arties shall, subject to any agreem ent
which may have been reached to the contrary, be en titled to depart d uring
the rem aining period of the present T reaty from the lim ita tio n s and
restrictions prescribed in A rticles 3, 4, 5, 6 (1) and 7 thereof.
(5) On the exp iration of the period m entioned in the preceding p ara
graph, any H igh C ontracting P arty shall be at liberty, subject to any
agreement which may have been reached d uring the consultations provided
for in paragraph (3) above, and on in form ing all the other H igh C ontracting
P arties, to depart from H is A nnual Program m es of construction and
d eclarations o f acquisition and to alter the characteristics of an y vessels b u ild
ing or which have already appeared in H is Program m es or declarations.
183
Section 11810/1937
(6)
In such event, no delay in the acquisition, the laying of the keel,
or the altering of any vessel shall be necessary by reason of any of the
provisions of P art I I I of the present Treaty. The particulars mentioned in
Article 12 ( b ) shall, however, be communicated to all the other H igh Con
tracting Parties before the keels of any vessels are laid. In the case of
acquisition, information relating to the vessel shall be given under the
provisions of Article 14.
A rtic le 26
(1) I f the requirem ents of the n ation al security of any H ig h C ontracting
P a rty should, in H is opinion, be m aterially affected by any change of
circum stances, other than those provided for in A rticles 6 (2), 24 and 25 of
the present T reaty, such H igh C ontracting P arty shall have the right to
depart for the current year from H is A nnual Program m es of construction
and declarations of acquisition. The am ount of construction by any P arty
to the Treaty, w ithin the lim ita tio n s and restrictions thereof, shall not,
however, con stitute a change of circum stances for the purposes of the present
A rticle. The above-mentioned right shall be exercised in accordance w ith
the follow in g p rovision s:
P art V
FIN A L CLAUSES
A r tic le 27
The present Treaty shall rem ain in force u n til 31st December, 1942.
A r tic le 28
Section 11810/1937
184
A r t i c l e 29
(2) Accessions, if made prior to the date of the coming into force of the
Treaty, shall take effect on that date. If made afterwards, they shall take
effect immediately.
(3) I f accession should be m ade after the date of the com ing into force
of the Treaty, the follow in g in form ation shall be given by the acceding
Power so as to reach all the other H igh C ontracting parties w ithin one month
after the date of accession :
(a) The in itial Annual Programme of construction and declaration of
acquisition, as prescribed by Articles 12 (a) and 14, relating to
185
Section 11810/1937
(5)
N oth in g in P a rt I I I of the present Treaty shall prevent an acceding
Pow er from lay in g down or acq u irin g at any tim e d uring the four m onths
follow in g the date of accession, any vessel included, or to be included, in
H is in itia l A nnual Program m e o f construction or declaration of acq u isition ,
or previously authorised, provided th at the in form ation prescribed by
A rticle 12 (&) concerning each vessel shall be com m unicated so as to reach
a ll the other H igh C ontracting P arties w ith in one month after the date of
accession.
A rtic le 32
The present Treaty, of which the French and E n glish tex ts shall both
be equally authentic, shall be deposited in the A rchives o f H is M ajestys
Governm ent in the U nited K ingdom of G reat B rita in and N orthern Ireland
w hich w ill tran sm it certified copies thereof to the Governments of the
countries for which the Treaty for the L im itation and R eduction of N aval
A rm am ent was signed in London on 22nd A p ril, 1930.
In fa ith whereof the above-named P len ip oten tiaries have signed the
present Treaty and have affixed thereto their seals.
Done in London 25th day of March, nineteen hundred and thirty-six.
1861. "
1969* >I ssued Confidentially.
1970.
*1971.Merchant Navy Defence Courses
(M. 04471/37.16.9.1937.)
In view of the im portance of the defence of m erchant vessels in tim e of
war, Their Lordships have decided to in stitu te at suitable com m ercial ports
defence courses for M erchant N avy Officers who are not members o f the
R oyal N aval Reserve, and who consequently are u n lik ely to be acquainted
w ith the m easures th at w ill be taken by the R oyal N avy for the protection
o f trade in war, or w ith the steps th at m erchant vessels should themselves
take for their own protection.
R esp onsibility for the ad m in istrative
arrangem ents connected w ith these courses is vested in the A dm iral
Com m anding Reserves.
Section 11971/1937
186
2. Their Lordships desire that know ledge of the in stitu tio n and scope of
the defence courses should be dissem inated as w id ely as possible am ong
Merchant N avy Officers and look to officers of the R oyal N avy to assist
to the best of their ab ility in the achievem ent of this object. Every oppor
tu n ity should be taken, in the course of frien d ly conversation and otherw ise
as m ay prove possible, to draw the attention of M erchant Officers to the
in stitu tio n of the courses and the advantages of jo in in g them. The fo llo w in g
description of the courses is prom ulgated in order that officers of the Royal
N avy m ay be able to furnish inform ation on the subject.
3. The aim of Merchant N avy D efence Courses is to inform the M erchant
N avy of the measures that w ill be taken by the R oyal N avy for the protection
of seaborne trade in war, and to make known to m asters and officers of
m erchant ships the part that they m ust p lay if the m axim um possible degree
of safety to their ships is to be ensured.
4. The in stru ction given fa lls under two m ain h ead ings:
(i) The general organ isation of trade protection, in clu d in g the
organ isation of convoys and the way in which m erchant ships
should act, whether in convoy or sa ilin g in depend en tly, so as to
secure the m axim um im m unity from attack.
( ii) The steps needed to ensure that a merchant ship which has been
equipped for self defence shall develop the m axim um fighting
efficiency when attacked.
5. D efence Courses are open to all M asters and N a v ig a tin g Officers of
British n ation ality , other than those in the Royal N aval Reserve. In struction
on convoy and on defence again st gas m ay also be attended by C hief
Engineers. Courses w ill be open to unem ployed officers as w ell as to those
serving in ships. The reason for exclu din g R .N .R . Officers is th at they
already have some tra in in g in these m atters, and further th at they w ill
usually be w ithdraw n from m erchant ships in tim e o f war.
6. D efence Courses w ill be held in the first instance at London, L iverpool,
Southam pton, Glasgow, South Shields, Cardiff and H u ll. It m ay be found
possible to extend them subsequently to other ports.
7. A t each of the above ports (except Southam pton, where special
arrangem ents w ill be made) there w ill be an in stru ction al staff com prising
a Lieutenant-Com m ander (known as the M erchant N avy D efence In struc
tion al Officershort t itle M .N .D .I.O .), a G unners M ate and a Yeoman of
S ignals.
8. The address of the M .N .D .I.O . and the place of in stru ction w ill be
made known locally in each case.
9. A t Southam pton, some of the in stru ction w ill be given locally by the
A dm iralty L iaison Officer and some in H .M .S. E x c e lle n t (G unnery
School) at Portsm outh.
H ow the Courses are O rganised
10. A com plete D efence Course com prises ten three-hour sessions. W ith
the exceptions noted in the next paragraph, each of these sessions w ill be
included in the weekly programme. Sessions w ill be held from 9.30 a.m.
to 12.30 p.m. and from 2 p.m. to 5 p.m. on M onday to F rid a y inclusive.
11. N o in stru ction w ill be held d uring four weeks in A ugu st or d uring
any week the working days of which include a public holiday.
12. The ten sessions w ill be as follow s:
A. General prin cip les of trade protection.
B. Convoyin stru ction on convoy work in general and on hand lin g
ships in convoy.
C. S ig n a llin g visu al sig n a llin g for ships in convoy and general
W /T organ isation and procedure for m erchant ships in war.
D. D efence again st subm arines, in clu d in g the use of smoke.
E. Low-angle gun control.
187
Section 11971/1937
F.
G.
Section 11971/1937
188
23. To allow tim e for the issue of the C ertificate of A ttendance, an officer
jo in in g the course for the first tim e should attend a quarter of an hour
before the session starts and h alf an hour beforehand if no ap plication has
been made as provided for in paragraph 19.
24. A t subsequent sessions, whether taken at the same port or elsewhere,
the Certificate of A ttendance and T ravellin g E xpense C ertificate must be
produced for the ap propriate entries to be made by the In structional Officer.
As this w ill be sufficient proof of id en tity, no other certificate w ill be
required.
T ra v e llin g Expenses
25. R epaym ent of travellin g expenses by train , bus, tram or ferry, up
to a distance of 25 m iles from the place of in stru ction, w ill be made by the
A dm iralty. F irst-class on tra in s w ill be allow ed to M asters and Chief
E ngineers and third-class to other officers.
26. To obtain repaym ent, an officer on first arrival each day w ill enter
in his T ravellin g E xpense Certificate the total expenses incurred on that day
(i.e., in clu d in g the return journey), and th is statem ent of expenses w ill be
vouched for by the In stru ction al Officers signature.
27. As officers attend in g D efence Courses may also be p u t to the expense
of m eals aw ay from their ships or homes, the A d m iralty w ill refund this
a d d ition al expense at the standard rate of 2s. 6d. per session.
28. T ravellin g and meal expenses w ill not norm ally be repaid u ntil the
whole course has been com pleted, but it w ill be possible in special cases
(e.g., when an officer has attended several sessions and w ill have no oppor
tu n ity of attend in g the rem ainder for a long tim e to come) to arrange for
a refund of expenses incurred up to date.
29. F u ll in structions w ill be found on the back of the T ravellin g Expense
Certificate.
(C.A.F.O . 1970/37.)
2.
This branch w ill be known as the N aval M eteorological Branch of the
H yd rograph ic D epartm ent and w ill be in charge of a C hief Superintendent
under the H ydrographer of the N avy.
189
Section 12033/1937
Section 12208/1937
190
from dives. This applies to the types of bombs detailed below. When
any of these bombs are carried during dive bombing practice, care is
to be taken not to impose heavy loads in recovery with the bombs still
upon the aircraft.
120-lb.,
100-lb.,
250-lb.
450-lb.
250-lb. and
250-lb. and
and 500-lb.
A .P ., Mark
500-lb. G .P ., M ark I.
500-lb. A .S ., Mark 1.
S .A .P ., Marks I and II.
I.
H .E ., 20-lb., Mark I.
R.L., 112-lb., Marks V, VI, V II and VIIC.
R.F.C., 230-lb., M arks I, II and III.
R .L., 250-lb., M arks I and II.
R .A .F ., 520-lb., Mark I.
R.L., 520-lb., Mark I.
R .A.F., 550-lb., Mark I.
R.L., 550-lb., Mark I.
2.
Copies of these regulations have been supplied to foreign governm ents. Use
of wireless telegraphy or telephony b y foreign w arships an d service aircraft in
B ritish w aters is dealt w ith in A .F.O . 3/29.
191
Section 12310/1937
G R E A T B R IT A IN AND N O R T H E R N IR E L A N D . R EG U LA TIO N S F O R
V IS IT S O F F O R E IG N W A R V ESSELS AND SER V IC E A IR C R A FT
ACCOMPANYING TH EM
1. Special permission is no t necessary to enable foreign w ar vessels (including
such auxiliary vessels and tran sp o rts as are com missioned or m anned b y naval
personnel) to visit fortified or unfortified ports, harbours, roadsteads, estuaries, or
navigable rivers in G reat B ritain and N orthern Ire lan d (including Channel Islands),
b u t previous notice of such visits should be forw arded throug h th e visual diplom atic
channels. Unless there are special circum stances rendering it im practicable, such
notice should arrive a t least seven days prior to th e com m encem ent of th e proposed
visit. The notice should give th e num ber of vessels paying th e visit an d th e nam e
an d class of each. I f any of th e vessels referred to above carry aircraft, a sta te m en t
to th is effect should be included in th e notification of th e visit.
2. The above rules do n o t apply to :
(a) Ships of w ar and auxiliary vessels on board of which are em barked
Sovereigns, M embers of a Sovereigns F am ily, Presidents of Republics,
or th e ir suites, or A m bassadors or E nvoys to th e C ourt of H is M ajesty
the K ing.
(b ) Ships of w ar and auxiliary vessels w hich are obliged b y reason of dam age
sustained, perils of th e sea or other unforeseen causes to en ter a B ritish
p ort.
(c) Ships of w ar and auxiliary vessels entitled to en ter a B ritish p o rt u nder
th e term s of an in ternational agreem ent w hich th e y are engaged in
carrying out.
3. Foreign subm arines should in no case a tte m p t to subm erge in te rrito rial
w aters or to enter territorial w aters in th e subm erged condition.
4. Shore leave m ay be given to u n a rm ed sailors or soldiers. I f it is desired to
land large num bers of m en or bodies of m en in m ilitary form ation, ad eq u ate notice
should alw ays be given to th e Mayor, P rovost, or local Police au th o rity , and a t naval
p o rts to th e N aval Com mander-in-Chief in addition, in case special arrangem ents
render it necessary to m ake an y restrictions.
5. Officers landing are perm itted to w ear th e ir swords.
6. A pplications for perm ission to land a rm ed parties should be m ade through
th e usual diplom atic channels or a t N aval ports through th e N aval Com mander-inChief.
7. Torpedo an d gunnery practices, m ining and searchlight exercises, and
exercises w ith arm ed boats are prohibited in B ritish te rrito ry an d territo rial w aters
unless special perm ission has previously been obtained through th e usual diplom atic
channels.
8. I f th e vessels paying th e visit are to be accom panied by service aircraft n o t
carried on board th e vessels, this fact, together w ith the num ber an d ty p e of th e
aircraft, should be sta te d in th e notice of the proposed visit. F o r flights by such
aircraft as m ay be necessary on th eir arrival or d eparturo w ith th e vessels th ey
accom pany no special perm ission is required. The conditions sta te d in (a), (b ), and
(c) in parag raph 9 below m ust, however, be observed on such flights.
9. P ra c tic e F lig h ts . Foreign ship-borne service seaplanes accom panying foreign
w ar vessels m ay, during th e sta y of such vessels in th e ports of G reat B ritain and
N orthern Ireland, carry o u t practice flights to seaw ard provided (i) th a t in taking-off
an d retu rn in g to th e ship th ey do n o t fly over land and th a t th e y follow th e shortest
ro u te possible to and from th e lim it of territorial w aters ; (ii) th a t th ey rem ain
outside th is lim it during th e flight except as m ay be necessary in order to m eet th e
requirem ents m ade under (i) ; an d (iii) th a t th ey observe conditions (a) and (c) in
th e last sub-paragraph of th is paragraph. P rior notice of such flights should be
given to th e local N aval Commander-in-Chief. If, however, for an y reason such as
th e vessel being m oored in a river or basin, it is impossible to carry out th e foregoing
procedure, th e perm ission of th e local N aval Com m ander-in-Chief m u st be obtained.
Other F lig h ts .F o r flights other th a n practice flights or flights incidental to
arrival or d ep artu re of th e vessel (see paragraph 8 above), special perm ission is
Section 12310/1937
192
necessary. Application for such permission should be made either through the
diplomatic channel before the visit is paid or, after the arrival of the vessel, to the
local Naval Commander-in-Chief, and should contain the following particulars :
(1) The purpose of the proposed flight ;
(2) The number and type of aircraft which would undertake the flight ;
(3) The wireless call signs of the aircraft (if fitted with wireless) ;
(4) The number of officers and other ranks to be carried.
(5) The proposed route ;
(6) The names of any aerodromes or ports at which it is desired to land ; and
(7) The proposed date for the flight.
Permission for such flights will only be granted subject to the following con
ditions (in addition to any special conditions which m ay be found necessary in
particular cases) :
(a) The aircraft m ust com ply with the provisions of Annex D of the
International Convention for the Regulation of Aerial Navigation,
dated 13th October, 1919, and with the safety regulations in force in
Great Britain and Northern Ireland to prevent injury to the public
(see Appendix).
(b) The aircraft m ust not land in or fly over any prohibited area as defined in
the Air Navigation (Consolidation) Order, 1923, as amended by
subsequent orders.
(c) No ammunition, bombs or photographic equipment m ay be carried.
(d) No dogs m ay be carried.
10. A ny special local regulations m ust be complied with.
11. At the Nore, Portsmouth, Plym outh, Milford Haven, Portland, R osyth,
and Invergordon, the right of assigning anchorage berths to foreign ships of war, and
of directing them to shift berth, should the same become necessary, is vested solely
in the Commander-in-Chief or K ings Harbour Master of the Port.
At all other ports, harbours, roadsteads, estuaries, and navigable rivers, where
there is any constituted Harbour Authority, such right is vested in the Harbour
Master acting in conjunction with the Senior Naval Officer, if there be any of
His Majestys ships present.
12. Foreign ships of war are under no obligation to take a pilot when approach
ing ports, harbours, roadsteads, estuaries and navigable rivers of Great Britain and
Northern Ireland ; but within the zone of the defences of fortified, or lim its of
unfortified ports, harbours, roadsteads, estuaries, and navigable rivers they are
subject to the regulations of the port, if any.
13. Should a foreign ship of war fail to comply with the regulations of the port
the attention of her Commanding Officer will first be called thereto by the Harbour
Master or other authority as above specified, and explicit observance of these
regulations will be requested.
Should this course fail the foreign ship of war m ay at once be requested to
leave the harbour.
14. Upon entering any of the ports mentioned in paragraph 11 or any other
port or harbour, etc., where one of His Majestys ships is present, foreign ships of
war will be boarded by an officer sent by the Naval Commander-in-Chief or Senior
Naval Officer, who will offer the Commanding Officer the courtesy of the port.
The officer will acquaint the Commanding Officer w ith the anchoring berth that
has been allotted to his ship and will obtain information as to the object and the
proposed duration of the visit, the name of the Commanding Officer, and the
information it is usual to obtain upon such occasions.
15. Should the officer sent to welcome the foreign ship of war arrive on board
after she has already anchored or made fast, the prescribed notification and enquiries
will nevertheless be made and the confirmation of the anchoring berth taken up or
the assignation o f another will be carried out.
16. A t other ports or places where there is none of His M ajestys ships present,
the above duties will be carried out by the Harbour Master or his representative, or,
if there is no Harbour Master, by the Customs Officer, if any.
Admiralty,
October, 1937.
193
Section 12310/1937
A P P E N D IX
Safety Regulations for Aircraft in force to prevent In jury to the Public
The effect of these is as follows :
1. A n airc ra ft shall n o t fly over an y city or tow n except a t such altitu d e as will
enable th e aircraft to land outside th e city or tow n should th e m eans of propulsion
fail th ro u g h m echanical breakdow n or o th er cause ; provided th a t th is prohibition
shall n o t apply to an y area com prised w ithin a circle w ith a radius o f one mile from
th e cen tre of a licensed aerodrom e or of a R oyal A ir Force aerodrom e or of an
aerodrom e u n d er th e control of th e S ecretary of S tate for Air.
2. A person in a n aircraft shall n o t :
(a) carry o u t an y tric k flying or exhibition flying over an y city or tow n area or
populous d is tr ic t; or
(b) carry o u t an y tric k flying or exhibition flying over a n y re g a tta , race
m eeting or m eeting for public gam es or sports except w here specially
arranged for in w riting by th e prom oters of such re g a tta or m eeting ; or
(c) carry o u t an y flying which by reason of low altitu d e o r p ro x im ity to
persons or dwellings or o th er aircraft or for an y o th er reason is th e
cause of unnecessary danger to an y person or p ro p erty on lan d or w ater
or in th e air.
3. A person shall n o t drop or cause or perm it to be dropped from an aircraft in
flight a n y article except b allast in th e form of fine sand or w ater.
L ist of Saluting Stations in Great Britain and Northern Ireland
D over.
P o rtsm outh .
Sheem ess.
L eith.
P lym outh.
Note. Foreign w arships entering th e F irth of F o rth and intending to anchor in
L eith R oads should fire th e ir salute off Inchkeith. This salu te is retu rn ed by
E d in b u rg h Castle.
(A .F .O . 3/29 and A.F .O . 2311/37.)
Section 12311/1937
194
2312.
2357.
2358. y Issued Confidentially.
2420.
2422.
2580.Anglo-German Naval Agreement (1937)
(M. 6612/37. 2.12.1937.)
Instruments of ratification having been exchanged, this Agreement came
into force on 4th November, 1937.
2. With the exception of Articles 4 (paragraph 2), 6, 19, 28 and 30, which
are set out below, the operative clauses of this Agreement reproduce (with the same
numbering) Articles 1-30 of the London Naval Treaty (1936).
3. Articles 31 and 32 of the London Naval Treaty (1936) have no place in this
Agreement.
Section 12580/1937
195
4.
The operative clauses of the London Naval Treaty (1936) appear in
A.F.O. 1810/37.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
London, Ju ly 17, 1937.
The Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
Ireland and the German Government
Desiring to make provision for the limitation of naval armament and for the
exchange of information concerning naval construction ;
H ave agreed as follows :
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Part II. L i m i t a t i o n .
*
A r t ic l e 4
2. No capital ship shall carry a gun with a calibre exceeding 16 in. (406 mm.).
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
A r t ic l e 6
19
1. Each Contracting Government shall give lists of all its minor war vessels
with their characteristics, as enumerated in Article 12 (6), and information as to
the particular service for which they are intended, so as to reach the other Contracting
Government within one m onth after the date of the coming into force of the present
Agreement ; and, so as to reach the other Contracting Government within the
month of January of each subsequent year, any amendments in the lists and changes
in the information.
2. In the event of negotiations for the conclusion of a general multilateral
treaty similar in character to the present Agreement, or of a general arrangement
providing for the exchange of information between Naval Powers, the Contracting
Governments will, notwithstanding that the present Agreement does not provide
(C 30235)
Section 12580/1937
196
P a r t V. F in a l C lauses.
*
*
*
A r t i c l e 28
1. T he C ontracting G overnm ents will, during th e la st q u arte r of 1940, consult
together w ith a view to entering in to a new agreem ent for th e reduction a n d lim itation
o f n aval arm am ent.
t Cmd. 5518.
Section 12581/1937
197
P a rt I I . L im ita tio n
A r tic le 2
(1) A fter th e d ate of th e com ing in to force of th e presen t A greem ent, no vessel
exceeding th e lim itations as to displacem ent or arm am en t prescribed by this P a rt
of th e present A greem ent shall be acquired b y either C ontracting G overnm ent
or constructed by, for or w ithin th e jurisdiction of either C ontracting G overnm ent.
(2) I t is understood, however, th a t th e Soviet G overnm ent shall n o t be bound
by th e lim itations an d restrictions of this P a r t of th e presen t A greem ent in so
far as th e Soviet F a r E astern n aval forces are concerned, so long as th ere shall n o t
be concluded a special agreem ent between th e U .S.S.R . an d J a p a n on th is subject.
N evertheless, th e Soviet G overnm ent will n o t construct or acquire an y vessels
exceeding th e said lim itations an d restrictions, except in th e event o f such construc
tion or acquisition by J a p a n or an y other Pow er in the F a r E ast.
(3) Should th e Soviet G overnm ent, as th e result of such construction or
acquisition by J a p a n or an y other Pow er in th e F a r E ast, decide to co n stru ct or
acquire vessels exceeding th e said lim itations or restrictions, a notification to th a t
effect shall be m ade to th e G overnm ent of th e U nited K ingdom , a n d th e vessels
concerned shall n o t be laid down or acquired u n til after this notification has reached
th e G overnm ent of th e U nited K ingdom . The Soviet G overnm ent shall n o t be
obliged in this case to have an y recourse to th e procedure set o u t in A rticle 25 of th e
present A greem ent.
(4) The G overnm ent of th e U nited K ingdom will tre a t as confidential an y
inform ation received u n d er th e preceding paragraph, subject to a rig h t to tra n sm it
it confidentially to an y Pow er w ith w hich th a t G overnm ent is in tre a ty relations
sim ilar to those of th e p resent A greem ent.
(5) N othing in p aragraph (2) above shall en title th e Soviet G overnm ent
to co n stru ct or acquire an y vessel exceeding th e lim itations or restrictions prescribed
by this P a rt of th e present A greem ent for service, or to em ploy such a vessel on
service, elsewhere th a n in th e F a r E ast, w herever th e vessel m ay be constructed or
acquired. The Soviet G overnm ent shall equally n o t be en titled b y an y th in g in
paragraph (2) above to tran sfe r from th e Soviet F a r E astern to th e Soviet B altic
or B lack Sea F leet an y vessel constructed or acquired in th e exercise of th e right
conferred by th a t paragraph.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
A r t ic l e 4
(2) No capital ship shall carry a gun w ith a calibre exceeding 16-in. (406 m m .).
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
A
r t ic l e
Section 12581/1937
198
(1) (a) E ach C ontracting G overnm ent shall com m unicate every y ea r to the
o th e r C ontracting G overnm ent inform ation, as herein after provided, reg ard in g its
an n u a l program m e for th e construction and acquisition o f all vessels o f th e categories
a n d sub-categories m entioned in A rticle 12 (a), w hether o r n o t th e vessels concerned
are constructed w ithin its own jurisdiction, an d periodical inform ation giving details
o f such vessels an d o f an y alteratio n s to vessels of th e said categories or sub-categories
alread y com pleted.
(b ) I t is u nderstood, however, th a t th e Soviet G overnm ent shall n o t be u n d er
an y obligation to furnish th e G overnm ent o f th e U nited K ingdom w ith an y in fo rm a
tio n regarding a n y vessels com ing w ithin the said categories or sub-categories which
m ay be constructed in th e F a r E a ste rn territo ries of th e Soviet U nion, for service
in th e F a r E ast, so long as th e re shall n o t be concluded betw een th e Soviet G overn
m e n t an d th e Ja p an ese G overnm ent a special agreem ent on th is su b ject ; an d this
P a rt of th e p resen t A greem ent shall be read subject to th is u n d erstan d in g .
(c) F ull particu lars will be furnished in reg ard to all vessels acquired by th e
Soviet G overnm ent (w herever th e acquisition m ay ta k e place), an d in reg ard to all
vessels constructed in th e E u ro p ean territo ries o f th e Soviet U nion, w h eth er th e
vessels so acquired or constructed are for service in th e F a r E a s t or elsew here.
(d) F u ll particu lars will also be furnished in regard to a n y vessel co n stru cted in
th e F a r E a ste rn territo ries of th e Soviet U nion (i) for service elsew here th a n in th e
F a r E ast, or (ii) for service in th e F a r E a s t b u t w hich it is decided p rio r to th e d ate
o f com pletion to em ploy for service elsewhere, or (iii) w hich a t an y tim e a fte r being
p u t in to com m ission it is decided to tran sfe r from th e Soviet F a r E a s te rn to th e
Soviet B altic or B lack Sea F leet. I n cases com ing un d er (ii) an d (iii), th e p articu lars
prescribed by A rticle 12 (b ) of th e p rese n t A greem ent shall be furnished as soon as
possible a fte r th e decision in question has been tak en , an d th e vessel shall n o t be
rem oved from th e F a r E a st u n til these particulars have reached th e G overnm ent of
th e U nited K ingdom . N othing in th is p aragraph shall operate so as to allow th e
tran sfe r o f an y vessel in a case in w hich it w ould be forbidden u n d er A rticle 2 (5)
o f th e p resent A greem ent.
(e) N othing in p arag rap h (6) above shall operate so as to absolve th e Soviet
G overnm ent from carrying o u t th e obligations o f A rticle 18 of th e p resen t A greem ent.
(2) F or th e purposes o f th e presen t A greem ent, inform ation shall be deemed to
have reached th e G overnm ent o f th e U nited K ingdom on th e d ate on w hich it is
com m unicated to th e B ritish R epresentative in Moscow, an d th e Soviet G overnm ent
on th e d ate on which it is com m unicated to th e Soviet R ep resen tativ e in London.
(3) This inform ation shall be tre a te d as confidential u n til published by th e
C ontracting G overnm ent supplying it.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
A r t ic l e 19
(1) E ach C ontracting G overnm ent shall give lists of all its m inor w ar vessels
w ith their characteristics, as enum erated in A rticle 12 (b), an d inform ation as to th e
particular service for which they are intended, so as to reach th e o th er C ontracting
G overnm ent w ithin one m onth after th e date of th e com ing in to force of th e presen t
A greem ent ; and, so as to reach th e other C ontracting G overnm ent w ithin th e
m o n th of Ja n u a ry in each subsequent year, a n y am en d m en ts in th e lists an d changes
in th e inform ation.
(2) In th e event of negotiations for th e conclusion of a general m u ltilateral
tre a ty sim ilar in character to th e present A greem ent, or of a general arran g em en t
providing for th e exchange of inform ation betw een n av al Powers, th e C ontracting
G overnm ents will, n otw ithstanding th a t th e present A greem ent does n o t provide
Section 12581/1937
199
P a r t V . F in a l C lau ses
*
*
*
A r t ic l e
28
( A . F .0 . 1 8 1 0 /3 7 .)
* Cmd. 5136.
(C30235)
t Cmd. 5519.
h
200
1920
2157.Naval EngineeringMethod of Selection for Higher Posts
Position of Officers Specialising as Lieutenants
(C.W. 13055/20. 17.7.1920.)
In the statem ent of the First Lord of the Admiralty explanatory of the Naval
Estimates 1920-21, it was pointed out that final separation between the Officers
of the Deck and Engineering sides of the Naval Service was necessary. These
words were used :
There is a definite distinction both as regards knowledge and capabilities,
between those who are to be trained in the science of Naval War, and
strategical and tactical methods of fighting, and those who are to deal with
the upkeep and maintenance of Engineering and mechanical appliances
which are necessitated by the complex machinery and weapons of modern
war. Each side requires a special study, and for this reason final separation
of the branches is essential.
At the same tim e in the statem ent the importance of close co-operation between
the Deck and Engineering Branches was emphasised.
2. Separation being accepted, the prospects of each branch should be such as
to maintain high efficiency in the personnel composing the branch. So far as the
Deck side is concerned, this is allowed for by the prospects of high command opened
up to all who enter that side of the profession, but on the Engineering side it cannot
be said that this is fully the case, and with the exception of the office of the
Engineer-in-Chief, and certain technical appointments, there are comparatively
few higher posts. There is a danger, therefore, that under existing conditions
the Engineering side may fail to attract its due proportion of Officers of ability,
and the Service will suffer in efficiency accordingly. Since the statem ent of the
First Lord this matter has received consideration, and the steps outlined below
have been taken.
3. The Engineer-in-Chief at the head of the Naval Engineering profession has
up to the present been under the Third Sea Lord and Controller. His primary
responsibility was design and supply, his Department being organised to meet
the requirements of design and supply.
W hilst retaining his responsibility to the Controller as above, it has been decided
that in future the Engineer-in-Chief shall be responsible to the Chief of the Naval
Staff for advice on all matters in connection with Naval Engineering policy. He
will work in close touch with the Naval Staff, being thus conversant with the trend
of Naval policy and being in a position to frame his Engineering plans to meet
the requirements of policy.
It has further been decided that the Engineer-in-Chief shall be the Board's
principal adviser upon all questions relating to the instruction and training of
Engineering personnel, he being for this work directly responsible to the Board
through the Second Sea Lord.
Thus the Office of the Engineer-in-Chief as head of the Engineering side of the
Naval profession will have extended scope, and the Department of the Engineer-inChief will offer posts of the highest administrative importance and responsibility
for Senior Engineer Officers.
4. After the Engineer-in-Chief, the m ost important positions in the Naval
Service of a technical and administrative order, are the posts of Admirals Super
intendent, responsible for the administration of H.M. Dockyards.
201
Section 22157/1920
Hitherto, only Officers irom the Deck Branch have been eligible for this service,
but it is intended that in the future, when Officers of the common entry or special
entry systems who have joined the Engineering Branch have attained high rank,
that these Officers also should be considered with Deck Officers for these positions.
Should the Admiral Superintendent be such an Officer, the principle would be
adhered to that he would not be eligible to command the port, since command of
the port in time of war deals with operations, the province of the Deck Officer.
6.
In connection with the policy of separation referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2,
the Board have also had under consideration the rule under which Lieutenants
who have had one years experience as Watchkeepers before specialising in
Engineering are allowed to retain the right of military command till between
7 -9 years seniority as Lieutenants, when they must decide to remain at Engineering
or revert to deck duties. The duties of Lieutenant (E) are becoming more and
inore exacting and it is considered that in the future it will be impracticable to
give effect to reversion to deck duties after a number of years spent on Engineering
duties. It has consequently been decided that the option of reversion to deck
duties should now be withdrawn altogether from Officers who volunteer for
Engineering duties in the future. Officers who have already volunteered will
remain under the existing rules.
Section 23657/1920
202
9. To this end it is provided by the Kings Regulations that the requests and
grievances of individuals should be represented to their Officers and, in particular,
to the Captain of their ship, an appeal to higher authority being in certain cases
permitted. Stress has also been laid on the importance of Officers, especially Officers
of Divisions, studying the well-being of those under their orders by assisting their
men in preferring legitimate requests.
10. The Admiralty have been careful to preserve the same principle of the close
association of Officers and men when establishing machinery for enabling general
questions (or such as affect large classes of men) to be discussed between Officers
and men and reported on by the former for the consideration of the Board. E x
perience will no doubt make it possible to improve upon this machinery, but whatever
form it may take from tim e to time, the association of Officers w ith the men in
formulating and preferring their requests must be maintained as being essential
in a disciplined Service.
11. For this reason, and because of the expressed intention of the Admiralty
to make an efficient machinery to enable them to be informed fully as to the aspira
tions, grievances and disabilities of the Lower Deck from tim e to time, their Lordships
are unable to recognise such matters as coming within the proper sphere of the
Lower Deck Benefit Societies. It is of course not to be supposed that when these
Societies m eet for their legitimate purposes, the opportunity will not be taken by
members to exchange views on non-disciplinary Service m atters affecting them,
and the Admiralty have no wish to apply the strict wording of the Kings Regulations
to moderate and reasonable discussion of this kind on such occasions. But it would
be a clear infringement of the Regulations for such matters to be permitted to
become the main concern of the Benefit Societies. In particular, proposals that
have appeared in the Press for a general amalgamation of such Societies, or for the
establishment of a Periodical in connection therewith could not, in the opinion of
the Board, serve any useful object connected with the legitim ate purposes of the
Benefit Societies, and would be regarded by the Board as contravening both the
letter and the spirit of the Regulations.
12. The Admiralty have thought it right to give this clear expression of their
views, because they have documentary evidence showing that outside influences
which are hostile to the discipline and good order of the Service have fixed upon
these Societies as a possible channel through which to work. Their Lordships are
satisfied that these influences have had no success whatever, but it is obviously
necessary that those connected with the Societies should be on their guard and
should see that the activities of their organisations are kept within the proper
limits.
203
Section 212/1921
1921
12.Fumigating and Disinfecting Rooms and Compartments
by means of Formaldehyde Gas
(M.D.G. 10526/20. 1.1.1921.)
The attention of Medical Officers is called to the following method which m ay
be used as an alternative for fumigating and disinfecting rooms and compartments
by means of Formaldehyde Gas :
(1) The gas can be evolved from formaldehyde solution by means of
chlorinated lime w ithout the use of any heating apparatus.
(2) The quantities required for the fumigation of every 2,000 cu. ft. of
space are as follows :
Formaldehyde solution . .
..
..
..
2 pints.
Chlorinated lime . .
..
..
..
..
2 lb.
(3) The compartment to be disinfected is carefully sealed, and in it are
distributed a number of buckets, proportionate to the cubic capacity
of the compartment, each containing two pints of formaldehyde
solution.
(4) For each of these buckets 2 lb. of chlorinated lime is provided, made
up into packets by means of thin paper in which a few slits have been
cut to allow access of the fluid to the lime.
(5) These packets are dropped into the buckets by the operator, who m ust
retire from the compartment as quickly as possible.
(6) The compartment should remain sealed for a minimum of eight hours,
or longer in the case of specially infective diseases.
Note.The lime m ust not be placed in the formaldehyde solution w ithout
previously being wrapped up in paper as described, or the reaction will be excessive
and the fluid will froth out of the bucket.
The containers should be placed on trays or metal slabs, as considerable heat is
generated by the reaction.
1923
449. Issued Confidentially.
Section 2762/1924
204
1924
762.Overpayment of Pay and AllowancesProcedure
to be followed
( N ./N .P . (1) 4032/23.-28.3.1924.)
The fo llow in g instructions are prom ulgated for the guidance of all
concerned:
(g) N oth in g in this Order in any way affects the power of the Board
to take d iscip lin ary action under A rticle 1528 of the K in g s R egulations
and A dm iralty Instructions or otherwise, in any case in which the circum
stances atten d in g an overpaym ent m ay be considered to w arrant such a
course.
(h) T his Order refers to overpaym ent of N aval pay and allowances
and in no w ay affects undercharges of Income Tax.
(K .R . an d A .I., A rtic le 1528.)
205
Section 21865/1924
F reb
In order to secure the duty-free adm ission into the Irish Free S ta te of
goods im ported for the use of H is M ajestys Forces the fo llo w in g conditions
should be com plied w ith :
(1) Each package of goods should bear a d istin g u ish in g mark and
number.
(2) If the stores and su pp lies are conveyed in a B ritish Government
vessel, the Commander should hand to the Customs and Excise
Officer at the port of la n d in g in the Irish Free S tate a list,
in duplicate, of the goods consigned to each m ilita ry or naval
u n it showing the marks and numbers of the packages, and
description o f the goods. The goods w ill then be cleared out
o f Customs charge. The Com m anding Officer of the m ilita ry
or naval u n it who a ctu ally receives th goods should
acknowledge receipt on the d up licate copy of the lis t forwarded
to him for th at purpose, and return the receipt to the
Collector of Customs and E xcise at the port of im portation.
Section 21865/1924
(3 ) I f
F orm
in t o
206
o f A p p l ic a t io n f o r D e l i v e r y o f D u t ia b l e S t o r e s a n d S u p p l i e s I m p o r t e d
S a o r st a t E i r e a n n f o r t h e u s e of B r i t i s h T r o o p s o r P e r s o n n e l o f t h e
r it is h
avy.
at ..............................................................................................................................................
I hereby authorise and request Mr....................................................................
of.................................................................................................... to take delivery of the
following goods, viz. :
Q u a n tity an d
D esc riptio n of Goods.
and I hereby declare that the goods are for the sole use of
British Troops stationed a t.........................................................................................
British N aval U nits a t....................................................................................................
Signature and rank of Commissioned
Officer responsible for the despatch
of the goods.
Office
Stamp.
* Delete the words not applicable.
1925
1893. Issued Confidentially.
192 6
3038. Issued Confidentially.
Section 21406/1927
207
1927
*1406.IrelandRestrictions on Leave
(M. 1535/27.27.5.1927.)
1461.PassagesReturn Tickets
(C. (II) 3447/27.3.6.1927.)
The follow in g arrangem ents regarding the use of return tickets for
passages booked on P. and O., B ritish In dia, and O rient S .N . Com panies
Steam ers, which have received the concurrence of the Steam ship Companies
concerned, are prom ulgated for gu idan ce:
In view of the considerable savin g effected by booking return tickets,
a tten tio n is called to the necessity of so doing when it is definitely known
th at the passenger w ill be m aking a return voyage between the same ports
w ith in the period of the a v a ila b ility of the ticket. In cases where doubt
exists, but where there is a reasonable assum ption th at the passenger w ill
return w ithin this period, the passage should also be booked on a return
basis. I f the return portion is n ot used, no loss w ill be incurred by Govern
ment, as arrangem ents have been made to obtain a refund of the difference
between the cost of a return and a sin gle ticket.
As the whole cost of a return tick et is payable on production of evidence
th at the passenger has actu ally embarked on or com pleted the first h a lf of
the journey, it w ill be necessary for the follow in g procedure to be carried
out in order th at the paym ent m ay be justified and records com pleted or
the necessary recovery made if the return journey has not been completed.
A.P a s s a g e s
C o m m e n c in g i n
U.K.
(i) The Director of Sea T ransport w ill arrange w ith the Steam ship Com
pany to issue to the passenger the outw ard portion only of h is ticket and to
forw ard the return portion to their agent at the port of d estination. Before
em barking the passenger w ill be furnished by the D irector o f Sea Transport
w ith a letter au th orising the issue of the return portion. When it becomes
necessary to arrange for the return journey the passenger w ill present this
letter to the S u p erin ten d in g T ransport Officer who w ill then arrange w ith the
local agent of the Steam ship Com pany for the issue to the passenger o f the
return portion for use on a particu lar sa ilin g , and w ill n o tify the D irector
of Sea Transport of the arrangem ent on Form S .215 (T.397).
( ii) When the return portion of a ticket has not been used w ithin the
prescribed period the passenger w ill forw ard to the D irector of Sea Transport
the letter of au th ority referred to at (i) when the necessary adjustm ent w ill
be m ade w ith the Company.
B . P
assa g es
C o m m e n c i n g at P o r t s A b r o a d w h e r e P a y m e n t i s m a d e
in L o n do n.
(i)
In cases where paym ent is made in London, the corresponding
procedure w ill apply, i.e., the S u p erin ten d in g T ransport Officer w ill arrange
w ith the Steam ship Company to issue to the passenger the outw ard portion
on ly of his ticket and to forw ard the return portion to the P. & O. Steam
N a v ig a tio n Company, Cockspur Street, London, in the case of passages by
P. & O. or B ritish In d ia S .N . C om panies Steam ers, or to the Orient Steam
N a v ig a tio n Company, 5, Fenchurch Avenue, London, E.C ., in the case of
passages by O rient S .N . C om panys Steamers.
Before em barking the
passenger w ill be furnished by the S up erinten ding T ransport Officer with
a letter au th orising the issue of the return portion. When it becomes necessary
to arrange for the return journey the passenger w ill present th is letter to the
Section 2-1461/1927
208
Director of SeaTransport who will then arrange with the Steamship Company
concerned for the issue to the passenger of the return portion for use on a
particular sailing and will notify the Superintending Transport Officer.
B (ii) as in A (ii).
C.P a s s a g e s
betw een
is
made
L ocally.
The req u isition in g au th ority w ill ascertain the period of a v a ila b ility of
return tick ets and in arranging return passages w ill assume the resp onsibility
taken by the D irector of Sea Transport in (A ) above and w ill make any
necessary financial adjustm ent w ith the C om pan ys a g e n t, m erely reporting
on Form S .215 (T.397) the d etails of the return of the passenger.
D.P a s s a g e s
betw een
The S u p erin ten d in g T ransport Officer req u isition in g the passage will
n o tify the D irector of Sea Transport on Form S .215 (T.397) when a return
ticket is taken and on return of the passenger w ill n o tify the fact to the
D irector of Sea Transport.
When the return h a lf is not used the
S up erinten ding T ransport Officer w ill obtain from the passenger the letter
of au th ority and forw ard it to the D irector of Sea T ransport for the
necessary adj ustment.
1928
64.'I
927. y Issued Confidentially.
1463. J
209
Section 21202/1929
1929
1202.Issued Confidentially.
1308.Staff Colleges, Naval, Army and Air ForceAttachment
of Students to other Services during VacationFinancial
Arrangements
(C.W. 504/29.31.5.1929.)
The follow in g financial arrangem ents have been agreed upon by the
A dm iralty, War Office and A ir M in istry w ith regard to the attachm ent to
other Services d uring vacation of Im perial and D om inion officers a ttend in g
the three staff colleges:
I m p e r ia l N a val, A r m y a n d A i r Force Officers.
Fees to be w aived. N o charge to be made for the issue of provisions,
accom modation, etc. In the case of Arm y and R oyal A ir Force officers
attached to H is M ajestys ships, N aval v ic tu a llin g allow ance in lieu of
rations is to be p aid as a charge to N avy Votes, but the officers are to be
responsible for p ayin g the mess subscription of 2s. a day.
In the case of officers attached to Army u nits the m ilita ry au th orities
provide, if available, servant, furnished accom modation as for an unm arried
officer, fuel, ligh t, rations, norse, forage, and stabling, if required to be
mounted. When issues in kind are not available, N aval officers w ill be paid
the usual N aval allow ances in lieu by the A dm iralty.
Dominion Officers.
() D om inion officers from the R oyal N aval Staff College, attached to the
Army or Royal A ir Force, w ill norm ally be treated as officers of the Royal
N avy. When attached to the Arm y, the usual N aval allow ances payable in
lieu of issues in kind w ill be an A dm iralty lia b ility , and w ill be regarded as
covered by the in clu sive fee for the staff course.
N o special flights are to be m ade by the D om inion officers d uring their
attachm ent to the Royal A ir Force under this arrangem ent.
D om inion officers from the R oyal A ir Force Staff College, attached to
H is M ajestys ships, w ill be credited w ith N aval v ictu a llin g allow ance in lieu
of rations, as for Im perial officers, as a charge to N avy Votes, but the officers
w ill be responsible for p a y in g the mess subscription of 2s. a day.
() D om inion officers from the A rm y Staff College attached to H is
M ajestys ships.As the fees for D om inion students attend in g the Army
Staff College do not cover personal expenses, such as rations, fu el, ligh t, etc.,
v ic tu a llin g allow ance for such officers w ill not be issued from N aval funds,
but an equivalent am ount in lieu thereof is to be paid to the mess' by the
officers themselves as well as mess subscription.
N o te .The arrangem ents -for the reciprocal w aiver of charges do not
ap p ly to travellin g expenses.
Section 2577/1930
210
1930
577.Control Officers in DestroyersSelection, Training and
Reports
(C.W. 1456/30.28.2.1930.)
The requirements for the control of torpedo and gun fire render it m ost
desirable that officers who m ay be called upon to carry out the duties of T.C.O.
or G.C.O. in sliips of Divisional Commanders should have had previous torpedo or
gunnery control experience in destroyers.
2. The selection of the officers to carry out the duties of Gunnery, Torpedo
and A/S Control Officers in a destroyer is to be made by the Commanding Officer.
3. In the case of a divisional leader the names of the officers selected for
Gunnery and Torpedo Control duties are to be reported to the Admiralty, in order,
if possible, to avoid relieving them from their appointments during the commission
of the flotilla.
4. When rendering Confidential Reports (S.206) on E xecutive Officers,
Commanding Officers of destroyers are to insert particulars of the special duty
(G.C.O., T.C.O. or A/S.C.O.) on which the officer has been employed, together
with his ability in that particular duty, in addition to his general professional
ability.
5. The attention of Commanding Officers of destroyers is also called to the
desirability of taking advantage of the refresher course for G.C.O., T.C.O. or
A/S.C.O. when opportunity offers in their home ports.
211
Section 21132/1930
Section 21277/1930
212
cale
R oyal N avy.
A ctive L ist R an k .
1. F lag Officers ...
2. C aptains
3. Com m anders
(except
Officers prom oted from
W a rra n t rank).
4. O ther W ard
Officers.
Room
R oyal M arines.
A ctive L ist R ank.
General Officers
Colonels a n d Lieut.-Colonels
(except Q uarterm asters).
Lieut.-Colonels
(Q u arter
m asters) an d M ajors (except
Officers prom oted from W a r
r a n t rank).
M ajors prom oted from W a r
ra n t ran k , C aptains an d
L ie u ten an ts (except L ieu
te n a n ts included in 5).
L ie u ten a n ts w ith less th a n
four y ears com missioned
service (other th a n those
prom oted from W7a rra n t
ran k ) a n d 2nd-L ieutenants,
Com missioned Officers from
W a rra n t ran k an d W a rra n t
Officers.
D aily
Charge.
Recoverable
from
s. d.
9 0
8 0
7
0
>
P a tie n t
(see
p ara . 3).
Section 21493/1930
213
N o te s to S cale I .
(a) The rates of charge in th e case of R e tired Officers will be determ ined w ith
D a ily Charge.
R ecoverable fr o m .
p
8"
,
a 16n
Section 21493/1930
214
D a ily Charge.
5s.
10s.
R ecoverable fr o m .
P atie n t.
Greenwich H o sp ital.
Local A rm y Com
m and P ay m aster,
except for p atien ts
on
leave from
ab ro ad an d all
p atien ts in hospital
If received
ships, *W ar Office.
as Officers, *Air M inistry.
1 2 s.;
India Office.
otherw ise,
D om inion G overn
10s.
m ent.
Special rates
Com m anding Officer
a t R .N . Sick
of Ship, if still
Q uarters,
w ith in precincts
Wei-hai-wei.
of P o r t ; otherw ise,
at hospitals
ab ro ad , Consul of
N atio n concerned,
or a t hospitals a t
hom e, * G overn
m e n t concerned.
M inistry of Pensions.
P atie n t.
P atie n t.
P atie n t.
Owner of Vessel.
C ontractor.
N .A .A .F .I.
P atie n t.
Section 21493/1930
215
in
M il it a r y
P r is o n s
or
D e t e n t io n
B a r r a c k s.
W henever any naval prisoners or n aval ratings sentenced to deten tio n are
oom m itted to any prison or d etention barrack, th e governor, com m andant, officers
or staff of w hich are officers, w arra n t officers or non-com m issioned officers of a body
of H.M . m ilitary forces, th e n for th e purposes of com m and an d discipline an d for
th e purposes of th e provisions of th e N aval Discipline A ct relating to superior
officers, such officers, w arra n t officers or non-comm issioned officers of H is M ajestys
m ilitary forces shall, in relation to such n aval prisoners or n av al ratin g s undergoing
d eten tio n as aforesaid be tre a te d , and have all such powers (other th a n powers of
punishm ent) as if th e y w ere n aval officers, w arra n t officers or p e tty officers,
provided th a t nothing herein contained shall derogate from any pow ers of p u n ish
m ent which such officers, w a rra n t officers or non-comm issioned officers m ay have
under or by virtu e of an y rules m ade p u rsu an t to Section 132 of th e A rm y Act.
B y com m and of T he Lords Commissioners of th e A dm iralty.
(Signed) O. M u b r a y .
B y com m and of th e A rm y Council.
(Signed) H . J .
D ated 2 2 n d Decem ber, 1928.
Cr e e d y ,
Section 23138/1930
N av a l o r M il it a r y
216
P er so n n el not in
B e in g C o n v e y e d
C h a r g e of a C o m m is s io n e d
T ranspo rt.
O f f ic e r
in
Whenever any body of H is M ajestys Naval Forces not under the charge
of a Commissioned Naval Officer, and any body of H is Majestys M ilitary
Forces under the charge of a Commissioned M ilitary Officer are being
conveyed together on board any transport or freight-ship, or whenever
any body of H is M ajestys M ilitary Forces not under the charge of a
Commissioned M ilitary Officer, and any body of H is M ajestys Naval Forces
under the charge of a Commissioned Naval Officer are being conveyed
together on board any transport or freight-ship, Section 90a of the Naval
Discipline Act, and Section 184a of the Army Act, shall apply to, and in
relation to such bodies and the officers, warrant officers, and non
commissioned officers and men who are members thereof.
Signed on behalf of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty.
(Signed) C . F u l l e r .
(Signed) L. G. P r e s t o n .
Signed on behalf of the Army Council.
(Signed) W a l t e r B r a i t h w a i t e .
(S ig n e d )
H. J . C r e e d y .
7th J u ly, 1930.
JOINT ORDERS B Y ADMIRALTY AND A IR COUNCIL.
Orders made by the Adm iralty and the A ir Council under Clause (i) of the
Regulations (K .R. and A.I., Art. 196, Clause 3), defining the conditions
prescribed by the Adm iralty and A ir Council under the powers granted
to them by Section 90a of the N aval Discipline Act, and Section 184a of
the A ir Force Act.
N a v a l P ic k e t s a n d A ir F o r c e P o l ic e .
Section 9 0 a of the Naval Discipline Act and Section 1 8 4 a of the Air Force
Act shall apply to any Naval Picket which m ay be acting with any body of
His M ajestys Air Force and to any body of the Air Force Police which may be
acting with any body of H is Majestys Naval Forces and to the bodies of
His Majestys Air Force and Naval Forces respectively, with whom such Naval
Picket or body of the Air Force Police is acting.
B y command of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty.
(Signed) O. M u r r a y ,
Secretary.
B y command of the Air Council.
(Signed) W. A. R o b i n s o n ,
Secretary.
General.
1. The joint Order dated the 6th day of June, 1918, is hereby cancelled.
2. Section 9 0 a of the Naval Discipline Act and Section 1 8 4 a of the Air Force
Act shall apply to British Naval and Air Forces operating outside the British Isles.
The said Sections shall also apply in the British Isles or elsewhere to members
of the Naval Service to whom the said Sections are capable of application, and
who not being subject to the Air Force Act are attached or lent to the Air Force,
and to members of the Air Force, to whom the said Sections are capable of applica
tion, and who not being subject to the Naval Discipline Act are attached or lent
to the Naval Sex-vice and to the bodies of the Naval Service and Air Force to which
the members of the Air Force or the Naval Service above mentioned are respectively
attached or lent.
B y command of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty.
(Signed) O. M u r r a y ,
Secretary.
By command of the Air Council.
(Signed) W . A. R o b i n s o n ,
25th September, 1919.
Secretary.
217
N aval or A ir
Section 23138/1930
F o r c e P e r s o n n e l n o t i n C h a r g e of a C o m m is s io n e d O f f ic e r
B e in g C o n v e y e d in T r a n sp o r t .
Whenever any body of H is Majesty's Naval Forces not under the charge
of a Commissioned N aval Officer and any body of the Royal Air Force under
the charge of a Commissioned Officer of the Royal Air Force are being
conveyed together on board any transport or freight-ship, or whenever any
body of the Royal Air Force not under the charge of a Commissioned Officer
of the Royal Air Force and any body of H is Majestys Naval Forces
under the charge of a Commissioned Naval Officer are being conveyed
together on board any transport or freightship, Section 9 0a of the Naval
D iscipline Act and Section 184a of the Air Force Act shall apply to and in
relation to such bodies and the officers, warrant officers, non-commissioned
officers and men who are members thereof.
On behalf of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty,
H ubert B r a n d ,
J ohn
D.
K elly.
W.
10 th
F.
N ic h o l s o n .
February, 1927.
1931
*796.Official Secrets ActsActual or Prospective Publication
or Disclosure of Secret or Confidential Matter
Procedure for Dealing with Civilians in the United
Kingdom
(N .L . 502/31.2.4.1931.)
Section 21131/1931
218
1 9
T ablecloths ...
1 9
Sheets
0 10
Pillow cases ...
1 9
Bed covers ...
0 10
Towels
2 6
Coverlets
5 3
B lankets
1 8
S hirts
2 6
Gowns, operating
3 0
Coats ...
1 9
C urtains, long
0 10
,,
scuttle
2. T he w ork should, however, be perform ed by c o n tra ct on shore or in th e sh ip s
lau n dry w henever practicable.
3. In exceptional circum stances w here th e Com m anding Officer is satisfied th a t
th e foregoing ra te s do n o t sufficiently rem unerate th e ratin g (having regard to th e
labour involved an d th e cost of th e m aterials used), he m ay au th o rise p ay m en t a t
such higher ra te s as he considers fair and reasonable. I n every such case th e
Com m anding Officer should furnish a suitable certificate on th e p ertin en t voucher
to th e cash account.
Section 21909/1931
219
the
(b) If a board is not approved, the unit will be so informed and the
m edical documents returned through the usual channels.
3. A list is given below of the P rin cip a l M edical Officers to whom
a p p lica tio n for boards should be m ade:
London, W.C.l.
(ii) Ships in M editerranean:
Principal Medical Officer,
Headquarters,
Royal Air Force,
Mediterranean,
Valletta,
Malta,
or
Section 21909/1931
220
4.
For ships in the Far East and elsewhere, where no Principal Medical
Officer is available, a medical board should be held at the nearest service
medical establishment, with, if possible, a Royal Air Force Medical Officer
as a member of the board.
1932
251.Acting Sub-Lieutenants (E)Syllabus of Qualifying
Examination Afloat
(C.W. 11709/31.5.2.1932.)
The syllabus of the revised qualifying examination afloat of ratings for
promotion to Acting Sub-Lieutenant (E ) which will be in force for the
examination in the autumn of 1932, is shown below:
E n gin eerin g I :
Descriptions and sketches will be asked for of the construction and
arrangement of the principal parts of the main and auxiliary machinery
of a warship, and of the boilers and fittings in connection therewith. A
knowledge of the principles of working of the above, and of the fittings
provided for their adjustment and how these are used, will also be
required.
Engineering I I :
Questions will test the candidates knowledge of the actual working
on service of a warships propelling machinery, boilers, auxiliary
machinery, and engine-room equipment, and of the examinations and
adjustments necessary to keep such parts efficient. Questions will also
be set on the regulations ordered to be observed and the precautions
necessary in carrying out the various operations incident to the working
of the engine room department of a warship generally.
221
Section 2251/1932
H e a t a n d S t e a m :
Section 2251/1932
222
I.
N e w ly P ro m o te d Officers.
223
Section 21003/1932
In lieu of a specialist;
Director Officer;
Command money;
N avigating allowance;
Machinery allowance;
Senior Engineers allowance;
Store allow ance;
may be paid concurrently with the special rate and will, therefore,
not be included in the comparison of the emoluments as officer
and as rating for the purpose of this Order.
(c) Allowances in respect of qualifications which are payable con
tinuously with ordinary rates of full pay (e.g., specialist allow
ance in respect of qualification in advanced gunnery) are not to
be paid concurrently with the special rate.
An officer in receipt of a special rate under this Order
who may hereafter qualify for such an allowance will be allowed
to transfer to the normal rate of full pay according to rank and
seniority, plus allowance for qualifications, if such transfer is to
his advantage.
Sim ilarly, an officer already in receipt of
specialist allowance in respect of qualification in advanced
gunnery may transfer to a special rate of pay (without specialist
allowance in respect of qualification in advanced gunnery) if,
and for so long as, it is to his advantage to do so.
(d) An officer in receipt of a special rate of pay shall not receive any
Section 21003/1932
224
5. Officers who consider that they are en titled to a re-adjustm ent of their
rate of fu ll pay as a result of these rules are to make a p p lica tio n in the
form prescribed below. N o special rate is to be credited to any officer u ntil
the rate to be p aid has been notified by the D irector of N a v y Accounts.
6. In cases of recent prom otion, where the ledgers show ing emoluments
on the day preceding prom otion are not already at the A dm iralty, the
A ccountant Officer is to certify on the ap p licatio n form the correctness of the
claim as regards pay, etc., as a rating.
A P P L IC A T IO N FOR P A Y M E N T OF S P E C IA L RA TE OF PAY
U N D E R A .F.O . 1003/32.
Nam e of officer...................................
Rank ......................................................
S en iority ............................................
I
hereby claim to be entitled to a special rate of pay under A.F.O.
1003/32, in accordance w ith appended statement.
S ignature .......................................................
Rank .................................................................
D ate ..................................................................
C o m p a r is o n
of
D a il y
P ay
and
A ll o w a n c es.
As a Warrant Officer
on the Date of
Promotion.
As a Hating.
s. d.
(a) Full pay of rating on day preceding pro
motion
(6) Non-substantive pay ...
(c) Badge pay
(d) K it upkeep allowance (at the rate (if any) in
force on day precoding promotion)
() Marriage allowance for wife and children
living on the day preceding promotion
(calculated at the rate actually in
course of payment on the day preceding
the date of promotion)
( / ) Messing contribution as Warrant Officer ...
s. d.
Full pay of
rank and
specialist al lowance
in
respect
of
qualification
in advanced
gunnery.
Total ...
Total ...
{
(
1003/32.
H .M .S.
Forwarded
A ccountant Officer.
Com manding Officer.
225
P art
Section 21003/1932
II.
An officer who has been in receipt of a special rate of pay under the fore
going regulations, but has qualified by length of service for a higher rate of
pay on the normal scale applicable to his rank shall be allowed, subject to
the maximum prescribed in Part I, paragraph 1, to revert to the special rate
of pay previously granted if his current rate of pay on the normal scale
become less than such special rate.
2. Any officer who considers that he is entitled to a readjustment of his
full pay under this rule may make application through his Commanding
Officer to the Director of Navy Accounts for his pay to be re-assessed.
3. No special rate is to be credited to any officer until the rate to be paid
has been notified by the Director of Navy Accounts.
P art
III.
w it h
S e r v i c e A c c o m m o d a t io n ,
VICTUALLING.
but
not
S e r v ic e
Section 21240/1932
226
R a t i n g s w h o c a n n o t b e p r o v i d e d w i t h e i t h e r S e r v i c e A c c o m m o d a t io n
o r S e r v ic e V ic t u a l l in g .
*1670.Appointments of OfficersDuration
(C.W. 4174/32. 15.7.1932.)
( This reprint embodies A .F .O . 521/38.)
T he period of service in individual ap pointm en ts will be a t th e discretion of
the A dm iralty.
A s a general rule, however, th e ap pointm ents of officers below th e r a n k of C aptain
will be approxim ately for th e following periods :
(i) In sea-going ships in th e H om e F lee t and abroad for th e period of th e
com m ission.
(ii) I n o th e r ships a n d establishm ents a t home, 2 years.
(iii) I n establishm ents abroad, 2 to 2 years.
227
Section 21670/1932
12
Section 21796/1932
228
2205 /32.29.7.1932. )
passenger
decks above
SCHEDULE.
Grades of Accommodation Authorised for Service Personnel Travelling at
Government Expense .
(This list covers accommodation in ships o f all the leading British lines.)
Rank and
Accommodation
Authorised by
Regulation.
Group
Ships Tourist
Accommodation.
I.
1st Class.
Naval.
provided that in
Military.
\
cabin class ships ^
Colonels
f the
amenities |
Lieut.-Colonels...
offered are suitable
A ir Force.
having regard to
Group Captains...
the status o f the
Wing
Commanders.
J
passenger concerned.
Captains
Commanders
229
Rank and
Accommodation
Authorised by
Regulation.
1st Class or
Cabin
Accommodation.
II .
Group
1st Class.
Naval.
Lieut.-Commanders
Lieutenants
Head Sisters
Military.
Majors ...
Captains
Matrons
A ir Force.
Section 21796/1932
berth in a 3-berth
porthole cabin on
an appropriate deck
and subject to the
proviso
shown
above.
Squadron
Leaders.
Flight
Lieutenants.
Matrons
Ships Tourist
Accommodation.
Group
III.
1st Class.
Naval.
Sub -Lieutenants
Mates
Comm.
Officers
from Warrant
Rank
Midshipmen
Superintending
Sisters.
Nursing Sisters...
Warrant Officers
Military.
Lieutenants
2nd Lieutenants
Nursing Sisters...
Staff Nurses
A ir Force.
(C30235)
Section 21796/1932
Rank and
Accommodation
Authorised by
Regulation.
230
Accommodation to be Provided.
Group IV .
2nd Class.
Naval.
^A berth in a porthole
cabin.
Military.
A ir Force.
Ships Tourist
Accommodation.
'I n category (a ) (see note against
Group I I for interpretation)
tourist accommodation may be
ordered in any porthole cabin.
In category ( b ) subject to note A,
the accommodation to be pro
vided is to be a berth in a port
hole cabin on the fourth or lower
I
passenger decks, counting from
| above.
Tourist accommodation
may only be ordered when the
cost is less than second class on
another available ship.
Not more than 4 adults or
their equivalent may be berthed
in any one cabin.
Group V.
2nd Class.
Naval.
Chief
Petty
Officers.
Colour Sergeants,
R.M.
Military.
A berth in an inside
Warrant Officers
Classes 10 and 11 > cabin, other than
middle line cabins.
{i.e.,
W.O.,
Classes I and I I ) .
Schoolmistresses
A ir Force.
Warrant Officers
Classes I and II.
Ratings
Marines.
Troops
Airmen
and
) No
Note. (i) Officers and Warrant Officers o f the Royal Indian N avy follow the
grading for the corresponding ranks o f the Royal Navy, with the exception that
Warrant Officers, R .I.N ., are entitled to the same accommodation as a Chief Petty
Officer, R .N .
6.
A
personnel.
231
Section 21928/1932
Section 21935/1932
232
Whenever men are invalided from the Service, arrangements are to be made
for an officer to be detailed to advise them as to suitable civilian occupations and
explain the various forms o f assistance open to them.
2. The assistance falls under the following categories :
I . Vocational Training.
The facilities open to invalided men are set forth in Articles 19 to 22, Vocational
Training Instructions.
Detailed information as to the courses available at
each Home Port is communicated by the Vocational Training Centre to all ships
and establishments there. Men invalided through causes beyond their own control
who wish to take advantage o f these facilities should be directed to apply forthwith,
if they have not already done so, to the Commodore, R.N. Barracks, or in the case
o f Royal Marines, to the Colonel Commandant, Royal Marines.
II . The National Association for Employment of Regular Sailors, Soldiers
and Airmen.
The procedure for placing men in touch with the National Association laid
down in Article 1123, clauses 1, 2 and 3, Kings Regulations and Admiralty
Instructions, is to be carefully observed. A list o f branches o f the association is
given on page 34 o f the N avy List Advertiser.
I I I . The Royal N ava l Benevolent Trust.
The objects o f the Royal Naval Benevolent Trust, and the addresses o f the
Honorary Local Secretaries, are given on page 14 o f the N avy List Advertiser.
The trust has a special organisation for assisting the resettlement of invalided men.
3. The mens attention should also be drawn to the important information
now contained in Form S.1300a regarding the National Association, Vocational
Training, Labour Exchanges, health matters, the Royal Naval Benevolent Trust
and other organisations which benefit ex-Naval ratings.
Every man receives a copy o f this form before discharge.
(K .R . and A . I . , Art. 1123.)
(C .W . 6978. 26.8.1932.)
The following instructions have been agreed between the A dm iralty and
the A ir M inistry. For the purpose of this Order, where R .N . and R.M .
officers serving in all ships in home waters and in reserve, or holding appoint
ments in shore establishments, etc., at home are concerned, the term
Commander-in-Chief means the Commander-in-Chief, Home Fleet.
In
other cases it means the Commander-in-Chief of the Fleet in which the
officers are serving.
2. When N av al and Royal M arine officers who have been attached to the
R .A .F . are appointed to General Service or Corps D uty and are available
for re-attachment, vid e Article 335, K in g s Regulations and A dm iralty
Instructions, the Commander-in-Chief w ill be responsible that they maintain
the necessary standard of air training.
3. The flying practice of each officer should be spread as evenly over the
year as possible. A t home practice flights should be made in aircraft of C
flight of the R .A .F . Base, Gosport. Abroad, they should be made in F .A .A .
aircraft from a shore base of the R .A .F . Officers serving in ships (other
than aircraft carriers), in which aircraft are embarked, may be allowed
to carry out their flying practice in these aircraft at the discretion of the
Senior N a v a l Officer of the squadron.
233
Section 22021/1932
Section 22074/1932
234
I f doubt exists as to where the man will be required to rejoin on expiration o f his
leave, the necessary sum should be forwarded to the Commodore o f the dpt, by
whom arrangements will be made for purchase o f return ticket, the man being
informed accordingly. I f the man has not sufficient funds in hand, the Commodore
is to be informed as to the source from which money for the return journey is to be
expected. Where men state they have funds available in the United Kingdom to
meet the cost o f the return passage, they are to be directed to forward the necessary
sum to the Commodore o f the depot immediately on arrival in the United Kingdom
(see paragraph 6).
3. Men proceeding on leave are not to be told that they can be spared until the
next Government opportunity for a return passage ; or that they are to return in
any particular ship. They are, however, to be informed that in the event o f their
requiring advice as to their return passage, they should apply for instructions either
personally or in writing to the Commodore, R.N . Barracks, of the Port Division to
which they belong.
4. I t is only in rare instances that passages are available by Government
opportunity (i.e., by H.M. warship). If, however, at the time o f granting leave an
opportunity for passage in one o f H.M. ships is available, without causing incon
venience to the Service or any expense to public funds, it may be sanctioned by
the Cominander-in-Chief for the homeward voyage, and by the Admiralty for the
return journey.
5. I t must be clearly understood that passage by H.M. transport or by freight
ship does not constitute a Government opportunity.
6. Whenever leave to England is granted, the Commanding Officer o f the ship
to which the man belongs is to communicate the following particulars to the Com modore o f the depot, and a duplicate copy is to be given to the man for information
and guidance, viz. :
(a) A brief description o f the circumstances in which leave is authorised.
(b ) Period o f leave granted.
(c) Route and anticipated date o f arrival in England.
(d ) Intended address of the man while on leave. (Any alteration of address
is to be communicated immediately by the man concerned to the
Commodore o f his dpt.)
(e) The state o f the mans ledger account at the date o f the commencement of
leave, including detailed particulars o f any allotments in force.
(/) A statement o f the funds in hand (including any available from private
sources) to cover the cost o f the return journey (see paragraph 2).
( g) An extract from the mans conduct sheet covering the previous six months.
(h ) Any other remarks.
7. All ratings who may be granted leave under the terms o f this Order, i f taking
passage to England or being sent abroad after leave in one o f H.M. warships, are to be
victualled and employed on their usual duties during the journey. I f returning to
England, leave is to commence from the date o f arrival, and a leave ticket is to be
issued by the Commanding Officer o f the ship in which the man concerned is borne
for the homeward passage.
8. Care is to be observed that any men who may be granted a passage in one o f
H.M. ships, either to England or returning abroad, provide themselves with one
each o f the following articles o f uniform, viz. :
No. 2 or 3 suit.
No. 5 suit.
Spare flannel.
Blue cap.
235
Section 22171/1932
R.N. rates, and should be entered on a separate folio o f the ledger. Reclaim in
respect o f the pay and victualling, etc., o f these officers is made from the India Office
by the Admiralty*
3.
In certain cases the India Office may require information relating to the
availability of service accommodation. A certificate in this respect is, therefore,
to be furnished at the request of the India Office, or o f the R .I.N . officer concerned,
by the Commanding Officer o f the ship or establishment in which the officer is
serving.
Section 22399/1932
236
(ii) That bituminous compositions and bituminous enamel, if free from linseed
oil, do not give rise to any appreciable amount o f carbon monoxide,
nor do they cause any deficiency in oxygen, the same being true o f
grease paints free from linseed oil. A t the same time, care will always
be necessary in opening compartments coated with bituminous solu
tions, owing to the possibility o f the presence o f residual solvent,
particularly naphtha, which is both toxic and inflammable.
(iii) No carbon monoxide is evolved by mineral oil, but it is pointed out that
with oil fuel and similar oils, the question o f the presence o f inflammable
and dangerous hydrocarbon vapours in tanks, etc., would be o f more
practical importance than the possibility of the presence o f carbon
monoxide, since the precautions normally taken against these would
be equally effective against any carbon monoxide which might also be
present.
4. Carbon monoxide gas, besides being poisonous, may be highly explosive,
when mixed with air. Care is to be taken that the regulations regarding the use of
safety lamps, ventilation o f compartments, etc., laid down in Article 520 of the
Home Dockyard Regulations, and Article 470 o f the Engineering Manual are
strictly enforced. I t is most important that the instructions contained in
Article 470 (6) o f Engineering Manual for the ventilation o f compartments are
complied with before any attempt is made to enter or carry out the safety tests.
Attention is also drawn to Article 472 o f Engineering Manual regarding apparatus
for use in entering compartments containing carbon monoxide.
5. There are three possibilities whereby a respirable atmosphere with a dangerous
amount of carbon monoxide could arise, viz. :
(i) I f only a small area o f the compartment had been painted, enough oxygen
might be left, and carbon monoxide evolved, to make the original
atmosphere dangerous.
(ii) The compartment may have been left open sufficiently long before
sealing, so as to have been partially ventilated after the paint reaction
was complete, or nearly complete.
(iii) Probably the most likely way in which death or symptoms from
CO poisoning might be produced is by partial ventilation o f a sealed
compartment after it had been opened for inspection. The original
atmosphere may have been too deficient in oxygen to support life,
but owing to the compartment having been open for some time, or
partially ventilated before entry, the original atmosphere is diluted
with normal air to an extent sufficient for respiration, but not sufficient
to reduce the carbon monoxide below a dangerous concentration.
6. The contents o f this order are to be brought to the notice o f all dockyard
workers.
237
Section 22401/1932
4. Ships o f the Training Squadron for Boys, if instituted, will be messed on the
standard ration system.
5. In order that the younger ratings may be better prepared to cope with the
conditions of life in a standard ration ship, and with a view to the improvement of
the conditions generally, the following arrangements are to be carried o u t:
(i) In general mess ships and establishments (including training establish
ments) a small number o f young ratings should be lent for short periods
to assist the cook ratings in the preparing rooms, in order that they
may acquire some practical knowledge o f elementary cookery.
(ii) When practicable, experienced caterers should be detailed to all broadside
messes.
(iii) In ships bearing an Accountant Officer the system under which boys are
messed by an experienced caterer should be extended to young seamens
and stokers mosses where such messes desire assistance or have difficulty
in managing economically.
(iv) In D class and other cruisers, where the numbers in certain broadside
messes are very small, the setting up o f such messes should be reduced
to a minimum as being very uneconomical. Where, owing to structural
limitations, it is necessary for a small number o f men to be detached
and form a mess, the possibility o f grouping them with another mess
for the purpose of catering should be considered.
(v ) Consideration is to be given to the following matters which may be of
value to the men in improving their standard of messing :
(a) The giving o f all practicable assistance to messes in preparing meals.
( b) The maintenance of stock pots and issue o f soup. I t is impossible
for a unit such as a single small standard ration mess to maintain
a stock pot, and so provide soup, but, i f the whole ships company
or a number o f messes will come in, it should be possible to
arrange for the issue o f good soups at a very small cost. Demands
for any additional cooking utensils required will be favourably
considered.
(c) Arrangements for saving o f fat and dripping for use in frying.
The cook staff should work in conjunction with the messes with a
view to saving expense to the latter.
(d ) W7here complements admit and local conditions make it
desirable, the possible utilisation o f the bakery for making
cakes, currant bread, etc., on a relatively large and economical
scale, i f sufficient messes desire them.
(v i) In all ships messed on the standard ration system (particularly destroyers
and other small craft), Their Lordships consider it very desirable that
an officer, preferably a volunteer, should undertake the duty o f advising
mess caterers on the costing o f menus and o f enlisting co-operation
between mess caterers themselves.
6. In ships below cruisers, Commanding and Executive Officers should give
special attention to
(i) The efficiency o f the Canteen on board, and the capability o f the Manager.
(ii) The provision o f adequate and sufficiently frequent facilities for obtaining
provisions on repayment ( see also para. 9).
(iii) The necessity for the proper regulation o f rotation o f issues of fresh meat
to ensure that the various parts roasts, boiling, and stewing pieces,
etc. are fairly distributed. A record o f such issues should be kept.
7. The following items o f provisions, at present supplied through the victualling
yards to general mess ships only, will, in future, be made available also for standard
ration ships for issue on repayment:
Tinned sausages.
,,
sardines.
,,
herrings in tomato sauce.
,,
tomatoes.
Golden syrup.
Sultanas.
Section 22401/1932
238
Stocks o f these articles for issue to standard ration ships will be available at
all victualling yards about 1st November, 1932, and demands may be lodged
accordingly.
8. The following provisions will be made available for issue on repayment in
surveying ships employed on tropical stations (including the Red Sea) on occasions
when these vessels are absent from a port for an extended period and the Commanderin-Chief or Senior Officer approves :
Tinned fruits.
Tinned bacon.
Tinned baked beans.
9. Fresh vegetables (besides potatoes) may be issued, where available, as part
o f the standard ration. The possible extension o f the present system o f vegetable
contracts abroad is under consideration, but, at ports where no contracts for
vegetables other than potatoes exist, purchases o f any suitable frnsh vegetables that
may be available may be made, either for issue as part o f the ration, or on repayment,
if this course seems more desirable in the mens interest. Such purchases should,
as a general rule, be regulated by the articles being available at a reasonable price,
having regard to local circumstances. Where fresh green vegetables are not
available, or can only be obtained at prohibitive prices, messes are to be allowed to
take up the standard ration o f vegetables in the form o f lb. o f potatoes and 2 oz.
of haricot beans or marrowfat peas, if they so desire.
10. The question of the supply o f tinned vegetables, for issue as part o f the
standard ration when fresh vegetables other than potatoes are not available, in
ships employed as follows, will be investigated:
(a ) On the West Coast o f Africa.
( b ) In the Persian Gulf.
(c) In the Red Sea.
(d ) On surveying duties in these and similar areas.
11. On most stations fruits o f local origin are available at reasonable prices,
and their introduction into the dietary as substitutes for such items as may appro
priately be omitted should be considered. Under conditions o f special difficulty,
e.g., in sloops in the Red Sea and Persian Gulf, an allowance of fresh or tinned fruits
is already made by the Admiralty, and any other cases o f real hardship will continue
to be dealt with on similar lines.
12. The possibility o f the introduction o f general messing into ships o f the
Queen Elizabeth class and D and Carlisle class cruisers has received the
consideration o f Their Lordships. Having regard to the improvement o f conditions
in standard ration ships which are expected to result from the foregoing decisions,
the alterations in messing rates and to the considerable cost o f the necessary
structural alterations, they have decided that the conversion o f these ships
to general messing cannot bo approved at present.
( A . F . 0 . 1872/ 34. )
The following instructions, which have been agreed between the x\dmiralty
and the A ir Ministry, are issued regard in g:
I N D I C A T I V E S I G N A L S for aerodrome dummy deck landing
training and for deck landing training by day.
I N I T I A L deck landing training.
R E F R E S H E R deck landing training.
C O N V E R S I O N deck landing training.
N I G H T deck landing training.
239
Section 22658/1932
(ii)
The signals employed are as shown in the folio whig diagrams.
made by means of discs held at arms length by the Controlling Officer.
They are
(2 )
(3)
Y o u r P o r t W i n g .
(iii)
This system o f indicative signals does not attempt to control actively
the landings, and the signals are solely an indication to pilots with a view to assisting
them to position their aircraft correctly.
2. I N I T I A L Deck L a n d in g T ra in in g .
(i ) T rain in g should only be carried out under good weather conditions,
and in the vicin ity o f a shore aerodrome, so that i f the Command
ing Officer o f the carrier is not satisfied with the accuracy shown
by a pilot, he can be ordered to return to base.
( i i ) A p ilo t is not to be allowed to attempt a solo landing until he
has passed out satisfactorily in a dual control instructional
aircraft, embarked for that purpose.
( i i i ) Before actually making a landing, a pilot should do a series of
approaches, flyin g low over the deck, but not landing. He w ill
continue to do this until the Commanding Officer is satisfied that
he is reasonably accurate, when the affirmative flag w ill be shown
and the pilot may then land on.
Section 22658/1932
240
241
Section 22658/1932
( b) The Commanding Officer of the shore base w ill ensure that each
p ilo t is accurate in his night landings on the aerodrome before
reporting to the Commanding Officer of the carrier that he is fit
to commence night deck landing training.
( c ) When pilots are being trained in night deck landing, the carrier
should be in the vicin ity of a shore aerodrome, weather conditions
should be good, with an easily visible horizon.
( d ) Commanding Officers of carriers should make the necessary
arrangements to give pilots who have been off night deck landing
for lengthy periods, some night landings at an R .A .F . base, prior
to landing on a carrier.
( e) I f a second destroyer is available, she should be stationed 40 on
the port bow of the carrier. This w ill give some assistance to
aircra ft taking off the deck, but is of no practical value when
aircra ft are making their approach to land on.
(/) Advantage should be taken o f the instrument flying courses at
certain shore bases, which greatly increase the accuracy o f pilots
when night flying.
1933
5.Colonial AllowancePayment whilst in Hospital,
on Leave, or on Detached Duty
(C.W . 9777/32.6.1.1933.)
Officers who are in receipt of Colonial Allowance may be perm itted to
retain the allowance during short periods of absence from their normal
place of duty, when admitted to hospital or on detached duty or leave,
for a period not exceeding 30 days provided that, i f not in occupation o f
official quarters, they retain and pay fo r their lodgings.
2. In special circumstances where an officer is absent, otherwise than on
Jeave, for a period exceeding 30 days and the Commander-in-Chief is satisfied
th at the expenses incurred at his normal place of duty necessarily continue
during his absence, Colonial Allowance may be paid for a further period of
2 months, i.e., up to 91 days in all, either at the fu ll rate or at a reduced
rate appropriate to the circumstances at the discretion o f the Commanderin-Chief.
3. Any payment of Colonial Allowance beyond 30 days is to be supported
by an explanatory statement on Form S. 14.
( A . F . 0 . 592/33.)
Section 2381/1933
242
than carriers.
(/) Other officers and men ordered to make casual flights under K in g s
Regulations and Adm iralty Instructions, Article 35b.
( g ) Shipw right
Officers, Engine Room Artificers and Ordnance
Artificers whilst undergoing courses of instruction in the repair
and maintenance of aircraft at R .A .F . establishments.
Special authority of the Commander-in-Chief or Senior N a v a l Officer
is not required for flying carried out by personnel in these categories.
Section 2448/1933
243
S e c t io n
A.
12. The administration o f these drugs by, or under the direct personal
supervision of, a Medical Officer or Dental Officer shall not be deemed to be
supplying the drug within the meaning of the Dangerous Drugs Acts, 1920.
Such administration, however, does not obviate the necessity fo r complying
with the existing regulation that all medicines administered to patients
shall be recorded on the Prescription Ticket (A rt. 147, Instructions for
N aval Hospitals, Home).
13. The attention of all ranks is particu larly drawn to the fact that
these drugs are supplied fo r strictly medical and dental needs only, and that
severe disciplinary measures w ill follow i f it appears that they are being
issued for any other purpose, or that anyone is attem pting to obtain them
without proper authority.
Section 2448/1933
244
\4. The above regulations do not apply to the follow ing preparations:
Cereoli Iodoform i et Morphinse,
B .P .C .
Pulv.
Lin. Opii, B .P .
Lin. O pii Ammon., B .P.C .
Pasta Arsenicalis, B .P.C .
P il. H ydrarg. c. Opio, B .P .C .
P il. Ipecac, c. Scilla, B .P .
P il. Plum bi c. Opio, B.P.
P il.
D igitalis
et Opii
Co.,
B .P .C .
B .P.
Pulv. Ipecac. Co., B .P. (D o v e rs
Pow der).
P u lv - K in <> Co-> B P Suppos. Plum bi Co., B .P .
Tablettae Plum bi c. Opio, B .P .C .
U nS- Gallae c. Opio, B .P .
Ung. Gallse Co., B .P.C .
Cretae Aromat.
c.
Opio,
S ervice Afloat.
Name of
Patient.
Rank or
Rating.
Ship.
Signature
of M.O.
Indian Hemp
'I
|
I and substances containing these in the
[
strengths shown in paragraph 1.
245
Section 2448/1933
,,
Cocainae Hydrochlor. et Adrenalin.
,,
Morphinae Sulphatis.
,,
,,
Morphinae Sulph. c. Atropin Sulph.
Ophthalmic Tabellae Cocainae Hydrochlor.
The following contain Morphine, but art, not affected by the provisions
of the Dangerous D rugs Acts:
Chlorodyne (Tr. Chlorof. et Morphinae, B. P. 1885).
Tinct. Camph. Co.
Pulv. Cretae Aromat. c. Opio (T ab.).
Pulv. Ipecac, c. Opio (T ab.).
P il. Plum bi c. Opio.
Unguentum Gallae c. Opio.
Section 2448/1933
246
10. Forms M.177 and M.177a, containing records of the receipts and
issues of these drugs, shall be preserved for not less than two years from
the date of the prescription or of the last entry in the form, as the case
may be.
11. It must be understood by N a v a l Medical and Dental Officers that in
the event of their w riting prescriptions to be made up by civilian P h a r
macists on shore, the regulations made under the Dangerous D ru gs Acts
apply in full.
12. Specia l A u th orisa tion . Cocaine in Castor Oil may be issued as part
of the first-aid outfit to factories and workshops of H .M . Establishments,
for treatment of in jury to the eyes, the preparation consisting of not more
than 1 part of Cocaine in 200 of Castor Oil, with not less than 1 part in 3,000
of mercuric chloride.
................................
180
140
and Sub-Lieutenant, R .N .
247
Section 2592/1933
3.
The rates and conditions o f payment of colonial allowance at present
authorised fo r the follow in g stations are to be continued:
Aden.
_
H ong Kong.
Abadan.
Matara.
Bombay.
Shanghai.
Hankow.
Wei-hai-Wei.
Section 2592/1933
248
.P e r annum.
Captains, R .N ...........................................................................60
Commanders, R .N .
.................................................... ......50
Lieutenant-Commanders, R.N ., and Captains, R.M . ...
50
Lieutenants, R .N .......................................................................45
Sub-Lieutenants, R .N .................................. ............................45
Commissioned Officers from
W arrant
Rank
and
W arrant Officers
....................................................... 35
5. General.
( i ) Provision allowance ( except in the case of the Officer-in-Charge,
Seletar W T sta tion ), and, where issuable, lodging and servant allowances
may be paid in addition to the new rates o f colonial allowance. Local duty
travelling expenses may also be granted.
(ii) The detailed reports on the cost of livin g called for in 1923
are no longer required, except as regards Abadan and the China Station
(other than Singapore), but reports are to be forwarded to reach the
A dm iralty in January each year indicating changes, i f any, in the local
cost of living.
( i i i ) I t is the intention that the rates o f colonial allowance authorised
in paragraph 2 above w ill remain operative until 1st A p ril, 1934, unless any
material change in local conditions occurs in the meantime.
(iv ) The practice o f making minor adjustments in rates of colonial
allowance to compensate for fluctuations in the rate o f provision allowance
will cease.
(v ) Reports are to be rendered to the Director o f N a vy Accounts as
early as practicable showing details o f the amounts credited to officers still
serving on the station as arrears o f the new rates o f allowances, together
with details o f any sums due to officers who have left the station. Payment
of the latter w ill be made by the D irector o f N a vy Accounts.
( A . F . 0 . 5/3S.)
2.
T ra in in g . ( i ) Fleet A ir Arm units w ill be trained in accordance with
the syllabus o f instruction issued from time to time by the A dm iralty, after
consultation with the A ir Ministry.
( i i ) The responsibility fo r the train ing of embarked Fleet A ir Arm units
rests with the Commanding Officers of H .M . ships in which the a ircraft are
carried, who are responsible through the F la g or Senior Officers o f Squadrons
(where applicable) to the Commander-in-Chief.
( i i i ) The responsibility for the train ing of disembarked units rests with
the A ir Officer Commanding, Coastal Command, the A ir Officer Commanding,
Royal A ir Force, Mediterranean, or other appropriate Royal A ir Force
authority, who w ill be responsible that the type o f tra in in g required by the
Commander-in-Chief is carried out.
249
Section 2688/1933
Section 2920/1933
250
i
Handyman Course
Ratings o f any Branch, but the course is primarily intended for the
ordinary unskilled Naval rating or Royal Marine.
II
Central Heating Course
This includes construction and working of central heating plants, and may be
given as a separate course or taken in conjunction with the Handyman Course.
Men eligible ...
This gives the necessary training required to enable a man to enter the building
trade as a bricklayers improver.
Men eligible ...
This comprises instruction in poultry, pig and bee keeping, care o f horses, dogs
and other animals and birds, stable work, care o f gardens, hot houses, lawns and
sports grounds.
Men eligible ...
V
P ig and Poultry Farming Course
This includes fruit, flower and vegetable growing, and use o f glass-houses.
Its object is to help men to make the best o f their own allotments and gardens
and increase their usefulness to employers.
Men eligible ...
251
Section 2920/1933
V III
Country House Lighting Course
This includes instruction in the care and running of a country house electric
lighting plant and o f electrical bell and house telephone installations, and may be
given as a separate course, or included in the Handyman or Motoring Courses if
desired.
Men eligible ...
This includes instruction in house and scullery work ; boots ; care and cleaning
o f silver and glass ; care o f clothes ; pressing and cleaning ; cabin and bed-making ;
packing luggage ; laying o f tables ; waiting, serving o f wines, folding serviettes,
and general glossary of terms.
Men eligible ...
Section 2920/1933
252
XVI
This is to prepare candidates for the Board o f Trade examination for the
certificate o f efficiency as Lifeboatman, and includes instruction regarding the
fittings and equipment o f a Merchant Service Lifeboat as required by the Board of
Trade.
Men eligible ... Ratings o f any Branch, preference being given to unskilled or
semi-skilled ratings.
X V II
Rigger's Course
This includes all forms of rigging work, docking ships, staging, etc., to qualify
a man for employment as Riggers Labourer.
Men eligible ...
This is conducted by the Navy, Arm y and Air Force Institutes, and forms a
good training for any retail trade, especially grocery.
Men eligible ...
This includes instruction in teaching, organising and judging all games, athletics
swimming, gymnastics, and physical drill.
Men eligible ...
253
Section 2920/1933
X X II
Internal Combustion Engine Course
This includes practical work in connection with shore wiring, together with the
necessary theory, and is intended
(a ) To enable a candidate, after a local examination in the Torpedo School, to
obtain a vocational training certificate in this subject.
(b ) To prepare candidates to take the City and Guilds o f London Institutes
examinations in electrical installation work held annually in May.
A certificate from this institute is o f considerably more value to an
ex-Naval rating seeking employment ashore than one issued by the
Port Vocational Training Committee, and E.As. and higher torpedo
ratings should have very little difficulty after completing the course.
Men eligible ... Electrical Artificers and higher torpedo ratings.
N ote . A t Portsmouth, ratings o f any Branch are eligible for this course ; the
Commanding Officer, H.M.S. Vernon, may, however, terminate the course for
any candidate if, after four weeks experience, he considers him unsuitable for
further instruction.
X X V II
Electric Power Plant Course
Section 2920/1933
254
X X IX
Electrical Engineering Course
This is to prepare candidates to take the annual examinations for City and
Guilds Certificates in this subject.
Men eligible ... Electrical Artificers, Petty Officer Telegraphists, and Higher
Torpedo ratings.
XXX
Sounder Reading Course
This is intended to train men to pass an examination in the subject, with the
object o f fitting them for employment in the Post Office.
I t should be impressed on applicants that no guarantee o f employment under
the Post Office is attached to the course.
Men eligible ... Ratings of Signal and Telegraphist Branches.
XXXI
Course fo r Postmaster-General's Certificate of Proficiency in Wireless Telegraphy.
This is to prepare candidates to take the annual examinations for City and
Guilds certificates in this subject.
Men eligible ... Ratings o f Telegraphist Branch.
X X X III
Automatic Telephony Course
This qualifies members of the Sick Berth Branch to sit for the examination for
Dispensers (Assistants Examination), Society o f Apothecaries.
Men eligible ... Members o f the Sick Berth Branch.
XXXV
Sanitary and Meat Inspector Course
255
Section 21390/1933
Section 21564/1933
256
257
Section 21802/1933
Officers and men are invited to forw ard, through their Commanding
Officers, a copy of any photograph which is considered to fa ll into the fore
going category. Photographs should be addressed t o : The Secretary of the
A dm iralty (L ib ra ria n ), Whitehall, S .W .l. The final selection w ill be made
at the Adm iralty.
Photographs not used w ill not be returned and no remuneration w ill be
granted in respect of those utilised.
S chedule
Mediter
ranean. China.
Each.
Each.
s.
d.
s.
d.
s.
d.
3i
0 io i
2 10
3 4
3 0
3 10
4 6
1934
*69.Officers Loaned to the South African Naval Service
(C.W./N. 1362/33. 11.1.1934.)
Officers loaned to the South African Naval Service in future will serve under
the conditions set out below. Volunteers will be called for whenever a vacancy
for a loan officer arises :
Fu ll Pay.
Rank and Seniority.
Fu ll P a y per diem.
Lieutenant-Commander ...
Lieutenant on promotion
,,
with 3 years seniority
Sub-Lieutenant on appointment
,,
with 2 years seniority
>>
>
32s. 6d.
23s. 6d.
26s.
15s.
17s. 6d.
20s.
158 .
Section 269/1934
258
AUowancea.
Warrant Officer
Sub-Lieutenan t
Commissioned
Officer
Warrant rank.
Lieutenant ...
Lieutenant-Commander ...
3s. 9d.
from
...
4s. 6d.
2s.
5s. 6d.
6s. 6d.
9
99
3s. 6d.
3s.
() Allowance fo r Rations.
Warrant Officers ...
... ( I f married) 3s. a day \ w ith additions for
Others
...
...
...
2s.
j
children.
Payable at full rates to single officers only when borne in ships not
affording reasonable accommodation.
(c) Allowance, for Fuel and Lights.
Married officers
...
Single
..........................................................
Is. a day.
6d.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Is. a day.
Warrant Officers, if married, are eligible for is. a day family allowance
(with additions for children) and 8d. a day furniture allowance.
( f ) Command M oney.
Lieutenant-Commanders ...
...
Lieutenants or Sub-Lieutenants
...
...
...
...
...
...
5a. a day.
3s.
,,
Vacation Leave.
Sick Leave.
12 days per annum. 24 days per annum. 120 days full pay, 120 days half-pay,
in every cycle o f 3 years.
Remarks.
Occasional Leave.
(i) This leave is non-accumulative and if not taken during the calendar
year in which it falls due, it lapses.
(ii) In the first year it is calculated proportionate to service.
(iii) The 12 days are 12 working days, i.e., Sundays and Public Holidays
are excluded in the computation o f the leave.
Vacation Leave.
(i) This leave is accumulative, but is not gran table until after the completion
o f one years service.
(ii) Sundays and Public Holidays are included in the computation of this
leave.
(iii) N ot more than 180 days vacation leave, or vacation and occasional
leave combined, can be taken at any one time.
259
Section 269/1934
Sick Leave.
(i) In the first cycle o f three years this leave is granted proportionate to
service.
(ii) A Medical Certificate is required in respect o f any period extending over
three days.
General.
(i) For leave purposes, Officers and Warrant Officers come under the
Regulations applicable to the Public Service and not to the S.A.
Permanent Force.
(ii) They may be required at any time to take a portion or the whole of the
leq,ve due to them. (This provision, o f course, is intended to be applied
only in exceptional cases.)
(iii) No single period o f leave without pay in excess o f 15 days can be reckoned
as service for leave.
(iv) All leave is reckoned as from date o f secondment.
(v) Leave taken at expiration o f contract:
() In respect o f this leave only substantive pay, servants allowance
and ration allowance are payable.
() Officers have the option o f taking one-half o f this leave in England
prior to assuming duty with the R .N .
(c) Subject to (a ) and (6) above, substantive pay and all allowances
drawn are payable during all other periods o f leave as prescribed
in the regulations.
N . B .Leave is a privilege and not a right. I t is granted subject to the
exigencies o f the Public Service, and it is competent for the department to cancel
at any time any occasional or vacation leave granted.
next
Section 22171/1934
260
to Leading Seaman. In the same way, however, that outstanding Able Sea
man rates can be put forw ard for exemption, outstanding Leading rates
may also be recommended for exemption from Educational Test I, but it
must be realised that a higher standard w ill be demanded in order to merit
the w aivin g of the Educational Test for advancement to the P etty Officer
rate, and the occasions on which this exemption w ill be given w ill be more
rare. I f the ratin g has made further efforts to pass Educational Test I,
this factor w ill count in his favour when the application is considered.
5. The rule in paragraph 4 w ill apply to all branches. In the case of
artizan ratings, a higher standard w ill be required for advancement to the
Chief rate than fo r advancement up to the 1st class rate.
6. In the cases in which exemption from Educational Test I has
previously been approved, the rate fo r advancement to which exemption
is granted has usually been stated, but where this is not the case the rule
in paragraph 4 above w ill apply.
7. Where approval has been granted for a ratin g to be granted exemption
from passing Educational Test I, the fact should be noted on page 3
of his Service Certificate in the follow in g form :
A .L., N ............. /....
of (date)
............
and a sim ilar notation should be made when rendering form S.507 in respect
of such ratings.
261
Section 22509/1934
Except during their in itia l period of train in g (and during sick leave
after the periods defined in K in g s Regulations and A dm iralty Instructions,
A rticle 1554, 1 ( i ) ) , N aval and Royal M arine officers attached to the Royal
A ir Force for regular periods o f service hold appointments to, and are borne
on the books of one of H .M . ships. Nevertheless, they are subject to the A ir
Force Act, except wheo the members of the A ir Force unit in which they are
serving are themselves subject to the N a va l Discipline Act.
The arrangements in paragraph B below do not apply to them.
C30235
k 3
Section 22644/1934
262
Section 22644/1934
263
(v ii) A ll casualty forms are to show the P ort Divisions of the men
mentioned thereon and the names of the ships from which they are lent.
They w ill be prepared in the same manner as for A ir Force personnel, but
on a sepaiate sheet, and w ill be forw arded in duplicate to the Captain of
each ship concerned.
(v iii) H o s p ita l Stoppages. The infliction of hospital stoppages on men
lent to the Royal A ir Force and the rates of stoppages w ill be governed
by N a v a l regulations.
C. R o y a l M a rin es
A ct detailed
fo r
service or
Royal Marines serving on shore under the A rm y Act, who are detailed
fo r service or tra in in g at a Royal A ir Force station, are subject to the A ir
Force A ct (under Section 175 (1 A ) and 176 ( l A ) o f that A ct). They are to
be shown in the ledger of the Royal M arine establishment as lent
..............................................R .A .F . station.
Company conduct sheets are to accompany the men, and punishments
awarded w ill be noted therein by the Royal A ir Force officers of the station
to which they are lent. Service certificates are to be retained by the Royal
M arin e Division : no notations are to be made in the ships column
showing the name of the R .A .F . station or the dates of entry into and
discharge from such station.
Section
II. Pay
Accounts
(C30235)
Section 22644/1934
264
and triplicate copies of the pay list w ill be retained by the Royal A ir Force
Accountant Officer as supporting vouchers to his monthly cash account
rendered to the A ir Ministry.
(v ) A t nome, payment to ratings is to be effected fortnightly on alternate
Fridays, and to ensure payment being made early on that day arrangements
are to be made by the responsible Accountant Officer of the Royal N a v y for
the pay lists and by the responsible Royal A ir Force Accountant Officer for
any necessary covering cheque to be despatched in sufficient time to ensure
their receipt at the station where the men are actually serving on the
preceding day (i.e ., the Thursday). In the event of the pay lists not being
received in time for the usual fortnightly payment the men should be paid
the fortnightly rates of pay noted on the nominal list referred to in
paragraph B (ii).
A broad, payments w ill be made monthly in accordance with Article 1748,
clauses 1 and 2, K in g s Regulations and Adm iralty Instructions.
(v i) Payment of N av y allotments and m arriage allowances where issuable
w ill continue to be authorised from the A dm iralty or Royal M arine Division,
and charges against pay in respect of the allotments should continue to be
made. Notification of declarations, variations or stoppages of allotment
Bhould continue to be made direct to the Adm iralty, Royal M arine Division
or the local paying officer concerned on the usual forms by the N a v a l or
M arin e Accountant Officers to whom the allottors wishes w ill be reported
by the Accountant Officer of the Royal A ir Force station at which they are
tem porarily serving.
The Certificates mentioned in (i i i ) above are to be in the following
form :
Certified that I have this day paid the above amounts to the ratings
concerned, with the exception of the amounts struck through in red ink.
Total disbursements
s.
d.
Date.
Accountant Officer.
Certified that the ratings named were duly paid this day in my
presence.
Witnessing Officer.
Section 111. L o d g in g , P r o v is io n and V ictu a llin g Allow ances, etc.
265
Section 22644/1934
The following procedure has been approved for the issue of clothing
and soap on repayment to N a v a l Ratings and Royal M arines disembarked
for duty at Royal A ir Force Stations at Hom e:
(a ) Men to prefer a request to the Officer Commanding the Royal A ir
Force Station for the clothing, etc., they require.
( b ) The Officer Commanding the Royal A ir Force Station to forw ard
the requests, if he concurs in them, to the Accountant Officer of
the Ship or Establishment in which the men are borne for pay.
(c) The Accountant Officer of the Ship or Establishment to forw ard the
articles by post or any convenient method to the Officer Com
manding the Royal A ir Force Station, for delivery to the men,
charging the value against the mens wages on the ledger, and
notifying the station for the information of the men concerned,
of the prices charged.
1935
*482.Character AssessmentsApplications for Alteration
(N .L . 3860/34. 28.2.1935.)
Assessments o f character can be reviewed only
(a ) when by reason o f the length and quality o f subsequent service the
assessment has come to have effects which are unduly severe and
could not have been foreseen at the time (see paragraph 2 b elo w );
( b ) when there is reason to believe that a character assessment which is
lower than the highest assessment which could have been given
under A rticle 605 (8), K in g s Regulations and A dm iralty
Instructions was not given advisedly ( see paragraph 3 below );
(c ) on the ground that the assessment was unfair or that the punishment
which affected the assessment was unjust or unduly severe in itself
or in its immediate effects ( see paragraph 4 below).
2. An application for the review o f a character assessment on the grounds
defined in paragraph 1 ( a ) above, i f considered well founded, may be fo r
warded only within the last year before completion of time for pension.
Except in very exceptional circumstances (e .g ., because o f recognition given
for an act of personal gallan try in w ar), no application can be entertained
when the character record during pensionable service includes an assessment
below Good or more than one assessment other than V.G. (e.g ., one V .G .* and
one Good).
3. An application for the review o f a character assessment on the ground
defined in paragraph 1 (6 ) above should be made as soon as possible and
(except in respect o f the final assessment on discharge) must be made before a
mans discharge from the Service. A n y such application for the review o f
the final assessment o f character on discharge can be considered only i f appeal
is made on discharge or within three months after the date o f discharge.
4. An application for the review o f a character assessment on the grounds
defined in paragraph 1 (c) above should follow the procedure prescribed for
complaints in A rticle 10, K in g s Regulations and A d m ira lty Instructions.
A n y such complaint should be made as soon as possible, while the facts are
still ascertainable and except in respect o f the final assessment on discharge
must be made before a man s discharge from the Service. A ny application
for the review of the final assessment o f character on discharge can be con
sidered only i f appeal is made within three months after the date o f
discharge, and any man who expresses dissatisfaction with the assessment
given on his discharge should be warned that any appeal to the A dm iralty
must be made within that period.
(K . R . and A .I ., A rts. 10 and 605 (8 ). )
Section 21056/1935
266
*1141.Navy Week
(N. 1077/35. 9.5.1935.)
The Admiralty attach great importance to the annual N avy Week.
2. Their Lordships appreciate the very great efforts which have been made
by officers and men in the past to secure for N avy Week its present remarkable
success, and they trust that these efforts will be continued in the future and that
all those concerned in the organisation and production o f N a vy Week will continue
to maintain that close and cordial co-operation without which success cannot be
achieved.
3. The Admiralty will continue to assist by :
(i) Avoiding, where possible, the ordering o f any services that would interfere
with N avy Week arrangements and by giving sympathetic con
sideration to any special representations by local authorities.
(ii) The loan o f dockyard equipment and stores without charge, so far as
permissible under existing regulations, except for expenses incurred
in making good any damage. Separate instructions will be issued
on this subject.
(iii) The temporary appointment o f a few additional officers when available
to the Depots to assist with N a vy Week arrangements.
4. The decision that the Director o f Personal Services shall be the co-ordinating
authority for all questions affecting N a vy Week, is not intended in any way to
affect the responsibility o f Commanders-in-Chief for the arrangements at their
respective ports. Outline programmes should continue to be submitted for Their
Lordships approval as in the past.
(.A . F . 0 . 1471/35.)
Section 21212/1935
267
Captain
Commander . . .
Lieut.-Commander
Lieutenant ...
Sub-Lieutenant
Warrant Officer
Midshipman...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1 10
1 0
15
0 12
0 10
0 10
0 6
O'
0
0 WTith free victualling
6 r allowance when em
barked for training.
0
0
2.
The necessary steps to recover the cost o f pay, etc., from the Union Govern'
ment of South Africa will be taken by the Director o f N avy Accounts.
Section 21902/1935
268
2.
This is intended for use when stationing men in a ship on commissioning,
but does not debar a man so noted from being allowed to qualify for any non
substantive rating for which he has been recommended.
269
Section
2279/1935
The staff of the new Welfare Sections will include the following ladies, who will
take up their new duties on 1st October, 1935 :
A t present :
Portsmouth ... Mrs. E. M. Langdon ... Admiralty Inspector (Childrens
Welfare).
Devonport ... Mrs. Sprott ...
... Depot Aid Fund Lady Worker.
Chatham
... Miss H. W yon
... Deaconess.
2. The new arrangements will enable Commanding Officers to institute without
delay any enquiries or arrangements for the well being o f mens families on behalf
o f men who desire advice or assistance.
3. The Commanders-in-Chief and Commodores o f the home ports have been
empowered to decide upon the action to be taken in certain matters connected with
the payment of marriage allowance which have hitherto been dealt with only at the
Admiralty.
Apart from a saving o f time this system will ensure that, wherever possible,
domestic difficulties are dealt with by officers after an investigation into the particular
circumstances.
4. Under these arrangements any requests or enquiries from serving ratings on
domestic affairs should henceforth be made through the Commanding Officer, who
will communicate as necessary with the Commodore o f the Port Division concerned.
A ll men are advised to inform their wives or dependants that in future should
they require any information or advice as regards marriage allowance or allotments,
they should communicate with the Commodore o f the depot and not with the
Admiralty unless they are required to answer a direct communication from the
Admiralty.
5. Their Lordships wish to make it clear they do not intend any change in the
regulations governing entitlement to or continuance of marriage allowance, or in the
rules for compulsory allotments (K in gs Regulations and Admiralty Instructions,
Article 1767 and Appendix I I I ) .
The issue and withdrawal o f N avy order books on which payments are made
will continue to be conducted at the Admiralty, and nothing in these instructions
alters the necessity for rendering forms in the S.63 and S.54 series exactly as hitherto.
( C . A . F . 0 . 2278/35 and A .F .O . 1514/37.)
S e c t io n
5. These stores may be supplied duty free to men borne on the books of sea
going ships in commission o f the following fleets, squadrons or flotillas :
(1) Home Fleet ;
(2) Ships belonging to foreign stations when in home waters ;
(3) Fishery Protection and Minesweeping Flotillas ;
(4) Fleet Air Arm ;
(5) Irish Flotilla ;
(6) Surveying Ships with full complements ;
(7) Vessels on detached duty ;
(8) Trooping vessels, while engaged on this duty ;
Section 22510/1935
270
271
Section 22510/1936
11. The general rule as to the qualification o f Naval Shore Establishments for
this privilege is that they should be self-contained establishments, walled or fenced
off, with exits guarded, and not occupied by civilians.
12. The list o f establishments receiving these privileges is to be known as
Privilege List I .
13. I f at any time it is desired to make any additions or alterations to this list,
the reasons for the change and full particulars concerning the establishment are to
be reported.
V. Supply of Service Tobacco to minor Shore Establishments
14. B y Treasury Authority granted in 1904, certain minor shore establishments
and groups o f naval personnel working in guarded establishments, but residing out
side such establishments, were permitted to be supplied with the standard allowance
o f Service tobacco. Under this authority various establishments and groups o f men
(most o f whom were on compensation) have been receiving Service tobacco.
Se c t io n
17. This privilege is obsolescent and has been cancelled in principle. Its
continuance is approved, however, in favour o f the Officers Mess in H.M.S.
Defiance.
( K . R . and A .I ., A p p en d ix X V I I , P a r t S, N o . 62.)
Section 2 - 2998/1935
272
A. General.
P A R T I. OFFICERS
1. R .C .N . Officers sent to England for Service with Royal N avy.
(i) Officers o f the Royal Canadian Navy, who are sent to England for service
with the Royal Navy, will be appointed by the Admiralty to H.M.S. Victory
additional, as from the date o f sailing from Canada, and are accordingly, imme
diately on arrival in England, to proceed to join the R.N. Barracks, Portsmouth,
for duty pending appointment elsewhere, unless specifically directed to the contrary.
(ii) They may, however, as an alternative, ask permission o f the Commodore
o f the Barracks, to be granted leave pending appointment, but, in this event, any
leave in excess o f seven days, whilst awaiting appointment, will be deducted from
their foreign service leave on return to Canada.
2. R .C .N . Officers Vacating R .N . Appointments for Reasons other than M iscon
duct or Own Request.
(i) On vacating appointments in the Royal Navy, for reasons other than
misconduct or own request, Officers o f the Royal Canadian N avy for whom no
orders to the contrary have been received, are to be discharged to R.N . Barracks,
Portsmouth, to await disposal, and are to proceed to join the Barracks for duty.
(ii) On vacating appointments in the Royal Navy, Officers o f the R.C.N., for
whose disposal definite orders have been issued, are to be discharged as follows :
() I f vacating the appointment to take up a further appointment in the
R.N., the Officer is to proceed to that appointment, or if appointment
does not take effect immediately, he is to join R.N. Barracks, Ports
mouth, pending taking up the appointment, and is to be placed on the
books of H.M.S. Victory additional for the intervening period.
() I f vacating an appointment to return to Canada, he is to be discharged
to R.N. Barracks, Portsmouth, pending completion o f arrangements
for passage, and is to be placed on the books o f H.M.S. Victory
additional from the date o f discharge from his last appointment to
the date (inclusive) of leaving England for Canada.
The Depot is to inform the Admiralty o f his arrival in Barracks, and is to
request information as to arrangements for his passage to Canada.
Whilst awaiting passage the Officer is to serve in Barracks, but should passage
not be immediately available, he may be permitted to proceed on leave subject
to the deduction of any period o f such leave in excess o f seven days from the foreign
service leave due to him on arrival in Canada.
Pay documents are to be forwarded to H.M.S. Victory for adjustment o f
pay to date of sailing prior to forwarding the documents to H.M.C.S. Stadacona
at Halifax, N.S.
3. R .C .N . Officers Discharged from Appointment in R .N . at Own Request or
fo r Misconduct.
(i)
As regards Officers of the R.C.N. who may be discharged from appointments
at their own request or for misconduct, the circumstances will be specially considered
in each instance by the Dominion Government, which will give instructions as to
the Officers disposal.
73
Section 22998/1935
(ii)
The pay documents o f Officers vacating appointments at their own request
or on account of misconduct are to be forwarded to the Director o f N avy Accounts,
pending decision as to the Officers disposal.
4. Report to be made when R .C .N . Officer is Discharged to Books of Victory .
Whenever an Officer is placed on the books o f H.M.S. Victory under this Order,
otherwise than by the Admiralty, a report is to be forwarded to the Admiralty,
a duplicate being sent to the Chief of the Naval Staff, Ottawa.
5. Leave of R .C .N . Officers whilst serving in the R .N .
(i) General Policy. (a) The Department o f National Defence (Naval Service)
o f Canada has stated that the policy of the Department in availing itself of the
facilities afforded by the Admiralty for service by R.C.N. Officers in H.M. Ships,
is that the Officers, during their period of loan to the Royal Navy, should, in addition
to receiving instruction and acquiring experience, absorb the atmosphere o f the life
o f the Royal N avy as a means o f maintaining the closest possible touch between
the personnel of the Royal Canadian N avy and that of the Royal Navy.
(b) In pursuing this policy, it is necessary to arrange that R.C.N. Officers,
during their period of service in the R.N . (which counts as foreign service in the
R.C.N.) should live under R .N . conditions, for the maximum time during their
absence from Canada, and should not, therefore, receive more leave than is given
to Officers of the R.N. whilst on foreign service.
(c) The amount of foreign service leave granted to R.C.N. Officers on return to
Canada, is the same as foreign service leave in the R.N., viz., 15 days for each
complete period of 6 months leave for periods of less than 6 months being reckoned
at 2 days for each complete months service. I t is not desired that R.C.N. Officers
should receive long periods of leave in addition to foreign service leave whilst absent
in England, and it is the wish o f the Department that whilst in England, they should
serve continuously, either in H.M. Ships or in the R.N. Barracks.
(d ) If, for urgent private affairs, they wish to be granted leave during their
period of Foreign Service, they should not receive more than the maximum which
they have earned up to date o f making application, and such leave (except as
provided in the following clauses) will be deducted from the Foreign Service Leave
granted to them on their return to Canada :
Leave granted to a Subordinate Officer of the R.C.N., whilst serving with
the R.N., during the regular leave periods o f the ship in which serving, will
not be deducted from the Foreign Service Leave due to him on his return
to Canada.
Leave granted to an Officer o f the R.C.N. (whilst undergoing a Specialist
Course in the R.N .) during the periods o f leave granted to the Officers of
the R.N. who are attending such courses, will not be deducted from the
Foreign Service Leave due to the Officer on his return to Canada.
(e) As regards leave, prior to assuming appointment or whilst awaiting passage
or on vacating an appointment, see paragraphs 1 and 2 (ii) (6) above.
(ii) Leave granted to R .C .N . Officers serving with R .N . to be reported to Admiralty
and to the Chief of the Naval Staff, Ottawa. Any leave granted either when appointed
to H.M.S. Victory, or when appointed elsewhere, which, under these instructions
has to be deducted from the foreign service leave granted on return to Canada, is
to be reported to the Admiralty and to the Chief of the Naval Staff at Ottawa.
(iii) Leave of R .C .N . Officers after two years' service with the R .N . R.C.N.
Officers serving with the R.N . may be granted leave to visit Canada after two
years absence, subject to Admiralty approval. When such leave is granted, passage
to Canada will be paid by the Canadian Government. The Officers are to be dis
charged (not lent) to the books o f H.M.C.S. Stadacona, Halifax, from the date
of sailing for Canada. Free passage to Canada after two years service with the R .N .
will not be granted to Officers who, having taken a portion of their foreign service
leave in England, have less than 28 days leave due to them.
Officers whose homes are on the West Coast o f Canada should inform Naval
Service Headquarters, Ottawa, in ample time prior to their arrival in Canada, so
that the question o f transferring them during the period o f their leave in Canada,
from the books o f Stadacona to the books o f Naden may be considered.
Their leave will commence from the date o f their arrival at their homes in
Canada. Time on passage from England to Canada, and when returning, from
Canada to England, will not be counted as part o f their foreign service leave.
Officers proceeding to Canada for foreign service leave are to be instructed to
proceed to their homes on arrival in Canada, and to report their home address and
date of arrival at their home to the Chief of the Naval Staff, Ottawa, and to H.M.C.S..
Stadacona. Halifax.
Section 22998/1935
274
Shortly prior to the completion o f the number o f days foreign service leave due
to them, Officers are to report to the Chief of the Naval Staff, either in writing or in
person, and will then receive instructions as to their future appointments.
In normal cases they will return to England and will be instructed to report
to the Admiralty for directions as to whether they are to rejoin the ship of the R.N.
in which they were serving prior to leave.
(iv) Free transportation to their homes, of Officers on returning to Canada after
12 months' foreign service, to take up an appointment in the R . C . N . Free trans
portation to and from their homes, if residents in Canada, and to and from the
point on the border nearest to their homes, if residents o f the United States, may
be granted to Officers o f the Canadian Naval Service returning from overseas
to take up appointments in Canada, provided the service overseas has been continuous
and has extended over 12 months, on the first occasion o f their being granted leave.
Free transportation includes railway fare only and does not include sleeping accom
modation, subsistence or any other incidental expenses. Such additional expenses
are not payable from Government funds.
(v) Leave in England instead of in Canada after completing period of loan to the
R . N . The Department has no objection to Officers, on completing period o f loan
to the R.N., taking in England the whole or a portion o f the foreign service leave
due to them, if they desire to do so, prior to returning to Canada.
In such cases, the Officer will be discharged to H.M.C.S. Stadacona for
foreign service leave and for passage to Canada from date he goes on leave, and on
arrival in Canada, after completing leave, will carry out the instructions which he
has received from the Department as to his subsequent movements.
Officers desiring to avail themselves of this concession must forward application
through the usual Service channels for permission to take their foreign service leave
in England, in ample time to admit o f obtaining instructions as to their movements
on arrival in Canada subsequent to leave.
6. Medical Examination of R .C .N . Officers Retired whilst serving with the R . N .
I f approval is given for the retirement o f Officers o f the R.C.N. whilst serving in
H.M. Ships, a medical examination on discharge is to be carried out by the Medical
Officer of the ship in which they are serving. The report o f medical examination
is to be forwarded to the Chief of the Naval Staff, Ottawa, and a copy of the report
to the Medical Director General, Admiralty.
7. Procedure when R .C .N . Officers are Recommended for Invaliding whilst
serving with the R . N . R.C.N. Officers who, whilst serving with the R.N., are, as
a result o f medical survey, recommended for invaliding, are to continue on full pay
until termination o f their services in the R.C.N. is approved.
(ii) If, as in normal circumstances will be the case, they wish to return to
Canada for final discharge, they are to be dealt with as prescribed in paragraph 2
R.C.N. Officers vacating R.N. appointments for reasons other than misconduct
or own request.
(iii) I f they are unfit to travel, Admiralty decision as to their disposal is to be
obtained.
(iv) I f they wish to remain in England instead o f returning to Canada for
invaliding, telegraphic report should be made to the Admiralty, stating (a) name
and rank ; (6) nature and date o f origin of the disability and whether due to service ;
(c) summary o f recommendation o f Board of Survey ; (d ) whether further medical
treatment necessary. The Admiralty will inform the Chief o f the Naval Staff,
Ottawa, and the latter will communicate his wishes as regards further treatment,
transfer of the case to the representative of the D.P. and N.H. in England, etc.
Officers who are recommended for further treatment, who elect to be discharged
in Great Britain or Ireland, are to be informed prior to discharge that their unwilling
ness to return to Canada for treatment will be considered by the Department of
National Defence and by the Board of Pension Commissioners for Canada, as a
refusal to accept such treatment, and the matter o f a claim for pension will be dealt
with accordingly.
(v) Whether the Officer wishes to remain in England or not, the report of
Medical Survey, in triplicate, is to be forwarded to the Admiralty as soon as possible
for transmission to the Chief o f the Naval Staff, Ottawa.
N ote . Officers falling sick see paragraph 17 (iii).
8. Service and Promotion of Subordinate Officers of the R .C . N . Executive and
Engineer Officers of the R.C.N. will serve in H.M. Ships until they have completed
their courses for promotion to Lieutenant, and Engineer Lieutenant or Lieutenant
(E).
275
Section 22998/1935
Paymaster Cadets and Paymaster Midshipmen will serve in H.M. Ships until
they have been promoted to Paymaster Sub-Lieutenant or to Paymaster Lieu
tenant, as may be found necessary in each case, according to appointments for them
which are available in Canada.
The regulations for promotion of Officers of the R.C.N. are the same as for
Officers of the R.N . The Admiralty will arrange the dates o f the promotion o f
Subordinate Officers o f the Executive, Engineer and Accountant Branches o f the
R.C.N. according to those regulations.
Promotion from Sub-Lieutenant to Lieutenant will be made by Ottawa.
9. Recommendations fo r promotion of R .C .N . Officers serving in the R . N .
Recommendations for promotion o f R.C.N. Officers are to include particulars of
the position (if any) in the station order o f merit in which each Officer would have
been placed if he had belonged to the Royal Navy. The total number in order
of merit and the total number recommended should also be shown. Recommenda
tions for promotion are to be sent in on separate forms.
Duplicate copies o f Forms S.596 and S.206 relating to R.C.N. Officers should
be transmitted by the Commander-in-Chief or Senior Officer concerned, direct to
the Chief o f the Naval Staff, Department o f National Defence, Ottawa, Canada, in
sufficient time to arrive by 1st June and 1st December each year.
Service Certificates Recommendations. The attention o f Commanding Officers
is called to the necessity for issuing certificates (S.450) to Officers o f the R.C.N.
serving in the Royal Navy. Half-yearly recommendations for promotion should be
forwarded direct to the Chief of the Naval Staff, Ottawa, on Form S.206.
P A R T I I . M EN
R a t in g s o f t h e R o y a l Ca n a d ia n
N a v y Se r v in g w it h t h e R o y a l N a v y .
10. Courses. The Admiralty provide facilities for men o f the R.C.N. to
undergo courses in the Technical Schools o f the R.N . and, in certain cases, permit
men to serve in H.M. Ships to acquire experience.
When a rating o f the R.C.N. is sent to one of H.M. Ships or Establishments,
the Chief of the Naval Staff, Ottawa, will inform the Admiralty as to whether, on
the expiration o f his course, etc,, he should be sent to Stadacona at Halifax, or
to Naden at Esquimalt.
11. Reports to be rendered of Entry, Discharge, etc. On receipt of Royal Canadian
N avy ratings from their own service and on discharge for reversion thereto,
His Majestys Ships and Establishments concerned are to render to the Admiralty
(Registry of Personnel) Forms S.160 (Return of Entries, etc.) or S.161 (Return o f
Changes) respectively. S.161 is also to be forwarded on all occasions similar to
those on which it is rendered for R.N . ratings. Form S. 165 (Report o f Movements)
is to be completed as occasion arises.
12. Leave. The period o f service o f men of the R.C.N. whilst in ships o f the
R.N., counts as foreign service and carries with it foreign service leave on the scale
authorised.
Men of the R.C.N., sent to England for courses, may be granted by the Com
manding Officer o f H.M. Ship or Establishment in which they are serving, leave
up to 14 days on completion o f the course and before returning to Canada.
The leave so granted is to be noted on the mans transfer list, and will be
deducted from any foreign service leave due to him on his return to Canada.
Leave granted to a rating of the R.C.N. (whilst undergoing a non-substantive
course in the R.N .) during the periods of leave granted to the ratings of the R.N.
who are attending such courses, will not be deducted from the Foreign Service
Leave due to the rating on his return to Canada.
13. Passage to Canada. The Commanding Officer o f H.M. Ship or Estab
lishment in which a man o f the R.C.N. is serving, should inform the Admiralty
three weeks prior to completion o f his course as to when he will be available to
return to Canada (taking into account any leave which the man has requested) in
order that the necessary arrangements for his passage may be made.
14. Procedure when a Rating of the R .C .N . is Recommended for Invaliding whilst
serving with the R . N . The procedure followed will be the same as in the case of
Officers see paragraph 7 above.
Note. Men falling sick see paragraph 17 (iii).
Section 22998/1935
PART
276
I I I . O F F IC E R S
Pa y a n d A llow ances a n d
AND
MEN
I n s t r u c t io n s f o r A c c o u n t a n t O f f ic e r s , e t c .
Rank.
...
First 15 days
Thereafter ...
Lieutenant-Commander First 15 days
Thereafter...
Imperial Defence College... Commander and above First 15 days
Thereafter...
R .N . College, Greenwich... Commander ...
... First 15 days
Thereafter...
Lieutenant-Commander First 15 days
Thereafter...
Note. One shilling equals 25 cents.
$10.00
$8.00
$8.00
$6.00
$10.00
$8.00
$8.00
$6.00
$6.00
$4.00
The above rates are to be credited and paid in the same manner as Lodging
and Provision Allowances.
(ix) Clothing. Clothing, etc., will be issued on repayment for cash.
(x) Free issue of kit on advancement. Any petty officer or man o f the Royal
Canadian N avy promoted to a higher rating, necessitating a change o f uniform, will
be provided with the necessary articles of clothing gratuitously, or when only minor
277
Section 22998/1935
alterations are necessary, will be provided with the articles such as buttons, badges,
etc., required for altering existing uniforms. No cash outfit gratuity is payable.
The cost o f articles o f uniform issued is to be reclaimed from the Canadian Govern
ment.
(xi)
K it upkeep allowance at the following annual rate is payable to R.C.N.
ratings serving in H.M. ships and establishments :
Chief Petty Officers
...
...
...
...
...
... 12 0 0
Petty Officers and men dressed as seamen
...
...
...
8 0 0
Petty Officers and men not dressed as seamen
...
... 11 4 0
The allowances are payable while men are undergoing detention but are not
payable during periods o f imprisonment. They are not to be paid to ratings who
are employed on services where free replacement of clothing is authorised on account
of the nature of the service.
K it upkeep allowance is to be credited on the ledger quarterly, the proper
proportion being credited on the 1st day of each quarter, any balance creditor being
paid at settlement on the last day o f the quarter.
Any petty officer or man promoted to a higher rating who is provided with a
gratuitous issue o f clothing to complete his kit is to be credited with kit upkeep
allowance from the date o f such promotion, his account being adjusted in the current
quarters ledger by crediting the difference in rate for the unexpired portion o f the
quarter.
Petty officers with one years service as such and confirmed in that rating are
to be paid kit upkeep allowance at the higher rate from the date that the uniform
is changed.
16. Allotments. (a ) Payment o f allotments of all Canadian officers and men
being made from Ottawa, all new allotments within the ordinary limits are to be
executed in dollars, and invariably notified to the Financial Superintendent, Depart
ment of National Defence (Naval Service), Ottawa, for payment.
(6)
The appropriate charges against pay in respect o f these allotments are to
be made at the rate of $4 86| to the pound sterling.
(c)
Alterations and stoppages o f allotments are similarly to be notified to the
Financial Superintendent, Department of National Defence (Naval Service), in time
to reach Ottawa at the latest by the 15th o f the month in which the change occurs.
Where necessary, the stoppage should be notified by cablegram, the cost of which
will be chargeable to Canadian funds.
17. Ledger Accounts. The Ledger Accounts of officers and men o f the R.C.N.,
whilst serving in H.M. Ships and Establishments, are to be rendered on separate
lists 14 R .C .N .; 17 R.C.N. of the ledger, and pay and victualling shown
separately in the abstracts.
(ii) Discharge, involving cessation of pay to be reported. Particular care is to
be taken that all cases o f discharge involving the cessation o f Naval pay are reported
to the Chief o f the Naval Staff, Ottawa, as they occur.
In the case o f desertion, the report should be made by W/T or cable. Where
it is found necessary to furnish information to Ottawa by cable, the cost o f the
message should be charged to the Canadian Government.
(iii) Officers and men falling sick. Continuation of pay .
(a) Officers and men o f the R.C.N. who fall sick whilst serving in H.M. Ships
and Establishments, but who are not cases for invaliding, will, whether the sickness
is due to causes within or beyond their control, continue in receipt o f full pay until
cured, or until information is received from the Chief o f the Naval Staff as to the
date on which they should cease pay, or, in the case o f men, as to whether, and
from what date, hospital charges should be charged.
(b) Officers and men of the R.C.N., whilst serving on loan to the R.N., may be.
sent on such sick leave as is recommended by the Authorities of the R.N.
(c) When an officer or man falls sick with a complaint which is likely to require
long treatment or sick leave, the ship on whose books he is borne is to obtain from
the hospital in which he is confined a report as to his sickness, and its probable
duration, and is to forward the report to the Chief o f the Naval Staff.
Note. Procedure when R.C.N. Officers or men are recommended for invaliding
when serving with the R.N . see paragraphs 7 and 14.
Section 22998/1935
278
PART I
Officers and M e n of the R .N . about to take Service in the R .C .N .
The pay accounts of officers appointed to the R.C.N. direct from full pay or
unemployed pay at the full pay rate are to be closed on the date immediately
preceding that o f the commencement o f their R.C.N. appointment, and balances
are to be paid in full up to that date by the Accountant Officers o f their ships prior
to transfer. Transfer Lists (S.45) are then to be forwarded direct to the Financial
Superintendent, Department o f National Defence, Ottawa (who, after notation,
will transmit them to H.M.C. Establishment concerned), and duplicates are to be
sent to the Director o f N avy Accounts.
2. When ratings are selected for service in the Royal Canadian N avy they
should be paid by the Accountant Officer o f their ship up to the date o f their dis
charge from the Royal Navy, Transfer Lists (S.45) being forwarded without delay
direct to the Financial Superintendent, Department o f National Defence (Naval
Service), Ottawa, and duplicates to the Director o f N a vy Accounts.
3. In order to provide that officers and ratings definitely transferred or on loan
to the R.C.N. shall have an opportunity to revise their contributions to their
dependants on being placed on R.C.N. rates o f pay, and in order to avoid hardship
through a break in the continuity o f payment to the dependants by reason o f the
officers or mans transfer, the allotment (and any allowances in force in respect o f
ratings) at the time o f the transfer will not necessarily be discontinued, and any
adjustments or stoppages should be left for arrangement between the Director o f
N avy Accounts and the Canadian Government.
The allotments o f officers and ratings selected for service in the R.C.N. should
not, therefore, be regarded as stopped on transfer, but particulars o f the allotment
should be shown on the Transfer Lists forwarded to the Financial Superintendent,
Department o f National Defence, Ottawa, and Director o f N avy Accounts as for
transfers in the R.N .
4. Ratings selected for loan to the Royal Canadian N avy are to sign the usual
agreement form in triplicate before leaving depot. One copy thereof is to be fo r
warded to the Chief o f the Naval Staff o f Canada, Department o f National Defence,
Ottawa, Canada ; one copy enclosed in the mans Service certificate, and the third
copy forwarded to the Director o f N a vy Accounts.
5. Advances o f R.C.N. pay, not exceeding three months pay for officers and
one months pay for ratings, less allotments in each case, may be made if desired.
The payments should be brought to account on the ledger, on the separate lists
for R.C.N. personnel and appropriately noted on their Transfer Lists.
Advances for travelling and subsistence expenses should be dealt with in
accordance with the instructions issued in the Consolidated Fleet Order on Travelling
and Subsistence expenses o f R.N. and R.M. officers and men.
PART II
A. Conditions of Loan of Officers
Officers o f the Royal N avy are lent to the Royal Canadian Navy for such term
o f years (usually 2 years for sea-going appointments and 3 years for shore appoint
ments) as may be approved by the Admiralty upon request by the Department o f
National Defence. The period o f loan o f R.N . Officers commences from 14 days
prior to date o f sailing for Canada.
The conditions o f loan are as follows :
1. Leave. Foreign service leave, in accordance with Canadian regulations in
force at the time leave becomes due, will be granted on expiration o f period of loan.
Long leave during the period of loan will not be granted, but periods o f short leave
may be granted at the discretion o f the Commanding Officer. In the event of long
leave being granted under special circumstances, such leave will be deducted from
the amount o f foreign service leave due on completion o f term o f loan.
2. (a ) Sick Leave. An officer who is sick at the date of the expiration of his
agreement will normally be retained on Canadian pay (under Canadian sick leave
regulations) until fully fit or until reported permanently unfit for further Royal
Canadian N a vy service.
(6)
The foreign service leave earned (vide Clause (1) above) will be granted on
the expiration o f the full pay sick leave.
279
Section 22998/1935
Section 2 - 2998/1935
280
(3) T im e . A ll time served on loan will count for all purposes as time served
in the Royal Navy, except that, if the first period o f R.N . engagement
expires during such loan, time subsequent to such expiry shall only
count in the event o f re-engagement in the Royal N a vy to complete
time for pension.
(4) Discipline . Men o f the R.N . whilst lent to the R.C.N. will be subject
to the acts and regulations governing the Dominion Naval Forces.
(5) P a y and Allowances . Pay will be as laid down in Pay and Allowance
Regulations o f the Royal Canadian N avy see Section D.
Ratings lent to the Royal Canadian N avy will draw no pay and
allowances from the Admiralty during such service.
(6) Advancement. The conditions o f advancement o f ratings on loan to the
Royal Canadian N a vy will be generally similar to those in the Royal
N avy (see A.F.O. 1212/35).
(7) Passage. (a) Cost o f personal passage out and home will be defrayed by
the Department o f National Defence.
(6) Free passages for wives and families will not be granted.
(c) Freight on baggage according to the scale authorised by Canadian
Naval Regulations is allowed at Government expense.
(d ) Ratings o f the Royal Navy serving on loan in the Royal Canadian
N avy will not be granted assisted transportation when pro
ceeding on leave in Canada.
(e) Royal N avy ratings who on completion o f their loan period sign
a Continuous Service Engagement for service in the Royal
Canadian N avy will not be entitled to transportation to England.
(8) Pensions Insurance. Insurable R .N . ratings continue to be liable for
contributions in respect o f Pensions Insurance while serving under loan
agreements with the R.C.N.
PART III
Officers and M e n of the Royal N a vy returning from Service in the R .C .N .
1. Officers o f the R .N . returning from the R.C.N. for reversion to the R .N . are
to be borne nominally on the books o f H.M.S. Victory for disciplinary purposes
only, from the date o f arrival in England to the date o f expiration o f their R.C.N.
leave. During this period payment will be made to them in full from Canadian
sources.
2. A transfer List will be forwarded from Canada to H.M.S. Victory, showing
the period for which such officers should be borne nominally on that depots books,
a notation being made that payment has been effected direct from Canada for such
period.
3. Men returning for reversion to the Royal N avy are to be borne nominally
on the books o f their respective depots from the date o f arrival in England to the
date o f expiration of their R.C.N. leave, and will be instructed to join their barracks
on the day following termination o f foreign service leave irrespective o f the date
upon which theix two years period of loan terminates. Men will be provided with
leave tickets showing date of expiration of their leave. Transfer Lists, together
with the mens Service certificates, conduct sheets, medical history sheets, etc.,
w ill be forwarded to the Commanding Officer, H.M.S. Victory, Portsmouth,
with a covering letter asking that these documents may be sent to their respective
dpts with as little delay as possible. Complete settlement of pay accounts at
Canadian rates o f pay will be made from Canada.
4. Allotments. Naval and Marine personnel who are utilising the allotment
system are to be afforded, at the earliest opportunity, facilities for varying their
allotment commitments in the light of their requirements upon reverting to R.N .
and R.M. rates o f pay, subject to the limits prescribed by Article 1756, clause 3 (a)
K in gs Regulations and Admiralty Instructions.
W ith a view to ensuring continuity o f support of wives and other dependants,
men of the R.N . and R.M. returning to England, whose dependants are residing
abroad should, upou first appearance in dpt, be encouraged to declare new or
revised allotments in their favour.
Section 22998/1935
281
5.
Marriage Allowance. Where the wife and/or children have not accompanied
the man to Canada or return at the same time, the necessary steps for payment of
Marriage Allowance will be taken by the Director of N avy Accounts. Where,
however, the wife and/or children continue to reside abroad it is necessary for a
special report to be forwarded. Upon first appearance in Dpt all Naval ratings
should therefore be questioned as to whether they claim to be entitled to Marriage
Allowance in respect o f a wife and/or children residing abroad and, if so, a report
should be forwarded to the Director o f N avy Accounts upon such of the following
points as may be applicable :
(i) Present address o f wife.
(ii) Whether she is following him to this country and, if so, the approximate
date o f arrival.
(iii) I f she is not proceeding to this country, the reason for remaining abroad.
(iv) Names and ages o f his children under 14 years.
(v ) Name and address o f guardian o f children, if motherless.
(vi) Amount o f allotment in force in favour o f wife or guardian on reversion
to R.N . rates o f pay.
D. Royal Canadian Navy Pay and Allowances.
PART
O f f ic e r s F u l l P a y .
Per diem.
25
2- 00
4 00
4 00
4 75
00
50
00
50
00
50
10 00
11 00
12 00
13 00
15
16
17
18
00
25
50
75
(2)
Engineer Offioers
Engineer Sub-Lieutenant or Sub-Lieutenant (acting or confirmed) qualified
in (E )
4-00
Engineer Lieutenant and Lieutenant (E)
5-00
On promotion
After 4 years ...
5-75
6-75
After 6 years ...
Engineer Lieutenant-Commander and Lieutenant-Commander (E )
On promotion
8-50
After 4 years ...
9-00
After 6 years ...
9-50
Engineer Commander and Commander (E )
On promotion
11 26
After 3 years ...
12 25
After 6 years ...
13 25
After 9 years ...
14 25
Section 22998/1935
282
...
...
...
...
15*00
16-25
17-50
18-75
1-50
2-00
4-00
5-00
5-50
6-00
7-50
8-00
8-50
...
10-00
...
11-00
...
...
12-00
13-00
...
...
...
...
13-75
15-00
16-25
17-50
5-00
6-00
7-50
8-50
...
...
10-00
11-00
12-00
..
13-00
...
...
...
...
15-00
16-25
17-50
18-75
...
5-00
6-00
7-50
8-00
8-50
...
...
...
10-00
...
13-00
11-00
12-00
Section 22998/1935
283
InstructorOfficers continued.
Instructor Captain
On promotion
After 3 years...
After 6 years ...
After 9 years ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Per diem.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
$
13-75
15*00
16-25
17-50
Warrant Officers
.
On promotion
...
...
...
...
After 3 years...
...
...
...
...
After 6 years...
...
...
...
...
After 9 years ...
...
...
...
...
Commissioned Officers from Warrant Rank
On promotion
...
...
...
...
After 3 years ...
...
...
...
...
After 6 years...
...
...
...
...
After 9 years...
...
...
...
...
Lieutenant
On promotion
...
...
...
...
After 3 years...
...
...
...
...
After 6 years ...
...
...
...
...
Lieutenant-Commander
On promotion
...
...
...
...
After 3 years ...
...
...
...
...
Commander
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
4-00
4-25
4-50
4-75
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5-00
5-50
6-00
6-50
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
7-00
7-25
7-50
...
...
...
...
8-00
...
...
...
...
9-00
As for Commander of Branch.
B. Non-Mechanical Branch
Same Ranks 25 cents, per diem less all through except Commander to receive
Commanders Pay o f Branch.
N ote . Warrant Officers, married and widower, whose promotion to that rank
would otherwise entail pecuniary loss are, under certain regulations, granted special
rates of pay approximately equivalent to their emoluments as ratings plus marriage
allowance, provided such rates do not exceed their maximum rates o f pay on the
Warrant Officers scale in the latter event they are granted the maximum rates o f
pay on the Warrant Officers scale.
PART II
A l l o w a n c e s O f f ic e r s .
P er
Seaman Class.
Note. Leading Boy or Petty Officer Boy is not allowed when less than 10
are borne.
Ordinary Seaman
(i) For first six months in mans rating
...
...
...
...
(ii) W ith over six months service as such
...
...
...
...
Able Seaman
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Leading Seaman ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Petty Officer
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
After 3 years ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
After 6 years ...
...
...
...
...
......
...
...
Chief Petty Officer
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
After 3 years ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
After 6 years ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
After 9 years ...
...
...
...
...
......
...
...
diem.
$
50
*55
'60
Boys
1-25
1-50
1*85
2-10
2-40
2-50
2-60
2-80
2-95
3-10
3-25
Section 22998/1935
284
P er diem.
%
Signal Branch
Signal Boy
...
...
...
...
...
Ordinary Signalman
(i) For first six months in mans rating
(ii) W ith over six months service as such
Signalman ...
...
...
...
...
...
Leading Signalman
...
...
...
...
Yeoman of Signals
...
...
...
...
After 3 years...
...
...
...
...
After 6 years...
...
...
...
...
Chief Yeoman o f Signals...
...
...
...
After 3 years...
...
...
...
...
After 6 years ...
...
...
...
...
After 9 years ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
-60
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1 35
1 60
2-00
2-25
2'65
2-75
2-85
3*05
3-20
3-35
3 50
...
...
...
...
*60
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1-35
1-60
2-00
2-25
2-65
2-75
2*85
3 05
3 20
3*35
3-50
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2 06
2*65
2*76
2-85
3*05
3-20
3*35
3*50
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1-35
1 60
2-00
2*25
2*25
2*65
2*75
2*85
3 05
3-20
3-35
3*50
Telegraphist Branch
Sailmaker Branch
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Stoker Branch
Stoker
2nd Class
(i) For first six months in mans rating
(ii) W ith over six months service as such
1st Class
...
...
...
...
...
Acting Leading Stoker ...
...
...
...
Leading Stoker
...
...
...
...
...
Stoker Petty Officer
...
...
...
...
After 3 years...
...
...
...
...
After 6 years...
...
...
...
...
Chief Stoker
...
...
...
...
...
After 3 years...
...
...
...
...
After 6 years ...
...
...
...
...
After 9 years ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
285
Section 22998/1935
P er diem.
Mechanicians
..
Mechanician
After 3 years ...
After 6 years ...
After 9 years ...
After 12 years
Chief Mechanician
2nd Class
1st Class
..
..
305
3-20
3-35
3-50
3-65
3-80
4-05
Artificer
5th Class
Acting 4th Class
4th Class
3rd Class
2nd Class
1st Class
Chief Artificer
2nd Class
1st Class
2-10
3-05
305
315
3-25
3-50
3-80
4-05
Shipwrights
Shipwright
5th Class
4th Class
3rd Class
2nd Class
1st Class
...
Chief Shipwright
2nd Class
1st Class
2-10
...
.............
3-05
315
3-25
3-50
3-80
4-05
5th Class
4th Class
3rd Class
2nd Class
1st Class
After
Chief
After
After
2-10
...
3 years ...
....................................................................................
............
3 years......................................................
6 years ...
2-60
2-70
2-80
2-90
3-00
3-20
3-30
3-60
Armourers
2-10
2-60
2-70
2-80
2-90
3-20
3-30
3-60
1-60
1-95
2-25
2-65
2-75,
2-85
Section 22998/1935
286
P er diem.
$
Sick Berth Chief Petty Officer
After 3 years...
...
After 6 years...
...
After 9 y ears...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
3-00
3*15
3*30
3*45
...
...
...
...
0*60
Writers
Boy Writer
...
...
...
...
...
Writer
(i) For first six months in mans rating
(ii) W ith over six months service as such
Leading Writer
After 3 years ...
Petty Officer Writer
After 3 years ...
Chief Petty Officer Writer
After 3 years ...
After 6 years ...
After 9 years ...
1-95
2-25
2-35
2-65
2-75
3-00
315
3-30
3-45
Victualling Staff
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0*60
...
...
...
...
160
I * 95
2*25
2*35
2-65
2*75
3 00
3*15
3*30
3 45
Ship's Cook
2*25
After 3 years...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2*35
Petty Officer Cook (S)
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2*65
After 3 years...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2*75
After 6 years...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2*85
Chief Petty Officer Cook (S)
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
3*00
After 3 years...
...
...
...
...
...
3*15
After 6 years...
...
...
...
...
...
...
3-30
After 9 years ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
3*45
Regulating Branch
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
265
2*75
3-10
3*25
3*40
3-55
Section 22998/1935
287
Per diem.
Boy Steward
...
...
...
...
...
Steward and Cook (O)
(i) For first six months in mans rating
(ii) With over six months service as such
Leading Steward and Leading Cook (O)
...
Petty Officer Steward and Petty Officer Cook (O)
After 3 years...
...
...
...
...
After 6 years ...
...
...
...
...
Chief Petty Officer Steward and Chief Petty Officer
After 3 years...
...
...
...
...
After 6 years ...
...
...
...
...
After 9 years...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
O'50
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Cook (O)
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1-50
1*85
2*20
2*50
2*60
2-70
3-00
3* 15
3-30
3 45
P A R T IV
N o n -S u b s t a n t i v e R a t i n g s A l l o w a n c e s , e t c .
All non-substantive pay and allowances which are payable under R.C.N.
regulations shall ordinarily be paid in accordance with Kings Regulations and
Admiralty Instructions, and at rates which approximate to those payable to ratings
in the R.N.
Signal and Telegraphist Ratings are required to qualify in non-substantive
ratings as laid down in Kings Regulations and Admiralty Instructions as a condition
of advancement. These non-substantive ratings will not carry any additional pay.
PART
M a r r ia g e A l l o w a n c e .
Wife
Wife
Wife
Wife
Wife
only
and 1 child
and 2 children
and 3 children
and 4 children or more
0-50
0-75
1-00
1-25
1-50
Section 22998/1935
288
A ll ratings.
P er diera.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
$
0*50
0-75
1-00
1-25
6.
(a) Marriage allowance shall be credited to the rating concerned and by
him shall be allotted to his wife or to the guardian of his children (except as provided
in clause (/) ).
(b) Except as provided in clause (/), marriage allowance shall not be paid unless
the rating himself allots, in addition to the full amount of marriage allowance, the
following number of days pay of his rating, exclusive of allowances in the cases
shown :
For wife ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
... 15 days pay.
For one motherless child
...
...
...
...
...
5 days pay.
For two motherless children ...
...
...
...
... 10 days pay.
For three or more motherless children
...
...
... 15 days pay.
(c) I f a voluntary allotment is not made, compulsory allotment, at the appro
priate rate as shown above, plus full amount of marriage allowance, which will be
credited, may be put in force against the rating by order of the Commanding Officer,
with the approval of headquarters ; if a compulsory allotment is put in force the
rating concerned will be informed. Should he object and submit reasons for his
objection, it will be decided by the Minister of National Defence whether the com
pulsory allotment shall be continued. I f the compulsory allotment is discontinued,
marriage allowance will also be discontinued.
(d) Marriage allowance shall not be paid to a rating who is not living with his
wife, for reasons other than the exigencies of the Service, except for children left
in his care after divorce or judicial separation as provided in clause (e). I f any
rating in receipt of marriage allowance ceases to live with his wife (for any reasons
other than the exigencies of the Service) and fails to notify the fact to his Command
ing Officer, he will be liable to be charged with an overpayment of marriage allowance
which may in consequence occur.
(e) I f a rating is divorced or separated from his wife by order of a court, but has
the custody of a child or children as defined in clause 4 (c), either personally or
through a guardian appointed on his behalf, marriage allowance will be payable
at the rates laid down in paragraph 5 B, subject to clauses (a) and (6) above.
(/) I f a rating who is a widower, or is divorced or separated from his wife by
order of a court, has the custody of a child or children and is maintaining them
in his immediate care (no legal guardian having been appointed), marriage allowance
may be credited without the declaration of any allotment, provided the Commanding
Officer is satisfied that a suitable home is being maintained. The Commanding
Officer is to report particulars of such cases to headquarters for information,
a duplicate being forwarded with the ledger to support the credit of marriage
allowance.
7.
All applications for marriage allowance must be supported by certificate of
marriage, birth certificate in the case of children, or other unimpeachable evidence
as to marriage, birth, or guardianship.
8. For the purpose of millets, marriage allowance is not to be considered as
part of the daily rate of pay.
9. Payment of marriage allowance shall be continued for any period during
which its recipient is undergoing punishment in cells, detention or imprisonment,
unless he is ordered to be dismissed or discharged from His Majestys Service at the
expiration of his sentence.
10. Marriage allowance is not payable to ratings in receipt t>f consolidated pay.
11. The regulations governing payment of marriage allowance are to be
explained to all newly entered men in order that, when necessary, allotments,
effective from date of entry, may be declared.
12. Any question arising as to the interpretation of these regulations shall be
decided by the Minister of National Defence.
Section 22998/1935
289
PA R T V I
A l lo w a n c e s in l ie u
of
L o d g in g , P r o v is io n s , F u e l a n d L ig h t .
Allowances in lieu of lodgings, provisions, fuel and light, shall be paid on the
following scale :
Lodging,
Fuel and Provisions. Consolidated
Allowance.
Light.
Per diem Per diem.
$
$
2-25
0-85
Captains and officers of corresponding rank ...
2-00
0-85
Commanders and officers of corresponding rank
Lieutenant-Commanders and officers of corre
1-75
0-85
sponding rank.
1-50
0-85
Lieutenants and officers of corresponding rank
1-25
Sub-Lieutenants, commissioned officers from
0-85
warrant rank and subordinate officers.
1-00
0-85
Warrant officers ...
0-60
0-85
All ratings
Per diem.
$
310
2-85
2-60
2-35
2-10
1-85
1-45
Per diem.
%
0*85
Fuel and light allowances to officers provided with official resi
dences :
Captains, Commanders and officers of corresponding rank ... 1*00
Other commissioned officers
...
...
...
...
... 0-75
Commissioned officers from warrant rank and warrant officers... 0-50
(See Section B, Part I I I , paragraph 15 (viii) When lent to R .N .)
PART
V II
Su b s is t e n c e A l l o w a n c e .
(Subsistence when lent to Royal Navy, see Section B, Part II I , paragraph 15 (viii).)
Subsistence Allowance . Officers and ratings of the Royal Canadian Navy, when
proceeding on duty from their ship or establishment, under Naval Orders, shall
be entitled to their actual and necessary transportation and travelling allowance in
addition, in accordance with these Regulations, to cover their expenses at the
following daily rates :
Rank.
For period
not exceeding
15 days in
one place.
After 15 days
in one place
and for a further
period not ex
ceeding 92 days.
$
8-00
6-00
$
5-00
4-00
5-00
3-50
4-00
3-00
3-00
2-75
2-50
2*25
2.
The rates as laid down in paragraph 1 are intended to cover all expenses
for hotel accommodation, meals, and other charges except railroad and other
transportation, and, when necessarily incurred and allowed, hire of taxis, scales
for which are published in Canadian Naval General Orders. Gratuities to hotel
porters, servants, cabmen, etc., are not admissible. On ocean passages stewards
fees will be allowed up to a maximum of $10-00 for commissioned officers; $5*00
for commissioned warrant, warrant, and subordinate officers; and $3-00 for chief
(C30235)
Section 22998/1935
290
petty officers, petty officers, and men, and in the case of parlour and sleeping car
accommodation, a reasonable fee for services rendered may be allowed, not exceeding
rates to be authorised in Canadian Naval General Orders.
3. When the period of absence is less than 24 hours, only actual and reasonable
expenses for meals, etc., will be allowed, not to exceed in any event the travelling
allowance authorised for full period of 24 hours. The rates for meals will not
exceed
$
Breakfast ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1-00
Lunch
...............................................................
1-25
Dinner
...
...
...
...
...
...
150
4. When the period of absence exceeds 24 hours, the full daily rate for each
complete period of 24 hours which has elapsed from the time the officer or rating
left his ship or establishment, until his return thereto, will be paid, but any fraction
of 24 hours at termination of the journey will be disregarded if less than six hours ;
if between six and twelve hours, the period will count as half a day ; if twelve hours
or over, as a day.
5. The time an officer or rating leaves, or returns to, his ship or establishment
is to be interpreted as the actual time of departure or arrival of trains.
6. In the case of officers and ratings travelling by a steamer or otherwise,
when the cost of transportation includes meals, travelling allowance is not authorised.
7. When the duration of the duty in any one place exceeds 107 days, the
allowance will cease unless the case is referred to the Minister, who may authorise
the continuance of the allowance or any lower rate.
8. The allowance is not authorised for officers or men travelling in a body or
when drafts are being moved from one ship or establishment to another. In such
cases duly authorised arrangements for their transport, maintenance, etc., will be
carried out.
9. Expenses for transportation by road, except in cases in which the use of
private motor cars is authorised by headquarters, are allowed only when necessarily
incurred and when no Service transport is available.
10. Payment of subsistence allowance generally is governed by Article 1666,
Kings Regulations and Admiralty Instructions.
11. In case of officers or ratings proceeding on duty in Canada or elsewhere,
when circumstances arise where the rates of subsistence allowance are not equitable,
the Minister may authorise a special allowance, either higher or lower than those
provided in the foregoing regulations, but in no case to exceed $10 per diem.
12. Subsistence allowance will not be paid to officers or ratings while at Halifax
or Esquimalt for temporary duty, if accommodation for them is available in R.C.N.
barracks.
13. Application is to be made to R.C.N. barracks for accommodation to be
provided, and if accommodation cannot be obtained, a notation to that effect is to
be made on the claim for travelling expenses.
PART
V III
K it U p k e e p A l l o w a n c e .
Section 23002/1936
291
*3002.State Insurance
(P.M. 3313/35. 12.12.1935.)
(This reprint embodies A .F .O . 1542/36.)
In accordance with the provisions of the Widows, Orphans, and Old Age
Contributory Pensions Act, 1925, increased rates of Pensions Insurance contributions
become payable in respect of insured persons with effect from the week commencing
with the first Monday in January, 1936. In the case of Naval ratings and Royal
Marines, and of insured Reservists, including Officers of the Reserves whose
insurance is continued during training, the amount of the increase is 2d. a week,
of which Id. will be borne by Navy Votes, and Id. is payable by the insured persons.
On and from 6th January next, therefore, pending amendment of the Regula
tions, the amount 4%d. should be read as 5%d. in every instance in which it appears
in relation to Pensions Insurance deduction in Kings Regulations and Admiralty
Instructions, Appendix X X IX , and in the Regulations for the governance of the
various Naval Reserve Forces.
Quarterly Charges.The consequent amendments to the rates of quarterly
deduction shown in paragraph 14 of Appendix X X IX will be promulgated in due
course. The rates for the year 1936 will be :
s. d.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
6 0
511
6 0
511
are :
s. d.
...
...
...
...
1 8
1 6
1 4
0 10
0
0 5
0 2
...
...
0 10
...
...
under the
...
...
0 9
0 8
L2
Section 23052/1935
292
1936
251. Issued Confidentially.
255.Promotion to Commissioned Rank in R.N. of Ratings
of the New Zealand Division
(C .W . 8665/35.30.1.1936.)
The following is a copy of a Regulation issued, with the approval of the
A.dmiralty, by the New Zealand N a v a l B o a rd :
Ratings of the following branches of the New Zealand Division are
eligible to be considered for promotion to commissioned rank in the
Royal N a v y :
C o " n f c l t i o n3 'B rai.ch/To ActinS Sub-Lieutenant, Royal Navy.
293
Section 2255/1936
7.)
l 3
Section 2397/1936
294
The White and Blue Ensigns of His Majestys Fleet are purely maritime
flags, and in general their use on shore is incorrect. There has, however,
been a customary extension of the use of the White Ensign from the harbour
ship used as a fleet establishment to barracks and other buildings on shore
serving the same purpose. There has been a parallel extension of the use
of special ensigns from yachts, customs vessels and the like to their
headquarters on the coastthe club house or customs office.
I t is common also for the White and Blue Ensigns to be used on cenotaphs
and other memorials to Naval personnel.
With these exceptions, the use of these ensigns on shore is improper.
Special ensigns worn by yachts are worn under the authority of an Admiralty
warrant issued to the yacht, not to the yacht owner; they are the national
colours of the yacht, not the personal flag of the owner, and the owner has
no shadow of right to fly the yachts flag elsewhere than on board the yacht.
Similarly, the White Ensign is nothing else but the national colours of a
ship of war in commission and no past service in the Navy or other connection
with the Navy can make it correct to hoist it on private buildings on shore.
It is equally incorrect for either ensign to be carried in processions or
marches on shore.
Admiralty, S.W.l.
9th September, 1931.
Pensioners re-entered for service in the Royal N avy or Royal Marines who
receive their pensions in addition to their pay under Article 1996, Kings Regulations
and Admiralty Instructions, should continue to draw their pensions at a Post Office
in the usual manner if the conditions of their re-employment enable them to do so.
I f they cannot attend at a Post Office they may either :
(o) Receive payment from the Accountant Officer of the ship in which they
are serving;
( b ) Request that payment may be made to their wives (or, in exceptional
Section 2400/1936
295
6.
Reports of death of pensioners re-employed. Attention is drawn to the
necessity for quoting the mans pension number in the telegraphic report sent
to the Admiralty, in accordance with Article 1135, Kings Regulations and
Admiralty Instructions. (The prompt receipt of such a report is relied upon to
prevent overpayments where pension is paid as at ( b) ).
H.M.S...................................
I, Naval Pensioner ................................................................................. hereby
authorise the Director of N avy Accounts to pay my pension until further notice
to my wife. Her full name and address are
I t has been approved for certain Naval officers and ratings serving in
aircraft carriers and other ships carrying aircraft to be sent to the School
of Technical Training, R.A.F. Station, Manston, for a course in parachute
operation, packing and maintenance.
2.
The course will be of approximately six working days for officers and
twenty-one working days for men.
The numbers approved to be trained are as follows:
1 Officer
....................
^ Headquarters flight,
1 Able Seaman
............
1 Officer
..
............
j Each multi-seater squadron.
2 Able Seamen
............
1 Officer
.....................
Each single seater squadron.
1 Able Seaman
...........
Each catapult ship with
one
1 Officer
.....................
aircraft.
1 Able Seaman or A ir Gunner
2 Officers
.....................
\ Each catapult ship with two or
2 Able Seamen or A ir Gunners/
more aircraft.
^ 4
Section 2536/1936
296
297
Section 2869/1936
Ex R.N.R., R.N.V.R. and R.N.W.A.R. ratings now serving in the R.N. under the
special N.C.S. engagement S.56X, other than those entered for service in trawlers only,
who are now desirous of transferring to continuous service, may apply to do so under
the conditions laid down for Special Service ratings in Kings Regulations and
Admiralty Instructions, App. X V II, Part 2, paragraph 6 (a), (6), (c), (d), and (e),
except that the length of service qualification (paragraph 6 (a) ) is to be 6 months.
Pay will be at 1925 rates, and applications should be forwarded to the Admiralty
for approval.
Section 2 918/1936
298
The attention of all concerned is drawn to the facilities with regard to instruc
tional films which exist at the R.N. Photographic School, Tipnor. One sound film
(commentaryNo. 11) has been completed. Further silent films will be converted,
and reports issued as to their suitability. It is probable, however, that silent films
could be utilised more than is now done, particularly in training establishments.
Instructional F ilm Library
F il m s to L ib r a r y
299
Section 2918/1936
These films are not to be shown to anyone not belonging to H.M. Service.
Those marked Confidential are not to be shown to persons in H.M. Service below
commissioned rank except as indicated in the right-hand column. Those marked *
have one or more spare copies available.
Suitable for
No.
No
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
*No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No
No.
No.
exhibition to
*No.
No.
*No.
No.
*No.
*No.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
...
Officers.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Section 2918/1936
300
Suitable for
exhibition to
No. 41. Submarine L.50 class (1926). Photographs of L.52 Officers and men.
diving, etc.
No. 42. Battery film. (Two parts).............................................. Officers.
No. 43. A.S. boom and indicator net trials, Firth of Forth (1931).
(a)
(Three parts.) (Confidential.)
(a) Copies have been distributed to establishments directly concerned
No. 44. Paravane pull-over tria ls .....................................
... Officers.
No. 45. Exercise A1.2 and L.52 off Gibraltar
...........
...
Do.
No. 46. H.M.S. Porpoise. (Two parts)
.............................
Do.
No. 47. H.M.S Guardian. Net laying and recovery trials, 1934 ...
Do.
Nos. 51 to 60Physical Training Subjects.
Nos. 61 to 70Fleet Air Arm.
No. 61. Activities of the Fleet Air Arm (1930). Photographed chiefly in Officers and men.
Furious (Two parts.) (Confidential.)
No. 62. Wings of the Navy (1930). Visit of First Lord of Admiralty to
Do.
Furious (taken by Paramount News, Ltd.). Negative not
available.
Nos. 101 and onwardsMiscellaneous Subjects.
301
Section 21010/1936
The following A.F.Os., though still in force, will not be reprinted in the bound
Volume of A.F.Os. Spare copies may be obtained as indicated :
A.F.O.
Subject.
111/32 (as
amended by
160/35.)
413/32 (as
amended by
71/35.)
1844/32
1920/32
148/33
212/33
443/33
1587/37
1495/33
1696/33
345/34
454/34
2726/34
257/35
825/35 (as
amended by
2456/35.)
1205/35
1593/37
1303/35
2190/35'!
2341/35/
1589/37
153/36
1588/37
Paymaster
DirectorGeneral, Admiralty.
Director, Education De
partment, Admiralty.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Section 21075/1936
302
*1171.Naval PensionsPayment of
(P.M. 1403/36. 14.5.1936.)
In 1935, Their Lordships decided to introduce, from 1st January, 1936, a system
of weekly payment of Naval pensions in gradual substitution for the system of
quarterly payment in advance. The following regulations, which are applicable to
personnel serving on and after 1st January, 1936, according to whether they fall
under one or the other of the categories enumerated below, are promulgated for
information and guidance.
2. (i) Continuous service ratings whose re-engagement to complete time for
pension dates from not later than 30th September, 1935, (*) ; noncontinuous service ratings serving on that date under an engagement
which will enable them to complete 22 years pensionable service ;
and all ranks of the Royal Marines who, not later than 30th September,
1935, re-engaged for a second period or completed 10 years pension
able time by that date and declared in writing, not later than
30th September, 1935, their intention of re-engaging as soon as such
re-engagement is open to them (provided, in each instance, that
no break in service occurs on or after the 1st August, 1935).
(ii) All other men (including those excluded from category (i) on account of
a break in service).
(*) This is to be deemed to include candidates for mechanician who have
re-engaged for a second period of 12 years, and yard craft (Dockyard)
ratings (who are eligible, under certain conditions, for Greenwich Hospital
Age Pensions) with 10 years pensionable service on 30th September, 1935.
A. For personnel coming under category (i).
For personnel in this category, weekly payment of pension will be optional.
Those who elect weekly payment will receive, during a leap year, one days extra
pension for the 29th February, which is not payable under the quarterly system ;
the weekly amount of their pension will be rounded upwards to the nearest penny ;
and the following pensionary benefits allowable under the quarterly system at death
303
Section 21171/1936
will continue, viz. : (a) Payment up to the end of the quarter in which the pensioner
dies, and (6) the special grant to the widow, at Admiralty discretion; of a months
pension in advance when death occurs within two days from the end of the quarter.
For those who elect to be paid quarterly in advance, the first payment of pension
will be for the period from date of pensioning until the end of the quarter, and will
include any additional Good Conduct Gratuity earned to date of pensioning.
Subsequently a full quarters pension will be paid at the commencement of each
quarter.
For those who elect to be paid weekly in advance, payment will be made each
Wednesday of one weeks pension in advance and where the pension commences on
a day other than a Wednesday the first payment will include the amount due for the
days between the date of discharge and the first Wednesday thereafter. Any
additional Good Conduct Gratuity earned to date of pensioning will also be included
in the first payment.
Where a man dies from a cause accepted as attributable to the service and
is, at the time of death, in receipt of a pension paid on the quarterly basis, any
pension awarded to his wife or other dependent relative may, as at present, be
awarded as from the date immediately following that of death. Where, however,
such a pensioner is, at the time of death, in receipt of a pension paid on the weekly
basis, any pension awarded to his widow or other dependent relative will not com
mence before the expiry of the period covered by the last payment of the mans
pension or by the special grant of a months pension referred to under (6) above.
Personnel will be required to exercise their option on being pensioned. Men
discharged to long service pension are to signify their choice on Form S.409 ; pending
reprint of this form the choice is to appear in manuscript, duly witnessed, at the
foot of the form. Men invalided with pensions will be asked to signify their choice
by the Director of Navy Accounts, by whom they will be supplied with a Form of
Option. The attention of seamen and marines who come within this category
and are due to be discharged to long service pension, is to be drawn to the fact that
the system of weekly payment of pensions is open to them under the conditions laid
down in this Order.
I t is to be clearly understood that the choice of the weekly system, once made, is
final, and that in no circumstances will transfer from weekly to quarterly payment of
pension be allowed.
Section 21171/1936
304
Commutation
for each
1 of pension.
Age
between
Commutation
for each
1 of pension.
9 907
35 and 36
58 and 59
13 796
9 663
36 37
13 742
59 60
9 417
37 38
13 683
60 61
9 169
38 39
13 608
61 62
8 920
62 >. 63
39 >, 40
13 516
8 670
63 64
40 41
13 409
8 418
64 65
41 42
13 288
8 164
65 66
42 43
13 155
7 909
43 44
66 67
13 011
7 654
44 45
67 68
12 856
7 401
45 46
12 692
68 69
7 151
46 47
69 70
12 519
6 905
47 48
70 71
12 337
6 663
48 49
12 147
71 ,, 72
6 424
72 73
49
50
11 949
6 187
50 51
11 744
73 74
5 952
74 75
51 52
11 532
5 718
52 53
11 314
75 76
5 484
53 54
11 090
76 77
5 251
54 55
77 78
10 861
5 018
78 79
55 56
10 627
4 786
79 80
56 57
10 389
57 58
10 149
Note .In the event of commutation being approved at a date less than six
weeks from the first day of the quarter the above values will be reduced by 25 (5s.).
(2) Pensions payable weekly in advance
Age
between
35 and
36
37
38 .,
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
Commutation
for each
1 of pension.
13 671
13 617
13 558
13 483
13 391
13 284
13 163
13 030
12 886
12 731
12 567
12 394
12 212
12 022
11 824
11 619
11 407
11 189
10 965
10 736
10 502
10 264
10 024
Age
between
58 and
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
Commutation
for each
1 of pension.
9
9
9
9
8
8
8
8
7
7
7
7
6
6
6
6
5
5
5
5
4
4
782
538
292
044
795
545
293
039
784
529
276
026
780
538
299
062
827
593
359
126
893
661
Note . For pensioners paid weekly who are entitled to payment of pension up
to the end of the quarter in which death occurs, vide paragraph 2A above, the above
values may be increased by small amounts varying with the age at which com
mutation is approved,;
305
Section 21173/1936
1173.Venereal Disease
(N. 1534/36. 14.5.1936.)
During the period in which a rating, otherwise qualified for advancement, has
symptoms of venereal disease which are of an infectious nature, his name is to be
placed on the back of Form S.507 under the heading of Ratings qualified but not
recommended.
2.
When authority for the advancement of a rating is received, he is not to be
rated if at that time he is suffering from symptoms of infectious venereal disease.
In this case, Form B.13 is to be returned to the depot at once with the necessary
notation and his name is to be removed from the advancement roster until he is
again recommended on Form S.507.
( C.A.F.O. 2790/36.)
1228 1
1232* r I ssued Confidentially.
Section 21285/1936
306
Nervous breakdown.
Severe headaches.
Hay fever.
Asthma (within two years of examination).
Recurring or chronic bronchitis.
Organic or functional heart conditions which have necessitated prolonged
rest.
Recent rheumatic fever.
Malarial attacks (within six months of examination).
Dysenteric attacks (within one year of examination).
Sunstroke or heat stroke.
Rib resection for empyema.
Train sickness or swing sickness.
Standard of Vision. Distant : 6/9, at least, with each eye tested separately.
Near: Snellen, D. = 0-6, with each eye tested separately. Full fields of vision
(confrontation test). Colour vision : Grade I. Corrected goggles are to be worn by
men whose vision can be improved to 6/6 or better thereby.
Standard of Hearing .Ability to hear a forced whisper at 20 ft. ; each ear to be
tested separately.
3. Applications from officers desiring to specialise as observer must be accom
panied by a certificate from the Medical Officer of their ship to the effect that they
are medically fit in accordance with the standard in paragraph 2.
4. Officers who at the end of examination after specialising as observer are
found to have hearing or vision slightly below the standard in paragraph 2, but whose
efficiency in observing duties has been maintained, may continue to be employed
on such duties. All such cases are, however, to be specially reported to the
Admiralty.
5. The necessary amendments to Kings Regulations and Admiralty Instructions
will be issued.
( K .R . and A .I., Art. 334.)
307
Section 2-1341/1936
Where the R.N. and Reserve standards for advancement differ, ratings
are to be permitted to qualify for advancement under the Reserve and/or R.N.
regulations. Particulars of such examinations passed are to be communicated
to the A.C.R. for record. Actual advancement in the R.N. is to be confined
to ratings qualifying by R.N. standards. On return to the Reserves, men will
be re-enrolled in the rating for which they are then qualified under Reserve
regulations, and seniority will be antedated as necessary.
(.A .F .0 . 915/38.)
Section 21414/1936
308
Anti-gas Course.
This is to certify that M r .............................................., Midshipman,
has completed satisfactorily the standard anti-gas course.
H .M .S . .......................................
Date ........................................
....................................... Captain.
( A .F .O . i m l S 6 . )
309
Section 21869/1936
M e d a l f o r M e r it o r io u s Se r v ic e
This medal can be awarded only to Chief Petty Officers, Petty Officers, NonCommissioned Officers and men. It is designed to reward specially distinguished
or meritorious service of a high standard ; and no person should be recommended
for it unless he has either performed special service of a high degree of merit, such
as the discharge of special duties superior to his ordinary work ; or has discharged
in a highly meritorious manner his ordinary duties, where these have entailed
work of a dangerous or specially trying character. Something more than faithful
or zealous performance of ordinary duties is required. Recommendations should be
forwarded each year by Commanders-in-Chief, Senior Officers, and the AdjutantGeneral, Royal Marines, to arrive at the Admiralty not later than 31st March.
When no recommendations are made, a nil return should be forwarded.
T h e M e r it o r io u s Se r v ic e M e d a l
The Meritorious Service Medal is now awarded only as provided in Article 801,
clause 3, of the Kings Regulations and Admiralty Instructions.
In order to meet the deficiency in R.M. Officers and provide for increased
Fleet requirements, it has been decided as a temporary measure that
(a) The period of new-entry training will be reduced to 2 years 1 month.
(b) Officers trained under this scheme will undergo further courses on
completion of their first period afloat.
Section 22042/1936
310
2.
The following regulations, in modification of those contained in Kings
Regulations and Admiralty Instructions, Article 763, Clause 2, and Appendix X II,
Part 10, Section I, will apply to officers entered on and after 1st September, 1936.
3. Programme of Courses.The following courses will be carried out on
entry :
When cairied out.
Reference
and
Duration.
Subject.
September
Entries.
January
Entries.
Where
carried out.
Maximum
Marks.
A
4 months.
September
to
December.
January
to
April.
Headquarters
C
6 weeks.
Preliminary
Naval Gunnery.
January
to
February.
May
to
June.
Headquarters
--
D
8 weeks.
Seamanship,
Elementary
Pilotage and
Fleet Work.
March
to
April.
July
to
August.
H.M.S.
Iron Duke.
1,000
E
3 months.
Naval Gunnery
May
to
July.
September
to
November.
H.M.S.
Excellent.
1,000
H
4 weeks.
Electricity and
Searchlight.
August.
December.
H.M.S.
Vernon.
600
I
3 months.
Administration
and Regimental
Duties.
Headquarters
350
F (i)
4 months.
Theoretical
Military Course.
Depot, R.M.,
Deal.
1,650
* R.M.S.A School,
Browndown.
400
B
Weapon Training
3 months.
F (ii)
8 weeks.
February
October
to
to
December.
April.
January
to
April.
<
October*
to
January.
'
May to July
The syllabuses for Naval Courses and the standards will remain as laid down in
Kings Regulations and Admiralty Instructions, Appendix X II, Part 10, Section I,
for corresponding courses. Syllabuses for modified Military Courses will be issued
as necessary.
4.
Final Seniority .The final seniority of each batch of officers will be deter
mined by the marks obtained in Courses B, D, E, F, H and I,
subject to the following adjustments :
(a) Officers entered by competition and those granted Corps Commissions
who fail to pass examinations in these courses, and are permitted to
continue to serve, will lose one calendar months seniority or one or
more places in their batch for each failure in each subject, as the
Admiralty may decide.
311
Section 32043/1936
(b) Officers entered from the universities will receive an ante-date of seniority
of two years on account of age ; this ante-date will be increased by
one month in the case of those who obtain 4,000 marks or over, or
decreased by one month for every 100 marks or part thereof below
3,250. The minimum ante-date will be one year four months. The
period of the ante-date will count for the purposes laid down in Kings
Regulations and Admiralty Instructions, Article 763, Clause 2.
5.
Promotion . On satisfactorily passing the courses laid down in paragraph 3,
and provided two years one month have elapsed since date of entry, officers will
be promoted to Probationary Lieutenant. A Probationary Second Lieutenant
whose date of completion of courses is delayed on account of sickness not
attributable to his own fault may, with Admiralty approval, be promoted to
Probationary Lieutenant with the seniority of the remainder of his original batch.
His place in the batch will be determined by the number of marks he obtains.
He will receive pay as Probationary Lieutenant, however, only from the date on
which he finally completes the courses.
Such officers will not be eligible for award of a sword of honour ; this award
will be secured to the officer who obtains the highest number of marks and
completes the course with his batch.
On completion of six months afloat they will be confirmed in the rank of
Lieutenant, provided they are satisfactorily reported upon.
6. Courses after Service Afloat. Officers trained under the above scheme will
undergo the following courses on completion of their first period of service afloat:
1
Marks
Reference. | Subject.
Duration.
Remarks.
Allotted.
i
J
K
!
Weapon
Training.
4 weeks
Theoretical
Military
Course.
4 months
I
I
L
200
1,000
As present Course G
400
7.
The existing three-year scheme of training will be reverted to as soon as
circumstances permit. Kings Regulations and Admiralty Instructions will not be
amended.
8.
The training periods of Probationary Second Lieutenants now serving will
be subject to curtailment as necessary. Separate instructions will be issued.
( K .R . and A .I., Art. 763 (2) and App. X I I , Part 10, Sects. I and I I . )
Section 22165/1936
312
313
Section 22253/1936
Section 22253/1936
314
14.
The regulations for the aw ard of the Long Service and Good Conduct
M edal w ithout gra tu ity to Non-European N ative ratings (including Chinese),
whether British subjects or not, who are precluded from counting time for
pension purposes, are contained in Article 534, clause 16, K in g s Regulations
and Adm iralty Instructions. Applications in respect of men recommended
should be forwarded to the Adm iralty, on Form S. 218, accompanied by
certified copies of their Service Certificates, or Certificate Books, as the
case may be. Certain of the ratings (i.e., Stewards and Officers Cooks)
not so precluded are eligible for the grant of a lump sum of 10 with the
award of the Good Conduct M edal and, on discharge to pension, for the
additional allowance at the rate laid down in Article 534, clause 7, K in g s
Regulations and A dm iralty Instructions.
(C .A .F.O . 1561/31.)
315
Section 22359/1936
Adequate insurance must be in force under a policy covering all risks normally
incurred and/or insurable (subject to the exception referred to below), e.g., accident
to the owner, including medical expenses, bodily injury to or death of third parties,
including passengers, and damage to the property of third parties.
2. Insurance against damage to or loss of the officers vehicle is not required,
but it should be clearly understood that the Admiralty cannot accept liability for
damage sustained by the vehicle while it is being used on official business.
3. The usual form of comprehensive policy will be regarded as complying
with this regulation. Care should be taken to ensure that the policy covers the use
of the vehicle on official business, and, if official passengers are carried, that the
reference in the policy to passengers will be regarded by the Insurance Company
as covering official passengers. An undertaking that their policies do in fact give
such cover has been given by a number of Insurance Companies and Underwriters
see list published in Admiralty Fleet Orders from time to time but if insurance is
effected with any other insurers an endorsement to the policy should be obtained to
show that it covers the use of the vehicle on official business and while conveying
Government passengers.
( b) When the officer or man concerned is the driver but not the owner, the risk
of personal injury to him should be covered by an appropriate extension of the
existing insurance of the vehicle, but when ratings are regularly employed as
chauffeurs, the more comprehensive insurance shown at (c) is required.
(c) Ratings employed as officers' chauffeurs. Except as provided under (6)
above, an officer employing a Naval rating or Royal Marine (e.g., his coxswain or
servant) to drive his car will be required to indemnify the Admiralty against any
death or disablement benefits payable either to the man or to his dependants under
Section 22359/1936
316
the Kings Regulations and Admiralty Instructions, if the man is killed or injured
whilst so employed. He will also be required to indemnify the Admiralty against
the following charges for medical treatment in such an event:
(i) I f the man is admitted to a Naval, Military or Air Force hospital any
extra expense incurred, e.g., the cost of outside civilian assistance
obtained in connection with the case. No charge will be made against
the officer for the mans maintenance or for treatment from Naval,
Military or Air Force sources.
(ii) I f the man is admitted to a civil hospitalthe actual cost of maintenance
and treatment, including any charges (e.g., surgeons fees, ambulance,
etc,) which may be payable in addition to the actual charges made by
the hospital authorities. No charge will be made against the rating.
(iii) I f the man is attended by a civilian medical practitioner other than an
Admiralty surgeon and agent the actual charges made by the civilian
medical practitioner.
(iv) The cost of any dentures, surgical appliance or spectacles, or repairs,
renewals or replacements thereof (including subsequent repairs, renewals
or replacements), resulting from an injury so sustained, admissible under
the Regulations.
2. The rating or marine will be regarded as on duty whenever he is ordered by
the officer to drive the car, irrespective of whether it is a journey for which allowances
are drawn or not.
3. The officer must effect an insurance to cover all the foregoing benefits to the
man or his dependants. The necessary indemnity can probably be obtained by an
appropriate endorsement to the insurance ordinarily issuable in respect of a chauffeur
as an addition to a private motor car policy.
317
Section 22564/1936
2.
Their Lordships regard these offences as most serious breaches of
discipline and consider that ordinarily they should be dealt with by courtmartial. In the absence of mitigating circumstances officers found guilty
of these offences will be considered unsuitable for retention in the Fleet
A ir Arm.
Section 22744/1936
318
Deleted.
( K .R . and A .I. Art. 421, and App. X X I I , Part 1 B.R. 14, Drafting Regulations.)
319
Section 22748/1936
E q u ip m en t.
T y p e P o rta b le S ou n d F ilm E q u ip m e n t. This apparatus,
which may be supplied to H.M. ships through the Admiralty
Cinema Fund, is less liable to cause fire than the majority of
other types of projector known to exist in the Fleet. This is due
partly to the special double light cut-off fitted in the projector
and partly to the general design.
(a ) N
Section 22748/1936
320
is us^d.
Films are not to be shown in the vicinity of compartments or areas
containing explosives or readily inflammable stores or of ventilating trunks
leading to dangerous areas.
6. Notes on F ilm Fires.
A film fire cannot be put out, whatever the extinguisher or method used
may be. The flame can be put out by smothering it with asbesto blankets, or
foam, or by plunging it in water, but combustion continues, resulting in
suffocating, dense fumes, which w ill prove to be much more dangerous than
the fire.
A loose film, such as may have been allowed to flake itself down on the
deck under the cinema projector by careless operation, will, if it catches fire,
burn very intensely and suddenly, but very quickly.
A film rolled up in its box with the lid of the box open will not burn
quite so suddenly or so quickly, but the fire is intense while it lasts.
In both the above cases the film will burn itself out in from 3 to 5 minutes
leaving no fumesadded to which the flame would not be dangerous to
anything outside the immediate vicinity.
A film rolled up in its box with the lid shut would, on catching fire,
cause combustion, and fumes would leak out through cracks, etc.
In a modern cinema house the projector is operated in a fire-proof
compartment entirely separated from the auditorium. This compartment is
excellently lighted and has an air vent in the roof for the escape of fumes.
On board H.M. ships this arrangement cannot be adopted in its entirety,
but an avoidable risk is taken if the operator is working in semi-darkness.
I f a film catches fire and cannot readily be taken on deck, it should be
allowed to burn itself outfire extinguishers and fire hose being used after
wards to extinguish any resultant fire.
I f the film catches fire in the projector it is most important to keep the
door o f the p rojector shut. This should effectively localise the fire.
321
Section 22748/1936
N o te s
on
O peration,
C are
and
M a intenan ce
of
F ilm
The following directions are issued as a guide both for operators and for
those who are responsible for their efficiency:
( a ) P r e p a ra tio n o f F ilm . Film
(C30235)
Section 22834/1936
322
stations
(iii) Zone A rates w ill not come into force in any ship returning to
England from another zone until arrival at a home port. Intermediate calls
at other ports in Zone A on the voyage are to be disregarded.
3. Ships C ru is in g . (i) The foregoing arrangements apply generally
to ships of the Home Fleet proceeding to Gibraltar and other ports in
Zone B during the Spring Cruise except that the tem porary return of any
ship into Zone A from Zone B is to be ignored, Zone B rates remaining in
force during such periods.
(ii) When
training ship
Zones A and
Admiralty as
cruise.
(iii) Ships serving on foreign stations w ill retain their own zonal rates
during any period of a cruise which may be spent outside the limits of their
station.
323
Section 22873/1936
The conditions of service, advancement, pay, leave, medical and dental arrange
ments for Royal Australian Navy personnel serving in the Royal Navy, are shown
in Section B.
The conditions of service, advancement, pay, etc., of Royal Navy personnel
serving in the Royal Australian Navy are shown in Section C.
The rates of pay and allowances payable in the Royal Australian Navy are
shown in Section D.
R o y a l A u s t r a l ia n N a v y B o r n e
Sh ip s a n d E s t a b l is h m e n t s .
of
the
of
H.M.
on
the
B ooks
R.A.N. personnel who are sent to England for service or training in the Royal
Navy are to be borne on the books of Portsmouth Depot from the date of their
arrival in England until their first appointment, and subsequently during the intervals
between appointments until the date of embarkation for return to Australia.
Unless instructed to the contrary, they are to join the R.N. Barracks during
these periods.
2. The accounts of officers and men are to be entered on separate lists of the
ledger (List 14 or 17, R.A.N.). The pay and victualling are also to be shown
separately in the Ledger Abstract under the heading General Accounts (Common
wealth of Australia).
3. Pay and allowances are to be credited at the rates applicable to the Royal
Australian Navy, which will be shown on Transfer Lists. (See also Section D).
No variation in these rates nor payment of additional allowances should be made
unless specially authorised by H.M.A. London Depot, Australia House, Strand,
London, W.C.2, to whom communications relating thereto should be addressed direct.
All questions of advancement, award, or restoration of Good Conduct Badges,
Long Service and Good Conduct Medals, and of allowance for non-substantive
rating on qualifying for same should similarly be referred, accompanied by Service
Certificates, before any payment is made in respect thereof.
4. Recommendations for promotion of R.A.N. officers are to include particulars
of the position, if any, in the station order of merit in which each officer would
have been placed had he belonged to the Royal Navy. The total number in order
of merit and the total number recommended should also be shown. The recom
mendations are to be sent in on separate forms.
Duplicate copies of Forms S.596 and S.206 relating to R.A.N. officers should be
transmitted by the Commander-in-Chief or Senior Officer concerned direct to the
Secretary, Naval Board, Navy Office, Melbourne, in sufficient time to reach the
Navy Office by 1st June and 1st December each year.
5. Forms S.63, S.63b, S.54 and S.54b, in respect of allotments should be
forwarded to H.M.A. London Depot, Australia House, Strand, W.C.2, for necessary
action. Allotments payable in the United Kingdom on behalf of R.A.N. personnel
serving in the Royal Navy, should not be continued after the embarkation of the
allottor for Australia, except with the prior approval of the Commonwealth Naval
Board.
6. On discharge of R.A.N. personnel from one ship to another, Australian
rates of pay and allowancas should be shown on Transfer Lists, which are to be
forwarded with them, duplicate Transfer Lists being also sent to H.M.A. London
Depot, Australia House, Strand, London, W.C.2.
7.
Any clothing, etc., taken up on repayment from Government Stocks is to
be paid for by cash and the charges will not appear in the ledger.
(C30235)
Section 32873/1936
324
8. All claims, including those for travelling expenses and subsistence, are to
be forwarded direct to H.M.A. London Dpt for necessary action.
9. Private Motor Vehicles.Before authority can be given for the use by
R.A.N. personnel of a privately owned motor car on official duty, the policy of
insurance and annual receipt for premium, under a comprehensive policy (covering
the use of the vehicle on official business and third party risks) must be produced.
The policy must name the Commonwealth as the insured or one of the insured.
This may be done by an appropriate endorsement on an existing policy.
Claims should be supported by a certificate from the Commanding Officer
or the Accountant Officer in the following terms :
I certify that.......................... has produced an insurance policy and
receipts for premium showing that his private car is insured under a com
prehensive policy (covering the use of the vehicle on official business and
third party risks) for the period covered by the claim, and that the Common
wealth is insured thereby.
10. Effects of deceased persons or deserters (late members of the R.A.N.)
should not be disposed of until authority has been received from H.M.A. London
Dpt, and it should be noted that the disposal of. effects frequently necessitates
reference to Australia.
11. A complete extract from the ledger showing details of accounts, etc.,
in respect of all R.A.N. ranks and ratings borne during the period covered by the
ledger is to be forwarded to H.M.A. London Dpt as soon as possible after the ledger
is closed.
On the return of an officer or rating to one of H.M.A. Ships or Establishments,
the extract is to be sent immediately he is discharged and not at the end of the period
covered by the ledger. The accounts thus rendered should not be included in the
extract forwarded at the end of the quarter.
When officers or ratings are borne in H.M. Ships or Establishments fo r victual*
only, any credit to which they may become entitled and any charges incurred
therein should be communicated in detail as they occur to the H.M.A. Ships or London
Depot in which they are borne for pay, where the necessary adjustment of account
will be made.
*
12. Officers of the R.A.N. serving in H.M. Ships are to be given the usual Service
Certificate, a copy of which is to be forwarded by the Commanding Officer direct
to the H.M.A. London Dpt. A notation that this has been done is to be made on
the counterpart and the date of transmission should also be recorded.
13. It is to be noted that so far as financial matters are concerned the Kings
Regulations and Admiralty Instructions for the Royal Navy do not apply to ranks
and ratings of the R.A.N.
PART II
Medical and Dental
1. I f officers and men attached to the R.N. for loan service, training, etc.,
contract venereal disease, the facts should be reported as soon as possible to H.M.A.
London Dpt, who will communicate the necessary instructions regarding pay, etc.
2. Officers of the R.A.N. serving under exchange conditions in the R.N. are
subject to the conditions laid down in Kings Regulations and Admiralty Instructions.
Dental Treatment in the United Kingdom when attached to H .M . Ships and
Establishments
325
Section 22873/1936
Refunds for dental treatment obtained from other than Service sources will be
made in accordance with the following clauses :
Where treatment by a naval dentist is not available and emergency treatment
for the relief of pain has to be obtained from a civilian dentist, consideration will be
given to a claim for refund of reasonable expenses in respect of treatment for the
relief of pain only. Any such claim should be accompanied by a full statement of
the circumstances.
Personnel serving at places where no Service dental facilities are available may
obtain treatment from local civilian dentists. Written orders for treatment required
should be obtained from the Senior Naval Officer, Admiralty Form S.31, or the form
of authority set out in Consolidated Orders and Regulations being used for the pur
pose. Orders should be attached to claims for refunds, and should be certified as
to correctness (before payment is approved) by the officer authorising the treatment.
Refunds in respect of treatment obtained under the above conditions will be
made only in accordance with the scale of fees for operative dental treatment set
out in Admiralty Fleet Orders.
Treatment by Private Practitioner in Case of Illness
4. When Service treatment is not available owing to a member being taken
ill while on leave and at a place where there is no Naval Medical Officer or Naval
Hospital, members of the R.A.N. are to seek treatment by a private practitioner
or in a civil hospital if fit to be moved. Fees incurred will generally be borne by
the Commonwealth of Australia up to a reasonable amount.
In all cases the
illness and cause should be reported forthwith to H.M.A. London Depot, through the
Commanding Officer, by the member, together with a certificate signed by the medical
practitioner attending the case. The certificate must state :
(a) The disease from which the member is suffering.
(b) That he is unfit to travel to the nearest place where he could obtain
treatment from a Naval source.
(c) The distance between the patients residence and the doctors house or
surgery.
(d ) Whether attended at the mans residence or the doctors surgery.
A similar certificate is to be furnished weekly until fit to travel or removal to
a Naval Hospital.
In an emergency, where it is necessary for a surgical operation to be performed
by a private practitioner, because the members condition does not enable him to
travel to a place where he could receive treatment from Naval medical sources, the
sum allowed for medical expenses will be specially considered up to an amount
of 30.
Checking on Ledger. A member who reports sick while on short leave should
be checked to sick leave from date of commencement of sickness, as indicated in
the medical report, and should be credited with leave allowance from that date and
while unfit to travel.
In the case of a member who reports sick while checked to leave, he should
be re-checked to sick leave from the commencing date of sickness, as shown on
medical report, and should continue to be credited with leave allowance while unfit
to travel.
When the member is sent to hospital he should be checked or re-checked as
necessary to hospital, the name of the hospital being inserted in the ledger. It
should be noted that leave allowance is not payable while in hospital.
Medical and Dental History Sheets
5. When R.A.N. officers are first appointed, either on loan or for exchange
service, in the Royal Navy, Medical History Sheets will be issued by the Medical
Director-General to the Senior Medical Officer of the ship or establishment to which
the officer has been appointed, and should be retained in his custody. Dental
(C30235)
m 3
Section 22873/1936
326
History Sheets will be issued to the Senior Dental Officer, should one be serving in
the ship or establishment, otherwise they will be issued to the Senior Medical Officer.
They should be endorsed with the necessary entries recording treatment, in the same
way as the Medical History Sheets and Dental Cards of Naval ratings. When an
officer is discharged, his Medical and Dental History Sheets should be transmitted
under registered confidential cover to the Senior Medical or Dental Officer, as the
case may be, of the ship or establishment to which he has next been appointed. I f
no fresh appointment has been issued, they should be forwarded to the Medical
Director-General. They should invariably accompany a patient to a Naval hospital
in order to facilitate full consideration of his case.
6. When Medical Officers are completing the portion of the Medical History
Sheet referring to general medical examinations, only the columns referring to
weight and chest need be completed.
7. Medical History Sheets of officers are to be kept personally by the Senior
Medical Officer, and are of a distinctive colour to aid in their being treated as highly
confidential.
8. I f there is no Naval Medical Officer attached to the ship or establishment
to which the R.A.N. officer has been appointed, the Medical and Dental History
Sheets should be retained in the custody of the Commanding Officer or Senior Naval
Officer, and medical and dental treatment should be recorded by the Surgeon and
Agent or civil practitioner rendering the treatment, when treatment has been
arranged by the Service.
9. These arrangements do hot supersede reports required under existing
R.N. regulations.
PA R T I I I
Leave Regulations
1. The leave of officers and men of the Royal Australian Navy serving in
H.M. Ships and Establishments is to be governed by the routine of the squadron,
ship or establishment to which they are attached.
2. Foreign service leave, calculated at the rate of seven days for each completed
six months, and one day for each completed month of the remaining period, will
be granted on return to Australia, provided the amount of leave thus accumulated
does not exceed 42 days.
3. Officers and men borne on the books of H.M. Ships or Establishments
awaiting return passage to Australia on completion of service or training, may be
granted leave as convenient, should they so desire, and arrangements should be
made direct with H.M.A. London Dpt, Australia House, Strand, London, W.C.2,
with respect to the leave so granted. Such leave will not be deducted from
foreign service leave on return to Australia.
4. Railway Concessions For particulars regarding concession fares available
to R.A.N. personnel and their wives and families, see A.F.O. 2648/35 Section X V I.
C. R.N. PERSONNEL ON EXCHANGE OR LOAN TO
R O Y A L.A U S TR A LIA N NAVY.
PART I
O f f ic e r s
and
Men
of
R o y a l N a v y a b o u t to ta k e
R o y a l A u s t r a l ia n N a v y .
the
Se r v ic e i n t h e
An officer of the Royal Navy appointed to the Royal Australian Navy direct
from Full Pay or Unemployed Pay at the Full Pay rate should be paid by the
Accountant Officer of his Ship or Depot up to the date immediately preceding that
of his appointment. A Transfer List is to be forwarded to H.M.A. London Depot,
Australia House, Strand, W.C.2, and also a duplicate to the Director of Navy
Accounts.
2.
When a rating is selected for service in the Royal Australian Navy, the date
of commencement of his R.A.N. engagement will be determined by H.M.A. London
Depot, and the ship informed. Such rating should be paid by the Accountant
Officer of his ship up to the date of his discharge from the Royal Navy, a Transfer
List being forwarded to H.M.A. London Dpt, and a duplicate to the Director of
Navy Accounts.
327
Section 22873/1936
1. An officer, Petty Officer, or man of the Royal Navy serving in the Royal
Australian Navy on loan, who is promoted by the Admiralty, but not required in
the R.A.N. in the higher rank or rating, will continue to receive pay and allowances
at the rates applicable to the R.A.N. for the rank or rating held prior to Admiralty
promotion until final discharge from the R.A.N. Where, however, a corresponding
promotion is granted in the Royal Australian Navy, pay and allowances in the higher
rank will, as regards officers, be credited from the date of reappointment to one of
H.M.A. ships in the higher rank. Petty Officers and men will similarly receive pay
and allowances of the higher rating from the date of advancement. The conditions
of advancement of ratings while on loan will generally be similar to those in the
Royal Navy. (<See A.F.O. 1212/35.)
2. The arrangements for the payment of officers and men of the Royal Navy
serving in the Royal Australian Navy in exchange appointments or on loan, are as
under. The arrangements do not apply to officers in receipt of consolidated salary.
Officers serving in Exchange Appointments
3. These officers are to be paid at R.N. rates of pay chargeable to the Admiralty
and subject to United Kingdom Income Tax, but if serving in a shore appointment,
will further be liable to Australian State Tax and State Unemployment Tax.*
*
From 1st July, 1931, and until further notice, R.N. officers serving in shore
appointments on exchange in the State of Victoria, are exempt from Australian
State Tax and State Unemployment Tax, and in New South Wales they will be
exempt from State and Unemployment Relief Tax whilst employed on a Common
wealth vessel, but if serving at Garden Island or on shore in the State, will be liable
for State and Unemployment Relief Tax.
Note . So far as financial matters are concerned, the Kings Regulations and
Admiralty Instructions do not apply to ranks and ratings lent for service with the
Royal Australian Navy.
(C30235)
m 4
Section 22873/1936
328
They will be borne for pay on the ledgers of the R.A.N. ships and establishments
to which they may be appointed. The payments actually made to them in Australia
will be made in Australian currency, and exchange adjustments will be made halfyearly on the basis of the average daily rate of exchange obtaining during the
preceding six months. Allotments will be parmitted within the limits laid down by
Kings Regulations and Admiralty Instructions. I f payable in the United Kingdom
the amounts allotted will be paid in sterling. I f payable elsewhere they will be paid
in local currency at the appropriate rate of exchange. Remittances (as distinct
from allotments) from Australia will not be officially arranged for.
R.A.N. rates of pay in Australian currency and will be subject to Australian taxation.
(See also Section D).
5. Each officer will, however, be paid periodically or at the end of loan service
by the Admiralty, in addition, such round sum as may be necessary to bring his
total R.A.N. emoluments (less Australian taxation thereon) approximately up to
the amount (less United Kingdom income tax) that he would have received if
serving in a similar appointment in the R.N., ignoring any difference in exchange
(i.e., for the purpose of this comparison the Australian will be taken at par). (See
also paragraph 7.)
Claims to this supplementary payment are normally to be rendered by officers
through the Australian Authorities at intervals of not less than three, and preferably
not less than six, months, but may, if so desired, be rendered on the completion of
service in the Royal Australian Navy. The claims should be related to calendar
quarters, i.e., they should be rendered in respect of the periods ending 31st March,
30th June, 30th September and 31st December of any year ; and claims relating
to a period ending 30th June should be accompanied by a United Kingdom Income
Tax Declaration completed in full in accordance with the rules for the payment of
United Kingdom Income Tax.
Claims for officers who have since returned to the Royal Navy are to be rendered
direct to the Director of Navy Accounts.
6. The allotments of officers serving on loan will be subject to the following
restrictions :
(a) I f the officers wife and family
ceeds to Australia.
Any loss on exchange resulting from allotments within the above prescribed
limits will be borne by the Australian Government.
7. These arrangements for allotment do not apply to the additional sum
payable by the Admiralty in accordance with paragraph 5 above. This additional
sum will be paid at the option of the officer either (a) to his nominee in the United
Kingdom, in sterling, or (b) to the officer himself in Australia in Australian currency
at the rate of exchange authorised at the time of payment.
8.
The foregoing arrangements for equalising total pay (less tax charges) will
be generally applicable to ratings serving on loan, but allotments will be allowed
without restriction.
329
Section 22873/1936
PART III
O f f ic e r s a n d M e n o f t h e R o y a l N a v y R e t u r n in g f r o m S e r v ic e i n
R o y a l A u s t r a l ia n N a v y .
thb
1. Officers and men of the Royal Navy returning from the Royal Australian
Navy for reversion to the Royal Navy are to be borne nominally on the books of
one of the R.N. Depots for disciplinary purposes only, from the date of arrival in
England to the date of expiration of their R.A.N. leave. Payment will be made to
them direct by H.M.A. London Depot.
2. For officers, a Transfer List will be forwarded by H.M.A. London Depot to
H.M.S. Victory, showing the period for which such officers should be borne
nominally on that Depots books, a notation being made that payment will be
effected direct by H.M.A. London Depot for such period.
3. Transfer Lists in respect of ratings will be furnished to the respective Depots
to which they will return on the expiration of their R.A.N. leave, indicating the
period for which they should be borne nominally on Depot books prior to reversion
to the Royal Navy. A t the expiration of leave, pay documents, Service Certificates,
etc., will be forwarded by H.M.A. London Depot to R.N. Depot.
4. An officer on loan from the R.N. who is receiving Command Money, and
relinquishes command to return to the United Kingdom, will be credited with
Command Money up to and inclusive of the date of arrival in the United Kingdom,
provided that if departure is delayed, or he is permitted to make his own arrange
ments for passage home, credit will not be continued beyond the period which
would have been taken had he sailed by the first available opportunity after
relinquishing command.
5. An officer who at his own request reverts to the Royal Navy before the
expiration of the period of loan to the Royal Australian Navy, will be required to
defray all expenses in connection with the passage to Australia of his relief and
his own passage to England, unless very strong reasons are put forward why such
charge should not be made.
6. Officers and men entitled to a return passage to the United Kingdom, who
are permitted to remain in Australia on the termination of their engagement in the
R.A.N. will be allowed to defer their passage for a period not exceeding six months,
subject to the proviso that the Commonwealth Authorities will be liable only for
the cost of the return passage at the rate in force at the time of discharge from
the R.A.N.
7. Allotments.Naval personnel who are utilising the allotment system are
to be afforded, at the earliest opportunity, facilities for varying their allotment
commitments in the light of their requirements upon reverting to Royal Naval
rates of pay, subject to the limits prescribed by Article 1756, Clause 3 (a), Kings
Regulations and Admiralty Instructions.
With a view to ensuring continuity of support of wives and other depend
ants, men of the Royal Navy returning to England whose dependants are residing
abroad should, upon first appearance in Depot, be encouraged to declare (with
prospective effect where Australian pay is still being credited) new or revised
allotments in their favour.
8. Marriage Allowance. Where the wife and/or children have not accompanied
the man to Australia or return at the same time, the necessary action will be taken
by the Director of Navy Accounts. Where, however, the wife and/or children
continue to reside abroad it is necessary for a special report to be forwarded. Upon
first appearance in depot all Naval ratings should therefore be questioned as to
whether they claim to be entitled to Marriage Allowance in respect of a wife and/or
children residing abroad and, if so, a report should be forwarded to the Director of
Navy Accounts upon such of the following points as may be applicable :
(i) Present address of wife.
(ii) Whether she is following the man to this country and, if so, the approxi
mate date of arrival.
(iii) I f she is not proceeding to this country, the reason for remaining abroad.
iv) Names and ages of his children under 14 years.
(v) Name and address of guardian of children, if motherless.
(vi) Amount of allotment in force in favour of wife or guardian on reversion
to R.N. rates of pay.
Section 22873/1936
330
Midshipman
Sub-Lieutenant
Lieutenant on promotion
After 4 years
After 6 years
Lieutenant-Commander on promotion
After 3 years
After 6 years
Commander on promotion
After 3 years
After 6 years
After 9 years
Captain on promotion
After 3 years
After 6 years
After 9 years
Rear Admiral
Engineer Officers
...
...
6
11
18
0
4
10
12
14
0
4
8
12
0
5
10
15
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rank.
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
5
...
...
0
]
1
1
13
0
3
7
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
5
14
16
18
5
9
13
17
0
5
10
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
s. d.
An allowance for Engineer duties is included in the scale of pay for officers of
the Engineering Branch up to Commanders rank inclusive. The above rates
for the Engineering Branch will be paid continuously while an officer is employed
on Engineering duties. A Lieutenant (E) or Lieut.-Commander (E) who reverts to
deck duties shall, whilst employed on such duties, receive pay on the scale of the
Executive Branch.
A Probationary Engineer-Sub-Lieutenant shall receive pay and allowances
as laid down for Engineer-Sub-Lieutenanbs on promotion.
The conditions regarding the commencement of (E) pay for Sub-Lieutenant (E)
and Lieutenant (E) shall be as approved by the Naval Board.
331
Section 23873/1936
Rate per Diem.
Accountant Officers
s.
Rank.
Paymaster-Cadet
Paymaster-Midshipman
Paymaster-Sub-Lieutenant ...
Paymaster-Lieutenant on promotion ...
After 4 years
After 6 years
Paymaster-Lieutenant-Commander on promotion
After 3 years
After 6 years
Paymaster-Commander on promotion ...
After 3 years
After 6 years
After 9 years
Paymaster-Captain on promotion
After 3 years
After 6 years
After 9 years
...
d.
0
0
6
6
0
0
0
0
1
1
11
18
0
4
0
6
0
0
1 10
1 12
1 14
2 4
2 12
2
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
15
0
5
10
Medical Officers*
per Diem.
s. d.
Rank.
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
4
Surgeon-Lieutenant on entry
After 3 years
Surgeon-Lieutenant-Commander on promotion
After 3 years
Surgeon-Commander on promotion
After 3 years
After 6 years
After 9 years
After 12 years
After 15 years
Surgeon-Captain on promotion ...
After 3 years
After 6 years
After 9 years
10
12
15
17
5
9
13
17
0
4
5
10
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
0
0
Dental Officers
Rate per Diem.
s. d.
Rank.
...
...
...
1
1
1 15
0
0
0
2
2
2
2
3 0
5 0
9 0
13 0
A Dental Surgeon who is qualified medically shall receive pay under the scale
for the Medical Branch.
An officer of the Medical Branch who has his seniority as Surgeon-Commander
ante-dated to the date of his attaining 6 years seniority as Surgeon-LieutenantCommander shall not be eligible for increase of pay and allowances until the date
of passing the qualifying examination.
*A Medical Officer whose present rate of pay exceeds the above rate appropriate
to his rank and seniority may continue to be credited with the higher rate until he
becomes entitled to an increased rate under the above scale.
Section 22873/1936
332
Chaplains
Rate per Diem.
s. d.
Chaplain on entry
After 3 years
After 6 years
After 9 years
After 12 years
After 15 years
After 18 years
After 21 years
After 24 years
After 27 years
After 30 years
1 0
1 3
1 6
0
0
0
1 9
1 12
1 15
1 18
0
0
1 0
2 4
2 7
0
0
2 10
Instructor Officers
per Diem.
8. d.
Rank.
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
1
4
10
12
14
0
4
8
12
15
0
5
10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The following daily rates of Active Pay shall apply to officers of and promoted
from Warrant Rank ; except those referred to in (a) below.
Warrant Officer
After 3 years ...
After 6 years ...
After 9 years ...
Commissioned Officer from Warrant
Rank
After 3 years ...
After 6 years ...
After 9 years ...
Lieutenant on promotion
After 3 years ...
After 6 years ...
Lieutenant-Commander
After 3 years ...
Commander ...
Mechanical Branch.
Non-Mechanical
Branch.
0
0
0
0
16 0
17 0
18 0
18 6
1 1 0
1 3 0
1 4 0
1 6 0
1 8 0
1 9 0
1 10 0
1 12 0
1 16 0
As for Commander
of Branch.
0
0
0
0
15
16
17
17
0
0
0
6
1 0 0
1 2 0
1 3 0
1 5 0
1 7 0
1 8 0
1 9 0
1 11 0
1 15 0
As for Commander
of Branch.
Section 22873/1936
333
(a)
The following daily rates of Active Pay shall apply to officers promoted to
Mate from Warrant Rank, and to such officers promoted to Lieutenant and
Lieutenant-Commander from Mate.
Lieutenant on promotion
After 4 years
After 6 years
Lieutenant-Commander on promotion
After 3 years
After 6 years
Commander
Mechanical
Branch.
Non-Mechanical
Branch.
1 2 6
1 5 0
1 4 0
1 7 0
1 9 0
1 6 0
1 14 0
1 10 0
1 16 0
1 12 0
1 18 0
1 14 0
As for Commander As for Commander
of Branch.
of Branch.
Any Warrant Officer whose total emoluments as a rating, on the date immedi
ately preceding his promotion to Warrant Rank, exceeded the amount to which
he would be entitled as a Warrant Officer, may, on the approval of the Naval Board,
be paid a special rate of pay. Such cases shall be dealt with in accordance with the
conditions governing similar cases in the Royal Navy.
The Mechanical Branch shall include the ranks of Warrant Engineer, Com
missioned Engineer, Warrant Mechanician, Commissioned Mechanician, Warrant
Shipwright, Commissioned Shipwright, Warrant Electrician, Commissioned
Electrician, Warrant Ordnance Officer, Commissioned Ordnance Officer and Officers
promoted to Lieutenant and Lieutenant Commander from the foregoing ranks.
The Non-Mechanical Branch shall include the ranks of Gunner, Commissioned
Gunner, Gunner (T), Commissioned Gunner (T), Boatswain, Commissioned Boat
swain, Signal Boatswain, Commissioned Signal Boatswain, Warrant Telegraphist,
Commissioned Telegraphist, Warrant Wardmaster, Commissioned Wardmaster,
Warrant Master-at-Arms, Commissioned Master-at-Arms, Warrant Writer, Com
missioned Writer, Warrant Supply Officer, Commissioned Supply Officer, Warrant
Cook, Commissioned Cook, Warrant Steward, Commissioned Steward, Warrant
Bandmaster, Commissioned Bandmaster and Officers promoted to Lieutenant and
Lieutenant-Commander from the foregoing ranks.
Schoolmasters
The following daily rates of Active Pay shall apply to officers serving in the
Schoolmaster Branch :
D,
r,
Rate per Diem.
8. d.
Schoolmaster Candidate
Probationary Schoolmaster ...
Schoolmaster (Warrant Officer) after 1 year from entry, or
on confirmation, if later
After 2 years from entry
And thence by annual increments of 6d. per day to ...
Senior Master
Officers at present serving in such rank
On promotion
And thence by annual increments of 6d. per day to
Head Master (Lieutenant)
On promotion
After 3 years
After 6 years
Head Master (Lieutenant-Commander)
On promotion
After 3 years
0 12 0
0 12 6
0 13 0
0 13 6
1 5 0*
1 3 0
1 8 0
1 8 0
1 9 0
1 10 0
1 12 0
1 16 0
*
Provided that increase in pay beyond 17s. per day shall be subject to promotion
to Commissioned Officer from Warrant Rank.
Section 22873/1936
334
PA R T II.ALLOWANCES (OFFICERS)
1. Lodging Allowance. Payable, subject to approval of H.M.A. London Dpt,
when not provided with Service accommodation on board or quarters on shore.
Rate per Diem.
s. d.
>
Commander
5 6
Lieutenant-Commander ...
5 3
"2 M
' ...
>- G ...
4 0
Other Commissioned Officers
Midshipman
3 0
h '
Commissioned Officer from Warrant Rank 3
... 1
3
0
Warrant Officer
... } *
In cases where Lodging Allowance is paid owing to quarters not being available
and the officer resides at his own home, the rates of Lodging Allowance shall be
the foregoing rates, less the amount of Marriage Allowance, if any, drawn.
Officers in receipt of Lodging Allowance are not to be credited with same when
on leave for periods exceeding four days.
Lodging Allowance Annual Rate. Officers (Sea-going) of the Royal Australian
Navy who are appointed to positions on shore, and are not provided with accommo
dation, shall be paid Lodging Allowance at the following rates, provided that,
where the period of service ashore does not exceed one month, officers shall be paid
the difference between the daily and annual rates of Lodging Allowance prescribed
in this clause :
Rank or Relative Rank.
0
0
0
0
for the full number of days during which ward room subscription is paid.
3. Provision Allowance. When rations in kind are not supplied during periods
of duty, and members are required to victual themselves from other than Service
sources, an allowance at the rate of 2s. Id. per diem shall be paid.
4. Leave Allowance.When rations in kind are not supplied during periods
on leave exceeding 48 hours, a Leave Allowance at the rate of 2s. Id. per diem shall
be paid in lieu of rations, except in the case of Midshipmen (E) serving at R.N.E.
College, Keyham, to whom the rate of 5s. 0d. per diem is payable.
Section 22873/1936
335
Widowers.
Married Members.
Rank.
Wife
only.
2 or
Wife Wife and
2 or more 1 Child. more
and
Children.
1 Child. Children.
s. d.
s. d.
8. d.
s. d.
s. d.
6
6
3 3
3 3
4 0
3 3
1 9
1 9
2 6
1 9
2 0
2 0
2 0
Nil
Nil
1 0
1 0
1 0
Nil
Nil
Warrant Officers.
...
Scale 2. Schoolmasters
Wide)wers.
Married Members.
Wife
only.
Schoolmaster.
...
16
17
...
17
18
...
18
19
...
,, 19 ,,
,, 24 ,, '
,,
jj 24 ,,
,, 25 ,,
,,
s. d.
2 6
2 6
2 6
2 0
2 0
2 0
1 6
1 0
2 or
Wife Wife and
and
2 or more 1 Child. more
Children.
1 Child. Children.
s. d.
3 3
3 3
3 3
2 9
2 3
2 0
1 6
1 0
0 6
s. d.
s. d.
s. d.
4
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
0
1 9
1 9
1 9
1 3
0 9
0 6
Nil
Nil
Nil
2 6
2 0
1 9
1 3
0 9
0 6
Nil
Nil
Nil
0
6
3
9
3
0
6
0
6
Senior Master.
2 0
2 0
Nil
Nil
1 6
1 6
Nil
Nil
1 0
1 0
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Section 22873/1936
336
Seaman Class
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
2
2
5
..............................................................................................................
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
if passed for Petty
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Officer, or after
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Signal Branch
9
6(a)
0(b)
0(a)
4 0(6)
7 0
7 2
7 4
8 0
8
9
9
10
10
11
2
6
10
2
6
0*
Per Diem.
s. d.
1
2
2
5
4
7
7
7
9
6(a)
0(6)
0(a)
0(6)
3
5
7
8 6
8 8
10
10
10
11
11
0
4
8
0
6*
337
Section 22873/1936
Telegraphist Branch
Ordinary Telegraphist
,,
,,
Telegraphist
After 3 years mans time
After 6 years mans time
Leading Telegraphist ...
After 1 years service as such if passed for Petty Officer Telegraphist
or for higher standard or after 3 years in any case
Petty Officer Telegraphist
After 3 years service as such ...
After 6 years service as such ...
Chief Petty Officer Telegraphist
After 3 years service as such ...
Stoker Branch
Stoker:
...
...
3rd Class ...
99
99
...
...
1st Class ...
After 3 years mans time ...
After 6 years mans time ...
Acting Leading Stoker
Leading Stoker ...
After 3 years service as such
Stoker Petty Officer
After 3 years service as such if in possession of stokehold
certificate
After 6 years service as such if in possession of stokehold
certificate ...
Chief Stoker
After 3 years service as such
M echanicians
Per Diem.
s. d.
1
2
2
5
4
7
7
7
8
9
6(a)
0(6)
0(a)
0(0)
3
5
7
6
8
10
10
10
11
11
8
0
4
8
0
6*
Per Diem,
s. d.
2
2
5
4
7
7
7
8
8
8
10
6(a)
0(6)
6(a)
6(6)
6
8
10
6
6
8
0
10 4
10 8
11 0
11 6*
Per Diem.
8. d.
10
11
11
12
12
13
6
0
6
0
6
0
11 0
11 6
12 0
12 6
13 0
13
14
,,
,,
,,
subsequently to 26th September, 1935.
6
6
Section 22873/1936
338
Artificer Branch
Per Diem.
s. d.
Shipwrights
93
11 6
11 6
12 0
12 6
13 0
13 6
14 6
Per Diem.
s. d.
Shipwright:
5th Class ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
4th Class ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
3rd C la s s ....................................................................................
2nd Class ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1st Class ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Chief Shipwright:
2nd Class ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1st Class ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Artisan Branch
93
11 6
12 0
12 6
13 0
13 6
14 6
Per Diem.
Blacksmith :
s. d.
5th Class ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
... 8 3
4thClass ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
... 911
3rd Class ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
... 10 6
2nd Class ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
... 10 10
1st Class ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
... 11 2
After 3 years service as such
...
...
...
...
... 11 6
Chief Blacksmith
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
... 12 0
After 3 years service as such ...
...
...
...
...
... 12 6
After 6 years service as such ...
...
...
...
...
... 13 0
Plumber, Joiner, Dental Mechanic, and Painter:
5th Class ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
... 8 0
4th Class ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
... 9 8
3rd Class ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
... 10 3
2nd Class ...
...
...
...
...
. .
...
...
... 10 7
1st Class ...
...
...
...
..
...
...
...
...
10 11
After 3 years service as such
...
...
...
...
... 11 3
Chief Plumber, Chief Joiner, Chief Dental Mechanic, and Chief Painter: 11 9
After 3 years service as such ...
...
...
...
...
... 12 3
After 6 years service as such ...
...
...
...
...
... 12 9
Sailmakers
Sailmakers Mate
...
...
...
After 3 years service as such ...
Sailmaker
...
...
....
...
After 3 years service as such ...
After 6 years service as such ...
Chief Sailmaker
... * ...
...
After 3 years service as such ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Per Diem
s. d.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
86
88
10 0
10 4
10 8
11 0
11 6*
Section 22873/1936
339
Per Diem,
s. d.
Sick-Berth Staff
'
***
***
Sick Berth Attendant ...
After 3 years service as such if passed for Leading Sick Berth
Attendant
After 6 years service as such if passed for Leading Sick Berth
Attendant
Leading Sick Berth Attendant
After 3 years service as such if passed for Sick Berth Petty Officer ...
Sick Berth Petty Officer
After 3 years service as such
After 6 years service as such
Sick Berth Chief Petty Officer
After 3 years service as such
Supply Branch
9f
)9
7 5
7
8
8
10
10
10
11
11
7
6
8
0
4
8
0
6*
2
2
5
4
7
7
7
9
6(a)
0(6)
6(a)
6(6)
6
8
10
0
8 9
8 11
10 3
10 7
10 11
11 3
11 9*
Per Diem,
s. d.
0
6(a)
0(6)
3
Per Diem,
s. d.
Writer Branch
ft
2
5
4
7
***
***
Supply Probationer
Supply Assistant
After 3 years mans time in Supply Branch ...
After 6 years mans time in Supply Branch ...
Leading Supply Assistant
After 3 years as such if passed for Supply Petty Officer
Supply Petty Officer ...
After 3 years service as such ...
After 6 years service as such ...
Supply Chief Petty Officer
After 3 years service as such ...
*'
2
2
5
4
7
7
7
8
8
10
10
10
11
11
,,
6(a)
0(6)
6(a)
6(6)
6
8
10
9
11
3
7
11
3
9*
Section 23873/1936
340
Per Diem,
s. d.
2 6(a)
Cooks
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
............
.............
Butcher
Leading Butcher
Petty Officer Butcher
After 3 years service as such, if recommended
After 6 years service as such, if recommended
Chief Petty Officer Butcher ...
After 3 years service as such
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
99
.............
99
Assistant Steward
99
99
Steward
After 3 years mans time
After 6 years mans time
Leading Steward
After 3 years service as such
Petty Officer Steward
After 3 years service as such
After 6 years service as such
Chief Petty Officer Steward ...
After 3 years service as such
0
8
10
6
8
0
4
8
0
6*
7
8
10
10
10
11
11
3
6
0
4
8
0
6*
10
10
11
11
12
6
10
2
6
Of
Per Diem,
s. d.
Stewards
99
6(a)
0(b)
Per Diem,
s. d.
Regulating Branch
4
7
7
7
8
8
10
10
10
11
11
Per Diem,
s. d.
Butchers
2 0(6)
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
2
2
5
4
7
7
7
8
8
10
10
10
11
11
6(a)
0(6)
6(a)
0(6)
3
5
7
6
8
0
4
8
0
6*
()
,,
341
Section 22873/1936
Band
Per Diem.
s. d.
2
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
Printers
Leading Printer
...
...
After 3 years service as such
Petty Officer Printer ...
...
After 3 years service as such
After 6 years service as such
Chief Petty Officer Printer ...
After 3 years service as such
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
0
0
5
7
10
1
4
5
7
8
10
0
8
2
8*
Per D iem .
s. d.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
86
88
10
10
10
11
11
0
4
8
0
6*
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2 6
2 0
1 6
Men in receipt of Lodging Allowance are not to be credited with same when on
leave for periods exceeding four days.
Per Diem,
s. d,
...
...
All ratings
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2 7
Section 22873/1936
342
6.
K it Upkeep Allowance .The following rates of K it Upkeep Allowance ar
payable to R.A.N. ratings :
() C.P.O.s and P.O.s wearing the special uniform of that
rating, viz., Class I I I dress with gilt buttons and
Pattern 49 cap badges ...
...
...
...
... l^d. per diem.
() Men dressed as Class I I
...
...
...
...
... 6\d.
,,
(c) Men dressed as Class I I I
...
...
...
...
...
7d.
s. d.
Petty Officers dressed as Seamen on promotion to
C.P.O.............................................................
( b) Petty Officers with one years service as such, on
change of uniform from Class I I to Class III...
(c) Other men or boys on transfer to ratings for which
a change of uniform to Class I I I is required ...
(d ) Men or boys on transfer to ratings for which a
change of uniform to Class I I is required
(a )
13 15 0
12
11
Marriage Allowance
8.
On production to H.M.A. London Dpt of satisfactory evidence o
Marriage, Allowance shall be payable to ratings as under, except that personnel who
enter or re-enter on or after 27th September, 1935, shall not become eligible for
Marriage Allowance until attaining the age of 23 years :
P er Diem.
s. d.
.............
16 years :
.............
2 9
For wife and 1 child
.............
3 6
For wife and 2 children ...
.............
4 3
For wife and 3 children ...
.............
5 0
For wife and 4 children ...
.............
5 9
For wife and 5 children ...
.............
6 6
For wife and 6 children or more
The following conditions shall govern the payment of Marriage Allowance :
() In the case of a Chief Petty Officer, Petty Officer, or man, an allotment
must be declared in favour of his wife of at least one-half of his active
pay (excluding allowances) plus the full amount of the Marriage
Allowance.
() Marriage Allowance may be paid to widowers with children under the
age of 16 years in accordance with the following scale, subject to an
allotment being declared in favour of a guardian of one-quarter of
active pay (excluding allowances) plus the full amount of Marriage
Allowance :
P er Diem.
s. d.
One child
Two children ...
Three children ...
Four children ...
Five children ...
Six children or more ...
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
1
2
3
4
4
5
9
6
3
0
9
6
Section 22878/1936
343
*2878.Zones of Promotion
(C.W. 10451/36.3.12.1936.)
The zones of promotion for the half-yearly selections will be as follows
until further orders:
E x ecu tiv e Officers.
as
Engineer-Commander
or
to
12 years seniority as Engineer-Commander or
Commander (E ).
To Engineer-Commander and Commander ( E ) :
2^ years seniority and over as Engineer Lieutenant-Commander or
Lieutenant-Commander (E ).
M e d ic a l Officers.
To Surgeon-Captain:
8 years seniority and over as Surgeon-Commander.
D e n ta l Officers.
To Surgeon-Captain ( D ) :
No zone w ill be fixed at present.
To Surgeon-Commander (D ) :
From 6 years seniority as Surgeon Lieutenant-Commander (D).
but no upper lim it will be imposed for the time being.
Accountant Officers.
To Paymaster-Captain :
8 years seniority and over as Paymaster-Commander.
To Paymaster-Commander :
6 years seniority and over as Paymaster Lieutenant-Commander.
2.
The seniorities mentioned in this Order are those attained on the
dates of selection for promotion, viz., 30th June and 31st December in each
year.
Section 22983/1936
344
must
possess the
345
Section 22984/1936
Section 23028/1936
346
award of the gratuity approaches, Commanding Officers, H.M. ships, are to apply
to the Registrar-General of Shipping and Seamen, Tower Hill, E.C.3, for the
necessary form of application for gratuity (R.V.36a) to be furnished, completed in
respect of details of R.N.R. service, etc.
2.
In the event of R.N.R. men being invalided when so serving, they will be
eligible for the award of proportionate gratuities in respect of their combined
Reserve and Naval Service. Form D.145 (Report of Medical Survey) should be
rendered to the Admiralty in the usual manner as for ratings of the R.N., and the
Admiral Commanding Reserves notified in accordance with A.F.O. 733/1936.
(.A . F . 0 . 733/36.)
347
Section 23091/1936
1937
51.Young RatingsPractical Instruction in Elementary
Cookery
(V. 4151/36. 14.1.1937.)
In view of the increase in the number of inexperienced ratings who may be
required to serve in small ships where the standard ration system of messing is in
operation, attention is called to the necessity of giving the maximum effect to
the instructions in A.F.O. 2401/32, paragraph 5 (i), and Drafting Regulations,
Article 121, paragraph 2 (i).
(A .F .O . 2401/32.)
...
...
...
2 marks.
1 mark.
Nil.
...
nery, and Torpedo.
I 3rd ,,
...
4 marks.
2
Nil.
Section 288/1937
348
Marks.
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
33
34
36
2.
The scale for accelerated promotion
Greenwich Courses commencing January, 1936,
awarded marks for the Signal Course at
subsequently.
( K . R . and A .I ., A rt.
*132.Equipment Allowances
(C.W. 312/37.28.1.1937.)
The following are the rates of Equipment Allowances payable to officers
whose promotion to, or confirmation in, the ranks stated below, is
promulgated by daily lists of appointments, etc., issued on and after
1st April, 1937:
Rank.
Remarks.
When Payable.
s. d.
Midshipman (E)
Probationary Lieuten
ant, R.M., entered
direct, or granted
a commission under
Appendix X II, Part
10, Section I I (A),
para. 2, K.R.and A.I.,
Lieutenant,
R.M.
(from R.M. Gunner).
I
On appointment to
the Royal Naval
Engineering College,
Keyham.
On promotion
10
On promotion
10
2 119
349
Section 2132/1937
0
0
0
0
0
s. d.
9
13
15
18
15
0
6
4
2
4
0 18 2
1 7 2
1 9 0
1 10 10
(ii) Specialist and other allowances will be paid in accordance with the regula
tions for officers in the general list of the Royal Navy. The more important rates of
allowances are set out in Kings Regulations and Admiralty Instructions, Appendix I.
(iii) Officers on the Supplementary List will be continued on full pay between
appointments. They will, however, be liable to be placed on half-pay (on the R.N.
scale) for misconduct, at their own request, or on the termination of full pay sick
leave if not invalided or fit for duty.
Section 2228/1937
350
351
Section 3228/1937
Disability Retired P a y.
Lieuts.
Sub-IAeuts.
s. d.
s. d.
90
170 10 0
124 10 0
80
160 10 0
9?
,,
70
,,
114 10 0
70
150 10 0
>
60
60
104 10 0
140 10 0
,,
50
,,
94 10 0
40
50
130 10 0
84 10 0
40
120 10 0
>>
>
30
,,
74 10 0
30
20
110 10 0
with an additional 9 for each year of service, while the disability lasts, and thereafter
to a gratuity of 125 for each years service.
Section 2228/1937
352
(6)
Officers with over 5 years service will receive retired pay as at (iii) (6)
with an addition while the attributable disability lasts, upon the following scale :
Percentage Degree of Disablement.
s. d.
100 0 0
100 per cent. ...
90 0 0
Less than 100 per cent. but not less than 90 per cent. ...
80 0 0
80
90
70 0 0
,,
,,
/0
,,
...
80
60 0 0
60
*>
>> 70
,,
50 0 0
50
,
60
40 0 0
40
50
30 0 0
30 *
40
20 0 0
20
,
,
30
,,
(v)
Officers discharged for misconduct or otherwise deemed by the Admiralty
to be unworthy of further employment, may be granted retired pay or retiring
gratuities at reduced rates, at Admiralty discretion.
X I I . Application for Transfer.
Officers serving in H.M. ships should apply through their Commanding Officers.
Other officers should apply direct to the Admiral Commanding Reserves.
Officers who have completed 9 months training will, if selected, be available
for immediate entry; interviews may be waived at Admiralty discretion.
Officers who have not completed 9 months training will be entered in batches.
The first batch will be entered on 1st April, 1937, and officers concerned will be
required to be available on that date.
Applications for the first batch must reach the Admiral Commanding Reserves
not later than 15th March, 1937. Closing dates for each subsequent batch will be
promulgated later.
353
Section 2230/1937
The Navy Weeks at the Home Ports have now been held continuously for
nine years, and it is intended that, subject to the exigencies of the Naval Service,
they should continue to be held annually.
2.
In these circumstances, charitable institutions which have benefited in these
years from the substantial sums raised and distributed have naturally come to
regard Navy Week as a standing source of income, while a permanent salaried staff
has become a necessity owing to the growing extent and complexity of Navy Week
(reflected in the increased profits earned). It was clearly desirable therefore that
provision should be made against the possibility that Navy Week might not be held
in any particular year, and receipts would therefore be nil.
With this object, and in order also to provide for the substantial production
expenses of Navy Week which must be incurred in advance, it has been found
necessary to build up a reserve fund from the profits earned each year.
The existence of this permanent reserve fund consisting of money subscribed
by the public for naval charities, and also certain requirements regarding the
non-payment of Entertainments Duty, have made it highly desirable to set up a
permanent charitable institution, in the form of a Trust Fund, responsible for the
disposal of all moneys paid by the public for Navy Week.
(C30235)
Section 2239/1937
354
The
The
The
The
355
Section 2358/1937
Duration : 2 months.
Object : To fit Royal Marine Officers for duties as Officer of the Watch
in harbour.
This course w ill be carried out if possible on board a sea-going ship.
S ection I .
Handling of boats under steam, sail and oars; lowering and hoisting
boats ; landing from boats under various conditions ; anchoring boats ; names
and uses of all boats, fittings and gear ; towing boats.
S ection I I .
IV .
V.
V I.
V II.
Section 2358/1937
356
Section X .
Subject.
Section.
I
II
III
IV
V
No. of Days
Instruction.
->
Boat work
Rule of the road
Blocks, tackles, etc.
Anchor work
O.O.W. duties ...
Examination.
33
Practical
Boat work.
100
Viva voce
50
100
100
100
100
Paper 1 hour
Viva voce
Viva voce
Viva voce
Marks.
550
VI
V II
V III
IX
v X
XI
X II
Chart work
Buoyage
Tides
Compass
Fixing
Meteorology
Fleet work
Revision ...
1
...
H
1
See below.
3
1
*
l
Examinations
Paper,
General, in Sections V I to X I I
inclusive.
Section X (Fixing) ...
Section X (Practical)
hours.
.................................
...........................................
...........................................
250
Paper, f hour.
150
f hour.
50
450
44
Total
First class
Second class
To qualify
'I
Grand total
1,000
85 per cent.
70 ,, ,,
50 ,, ,,
357
Section 2359/1937
Section 2364/1937
358
I
Maximum number of trained
men who may be
replaced by junior ratings.
Ship.
Home Fleet
V/S.
3
3
3
1
3
3
2
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
2
I
1
1
0
1
W/T.
3
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
]
0
0
359
Ship.
Mediterranean Fleet
Section 2364/1937
Maximum number of trained
men who may be
replaced by junior ratings.
V/S.
3
3
3
3 '
3
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
W/T.
3
2
2
3
2
1
2
1
1
]
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
o
2
0
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
China Fleet
1
1
1
]
1
1
1
1
1
2
0
1
1
0
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
Africa Squadron
Note. (1) A Chief Petty Officer and a Petty Officer of the same branch may
not be so replaced in any individual ship at the same time.
(2) Ratings withdrawn from Submarines will be replaced by an equivalent
rating.
(C30235)
Section 2422/1937
360
Section 2487/1937
361
12-15
16-18
19-21
22-25
26 and above
to be either (a ) ex-M.T.E., or
direct entry with 6 months sea
experience and certified efficient by
the Engineer Officer of Ship.)
4 (1
do.
do.
)
5 (2
do.
do.
)
6 (3
do.
do.
)
(b )
17-19
20-22
23 and above
2.
The drafting of E.R. A.s, Acting, 4th Class, to all other ships is to be governed
by the Drafting Regulations, Article 57.
(B . R . 14 Drafting Regulations.)
Section 2543/1937
362
For ratings who require to use spectacles when respirators, anti-gas, are worn,
frames with a sufficient length of the sides flattened (ribbon type) to prevent leakage
are to be prescribed. The fit of these frames is to be tested in a gas chamber. The
cost of alterations to existing frames supplied at the public expense may be defrayed
from the public funds.
2.
Officers who require to wear spectacles with respirators should obtain
similar frames.
(1)
R.A.F. Form 48 is the Medical History Envelope which contains, among
others, the flimsy copies of Forms 39, 42, and 46. On the envelope are spaces pro
vided for entering the enclosure numbers of the various flimsies, also for entering
medical category, inoculations, vaccinations, dental treatment, the issue of surgical
appliances and of spectacles. Prescriptions for spectacles should be enclosed in
the envelope.
363
Section 2606/1937
(c) At the end of the year a Form 39 will be completed up to 31st December
for all cases remaining on that date, and will show in the Date of discharge to
duty line, the words Remaining 31.12.19...... The Number of days under
treatment line, will show the number of days up to 31st December only. In
addition the card will be prominently marked at the top Remaining 31.12.19......
A second form for each of these cases will be completed for the period of disability
in the new year. The serial number (taken from Form 38) will be retained, prefixed
by the letter R, but the date of admission will be completed as Re-admitted
1.1.19...... . This card will be marked at the top Remaining from 31.12.19......
(4) (a ) R.A.F. Form 38 is the weekly list of cases admitted to hospitals or
sick bays and will be completed up to midnight Friday-Saturday when the flimsy
copy will be detached and forwarded together with the relevant Forms 39 referred
to in paragraph 3 (a ) above as follows :
By aircraft carriers and ships other than aircraft carriers in which
R.A.F. personnel are borne.
(i) In Home waters to :
The Principal Medical Officer,
Coastal Command,
Royal Air Force,
Lee-on-Solent, Hants.
(ii) Abroad to :
The Secretary,
Air Ministry (M.A.3),
Kingsway, W.C.2.
(b )
Sections I and IV of the form will be completed in full detail. Only fresh
admissions will be entered in Section I, and each case will be given a serial number
which will be entered on the relevant Form 39. Cases remaining from the previous
week will not be entered in Section I, but will appear under Section IV.
Section 2606/1937
364
(c) The How disposed of column of the flimsy will be completed at the end
of the week as follows :
(i) Cases returned to duty Light Duty or Duty.
(ii) Cases admitted during the week and still remaining. Remaining.
(iii) Cases admitted during the week and transferred to another medical
establishment. Transferred. (The name of the establishment and
the date of the transfer will also be entered.)
(iv) Cases of death. Died. (The date of death will be entered.)
(d ) At the end of the year all cases are regarded as nominally discharged on
31st December and re-admitted on 1st January. When 31st December does not
fall on a Friday, the Form 38 due to be completed on the last Friday of the year
will be extended to include all cases up to midnight on 31st December. Only actual
discharges will be shown in Section IV of the form. Similarly the first Form 38
rendered in the new year will include the period (if any) subsequent to 31st December
and additional to the first complete week of the new year.
(e) For the purpose of (d ) above, Section I of the form will be divided into two
distinct parts :
(i) Cases remaining from 31st December and re-admitted in accordance
with the procedure detailed above, in which the original serial number
will be retained, prefixed by the letter R., and the date of admission
shown as the 1st January.
(ii) Entirely new admissions since the 1st January, of which the first will
bear the serial number 1.
Section IV of Form 38 will show only actual admissions.
(5) R.A.F. Form 42 consists of a card and flimsy compiled from rough notes
made on Form 43 and will be completed for :
( ) Officers and airman pilots recommended for a medical board by the
medical officer of the ship.
() All officers and airman pilots at the annual medical examination.
Officers and airman pilots serving in ships which are not supplied with the
necessary special medical apparatus should if practicable, be examined in aircraft
carriers, but if this is impossible certain tests will have to be omitted. In the case
of officers the findings of this examination are to be entered on their annual confidential
reports. The method of carrying out the various special tests is laid down in The
medical examination for fitness for flying (Air Publication 130, 4th Edition). The
annual medical examination may be carried out at any time during the months of
May, June or July, but should be completed in time to allow the card copy of
Form 42 to reach the authority concerned as defined in paragraph 4 (a) (i) and (ii)
before 31st July. Cards should be sent weekly with Form 38 as they are completed.
(6) R.A.F. Forms 46 (card and flimsy) and 47 will be completed for medical
boards on officers and airman pilots which will normally be held on their discharge
from a service hospital. I f the medical officer of an aircraft carrier considers that a
medical board is required for an officer or airman pilot in circumstances not
necessitating admission to hospital, he will (if practicable), before convening the
board, request the P.M.O., of the Royal Air Force Command concerned to detail a
Royal Air Force medical officer as a member of the board.
The proceedings will be forwarded on Form 46 (card and flimsy) and Form 47
(4 copies) together with Form 48 to the P.M.O. for approval and disposal of the forms.
(7) The above procedure will become effective as from the date of receipt.
365
Section 2607/1937
accident.
(ii) Any other persons involved.
(iii) A n y witnesses, especially those of the actual occurrence.
Details o f any statements made by such persons should be
forwarded if available.
(iv ) W as any witness a passenger in a vehicle involved in the
accident (Yes or N o ).
I f so, state particulars.
( h) Disposal of injured person immediately after accident and subse
Section 2607/1937
366
367
Section 2662/1937
368
Section 2734/1937
(2 days.)
B. M o d e r n A p p lia n c e s o f W a r
Section.
A .l
AAO
Z
A
A
A
A
B
B
3
4
5
6
1
2
Days.
Subject.
4
8
11
6
1
2 *1
2 /
4
14* \
2i f
Examination.
Marks.
Viva voce
100
2* hours paper
By Col.-Comdt.
2* hours paper
200
100
150
40
50
60
100
150
50
Viva voce
2 hours paper
/
\
1* hour paper
At Rosyth
/
\
60*
1,000
iVavigation
369
Section 2735/1937
2. Ratings who apply for transfer while at sea may be permitted to take a
provisional test, conducted by the Fleet Engineer Officer. Their position on the
roster will be ante-dated to the date of such test provided they are successful
in the final examination held at a home port.
Section 2815/1937
370
Description of Form s
Number and Colour
of Form.
Railway Warrants :
D.N.A. 800
(blue)
(Duty).
D.N.A. 833 (white)
(Duty).
D.N.A. 844
(blue)
(Repayment).
Baggage Vouchers :
D.N.A. 818 (cream)
Meal Orders
D.N.A. 899
(buff)
Size of Books.
A t present in books of
50 forms. Reprint
will be books of 25
forms.
In books of 25 and 50
forms.
Demands
6. It is essential that the books shall be kept under lock and key, and
that a responsible officer (a Commissioned Officer in Ships and Naval
Establishments) shall be deputed to take them into custody and to supervise
their issue.
7. Special care is to be taken to prevent unauthorized persons from
obtaining access to the books.
8. Officers holding personal books of warrants should bear in mind that
they are personally responsible for the safe custody and use of the forms in
their possession.
9. A record is to be kept in ships and establishments of the dates of
receipt of books of forms, and of the return to the Admiralty of unused
forms or counterfoils.
10. The Commanding Officer of the ship or establishment or a responsible
officer deputed by him, is to satisfy himself by periodical inspections, that
this record is properly kept and that the forms actually in hand are as
shown in the record. This inspection should be made at least once a month,
and should include such detailed examination of the book or books as will
ensure the detection of the abstraction of any unused forms.
371
Section 2815/1937
11. Should any forms be lost, an immediate report with full particulars
of the circumstances, and the steps taken with a view to their recovery,
should be sent to the Director of Navy Accounts.
D isposal of Boohs
12. Subject to the rule laid down in the next paragraph, the books of
counterfoils may be retained for reference for a period not exceeding
six months and should then be returned to the Director of Navy Accounts.
Counterfoils should not be detached from the book.
13. No book is to be kept in a ship or establishment or by an individual
officer without special authority for longer than two years. A t the expiration
of that period, if the book is still required and unused forms remain in it,
the serial numbers and the unused forms should be reported to the Director
of Navy Accounts with the request that the book may be retained for a
further period not exceeding two years.
14. Commanding Officers of ships paying off, and officers holding books
of warrants for personal use, should take particular care to see that books are
returned to the Admiralty when no longer required. The Secretary of a
Committee holding books of warrants for the use of members of a Committee
should ensure that all books are returned when the Committee ceases to
function.
15. In no circumstances should books be transferred to another ship or
establishment, even on occasions when the whole of a ship s complement
transfers to another ship, or (where officers hold books for their personal
use) to any other officer without the approval of the Director of Navy
Accounts.
Issues General
16. Instructions for the correct use of the various forms appear in the
follow ing:
Rail Warrants, Naval.K.R. & A .I., Art. 1648, and the current A.F.O.
on Naval Travelling.
Rail Warrants, Civil.O.U. 5225H.D.R., Art. 1160.
Baggage Vouchers.K.R. & A .I., Art. 1659, and the current A.F.O. on
Naval Travelling.
Meal Orders.The current A.F.O. on Naval Travelling.
Responsible officers are to exercise strict supervision over the issue of
all forms, as failure to observe the various instructions causes unnecessary
correspondence with the Admiralty, and gives rise to difficulties with the
Railway Companies and with Caterers. Care is to be taken that all details
required to be shown on the forms and counterfoils are duly filled in.
Issues R a il W arrants
Section 2815/1937
372
(g?) Sufficient details must be shown of the duty for which a warrant is
issued to enable the warrant to be passed at the Admiralty
without difficulty. Vague general descriptions such as Duty
or Admiralty Service are insufficient, and lead to unnecessary
correspondence. In the case of Duty at Admiralty or Visit
to Admiralty, the name of the Department of the Admiralty
concerned should be noted on the warrant. For Overseeing
the name of the firm visited should be shown.
(e) The rank of the bearer of the warrant must be clearly defined.
Particular attention to this rule is necessary for Overseers who
should not be described generally as Overseer or Assistant
Overseer, but under their proper ranks, e.g., Engineer
Commander, Inspector of Fitters, etc.
19. The fares chargeable on the Civilian Warrants, D.N.A. 833, are those
applicable to the general public, and full advantage should be taken of any
cheap fare facilities available; thus M onthly Return tickets should
normally be taken for periods of not more than one month unless cheaper
facilities, e.g., Excursion, Day Return, or Workmens tickets can be utilised,
while Tourist tickets can sometimes be obtained for periods of over one
month.
The description of ticket required should be indicated on the warrant
and where the grant of a reduced fare depends on the date of return the
warrant should also be marked Returning same day or Returning
on . . . . (date), as the case may be.
<
373
Section 2815/1937
25.
Where deserters or absentees, other than Marines on shore strength,
are conveyed by an escort, the conveyance of the deserter or absentee only
is to be provided for on Form D .N .A . 844, a separate warrant, Form
D .N .A . 800, being issued for the escort. For M arines on shore strength>
Form D .N .A . 800 should be used for* both deserter and escort.
......................
Length of
Course.
Days.
Marks.
15
100
25
5
5
7
2
1
200
50
50
70
30
60
500
Section 2986/1937
374
Oxford.
Sheffield.
Aberdeen.
Edinburgh.
Glasgow.
St. Andrews.
Wales.
Belfast.
2. The number of commissions awarded each year will vary with the
requirements of the Service. The number of commissions available for the
first entry w ill be 20; numbers available for future entries w ill be announced
from time to time.
3. Candidates, including post graduates, should apply on the proper
form (supplies of which can be obtained from the Secretary of the Adm iralty)
to the competent authority of their University. Applications for appoint
ment in September, 1937, must reach the University authorities by
10th June, 1937.
4. From the lists of candidates recommended by the Universities the
Admiralty w ill select such as are considered suitable for interview before a
Selection Board at the Admiralty.
5. The candidates finally selected w ill be appointed Sub-Lieutenants (E )
under the conditions specified below. The antedates of seniority permissible
under paragraphs 12 and 14 are designed to enable University entrants, as
far as possible, eventually to take their places in the Navy at an age and
seniority corresponding to that of other officers of approximately equal merit
entered from other sources.
6. To be eligible for recommendation by a University a candidate must
possess the following qualifications:
General Qualifications.
A candidate must
(a ) have attained the age of 21 years and not have attained the age of
25 years on 1st January for appointment in the following
February, or on 1st July for appointment in the following
September;
( b ) be unmarried ;
(c ) conform to the regulations as to nationality as contained in the
general entry regulations (published in Navy List Appendix);
( d ) be recommended as of good conduct and character by a competent
authority of his University, or a college thereof;
( e ) have undergone a course of not less than three academic years as
an internal student.
In certain circumstances (e .g ., Rhodes
Scholars) the first year at a recognised Dominion University will
be allowed to count;
(/) produce satisfactory evidence that he has been regularly trained in
mechanical engineering and has sufficient practical experience.
As a general guide a total of 18 months may be considered to be
a minimum, but the Admiralty reserves absolute discretion in
this matter.
375
Section 2988/1937
Section 21048/1937
376
377
Section 21051/1937
Section 21051/1937
378
5. Entry under this Order will entail discharge from the Reserve, and
Reservists so entered will resume their Reserve obligations on discharge from
the Royal Navy only if they voluntarily re-enrol. For the purpose of the
engagement to be executed on re-enrolment, the time served in the R.N. will be
treated as time spent in the Reserve.
6. Entries under this Order w ill be sanctioned by the Commodores of the
Home Depots; subject in the case of the R.N.R., R.N.V.R., and R.N.W.A.H.
to the concurrence of the Admiral Commanding Reserves, and in the case
of the R.N.A. S.B.R. to the concurrence of the Medical Director-General.
7. Reservists entered under previous orders who have already served for
12 months under the special non-continuous service engagement S56X may
be re-entered for three years under the conditions of this Order, except as
regards kit. On re-entry, they should be given a set of personal bedding but
no other articles of kit.
8. Reservists still serving under 12 months engagements (S56X) may,
on the expiration of those engagements, be allowed to execute fresh engage
ments (S56X) for three years under this Order. On re-engagment for three
years they are to be given a gratuitous issue of bedding and the loan bedding
with which they were supplied on executing their 12 months engagements
should be withdrawn, and the notation on their Service Certificates regarding
the loan issue should be cancelled.
9. Pensioners are to be re-entered for General Service only under the
conditions of A.F.O. 717/38.
(.A .F .O s . 71738 aiul 915/88.)
1. Dockyard
...
2. Torpedo Depot
3. Dockyard School
...
Admiral Superintendent.
Commander of Yard, Deputy Superintendent, and
Kings Harbour Master.
Assistant to Commander of Yard and Kings Harbour
Master and for Boom Defence.
Chief Engineer.
Medical Officer.
Engineer Officer.
Senior Master.
M alta.
1. Dockyard
Admiral Superintendent.
Captain of Dockyard, Deputy
Superintendent,
and Kings Harbour Master.
Master Rigger.
Commissioned Boatswain or Boatswain for duty
with Captain of Dockyard.
Engineer Manager.
Two First Assistants to Engineer Manager.
One Second Assistant to Engineer Manager.
Two Assistants to Engineer Manager for Gun
Mountings.
Medical Officer.
Chaplain.
379
2. Torpedo Depot,
3. Hospital
4. Dockyard School
...
...
Section 21053/1937
Engineer Officer.
Surgeon Rear-Admiral.
Surgeon Captain.
Six Surgeon Commanders, Surgeon
Commanders or Surgeon Lieutenants.
Surgeon Commander (D).
Surgeon Lieutenant-Commander (D).
Chaplain.
Paymaster Commander.
Commissioned or Warrant Wardmaster.
Headmaster.
Two Schoolmasters.
Lieutenant-
1. Dockyard
...
2. Hospital
...
Boatswain of Yard.
Chief Engineer.
Chaplain.
Medical Officer-in-Charge.
Surgeon
Lieutenant-Commander
or
Lieutenant.
Surgeon Lieutenant-Commander (D) or
Lieutenant (D).
Commissioned or Warrant Wardmaster.
Surgeon
Surgeon
A badajst.
...
...
Engineer Officer.
Engineer Officer on staff of C.-in-C., East Indies, for
duty on shore.
Dockyard
...
1. Dockyard
...
Co lo m bo .
Torpedo Depot
...
Sin g a p o r e .
H ong K ong.
2. Torpedo Dpt
3. Hospital
Commodore in Charge.
Commander (Acting as Master Attendant).
Chief Engineer.
First Assistant to Chief Engineer.
Assistant to Chief Engineer for Charge of Gun
Mountings.
Boatswain of Yard.
Medical Officer.
Chaplain.
... Engineer Officer.
... Medical Officer-in-Charge.
Three Surgeon Lieutenant-Commanders or Surgeon
Lieutenants.
Surgeon Commander (D).
Commissioned or Warrant Wardmaster.
B erm uda.
1. Dockyard
2. Hospital
3. Dockyard School
...
Captain in Charge.
Lieutenant-Commander as Master Attendant and
Kings Harbour Master and for Chronometer Dpt.
Chief Engineer.
Lieutenant or Commissioned Gunner.
Assistant to Master Attendant.
Medical Officer.
Chaplain.
... Medical Officer-in-Charge.
Surgeon
Lieutenant-Commander
or
Surgeon
Lieutenant.
Surgeon Lieutenant-Commander (D) or Surgeon
Lieutenant (D).
Commissioned or Warrant Wardmaster.
Senior Master.
Section 21053/1937
380
PART
II.
...
...
Malta
...
...
...
381
Malta continued
Aden
Ceylon
Colombo
Section 21053/1937
Captain in Charge.
Matara
Shanghai ...
(D)
or
Surgeon*
Section 21053/1937
Singapore ...
Hong Kong
Hankow
382
...
Commodore-in-Charge.
Secretary to Commodore in Charge and Secretariat.
Commander (N) and as Kings Harbour Master.
Commander (Retd.) or Lieutenant-Commander (T) on
staff of Commodore for underwater defences.
Gunner (T) or Commissioned Gunner (T) for underwater
defences.
Wireless and Signal Station Staffs.
Assistant to Port W/T Officer and for survey of W/T
Stores.
Staff Officer (Intelligence).
Staff Officer (Operations).
... Commodores Staff.
Secretary to Commodore and Secretariat.
Captain on the Staff.
Executive Officer, H.M.S. Tamar.
Lieutenant-Commander
or
Lieutenant,
H.M.S.
Tamar.
Lieutenant-Commander
or
Lieutenant,
H.M.S.
Tamar, as Anti-Piracy Officer and in charge
D.S.E.A. Tank, Hong Kong.
Officer in Charge, P.O.s Disciplinary Course, Kowloon.
Commander (Retd.) or Lieutenant-Commander (T) on
Staff of Commodore for underwater defences.
Gunner (T) or Commissioned Gunner (T) for underwater
defences.
Paymaster Commander, H.M.S. Tamar.
Paymaster Lieutenant-Commander or Paymaster
Lieutenant, H.M.S. Tamar.
Medical Officer, H.M.S. Tamar
(Ophthalmic
Specialist).
Additional Medical Officer, H.M.S. Tamar, for Ships
duties and duties of Dockyard.
Lieutenant, Commissioned Gunner (T) or Gunner (T),
for Minesweeping or other duties.
Commissioned Gunner or Gunner, H.M.S. '* Tamar.
Paymaster Commander, H.M.S. Tamar I I .
Paymaster Lieutenant-Commander or Paymaster
Lieutenant, H.M.S. Tamar II .
Warrant Engineer (Assistant to Fleet Engineer Officer).
Signal Boatswain, H.M.S. Tamar (for instruction of
V/S and W/T ratings).
Warrant Writer, H.M.S. Tamar I I .
Warrant Supply Officer, H.M.S. Tamar I I .
Commanding Officer of R.M. Detachment.
Engineer Officer for Charge of Stores and Fleet duties.
Commissioned or Warrant Telegraphist for Survey of
W/T Stores and general W/T duties.
Two Commissioned Boatswains or Boatswains, H.M.S.
Tamar.
Mail Officer.
Wireless Station Staff.
Commissioned or Warrant Shipwright, H.M. Dockyard.
Assistant Commander of Dockyard and Superintendent
of Chart and Chronometer Dpt.
Instructor of Small Arms.
Staff Officer (Operations).
Staff Officer (Intelligence).
...
Wei-hai-Wei
...
Medical Officer-in-Charge.
Bermuda ...
...
383
Section 21053/1937
Bermuda continued
...
St. Helena...
...
...
1054. Life Assurance Scheme for Officers of the R.N. and R.M.
(C.W. 1952/37. 27.5.1937.)
PART I
D e t a il s o f F a c il it ie s
In order to encourage officers of the R.N. and R.M. to make effective provision
for family responsibilities by means of life assurance, Their Lordships have made
the following arrangements with a panel of three leading life offices, viz. :
The Equitable Life Assurance Society.
The North British and Mercantile Insurance Co., Ltd.
The Phoenix Assurance Co., Ltd.
(1)
The grant of special facilities beneficial both to the company and
to the officer :
( ) Deductions of premiums from pay (including unemployed, half,
and retired pay).
() Medical examination (where required) by a Naval Medical Officer.
In view of these facilities, the companies allow reductions in the
premiums charged on any policy arranged under this scheme, whether of
the standard types described below or not.
Section 21054/1937
384
(2)
The arrangement of a set of standard policies at reduced rate
peculiarly suited to the needs of officers of the R.N. and R.M. These can be
arranged by a simplified procedure. A special feature is that all risks in
peace and war, including foreign service, flying and submarine risks, are
covered without any extra premiums whatever, with the exception of
officers who, at the time of making their proposal, are actively serving in,
or definitely appointed to, the Fleet Air Arm (including Fleet Air Arm
officers in general service appointments), or who are engaged in, or have
the intention of engaging in, civil aviation in a private capacity other than
as fare-paying or official passengers ; such officers will be charged additional
premiums.
Alternatively, such officers can have a policy at the same rates as other
officers of the R.N. and R.M., covering all risks in peace and war, subject
to the proviso that in the event of death occurring as a result of aviation
(except as a passenger in a recognised air liner or in any capacity in war-like
operations against an enemy) there will be a return of all premiums in place
of the full sum assured.
2.
The terms and conditions for standard policies for all three offices ar
identical, and details are contained in a folder (Form S.1045), supplies of which will
be made to all ships, without demand, on the following scale :
2
R.N.
Barracks.
75
25
10
10
10
25
10
500
Number of column
in Form S.la.
Further supplies may be obtained, on demand, from the R.N. Store Depot,
Deptford.
3. The companies may revise their rates for new policies at any time without
notice and reserve the right to reject a proposal.
4. Method of Collecting Premiums. (i) The general practice of insurance
offices is to require payment of premiums in advance annually. Under this scheme
premiums are payable in advance in quarterly instalments ; the first instalment is
paid direct to the office by the officer and subsequent instalments are met by
deductions from pay. On death, the balance of quarterly payments due to make
up the annual premium will be deducted from the payment made by the office.
(ii) The initial direct payment is always for a full quarter whenever it is made.
is also deducted from pay in the quarter in which assurance
commences, being paid to the insurance office at the end of that quarter and regarded
as the instalment due to cover the following quarter. It will thus be to an officers
advantage to effect assurance early in the quarter, so that the quarterly premium
charge can be spread over the quarter by adjustment of monthly pay.
A full quarterly premium
(iii) Where insurance is effected towards the end of the quarter the insurance
office will (owing to the first (direct) payment being for a full quarter) have a sum
in hand in addition to the quarterly payment; this will be adjusted when payment
becomes due at death, or on termination of premiums if earlier.
(iv) Extra premiums for Fleet Air Arm officers should not be included in the
first (direct) payment to the office by the officer. A full quarterly deduction of such
extra premiums will be made for any quarter in which flying or observers allowance
is credited to the officer for the first day of that quarter. The period of years for
which extra premiums are required will be an aggregate period, excluding any
quarters in which no extra premium is paid owing to no allowance being credited
on the first day.
5. Rebate of Income Tax (varying with the scale of taxation from time to time
in force) is allowed on premiums paid, for assurances effected by a person on his own
life, up to one-sixth of his income within the limit of 7 per cent, of the capital sum
assured on death. This does not, however, apply to deferred assurances during the
period of deferment.
385
Section 21054/1937
6.
Warrant Officers. While the advantages of voluntary contribution to the
National Health and Pensions Insurance schemes should not be overlooked by
Naval Ratings and Royal Marines on promotion to Warrant rank, attention
is drawn to the additional and more substantial provision which can be made
for family responsibilities by taking advantage of the special facilities for Life
Assurance set out above.
These facilities are available to all Warrant Officers immediately on pro
motion and to all officers promoted from Warrant rank and, without prejudice
to voluntary contribution to the National schemes, the Board are anxious that
all possible advantage should be taken of the special Life Assurance scheme.
PA R T I I
Ca d e t s a n d M id s h ip m e n
Section 21054/1937
386
credited on the first day of the current quarter. When it is found that, owing to
an officer having been on passage at the end of a quarter, two instalments of a
premium will become chargeable at the end of the next quarter, the Accountant
Officer of the ship to which the officer has transferred is to notify the Director of
Navy Accounts of the fact immediately the pay document is received and adjust
payments accordingly (see clauses (iii) and ( v ) ).
The quarterly assurance premium is to be regarded as an outstanding liability
for the purpose of Article 1752, Kings Regulations and Admiralty Instructions.
(v)
At the end of each quarter Accountant Officers are to forward to the Directo
of Navy Accounts lists of officers insured under this scheme, showing (a ) the ordinary
premium, and (6) the extra (flying risk) premium charged on the last day of the
quarter. At the same time, or on closing the Ledger, if earlier (e.g., on paying off),
lists should be forwarded of insured officers discharged during the quarter showing
their disposal.
B. Policies of Non-Standard types.
As the rates of premium for non-standard policies are not always known
locally, officers will forward their proposals (on the usual form) direct to the company.
On receipt of a communication from the Company accepting the proposal and stating
the quarterly premium, the officer will forward one quarters premium direct.
Subsequent action will be as shown above for policies of Standard types.
C. Officers at Admiralty Civil Establishments.
The foregoing instructions apply generally to officers of the R.N. and R.M.
borne for pay on the books of a Dockyard or other Admiralty Civil Establishment.
Recovery in such cases will be made on the same lines as those applicable to Civilian
Officers, except that the quarterly premium will be classified as Private Individuals,
Life Assurance, instead of Private Individuals Voluntary Deductions from
Pay, and the remittance to the Companies will be made by the Director of Navy
Accounts instead of by the Cashier (or other Paying Officer).
1116.AllowancesAuthorisation to Officers
(D.N.A. 2701/37 3.6.1937.)
With reference to Article 1559, Clause 3, K in gs Regulations and
Admiralty Instructions, it is notified that when H.M. ships reduce to special
complements, or where their status has changed and it is not clear whether
they come into the normal category of a sea-going or reserve, etc., commission,
it is usually impracticable for revised Schedules of Allowances to Officers to be
issued within seven days.
2. The attention of Accountant Officers is, however, drawn to the fact that,
under the Regulations, certain duty and entertaining allowances may be
subject to reduction or cessation in the changed circumstances and the con
tinued issue of allowances at the rates authorised on the last Schedules may
result in overpayments which would have to be recovered.
3. Pending the issue of a revised Schedule, the Accountant Officer should
review all allowances and make such provisional adjustments as appear to
him to be required or if necessary suspend the issue of the allowance, referring
to the Director of Navy Accounts on any question of doubt.
387
Section 21122/1937
1 1 2 7 * I ssued Confidentially.
*1129.Travelling ConcessionsWives and Families of Reserve
Personnel
(C.W. 1588/37. 3.6.1937.)
The railway companies concerned have now withdrawn the concessions to
wives and families of Reserve Personnel promulgated in paragraph 2 of Admiralty
Fleet Order 109 of 9th January, 1936.
C30235)
Section 21197/1937
388
The instructions contained in Article 1135,
clause 5 of the Kings Regulations and
Admiralty Instructions will be followed.
To be dealt with by R.A.F. headquarters or
unit concerned who will communicate as
necessary with the C.Os. of H.M. ships.
Rank
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Schoolmasters
*
Rank
Senior Master
Officers serving in such rank prior to 28th May, 1936
On promotion ...
And thence by annual increments of 6d. per day to
Officers promoted to such rank on or after 28th May,
1936
Such rate to which he would be entitled as a School
master, according to time served from date of
entry, with an addition of
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
8 0
10 0
13 0
15 0
18 0
1 0
4 0
8 0
12 0
16 0
3 0
8
3 0
*
A Dental Officer whose present rate of pay exceeds the above
rate appropriate to his rank and seniority, may continue to be credited
with the higher rate until he becomes entitled to an increased rate
under the above scale.
Section 21284/1937
389
PA R T I I I. P A Y OF RATINGS
Writer Branch
P er diem.
8. d.
...
...
...
...
Writer Probationer
...
...
...
...
...
...
Writer
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
After 3 years mans time in Writer Branch
...
...
After 6 years mans time in Writer Branch
...
...
Leading Writer ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
After 3 years service as such if passed for Petty Officer
Writer
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Petty Officer Writer
...
...
...
...
...
...
After 3 years service as such
...
...
...
...
After 6 years service as such
...
...
...
...
Chief Petty Officer Writer
...
...
...
...
...
After 3 years service as such
...
...
...
...
2 6 (a)
2 0(6)
5 6 (a)
4 6 (b )
7 6
7 8
7 10
89
811
10 3
10 7
10 11
11 3
11 9*
Cooks
P er diem.
8.
d.
...
...
...
...
...
Assistant Cook
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Cook
After 3 years mans time ...
After 6 years mans time ...
Leading Cook or Officers Cook, 2nd Class
After 3 years service as such
Petty Officer Cook or Officers Cook, 1st Class
After 3 years service as such
After 6 years service as such
Chief Petty Officer Cook or Officers Chief Cook
After 3 years service as such
6 (a)
5
4
7
7
7
8
8
10
10
10
11
11
6 (a)
0 (b)
6
8
10
6
8
0
4
8
0
6*
2 0 (6)
Band
P er diem.
8. d.
..............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
9
9
..............
..............
..............
..............
10
10
11
11
0
0
5
7
10
1
4
5
7
8
10
0
8
2
(.A . F . 0 . 2873/36.)
(C30235)
03
Section 21327/1937
390
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Promotion to Lieutenant.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
16 '
16
17
17J
18
18*
19
19
20
20A
21
...
22i
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
23
23i
24
24
25
25A
26
26i
27
27
28
21i
22
Notes. (a ) For officers who undergo the reduced periods of training laid down
in A.F.O. 2356/36, seniority as Lieutenant will be calculated as if the full period
had been served, i.e., the shortened training will not result in earlier seniority as
Lieutenant.
(b )
Officers who commenced the single-term Greenwich Course in September,
1936, January, 1937, and May, 1937, are awarded marks as for the full Greenwich
Course.
2.
Officers who commence courses at Portsmouth from September, 1937
onwards, and who do not undergo a course at Greenwich, will be awarded certificates
for the Junior Officers War Course in lieu of the Greenwich Certificates mentioned
in paragraph 1. All certificates will carry the following promotion marks :
1st class ...
.
... 4 marks.
2nd class ..
..
... 2 marks.
3rd class ..
.. Nil.
391
Section 21327/1937
3.
During the period in which both officers commencing Courses as Acting
Sub-Lieutenant in September, 1935, and earlier, become due for promotion under
the scales laid down in Article 261, Kings Regulations and Admiralty Instructions
and A.F.O. 88/37, and those commencing courses in January, 1936, and later, become
due for promotion under the scale laid dowm in paragraph 1 above, adjustments in
seniority will be made as necessary with a view to retaining the relative seniority
of these officers the same as it would have been had no alteration taken place in the
scale of acceleration.
(A .F .O s . 2356/36 and 88/37.)
o 4
Section 21446/1937
392
on the advancement roster, i.e., any time gained through recommendation for
accelerated advancement is to be included. I f there are no Petty Officer Writers
eligible for advancement under these conditions at one Port, the post may be filled
by the senior qualified rating at one of the other Ports, subject to a total of not
more than three Petty Officer Writers being promoted every second month. This
arrangement, which dates from 1st October, 1936, will continue until the number
of Chief Petty Officer Writers ceases to be overborne.
( K . R . and A . I . , Art. 413, and Appendix X V I I , Part 1, N o . 112.)
*1509.Naval CadetsTraining
(C.W. 3874/37. 22.7.1937.)
Their Lordships have decided to reinstitute the normal period of training for
Special Entry (Public School) and Direct Entry (Mercantile Marine) Cadets before
joining the Fleet as Midshipmen. For the present, however, the first term will be
spent in H.M.S. Excellent, where the Cadets will be accommodated in H.M.S.
Erebus and instructed on similar lines to the batches sent to that ship in
January and May, 1937. The second and third terms will be spent in H.M.S.
Vindictive, the normal cruises being undertaken. Officers will continue to
spend two years at sea as Midshipmen.
2. The additional period spent under training as Cadets will delay the promotion
of the Officers concerned to Midshipmen, Acting Sub-Lieutenant and Sub-Lieutenant.
As, however, the reduced periods under training do not affect the date of promotion
to Lieutenant ( vide A.F.O. 2356/36) this promotion will not be affected by the
additional period as Cadet.
3. The foregoing instructions apply to Executive and Engineering Cadets.
Paymaster Cadets will spend their first two terms after entry in the seagoing Training
Cruiser as hitherto and then proceed to ships of the Fleet in that rank, their promo
tion to Paymaster Midshipmen being deferred until the end of a year from entry
as formerly.
The instructions in A.F.O. 423/37 will therefore be applicable only to the
Paymaster Cadets entered on 1st September, 1936.
(A .F .O s . 2356/36 and 423/37.)
393
Section 21514/1937
Section 21585/1937
394
395
Section 21596/193
Section 21652/1937
396
Insurance Fund. They are eligible during such insurance for maternity benefit for
their wives, and their wives and children are eligible for State pensions in the event
of their death from causes not attributable to the service.
2.
I f on discharge, a man leaves (or takes his discharge outside) the United
Kingdom (Great Britain and Northern Ireland) in order to take up permanent
residence elsewhere in the British Empire, his position will be as follows :
I . Health Insurance
A. Irish Free State. 1. A person who was not a member of an Approved Society
during service and becomes resident in the Irish Free State within six months after
his discharge, is treated for the purpose of his insurance in the Irish Free State
as if his insurance during service in the Navy had been insurance under the Irish
Free State Acts. On becoming resident in the Irish Free State he should at once
apply for admission to the National Health Insurance Society, 11-13, Upper
OConnell Street, Dublin.
2. A person who is a member of a United Kingdom Approved Society and on
discharge becomes resident and employed in the Irish Free State, continues to be
insured as though resident and employed in the United Kingdom and remains
entitled to benefits from his British Society until the expiration of the half-year
next after the second half-year of employment in the Free State unless in the interval
he has joined the National Health Insurance Society, Dublin.
3. In either event a transfer of insurance to the Irish Free State Society is
arranged and on transfer a mans previous insurance under the Acts in Great Britain
is treated for health insurance purposes as though it had been insurance under the
Irish Free State Acts.
4. A member of a United Kingdom Society who goes to reside permanently in
the Free State but does not take up employment there ceases to be entitled to all
Health Insurance benefits forthwith.
B. Elsewhere in British Empire. A person leaving the United Kingdom to take
up permanent residence in another part of the British Empire (not the Irish Free
State) ceases to have any title to Health Insurance Benefits from United Kingdom
sources.
I I . Pensions Insurance
Dominions generally (i.e.,
UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE
An insured contributor under the Unemployment Insurance Act is disqualified
for receiving benefit while he is resident, whether temporarily or permanently, outside
Great Britain or Northern Ireland.
Section 31703/1937
397
Distant
...
...
...
Near ...
...
...
...
Distant
...
With glasses
Near ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
6/60, 6/60.
6/12: 6/12 at least.
Snellen D = 0 6 using both eyes together
(with glasses if necessary).
The standards of colour vision remain unaltered.
5517
M e m o r a n d u m o n t h e Su b j e c t o f t h e A c c e p t a n c e o f B u s in e s s A p p o in t m e n t s
b y O f f ic e r s o f t h e Cr o w n Se r v ic e s .
Section 21818/1937
398
Section 2 1823/1937
399
5. In referring to ratings who have been discharged from the Royal Navy to
Dominion Navies, and in the preparation of reports of such discharges (e.g., Forms
S. 161) care is to be taken to ensure the correct use of the terms len t
and transferred.
6. As from the date of this Order, all candidates for permanent transfer to
Dominion Navies are to be required to sign a document to the effect that they
fully understand the conditions governing transfer as set forth in this Order, and
for candidates for the R.A.N. those in A.F.O. 817/37 also.
(A .F .O s . 817/37 and 2595/37.)
L is t
Ro&yth.
R.N. Barracks.
Mechanical Training Establishment.
Stokers Training Establishment.
Trevol Rifle Range.
*R.N. Hospital.
St. Budeaux Barracks.
*R.N. College, Keyham.
*R.N. College, Dartmouth.
Noi'e.
Section 2-1869/1937
400
Portsmouth.
R.N. Barracks.
Anti-Gas School, Tipnor.
Horsea W/T Station.
H.M.S. Excellent (Gunnery School, Whale Island).
H.M.S. Vernon (Torpedo School and Experimental Establishment).
H.M.S. St. Vincent (Boys Training Establishment, Forton).
*H.M.S. Dryad (Navigation School).
Stokes Bay Experimental Station.
H.M.S. Dolphin (Depot Ship for Submarines, Fort Blockhouse).
*R.N. Hospital, Haslar.
Portland.
H.M.S. Osprey
A/S School.
H.M.S. Boscawen Naval Base.
*R.N. Hospital.
* Duty-free supplies of rum are not issued to these Establishments.
P r iv il e g e
L is t
II
Groups of Naval personnel borne on ships books and working inside guarded
establishments but residing elsewhere, privileged to receive duty-free supplies of
Service tobacco.
Devonport.
Commander-in-Chiefs Staff.
Admiral Superintendents retinue.
Chief of Staffs Boats crew.
Captain of Dockyards Staff and Boats crew.
Port W.T. Officer and Staff.
Maintenance Commanders Department.
Engineer R.A. Staff and Boats crew.
Naval Patrol.
Kings Harbour Master (P) Department.
Rectory Ground.
Officers on Flagstaffs Steps Duty, H.M. Dockyard.
Nore.
Commander-in-Chiefs Staff.
Engineer R.A. Staff.
Admiral Superintendents Retinue.
Captains Retinue, Shotley.
Staff of Captain of Dockyard, Chatham.
Staff of Captain Superintendent, Sheemess.
Portsmouth.
Commander-in-Chiefs Staff.
Maintenance Commanders Staff.
Engineer R.A. Staff.
Central Signal Station.
Commodores House Staff.
Admiral Superintendents Staff.
Squadron Engineer Officor (D).
Detention Quarters Staff.
Weymouth.
Section 21869/1937
401
P r iv il e g e
L is t
III
Royal
Royal
Royal
Royal
Marine
Marine
Marine
Marine
Infirmary, Chatham.
Barracks, Chatham.
Depot, Deal.
Infirmary, Deal.
Portsmouth.
Royal
Royal
Royal
Royal
Marine
Marine
Marine
Marine
Barracks.
Infirmary.
Small Arms School, Browndown.
School of Artillery, Fort Cumberland.
(.A . F . 0 . 2510/35.)
Section 21870/1937
402
8. Units will normally be expected to hire equipment for the period of the
commission (or such part of it as may remain when hiring is commenced). The
hiring charge for cruise periods only will be proportionately increased, since the
regular charge is based on continuous hiring (except for overhaul periods) during
the estimated life of the equipment.
9. When a ship is supplied with an equipment, an advice note in duplicate
will accompany it. A carefully detailed check should then be made of all the gear
received, and one copy of the advice note, showing differences (if any) from the
items actually supplied, is to be forwarded to the Secretary, Admiralty Cinema
Fund. This will be the accepted certificate on which the hire charge will be based.
II. Supply of Equipment to Store Establishments
10. The application of the Admiralty Cinema Fund scheme to Shore
Establishments necessarily differs somewhat from the arrangements governing tho
supply of equipments to ships. For the latter, a hire system is necessary on the
basis of provision of equipments for a commission, but for the former this basis
is not justifiable. The supply of equipments on a hire basis is, therefore, restricted
to ships, but arrangements can be made to supply establishments on favourable
purchase terms for payment in cash or by instalments.
11. Equipments hired to ships remain the property of the Admiralty Cinema
Fund, while those supplied to establishments become the property of the
establishments, and they are responsible for upkeep.
12. Establishments buying equipments by instalments will be expected to
insure such equipments for their full value until the Admiralty Cinema Fund has
been re-imbursed in full. Insurance can be effected, if desired, through the Fund.
13. A pamphlet describing suitable equipments for Shore Establishments can
be obtained on application to the Secretary, Admiralty Cinema Fund.
I I I . Maintenance of Spare Valves
14. Ships having N type equipment on hire from the Admiralty Cinema
Fund are responsible for maintaining intact the spare set of valves supplied with
the equipment, i.e., an UNUSED set of spare valves should be maintained. If,
on the surrender of an equipment, there should be a deficiency, particulars should
be forwarded to the Secretary, Admiralty Cinema Fund, who will arrange for a
claim to be raised on the ship for the cost of completing the set.
IV. Transport and Installation Charges
15. The Admiralty Cinema Fund will be responsible for transport charges
arising from the initial supply of equipments to ships and establishments in the
United Kingdom.
16. Should ships and establishments decide to have the equipment installed
by the manufacturers engineers a charge of 3 3s. 0d. is payable by them for the
N type'portable. The installation charges for other types of equipment will be
supplied on application to the Secretary, Admiralty Cinema Fund. A ship or
establishment applying for equipment should, therefore, state if this service is
required, or if installation will be effected by its own staff.
V. Supply of Film s to Ships
17. A contract has been made for the supply of films under the following
conditions. Charges for hire (see Appendix I) are payable on a consolidated scale
according to complement.
18. Charges for film hire have been calculated on a per capita basis, with
slight variations, according to complement. This is in order that the same high
class standard of films may be available at about the same cost per head whether
the ship is large or small. Thus, since no individual officer or man usually spends the
whole of his service in one particular type of vessel or on one particular station, this
arrangement ensures, so far as is practicable, that the largest possible number of the
whole personnel of the N a vy have the opportunity to receive the full benefit of the scheme
at the same rate throughout the world.
19. At a later date the Fund hopes to be able to make special arrangements
for ships with very small complements who may wish to take part in the scheme.
403
Section 21870/1937
Section 21870/1937
404
35. Ships' companies should therefore be enjoined to use the utmost care when
using or transporting films. ( See paragraph 27.)
VI. Payment for H ire of Equipment and Film s supplied to Ships
36. Payment for hire of equipment and films should be made monthly (on the
last day of each month) by the Accountant Officer by means of remittance lists
made out in favour of the Admiralty Cinema Fund. Each remittance, which should
cover complete weeks, should be accompanied by a statement as follows :
(a) Name of Ship.
(b ) Total amount of remittance.
(c) Sum remitted for equipment and period covered.
(d ) Sum remitted for films, giving list of films shown to which the remittance
relates indicating the titles of the films in each programme and the
Fleet Programme Numbers ; dates of exhibition ; with their
entertainment value assessed in accordance with paragraph 41.
37. Ships on foreign stations are to inform the Secretary, Admiralty Cinema
Fund, by telegram, when each remittance is despatched, giving the full details required
by the preceding paragraph, except that the title mentioned in (d ) may be omitted.
This is NOT intended to take the place of the statement asked for in paragraph 36.
38. While Their Lordships realise that at present a certain amount of money
may have to be found by the Admiralty Cinema Fund, the intention is to make the
scheme self-supporting.
V II . Supply of Film s to Shore Establishments
39. Films can be supplied to Establishments on favourable hire terms to suit
an Establishments particular requirements. When enquiries are forwarded to the
Admiralty Cinema Fund information should be given on the following points :
(i) The number of spectators likely to attend each performance.
(ii) The period for which films would be required, i.e., one, two or three days
or for longer periods.
(iii) Whether performances would be required throughout the year or for a
few months during the year.
40. Arrangements can usually be made for the Film Distributor to the Royal
Navy, Commander J. L. F. Hunt, R.N. (Retired), to visit an Establishment wishing
to join the scheme in order to give full information regarding the film service the
Admiralty Cinema Fund can offer.
V III. Indication of Entertainment Value
41. In order that information may be available of the entertainment value of
film programmes supplied, the degree of popularity of short and feature picture
in each programme should be assessed as Very Good, Good, Average, Fair, or Poor,
and this information is to be included under (d ) in the statements called for in
paragraphs 36 and 37.
42. Ships on foreign stations are to use the following alphabetical code in their
telegraphed reports :
(A) Very Good.
(B) Good.
(C) Average.
(D) Fair,
(E) Poor.
The assessment for the short is to precede that for the feature picture. For
example, a telegraphed report on a Fleet Programme No. 403 might read as
follows :
403
6/5
(C)
(A)
Signification
Programme
No.
Date of
Showing.
Assessment
of Short."
Assessment of
Feature Picture .
403.
6th May.
Average.
Very Good.
405
Section 21870/1937
IX . Training of Operators
43. When ships are equipped in Home Waters, arrangements will be made
when required for a suitable rating (or ratings) to receive a short course of instruction
in London (two days) in the working and maintenance of the equipment. Application
for the rating or ratings to take the course should be made to the Secretary,
Admiralty Cinema Fund. In their own interests all ships hiring the Admiralty
equipment should do their utmost to put through the course such rating(s) as are
likely to be required as operators. No charge for instruction will be made, but the
ships concerned will be responsible for the cost of the ratings lodging and subsistence.
Equipment sent abroad will be accompanied by precise instructions for its
manipulation, but if it is sent out by H.M. ship it may be possible to arrange for a
rating in that ship, if necessary, to undergo the course referred to above, in order
that he may pass on this knowledge to an operator in the hiring ship.
44. Their Lordships wish to impress on all concerned that in order to make the
scheme a success, the whole-hearted interest, enthusiasm, support and co-operation of
the personnel of the N a vy are essential.
APPENDIX I
Complement.
Equipment.
P er week.
1
1
1
1
Film Hire.
P er week.
s. d.
2 5 0
2 15 0
4 0 0
5 10 0
Notes.(1) The price of the standard equipment is approximately 327.
A
B
C
D
Under
450 601 Over
450
600
750
750
s. d.
0
5
5
7
0
0
0
6
(2) As an indication to ships who require more expensive attachments over and
above the standard equipment, the extra cost will be charged at Is. per week for
each additional 5 or part of 5 above the standard charge. (This charge applies
only on the basis of hire for a commission. Special charges for extras will be made to
ships hiring equipment for shorter periods or on a cruise basis.)
(3) Charges for hire of films will be subject to review from time to time in the
light of experience gained as the scheme progresses and there will probably be
slight variations of charge to meet local conditions on certain foreign stations.
(4) The above hire charges do not apply to shore establishments, for whom
special arrangements will be made.
Section a1871/1987
406
Outfit Gratuities
s. d.
Petty Officers dressed as Seamen on promotion to
C.P.O.............................................................
(b ) Petty Officers with one years service as such, on
change of uniform from Class I I to Class I I I ...
(c) Other men or boys on transfer to ratings for which
a change of uniform to Class I I I is required ...
(d ) Men or boys on transfer to ratings for which a
change of uniform to Class I I is required
(a )
14 12
12 10 0
11 12
9 15 0
*
...
...
Chatham ...
...
Portsmouth
Eastleigh ...
...
...
Plymouth ...
...
New Zealand
...
6. The best method of learning to fly or for a qualified pilot, other than a
private owner, to do private flying is to join a flying club and one of the advantages
in joining the Royal Naval Flying Club is that for one annual subscription a member
becomes a member of several flying clubs.
7. The total cost, to a member of the R.N.F.C. for learning to fly, including
cost of necessary equipment, is estimated to be about 18 to 20. This allows for
8 hours dual instruction, and 4 hours solo, which is a liberal allpwance.
407
8.
members.
Section 21879/1937
Commutation
for each 1 of
Pension.
Age
between
Commutation
for each 1 of
Pension.
35 and 36
36 37
37 38
38 ,, 39
39 40
40 41
41 42
42 43
43 44
44 45
45 46
46 47
47 48
48 49
49 ,, 50
50 ,, 51
51 ,, 52
52 53
53 54
54 55
55 56
56 ,, 57
57 58
15 700
15 523
15 340
15 151
14 957
14 756
14 549
14 336
14 118
13 895
13 666
13 433
13 194
12 950
12 700
12 444
12 182
11 913
11 639
11 359
11 074
10 784
10 489
58 and 59
59 60
60 61
61 62
62 63
63 64
64 65
65 ,, 66
66 67
67 68
68 69
69 70
70 71
71 72
72 73
73 74
74 75
75 76
76 ,, 77
77 78
78 79
79 80
10190
9888
9 582
9 273
8 962
8 650
8 339
8 029
7 721
7 415
7 113
6 815
6 522
6 235
5 953
5 679
5- 412
5- 155
4- 907
4- 668
4- 439
4- 219
1
j
1
j
Section 3 1922/1937
408
Age
between
Commutation
for each 1 of
yearly pension
commuted.
35 and 36
36 37
37 38
38 39
39 40
40 41
41 42
42 43
43 44
44 45
45 46
46 47
47 48
48 49
49 50
50 51
51 52
52 53
53 54
54 55
55 56
56 57
57 58
15-604
15-428
15-246
15-059
14-866
14-666
14-460
14-249
14-032
13-810
13-583
13-351
13-113
12-871
12-622
12-368
12-107
11-840
11-567
11-289
11-006
10-717
10-424
Age
between
Commutation
for each 1 of
yearly pension
commuted.
58 and 59
59 60
60 61
61 62
62 63
63 64
64 65
65 66
66 67
67 68
68 69
69 70
70 71
71 72
72 73
73 74
74 75
75 76
76 77
77 78
78 79
79 80
10-127
9-827
9-522
9-215
8-906
8-596
8-287
7-979
7-672
7-369
7-068
6-772
6-481
6-195
5-916
5-643
5-378
5-122
4-875
4-638
4-410
4-191
Important . It should be noted that these rates do not apply to pensioners who
finally entered or re-entered, after a break in service, on or after 1st August, 1935,
whose pensions cease at the end of the pension week in which death occurs. (See
Table (3).)
Section 21922/1937
409
Age
between
35 and 36
36 37
37
38
38 39
39 40
40 41
41 42
42 43
43 44
44 45
45 46
46 47
47 48
48 >, 49
49 50
50 51
51 52
52 53
53 54
54 55
55 56
56 57
57 58
Commutation
for each 1 of
Pension.
15
15
15
15
14
14
14
14
13
13
13
13
13
12
12
12
12
11
11
11
10
10
10
575
398
215
026
832
631
424
211
993
770
541
308
069
825
575
319
057
788
514
234
949
659
364
Age
between
Commutation
for each 1 of
Pension.
58 and 59
59 60
60 61
61 62
62 63
63 64
64 65
65 66
66 67
67 68
68 69
69 70
70 71
71 72
72 73
73 74
74 75
75 76
76 77
77 78
78 79
79 80
10 065
9 763
9 457
9 148
8 837
8 525
8 214
7 904
7 596
7 290
6 988
6 690
6 397
6 110
5 828
5 554
5 287
5 030
4 782
4 543
4 314
4 094
Shipw right whose vision in either eye is below Snellen jg, is to be given
spectacles at the cost of the public funds.
Section 2 -1979/1937
410
Section 22036/1937
411
S u b je c t
R. I n f a n t r y
D r ill
(R.M.
Band)
S u b j e c t S . I n f a n t r y D r i l l
(R .M . B a n d )
S u bject
T . O f f i c e W
ork
Practical questions w ill be given to test the knowledge of work in, and
regulations governing the Commandants Office, P a y Office and First
Quartermasters Departm ent; candidates w ill also be required to write a
precis, or to make an abstract report on a subject selected by the Board.
Marks allowed, 200.
S ubject
U . M
u s ic a l
M a rk s
allowed.
PART
S ubject
............
50
25
50
50
50
225
II. W R IT T E N
V . M
il it a r y
L aw
Section 2 2036/1937
412
W.A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
X. A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
allowed.
S u b ject Y . M u b icsl
(i)
(ii)
(i i i )
(iv )
............ ....200
413
Section 22036/1937
allowed
S ubject Z . In s t r u m e n t a t io n
...........
50
50
100
School of
Music.
R.N.
School of
Music.
School of Music.
R .M . Sergeant-M ajor
or
Section 22036/1937
414
415
Section 22041/1937
Section 2-2041/1937
416
for voyages from the United Kingdom and by the Senior Naval Officer for a voyage
between ports abroad or homeward to the United Kingdom.
The application
is then forwarded to the Director of Sea Transport or the Superintending Sea
Transport Officer respectively.
2.
To obtain these special terms the Railway Concession VoucherArmy
Form 0.1798amended as necessary, may be used.
417
Section 22155/1937
( A . F . O . D ia g ra m 138/37.)
Dr. Carlos Ramos Mejia, Director del Institute Pasteur, Gaona 321, Buenos
Aires.
Instituto Bacteriologico del Departmento Nacional de Higiene, Buenos Aires.
Dr. J. M. Pavcovich, Medico Profilaxis Rabica, Consejo Provincial de Higiene,
Cordoba.
Dr. Pedro Lengi, Director del Instituto Bacteriological de la Direccion de
Higiene, La Piata (Provincia de Buenos Aires).
Austria
Section 2 2223/1937
418
Canada
Director of Medical and Sanitary Services, P.O. Box No. 500, Colombo.
Chile
Cuba
Dr. Dubreuil, Directeur de linstitut antirabique municiap, 83, rue de SaintGenes, Bordeaux.
Professeur Marmier, Directeur de l institut Pasteur de Lille, Lille (Nord).
Institut bactriologique de Lyon, 61, rue Pasteur, Lyon.
Dr. J. Livon, Directeur de linstitut Pasteur de Marseille, Avenue PasteurBoulevard Charles-Livon, Marseille.
Dr. Galavielle, Chef du Service antirabique, Institut Bouisson-Bertrand,
Montpellier (Hrault).
Institut Pasteur (Service des vaccinations antirabiques), 25, rue du DocteurRoux, Paris 15e.
French Colonies , Protectorates, Mandated Territories, etc.
French East Africa. Institut
419
Section 22223/1937
Germany
Dr. P. S. Selwyn Clarke, Ag. Director, Medical and Sanitary Services, P.O.
Box 138, Accra.
(British Colonies, Dominions, Mandated Territories, etc.)
Laboratories and School of Hygiene, Toronto 5.
Ceylon.Medical and Sanitary Services, P.O. Box No. 500, Colombo.
India. Haffkine Institute, Parel, Bombay No. 12.
Pasteur Institute,
Ballygunge, 2, Store Road, Calcutta. Pasteur Institute of Southern India,
Coonoor (Madras Pres.). Pasteur Institute of India, Kasauli. Pasteur
Institute of Burma, Rangoon. Pasteur Institute and Medical Research
Institute, Shillong (Assam).
Kenya. Medical Research Laboratory,
Section of Bacteriology and
Immunology, P.O. Box 141, Nairobi. (Local treatment centres at Kericho
and Kisii.)
Nigeria. Medical and Sanitary Service, Lagos.
Palestine.Department of Health, Government of Palestine, Jerusalem.
Shanghai.Anti-Rabic Institute (Public Health Department), Shanghai.
Sierra-Leone.Medical and Sanitary Services, Freetown.
Union of South Africa. Department of Public Health, P.O. Box 386, Pretoria.
Great Britain.
Canada. Connaught
Greece
p 2
Section 22223/1937
420
India, British
Lt.-Col. S. S. Sokhey, I.M.S., Director, Haffkine Institute, Parel, Bombay No. 12.
Dr. M. J. Nicholas, I.M.D., Superintendent, Pasteur Institute, Ballygunge P.O.,
Calcutta.
Major K. R. K. Iyengar, I.M.S., Director, Pasteur Institute of Southern India,
Coonoor (Madras).
Dr. R. O. A. Smith, D.T.M., I.M.D., Director, Pasteur Institute of India,
Kasauli.
Major G. C. Maitra, I.M.S., Director, Burma Pasteur Institute and Bacteriological
Laboratory, Rangoon (Burma).
Lt.-Col. L. A. P. Anderson, M.A., M.D., B.Chir., D.P.H., D.T.M. & H., I.M.S.,
Director, Pasteur Institute and Medical Research Institute, Shillong (Assam).
Lieut.-Colonel A. J. H. Russell, C.B.E., V.H.S., I.M.S., Public Health Com
missioner with the Government of India, Simla.
Indies, East Netherlands
Iran
421
Section 22223/1937
Japan
Lebanon
Madagascar
Section 2 2223/1937
422
Poland
Institut antirabique du Professeur Dr. Odo Bujwid, Ulica Lubicz 34, Cracovie.
Prof. Dr. N. Gasiorwski, Directeur, Institut dhygiene dEtat, Piekarska 56,
LW OW.
(Direktor :
Prof. Dr. P.
Tanganyika Territory
The Secretary for Public Health and Chief Health Officer, Department of
Public Health, P.O. Box 386, Pretoria.
423
Section 22223/1937
p4
Section 2 2260/1937
424
(ii) Long Service Pensioners of the Electrical Artificer branch who have
been discharged to pension not more than 5 years, and can complete
the further engagement by the time they reach the age of 56.
(c) Men serving in the Royal Fleet Reserve, Class B in seaman ratings.
(d ) Men serving under the Special Non-Continuous Service engagement,
S.56X, for 3 years.
3. It is intended that controlled mining parties, etc., should in the future be
composed mainly of Long Service Pensioners. Consideration of applications from
men of categories (c) and (d ) above should therefore be deferred until it can
reasonably be assumed that sufficient pensioners will not be forthcoming to satisfy
immediate requirements.
4. Accepted candidates will be required to sign a Non-Continuous Service
engagement (S.56) for controlled mining or kindred duties (shore service only)
for either 3 years or 5 years at their option. Service abroad will be limited to one
period of 2 years on the station, exclusive of time on passage.
5. Special consolidated rates of pay will be issued as follows :
s. d.
P .0 ..............................
A.B..............................
5 2
E.A..............................
11 3
These rates are inclusive of non-substantive pay, progressive pay and pay
for good conduct badges. Marriage allowance will be payable under the ordinary
rules.
6. Men will wear the uniform of the rating in which they are employed. Long
Service Pensioners and Royal Fleet Reservists will be required, on joining, to provide
themselves at their own expense with the following reduced kit, but will receive
kit upkeep allowance at the full rates.
2 blue serge suits.
1 overall suit.
2 blue jean collars (for A.B.s only).
2 flannels (for A.B.s only).
2 shirts (for C.P.O.s and P.O.s).
1 duck cap.
1 blue cap (for A.B.s only).
2 caps and badges (for C.P.O.s and P.O.s).
1 pair black boots.
2 duck suits.
1 oilskin coat.
Before proceeding abroad they must also provide themselves with the necessary
white uniform. Sun helmets and tropical clothing will be provided under the
same conditions and on the same scale as for active service ratings.
No. 1 dress will not be compulsory.
7. Men will be allowed to wear, as honorary good conduct badges, any good
conduct badges already in their possession, and to qualify for further badges, on
an honorary basis, under the ordinary regulations. These honorary badges will
be subject to deprivation for misconduct in the normal way, and their restoration
will be governed by the normal rules.
8. Long Service Pensioners entered under this Order will receive their pensions,
in addition to pay, and in the event of their discharge for unsuitability or mis
conduct their pensions will be safeguarded to them under the provisions of Kings
Regulations and Admiralty Instructions, Article 1995, clause 3. Their further
service will not, however, qualify for increase of pension, nor will they receive
Special Engagement Bonus. Royal Fleet Reservists will be discharged from the
Reserve and will cease to be eligible for retainers.
9. Continuous Service ratings already employed in controlled mining parties
who transfer to the new conditions of service will continue to count their service
towards pension and long service and good conduct medal and gratuity as if their
425
Section 22260/1937
(b )
(c) of reverting to the general service if they are eligible for a general service
engagement.
11. Men of th categories referred to in para. 2 (6) (c) and (d) above will be
entered on probation for one month, and if at the end of that period they are
considered unfit for the duty, their engagements will be terminated.
12. The numbers immediately required are :
C.P.0.....................................
P .0 ........................................
A.B .......................................
E.A........................................
1
12
61
4
8
36
4
Pensioners and Royal Fleet reservists holding ratings in which there are no
vacancies in the controlled mining parties, etc., may be entered in lower, but not
higher, ratings.
13. Entries under this Order are to be made by the Commodore R.N. Barracks,
Portsmouth, in consultation with the Captain, H.M.S. Vernon, and/or the
Captain A/S, H.M.S. Osprey, except in respect of men already serving in the
Controlled Mining Party at Hong Kong, who should be entered by the Commodore,
Hong Kong.
14. In drafting these ratings, the Commodore, R.N. Barracks, Portsmouthr
should consult the Captain, H.M.S. Vernon, or the Captain A/S, H.M.S. Osprey, regarding the suitability of the men for the vacancies to be filled.
15. The notation of the engagement on the mens service certificate should
indicate clearly that it was executed under this Order.
16. The men should be borne on List 13 (Permanent Supernumeraries) of the
Ledgers of their Establishments.
Section 22314/1937
426
PART
PART B
Fixing ship by observations of stars, planets and moon. Use of azimuth tables.
Time-azimuth by star or planet.
Use of Pole Star tables.
Identification of stars. The star globe. Choice of heavenly bodies for fixing
the ships position.
Practical adjustment of the sextant.
Navigation in pilotage waters. Precautions when navigating in a fog.
General knowledge of instruments and publications supplied for navigation.
Handling ships.
PART
C. MIDSHIPMEN,
FIRST Y E A R
Section 2 2314/1937
427
5.
The intermediate examination will consist of the calculations and plotting
necessary for part of a normal days work at sea. It will be confined to Parts A,
B and C of the syllabus, as shown above.
PART
D . MIDSHIPMEN,
SECOND YE A R
(Portions of what follows may be done in the first or second year as convenient.
Instruction in section (a ) should normally be given by the Instructor Officer and in
section ( b ) by the Navigating Officer.)
Elementary principles.
Speed Problema
Action plotting.
Tides
Elementary theory.
Non-harmonic methods of prediction. Combination of M. and S. waves.
Use of Admiralty Tide Tables, Part I (omitting Table II).
Tidal differences and ratios of ranges or rises.
Tidal peculiarities.
Tidal streams. Use of Atlas of Tidal Streams.
Use of tidal information given on Admiralty charts.
Elementary Meteorology
The atmosphere.
General pressure distribution over earths surface.
Interchange of heat.
Cause of wind.
Cyclonic and anti-cyclonic circulation. Gradient and surface wind.
Buys Ballotts Law. Permanent and periodical winds.
Water vapour. Absolute and relative humidity.
Dew point. Hygrometer.
Causes of fog, mist and haze.
Formation and principal types of clouds.
Forms of precipitation.
Elementary principles of weather forecasting from synoptic charts (without
actual forecasting).
Tropical storms. Warnings and rules for avoiding tropical storms.
Drift and stream currents.
Use of mercurial barometers, and meteorological instruments supplied to
destroyers.
Section 22314/1937
428
( b) Magnetic Compass
General Navigation.
6.
The papers for the second year examination will be based on Parts A to D,
and will consist largely of practical questions on parts A, B and C.
( A .F .O s . 807/37 and 1509/37.)
429
Section 22322/1937
3. Stewards with two years mans service and Leading Stewards may be
examined provisionally for next higher rating by an Executive officer and an
Accountant officer, one holding at least the relative rank of Commander and one
at least the relative rank of Lieutenant-Commander or Lieutenant, as follows :
(i) Ratings serving in ships abroad may be so examined without further
authority
(ii) Ratings serving in home waters but away from their home port may be
examined with the approval of the Commander-in-Chief of the mans
home port, provided that both of the following conditions are fulfilled :
() the applicant for examination has not had reasonable opportunity
for taking the examination at his depot;
() the applicant would be penalised if he did not take the examination
before the normal date of his relief.
4. Ratings who have passed only provisionally when their turn for advancement
comes, and satisfy the other conditions for advancement, will be eligible to be rated
Acting Leading Steward or Acting Petty Officer Steward, with pay.
5. Ratings thus advanced will be required to pass a final examination by
Depot officers before confirmation in rating. Failure will entail relinquishment
of the acting rate from the date of failure.
6. Commanders-in-Chief, Home Ports, are to report when the foregoing arrange
ments are no longer required.
(.K .R .d b A . I . , A p p . X V I I , Part 1, N os. 134, 135.)
Section 22476/1937
430
the N a v y ,
A r m y and R oya l A i r
Force.
431
Section 22476/1937
(ii i ) (a) N a v a l P erso n n el. Naval Personnel (other than those seconded,
lent or attached to the Army or Royal A ir Force) should, when applying
for treatment at any Army or A ir Force Dental Centre, be accompanied by
a requisition on Form S. 31, signed by the Commanding Officer on the recom
mendation of the Naval Medical Officer ( if one is borne). This form,
showing details of the treatment, and indicating the centre at which it was
given, w ill be returned to the Commanding Officer of the ship or establish
ment to which the patient belongs, for transmission by him to the Medical
Director-General of the Navy.
In cases where denture work is required, Form M.234 should be sent
with the patient. This form w ill be completed by the Army or A ir Force
Dental Officer, and returned to the patients Commanding Officer for
approval, in accordance with the conditions shown in Section I I below, before
the work is commenced.
( b ) M ilit a r y P erso n n el. M ilitary personnel (other than those seconded,
or lent to the Royal N avy) will, when applying for treatment by a Naval
Dental Officer, be accompanied by a written request in the case of officers,
or, in the case of warrant officers, non-commissioned officers and men, by
Army Form B.256, signed by the patients Commanding Officer. Treatment
may also be given to personnel absent from a unit on leave, etc., on
production of sufficient evidence of identity.
D o m in io n N a v a l Personnel.
6.
Dominion
personnel
serving
with the Royal
Navy
on an
interchange basis are entitled to dental treatment at the expense of
Admiralty funds to the same extent as Royal Naval personnel, but the
cost of all dental treatment (other than casual dressings by Naval Medical
or Dental Officers for the relief of pain) given to other personnel of the
Dominion Naval Forces serving with or under instruction in the Royal
Navy is recoverable from the Government concerned. Reports (Form M.228),
showing details of treatment afforded from Service sources in such cases, and
the appropriate charges for such services calculated according to the Scale
of Fees shown in Section V of this Order, should be forwarded to the Medical
Director-General of the Navy.
Section 2 2476/1937
432
7.
While actually serving afloat these employees may be accorded the
privilege of emergency dental treatment without charge, provided such
treatment can be given by a Naval Dental Officer serving in H.M. ships
afloat. They are not eligible to receive dental treatment at Naval Dental
Centres ashore, either at home or abroad, but they may be permitted to
participate in any local Admiralty Contract with a civilian dental
surgeon on repayment by the individual concerned of the full cost of treat
ment, etc., afforded, and provided such individual deposits the estimated
cost before the treatment is undertaken. In the event of failure to recover
the full cost of treatment, a report stating the facts, should be made to the
Admiralty.
8.
(i) Payment will not be made from public funds for treatment obtained
from civilian dental surgeons who have been consulted without the prior
sanction in writing (Form S.31) of the responsible Naval authority. In
cases where treatment by a Naval, Military, or A ir Force Dental Officer is
not available and emergency treatment for the relief of pain has to be
obtained from a civilian dental surgeon in anticipation of authority, the
Admiralty w ill be prepared to consider a claim for repayment of reasonable
expenses in respect of treatment necessary for the relief of pain only,
provided the circumstances are satisfactory. Repayment w ill normally be
restricted to the Scale of Fees shown in Section V of this Order.
(ii) When Naval service dental facilities are not available, and it is
not possible to obtain treatment at an Army or A ir Force Dental Centre,
officers and men may be sent to civilian dental surgeons for necessary treat
ment who may be paid at the rates specified below. Subject to these limits,
local contracts with dental surgeons may be made whenever necessary by the
Senior Naval Officer at the Bases, and the particulars at once reported to
the Director of Navy Accounts, Admiralty. The arrangements made should
also be communicated to the local surgeon and agent or Naval agent, i f there
is one in the vicinity. As regards places abroad, attention is drawn to
paragraphs 5 and 6 of Section I I (C ) of this Order.
(iii) Before authorising dental treatment by civilian dental surgeons,
the nature and extent of the proposed work should be ascertained, and
consideration should be given as to the probable time that w ill elapse before
treatment can be obtained at a Naval, Army or A ir Force Dental Centre.
Conservative treatment may be given. I f it is considered that the teeth
cannot be usefully conserved and their extraction will necessitate the pro
vision of dentures, only such extractions as are urgently necessary should be
undertaken, and a report, accompanied by a chart (Form S.31), showing
the nature and extent of the treatment recommended, and an estimate of
the cost, should be forwarded to the Medical Director-General of the Navy
(or, if abroad, to the Senior Medical Officer of the Station), who will decide
the action to be taken.
(iv ) Form S. 31 is to be used in all cases where dental work of any kind
is undertaken by dental practitioners other than N a v a l Dental Officers, care
being taken that all of the required information is correctly entered on both
portions of the form which is to remain intact. The dental surgeons
attention should be drawn to the general instructions governing treatment
at the expense of N aval funds (Form S. 31a ) and he should be informed that
payment for appliance work of any description w ill not be made from N av al
funds unless the responsible N a v a l authority has previously sanctioned the
supply, or repair, etc., and the expenditure involved.
(v ) In all cases requiring special treatment for which provision is not
made in the schedule, or involving expenditure beyond the rates specified,
p r io r approval of the responsible N aval authority is required.
433
S e c t io n
Section 22476/1937
I I .- D e n t u r e s .
Section 22476/1937
434
4.
Officers are not eligible for the supply, repair or replacement of
dentures at the public expense except when necessitated by a casualty of the
Service.
(B ) A p p lica tio n fo r the S u p p ly , R e p a ir, or Replacem ent of D e n tu res at the
P u b lic E xpen se. P roced ure.
435
Section 22476/1937
Abroad.
Section 22476/1937
S e c t io n
436
I I I . A r r a n g e m e n t s fo r t h e S u p p l y , R e p a ir o r R epla c e m e nt
D e n t u r e s to A c t i v e S e r v i c e R a t i n g s o n R e p a y m e n t o f C o s t .
of
437
Section 22476/1937
IV . C l a i m s f o r C i v i l i a n D e n t a l S u r g e o n s . M e t h o d o f P a y m e n t .
1. Claims for payment to civilian dental surgeons in respect of advice
or treatment undertaken at the expense of Naval funds are to be rendered
on Form S.31, which can be obtained on demand. A separate copy of the
form is to be used for each patient (see Section I, paragraph 9 (iv )).
S e c t io n
2. The dental surgeon should retain the form so long as the patient is
under his care, and should insert, in the appropriate sections of the form,
the dates of attendance, brief details of the treatment given, and the fees
claimed. The position and extent of all operations performed and charged
for in the account should also be shown on the chart. On completion, the
form should be forwarded to the Commanding Officer of the ship or
establishment in which the patient is serving.
3. When denture work has been undertaken, Form M.234, showing the
authority for the supply, etc., to be effected at the public expense, or on
repayment of cost, is to accompany the Form S. 31, and if anaesthetics have
been administered by a civilian anaesthetist, his receipted account should
be attached to the claim. When denture work has been undertaken on repay
ment of the cost, the arrangements made for the recovery of the actual cost
of the appliance work are to be indicated.
4. I f the Medical Officer is satisfied that the conditions regarding
treatment are fulfilled, he should complete the appropriate certificates on
the forms, and providing the charges are in accordance with this Order, and
within the prescribed limits, Commanding Officers may authorise payment
direct to the dental surgeon. Any claims, however, which are not strictly
in accordance with this Order are to be referred to the Admiralty for
approval prior to payment.
5. The dental surgeons receipt and any certificates furnished in connec
tion with treatment requiring special authority (e .g ., Form M.234, authorising
the supply, etc., of dentures, special authority for radiographic examination,
etc.), are to be attached to the Form S. 31, which should be forwarded intact
to the Admiralty as a voucher to the Cash Account.
S e c t io n
V.
S c h e d u l e of F ee s.
Section 22476/1937
438
5s. 0d.,
.....................
7s. d.,
Is. 6d.,
5. (a) Extractions
s.
0 2
0 5
0 7
0 10
0 12
0 15
0 17
1 0
1 2
1 5
0
0
0
0
1
...................
(6) Administration
of
General
Anaesthetics: Fee per case in
connection with the extraction
of
.......................................
5
7
12
17
1
d.
6
0
6
0
6
0
6
0
6
0
0
6
6
6
0
Provided that no fee ia excess of 7s. 6d. shall be payable for the
administration of a general anaesthetic unless a doctor or dentist
(other than the dentist performing the extractions) administers the
anaesthetic.
6. New dentures:
1 tooth......................................................................................... 1 1 0
2 teeth...................................................................................... ... 1 1
0
3 , , ...................................................................................... ... 1 6
0
4 ...................................................................................... ... 1 11
0
5 ...................................................................................... ... 1 16
0
6
2 1 0
7 ...................................................................................... ... 2 6
0
................................................
............................................... .2 11
9 ...................................................................................... ... 2
10 ,,
and o v e r ....................................................................... 2
Maximum fee for upper or lower
........................................... 2
Maximum fee for upper and lower ........................................... 5
7. Re-making dentures:
1 tooth......................................................................................... 0
2 teeth...................................................................................... ... 0
3 ...................................................................................... ... 0
4 ...................................................................................... ... 1
5 ...................................................................................... ... 1
6 ...................................................................................... ... 1
7 ...................................................................................... ... 1
8 ...................................................................................... ... 1
9 ........................................................ ................................. 1
10 ,,
and m o r e ....................................................................... 1
Maximum (including any necessary additions at 5s. per tooth)
per denture ......................................
..................... ... 2
15
15
15
10
0
0
0
0
14
14
17
0
4
7
10
14
16
16
0
0
4
8
0
4
8
0
8
8
439
8. Repairs
Section 22476/1937
........................................ 7s. 6d. for the first, 5s. for each sub
sequent item, on a denture as stated
below, with a maximum for each
denture of 12s. 6d. in respect of
Items 1, 2 and 4, and of l in
respect of all items.
(1) Cracks, fissures, or fractures
of dentures.
(2) The replacing of a loosened
tooth, or loosened band or wire.
(3) The adding of one new tooth
or one band or one wire.
(4) An extension of the plate,
even when that extension embraces
part of a natural tooth.
C
o n d it io n s .
The scale fee covers the removal of calculus and other deposits from
the teeth, and the provision of necessary treatment for all ordinary or simple
disorders of the gums, even though more than one visit by the patient for
treatment may be required. Special estimates for treatment of the gums
are not to be submitted unless the conditions are very exceptional.
Any scaling and treatment of the gums which is necessary in a jaw in
which a denture of eight or more teeth is supplied, is to be carried out
without charge.
Item 2. F illin g s.
Root treatment includes the filling of each root of the tooth, but does
not include the insertion of any filling in the tooth itself.
Root treatment means either of the following:
(1) The devitalisation of the pulp of a tooth, and the subsequent
removal of the pulp, followed by the necessary treatment and
filling of each root of the tooth.
(2) The treatment of septic root canals, and the subsequent filling of
each root canal,
and does not include any dressing or treatment of the pulp of a conservative
nature.
Ite m 4- Extractions.
The maximum fee for extractions from the upper or lower jaw applies
although extractions from both jaws may be involved. The maximum fee of
l 2s. 6d. for extractions from both jaws comes into operation only when not
less than five teeth are extracted in one jaw and not less than four in the
other jaw.
Local anaesthetic should be used in all cases unless definitely
contra-indicated.
Section 2 2476/1937
440
S p e c if ic a t io n
of
a t e r ia l s .
1. A ll filling materials shall be of first grade quality and suitable for each
individual cavity. Cements, other than translucent silicate cements for the
restoration of anterior teeth, gutta-percha and copper amalgam shall not be
regarded as permanent filling materials except in very special circumstances.
2. In vulcanite work where pin teeth are used, all pins shall be of
platinum or nickel, cased with gold or other precious metal, or nickel alloy
cased with gold or other precious metal. Pins sheathed with gold or
platinum anchored within the porcelain are within this specification. The
teeth shall be of first grade quality.
3. Diatorics are not to be used for the six upper anterior teeth. They
may be used for the lower six anterior teeth only when artificial gum is
necessary.
4. Metal strengtheners shall be compatible with vulcanite and not liable
to corrode in the mouth.
441
Section 22534/1937
Section 22591/1937
442
15
1 unit, purchase price
5 units,
3 15
7 10
10
25
18 15
50
37 10
100
75 0
He
d.
0
0
0
0
0
Purchase by Remittance.
443
Section 2 2591/1937
from this point onwards should be addressed to the General Post Office and not
to the Admiralty ; that is, questions as to the acknowledgment of Remittance
Lists should be addressed to
The Controller,
Money Order Department,
General Post Office,
Manor Gardens,
Holloway,
London, N.7,
and enquiries or instructions as to individual investments made by Remittance
or Allotment should be addressed likewise. Such correspondence is to be forwarded
through the Commanding Officer, and care is to be taken that full particulars of
the identity of the officer or man concerned, and of the transaction referred to,
are clearly stated.
(11) It is important that correspondence shall be restricted to what is really
necessary.
(12) Individual remittances will not be acknowledged otherwise than by
the remittance receipt given by the Paymaster, but the Post Office will forward to
the Ship or Establishment in respect of each Remittance List a notification of the
receipt for investment of the total amount of the list.
(13) All remittances must be made in amounts of 15s. or a multiple thereof.
Purchase cannot be made by the remittance of instalments.
(14) As indicated in paragraph 5, single documents representing a number of
unit certificates are available. These are called multiple certificates.
The smallest number of documents covered by a remittance will be issued
unless the purchaser expresses a contrary desire on the Remittance List, e.g., if a
remittance of 12 15s. is made, the following Certificates would be issued :
( 5 ) .............
2 unit Certificates at 15s. each ...
...
7
3
1
s. d.
10 0
15 0
10 0
12 15
Section 22591/1937
444
(28) As a special concession to men serving in the Royal Navy it has been
arranged that repayment of Savings Certificates may be made by the Accountant
Officer without reference to the Money Order Department, London. Any man
desiring repayment should fill in a Form No. 576 and surrender the certificates
which he wishes to be repaid. The Accountant Officer must satisfy himself that
the certificates are date-stamped as duly issued, and that the applicant is the person
named on the certificates (or the cover of the Certificate Book) as the registered
holder, and may then pay the value of the certificates, including any interest which
has accrued. Tables showing the interest due at date of repayment may be obtained
on application to
The Comptroller and Accountant-General
(A.G.D. 1318),
General Post Office,
London, E.C.l.
A receipt should be taken on the back of the Form No. 576 in the following
terms :
Received the sum of
being the value, including interest, of the
Savings Certificates described on the other side, which are hereby
surrendered.
Signature .....................................................
Date.................................
(28a) On a station where payment in Foreign, Dominion or Colonial currency
is made at rates of exchange fixed from time to time by His Majestys Government,
repayment of National Savings Certificates may be made in local currency within a
limit of the gross amount of the holders full pay and allowances for the month,
provided that the aggregate sum paid to an individual in local currency during any
one month-on account of National Savings Certificates, withdrawals from the Post
Office Savings Bank, and any remittance, does not exceed the limit mentioned
above. Amounts in excess of this limit are to be paid by Navy Bill to be issued by
the Accountant Officer. The Accountant Officer is to debit himself with the amount
of the Bill, and take credit under the heading National Savings Certificates
repaid , or as appropriate. ( See also Kings Regulations and Admiralty Instructions,
Article 1778, clause 24, Article 1782, Article 1787, clause la, and Appendix X X X III,
Section D, clause 18a).
(29) These arrangements for repayment by Accountant Officers do not apply
to certificates purchased by remittance or allotment and held in the custody of the
Postmaster-General.
(30) The partial repayment of a multiple certificate is not permissible.
445
Section 22591/1937
(31) When the value of National Savings Certificates has been repaid the
certificates should be securely attached to the relative receipted Forms No. 576,
and forwarded as early as possible to the Controller, Money Order Department,
G.P.O., Manor Gardens, Holloway, London, N.7, with a covering notation in the
following form
The Controller,
Money Order Department.
Attached are National Savings Certificates repaid on H.M.S.
........................................ Total amount repaid
Accountant Officer.
Date..........................
(32) The form of notification can be obtained from the Comptroller and
Accountant-General (A.G.D. 1318), G.P.O., London, E.C.l.
(33) The cash voucher for the money refunded should contain a list of the
certificates which have been repaid, showing the full serial numbers of the
certificates, the names of the payees, the amount repaid to each person, and
the respective dates of repayment.
(34) This Order applies to shore establishments abroad with the exception of
Malta and Gibraltar Dockyards where special arrangements are in operation for
the direct sale, etc.. of National Savings Certificates.
Section 22642/1937
446
2. The scale laid down in paragraph 4 below has been approved and will apply
to all officers who completed their training as Midshipmen (E) from December, 1935,
inclusive, and to Acting Sub-Lieutenants (E) (not Cadet Entry) of seniority of
July, 1936.
3. The necessary adjustments will be made in due course to retain the correct
relative seniority between officers directly affected by this Order and those officers
whose promotion is governed by the earlier regulations.
4. Time to serve
Promotion
Marks Gained.
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
as Sub-Lieutenant (E) :
2d
1
0
26
28
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
(.A . F . 0 . 1327/37.)
Where Joining.
..........
2
3
4
...
...
Priddys Hard
Royal Arsenal
Complete ...
Priddys Hard
Royal Arsenal
Complete ...
Priddys Hard
Royal Arsenal
Complete ...
Priddys Hard
Royal Arsenal
Complete ...
Priddys Hard
Royal Arsenal
Complete ...
Dates.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
17. 1.38
20. 1.38
11. 3.38
21. 3.38
24. 3.38
17. 5.38
23. 5.38
26. 5.38
15. 7.38
29. 8.38
1. 9.38
21.10.38
24.10.38
27.10.38
16.12.38
2. The first, second and fourth classes will be detailed from the Gunnery
Schools and the third and fifth from the Home Fleet.
3. Attention is called to A.F.O. 2168/27 as regards arrangements for pay, etc.
4. Excellent only. Proposals for the year 1939 should reach the Admiralty
by 1st December, 1938.
(A .F .O . 2168/27.)
447
Section 2 2644/1937
Charges
(D) Paravanes
Knowledge of method of handling the Two-Speed Destroyer Sweep
Manoeuvring of Sweeping Units. Appropriate Screening Diagrams.
(E) Demolitions
(1) Demolition stores carried in destroyers.
(2) General knowledge of simple demolition operations.
(F) Smoke-laying
Knowledge of the various methods of making smoke and their respective
capabilities. Principles of laying smoke screens.
(G) Tactics
Knowledge of Destroyer Attack Instructions.
Total Marks
Minimum in any one subject to pass
Required to pass
700
50 per cent.
65 per cent, of
total.
Section 22650/1937
448
V/S 1
...........
V/S 2
...........
V/S 3
...........
W/T 1 ...........
W/T 2 ...........
W/T 3 ...........
Examination
Commences.
Commences.
3rd January
2nd May .............
5th September
24th January
13th June ...
26th September
3rd January
21st February
25th April ...
15th August
3rd October
29th December, 1937
25th April ...
29th August
3rd January
21st March
13th June ...
26th September
3rd January
7th March ...
23rd May ...
15th August
17th October
Completes.
16th February
6th April
10th June
28th September
16th November
3rd March
10th May
25th July
13th October ...
15th December
25th March.
26th July.
25th November.
8th April.
7th September.
9th December.
18th February.
8th April.
14th June.
30th September.
18th November.
15th April.
24th August.
16th December.
1st April.
23rd June.
21st September.
23rd December.
4th March.
11th May.
26th July.
14th October.
16th December.
V/S 3
W/T 3
Commences.
Completes.
18th February.
8th April.
14th June.
30th September.
18th November.
4th March.
11th May.
26th July.
14th October.
16th December.
449
Section 2 2653/1937
3. The design of headstone used for Great War Graves is copyright to the
Imperial War Graves Commission. The use on other than war graves of any design
so resembling it as to create the possibility of confusion constitutes an infringement
of copyright.
4. An illustration of the design is published in A.F.O. Diagram 137/37.
5. In addition to the levy, all pay and allowances earned by the personnel
referred to above, with the exception of kit upkeep allowance, but including
the value of victualling, are subject to a deduction (Emergency Charge)
of 1d. for every 2s. 6d. or part thereof contained in such pay and allowances.
The value of victualling of officers and men during periods of passage in
a merchant vessel is not subject to the emergency charge.
9. Pay documents of officers and men transferred are to show the date of
the last charge of the levy of 5s. and sufficient information as to pay and
allowances earned and value of victualling, to enable the quarterly deductions
to be correctly made.
10. N .Z . Interchange ratings serving in R .N . are not liable for these
charges.
(C30235)
Section 2 2702/1937
450
B.P E R S O N N E L OF TH E N E W Z E A LA N D N A V A L FORCES S E R V IN G
IN H.M. S H IP S A N D E S T A B L IS H M E N T S
( See Section E as regards ratings serving on Interchange basis.)
Notwithstanding any difference between the rates of pay and allowances
authorised in the Regulations for the Government and payment of the New
Zealand Division of the Royal Navy, and those authorised by K in gs
Regulations and Admiralty Instructions, officers and ratings of the New
Zealand Naval Forces serving in H.M. (Im perial) ships and Naval establish
ments shall, whilst so serving, receive pay and allowances as follows:
() Full pay (substantive and non-substantive);
() Deferred pay (except loan personnel). N o t e .Credit of Deferred
pay will be effected by the Navy Office, Wellington;
(c) Marriage Allowance;
( d ) Dependants Allowance;
at rates and under the conditions authorised in the Regulations for the
Government and payment of the New Zealand Division of the Royal N avy;
and
(e ) A ll other allowances; and
(/) Extra pay for the performance of special duty ;
at rates and under the conditions authorised in K in gs Regulations and
Admiralty Instructions.
2. The accounts of officers and men are to be entered on separate lists of
the ledger (List 14 or 17, N .Z.N .F.). The pay and victualling are also to be
shown separately in the Ledger Abstract and Classified Summary of
Victualling.
3. A complete extract from the ledger showing details of accounts, etc.,
in respect of all New Zealand ranks and ratings borne during the period
covered by the ledger is to be forwarded to the Director of Navy Accounts,
as soon as possible after the ledger is closed.
The extracts of accounts
are to be addressed to the Director of Navy Accounts.
4. Any clothing, etc., taken up on repayment from Government stock
is to be paid for by cash, and the charges are not to appear in the ledger.
5. Officers of the New Zealand Naval Forces serving in H.M. ships are
to be given the usual Service certificate, a copy of which is to be forwarded by
the Commanding Officer direct to the High Commissioner for New Zealand
(415, Strand, London, W.C.2). A notation that this has been done is to be
made on the counterpart, and the date of transmission should also be
recorded.
6. No advancement in rating should be made without reference to the
Secretary of the New Zealand Naval Board, Navy Office, Wellington.
7. Good conduct badges should be awarded and restored under Admiralty
Regulations by the Commanding Officer of the ship in which ratings are
borne.
8. Non-substantive ratings should be granted, and pay therefor credited
from date of qualification, at New Zealand rates.
The payment of signal and telegraphist ratings for non-compulsory non
substantive rates is subject to approval of the New Zealand Naval Board.
9. Declarations, alterations and stoppages of allotments payable in the
United Kingdom should be addressed to the Director of Navy Accounts,
Cornwall House, Stamford Street, London, S.E.l, and declarations, etc.,
should be clearly endorsed Chargeable against New Zealand Government.
Forms declaring, altering, or stopping allotments paid in New Zealand
should be sent to the Naval Secretary, Navy Office, Wellington (duplicates
being forwarded to the Director of Navy Accounts, and marked For
information on ly ). Allotments paid in New Zealand should be noted in
Bhips ledger accordingly.
10. The High Commissioner for New Zealand should be immediately
notified of the death or desertion of any members of the New Zealand Naval
Forces. Effects of deceased persons or deserters should not be disposed of
until authority has been received from the High Commissioner, and it should
be noted that the disposal of effects will necessitate reference to New Zealand.
451
Section 2 2702/1937
11. Officers and men, N ew Zealand N aval Forces when sick on shore or
sent to hospital, are to be dealt with under A dm iralty Regulations, except
a,s provided in paragraph 12. Members of the N ew Zealand N av al Forces
recommended for invaliding w ill be finally surveyed on return to New
Zealand. Where such recommendations are made on account of injuries
received or disease contracted due to service, a fu ll report of the circum
stances should be made on the Report of Survey.
12. Ratings of the N ew Zealand N a v a l Forces serving in H .M . ships and
establishments are subject to the following regulations in respect of hospital
stoppages:
Men checked to the sick mess in R .N . barracks, sick on shore, or
sent to hospital suffering from venereal disease, or from disabilities
which are the result of the m ans own misconduct, carelessness or
neglect, shall be placed on half-pay at the expiration of thirty days,
and cease pay at the expiration of ninety-one days.
A ll such men again checked to the sick mess in R .N . barracks, sick
on shore or in hospital, within fourteen days from the expiration of
their previous period of sickness, shall be considered as being under
continuous treatment, but only those days actually so checked shall be
counted for the purposes of reduced pay in accordance with the terms
specified above.
For the purpose o f hospital stoppages, h a lf-p a y is to consist of
h alf substantive and half non-substantive pay, but m arriage allow
ance, dependants allowance, kit upkeep allowance and deferred pay
(where payable) w ill continue in full.
A fte r ninety-one days all pay is to oease (i.e ., including m arriage and
dependants allowances and deferred pay, but excluding kit upkeep
allowance).
13. In the case of persons who are liable for the payment of Income Tax,
information w ill be furnished by the N a v a l Secretary, N a v y Office,
Wellington, in regard to charges on that account.
Persons with income not
exceeding 210 are not liable for the payment of N ew Zealand Income Tax.
14. W hilst serving in H .M . ships and establishments, officers and men
of the N ew Zealand N a v a l Forces may be allowed leave under Adm iralty
Regulations, with leave allowance (fo r ratings) at Im perial rates. Officers
of the N ew Zealand N a v a l Forces w ill receive leave allowance at the rate and
under the conditions laid down for the government and payment of the
N ew Zealand Division of the R .N .
15. Claim s for travelling and subsistence expenses should be dealt with
in accordance with the instructions issued in the consolidated Adm iralty
Fleet O rder on Travelling and Subsistence Expenses of N a v a l and Royal
M arine officers and men.
16. Officers and ratings of the N ew Zealand N a v a l Forces proceeding
to England, or returning to N ew Zealand, may receive the advances approved
respectively for personnel lent to the N ew Zealand Division or returning to
England on completion of their period of loan.
C. R O Y A L N A V A L P E R S O N N E L T R A N S F E R R E D O R L E N T TO
N E W Z E A L A N D N A V A L FORCES
O f f ic e r s a n d M e n a bo u t to t a k e S e r v ic e i n t h e N e w Z e a l a n d D i v i s i o n
The period of service on loan w ill be approxim ately three years, subject
to the exigencies of the N a v a l Service.
2.
P a y and allowances during the period of loan w ill be paid at the rates
and under the conditions laid down in the Regulations for the Government
and Paym ent of the N ew Zealand Division, but deferred pay is not payable
to R .N . personnel.
The N ew Zealand regulations provide that the combined pay and allow
ances of officers lent from the Im perial N a v y w ill in no case be less than that
payable to them under the K in g s Regulations and A dm iralty Instructions.
(C 30235)
Q 2
Section 22702/1937
452
5. The pay accounts of officers and men selected for service in the New
Zealand N av al Forces are to be closed as at the date immediately preceding
that of the commencement of their N ew Zealand appointment or engagement,
and balances are to be paid in fu ll to that date by the accountant officers of
H .M . ships or R .M . Divisions prior to transfer.
6. Officers appointed to the N ew Zealand Division, and who are required
to proceed to N ew Zealand by freight, may receive from the H igh Commis
sioner for New Zealand, on application, an advance of pay based on the
provisions of Article 1746, K in g s Regulations and Adm iralty Instructions.
W here officers appointed to the N ew Zealand Division are required to join
one of H .M . ships of the N ew Zealand Division refitting in England any
advance of pay necessary is to be obtained from the accountant officer of the
ship to which first appointed.
7. Naval ratings and non-commissioned officers and men, R.M., are not to
be given advances of public money to meet travelling expenses ; where
necessary, however, they may be granted advances of pay under Article 1746,
Clause 10, K ings Regulations and Admiralty Instructions. The amounts
advanced are to be noted on the mens transfer lists as debit balances trans
ferred to their accounts in the New Zealand Division, and a notation is to be
made in red ink next to the debit balance in the ledger (For claim against
New Zealand Government).
8. Transfer lists (S .45) are to be forwarded without delay direct to the
High Commissioner for New Zealand, 415, Strand, London, W.C.2, and
duplicates are to be sent to the Director of Navy Accounts.
Particulars of men lent or transferred should be reported on Form S. 161
to the Registry of Personnel.
9. I f the transfer of service is to one of H.M. ships of the New Zealand
Division paid off for refit in England, pay accounts are to be opened for
the period of the refit on a special New Zealand list of the books of the home
depot concerned, and then closed and transferred to the High Commissioner
as from the day on which the vessel commissions, transfer lists being
forwarded as provided above.
10. In order that officers and men definitely transferred, or lent to the
N ew Zealand N av al Forces, may have an opportunity to revise their contribu
tions to their dependants on being placed on N ew Zealand rates of pay, and
to avoid hardship through a break in the continuity of payment to the
dependants by reason of the officers or mans transfer, the allotment (and
any allowance in force in respect of ratings) at the time of transfer will not
necessarily be discontinued, and any adjustments or stoppages are to be
left for arrangement between the Director of N avy Accounts and the New
Zealand Government.
Section 2 2702/1937
453
11. The allotments of officers and men selected for service in the New
Zealand Naval Forces are not, therefore, to be regarded as stopped on
transfer, but particulars of the allotment should be shown on the transfer
list forwarded to the High Commissioner for New Zealand and Director of
Navy Accounts as for transfers in the Royal Navy.
12. Forms of engagement, signed by all men engaging for service in the
New Zealand Naval Forces, and Forms of Agreement signed in triplicate by
volunteers for temporary loan from the Active List of the Royal Navy, are
to be forwarded to the High Commissioner for New Zealand, 415, Strand,
London, W.C.2, for counter-signature, on behalf of the Dominion Government,
and disposal.
The duplicates of the latter form w ill be returned for
enclosure in the mens service certificates, and the triplicates forwarded to
the Director of Navy Accounts.
13. The conditions of advancement of ratings while on loan to Dominion
Navies are laid down in A.F.O. 1212/35.
O f f ic e r s a n d M e n
R e t u r n in g
from
S e r v ic e i n
the
N ew
Z ealand
N a v a l F orces
14. Officers of the Royal Navy returning from the New Zealand Naval
Forces for reversion to the Royal Navy, are to be borne nominally on the
books of H.M.S. Victory, for disciplinary purposes only, from the date
of arrival in England to the date of expiration of their New Zealand leave.
Payment w ill be made to them direct by the High Commissioner for
New Zealand, London, who will forward a transfer list to H.M.S. Victory,
showing the period for which such officers are to be borne nominally on that
depots books, a notation being made that payment w ill be effected direct
by the High Commissioner for New Zealand for such period.
15. Officers of the Royal Marines, nowever, are to be borne f o r pa y on
separate lists on the books of their respective R.M. Divisions. They should
be credited with pay at New Zealand rates for the period of passage home and
for any New Zealand leave due, and charged with any allotments, in accord
ance with the particulars given on the transfer lists accompanying the
officers. Settlement of pay accounts is to be made as provided for in the
case of men in paragraph 16.
16. Men returning for reversion to the Royal Navy and Royal Marines are
to be entered on separate lists on the books of their respective depots or
R.M. Divisions, credited with pay at New Zealand rates for the period of
passage home plus any New Zealand leave due, and charged with any allot
ments, in accordance with particulars appearing on the transfer lists
accompanying the men. Complete settlement of pay accounts at New Zealand
rates of pay is to be made by the depots or R.M. Divisions, and the totals
of the relative folios shown separately in the ledger abstract. When men
return to England, the date of ceasing pay at New Zealand rates is to be
inserted by the depots or R.M. Divisions, on Form S.214, except in the
case of invalids ( see paragraph 24).
N o te . The procedure outlined in paragraphs 14, 15, and 16 relates to
personnel who retu rn to E n g la n d by freig h t ship.
W here one of H . M . ships
o f the N e w Zealand D iv is io n returns to E n g la n d to refit, etc., personnel fo r
reversion to the R .N . and R .M . w ill be borne on the books of that ship until
the exp ira tion of the leave, etc., due unless the ship is sailing before the
leave , etc., expires, in which case personnel w ill then be dealt w ith as in
paragraph s 14, 15, and 16.
Section 2 2702/1937
454
A d m ira lty lia b ility, and where such leave is due on return to the R .N . it
should be granted to follow the foreign service leave, pay at R .N . rates being
credited during the re-engaging leave period.
18. Unemployment Levy and Emergency Charge. Deductions of pay,
etc., are to be charged against officers and men borne fo r pay at New Zealand
rates during accumulated leave periods, and the levy is to be charged on any
instalment date fa llin g within the period o f such leave.
19. Pensions Insurance. Insurable R .N . ratings and Royal Marines con
tinue to be liable for contributions in respect of Pensions Insurance while
serving under loan agreements with the New Zealand N aval Forces, and the
standard quarterly deduction should accordingly be made in advance on the
first day of the quarter in their New Zealand pay accounts. In the event of a
man ceasing to be borne at New Zealand rates o f pay before the end o f the
quarter, adjustment o f the Pensions Insurance deduction should be effected
by crediting his New Zealand pay account with the amount overcharged in
respect of the period between the date of ceasing pay at New Zealand rates
and the end o f the quarter (assessed in accordance with the instructions
for dealing with broken periods set forth in Appendix X X IX , K in g s
Regulations and A d m ira lty Instructions). In the case o f reversion to the
R.N . or R.M ., in order to preserve the continuity o f the contributions, this
amount should then be charged against the individual R .N . or R.M. pay
account in the ledger.
20. G rog M oney. Under New Zealand regulations grog money is not
payable in respect o f periods on passage by fre ig h t ship.
21. A llotm ents. N a va l and Marine personnel who are utilising the
allotment system are to be afforded, at the earliest opportunity, facilities for
varying their allotment commitments in the ligh t of their requirements upon
reverting to R.N . and R.M . rates o f pay, subject to the lim its prescribed by
A rticle 1756, clause 3 (a ), K in g s Regulations and A d m ira lty Instructions.
W ith a view to ensuring continuity o f support of wives and other
dependants, men o f the R.N . and R.M . returning to England whose depend
ants are residing abroad should, upon first appearance in depot, be
encouraged to declare ( with prospective effect where New Zealand pay is still
being credited') new or revised allotments in their favour.
22. M a rria ge Allowance. Upon first appearance in Dpt or R.M . H ead
quarters on return from service with the New Zealand D ivision, all N aval
ratings and Royal Marines are to be questioned as to whether they claim to
be entitled to M arriage Allowance in respect of a w ife and/or children
residing abroad and, i f so, a report should be forwarded (fo r N aval ratings)
to the D irector o f N a vy Accounts upon such o f the follow in g points as may be
applicable, necessary action for Royal Marines being taken at Head
quarters :
( i ) Present address of wife.
( i i ) Whether she is follow in g the man to this country and, i f so, the
approximate date o f arrival.
( i i i ) I f she is not proceeding to this country, the reason for remaining
abroad.
(iv ) Names and ages o f his children under 14 years.
(v ) Name and address o f guardian o f children, i f motherless.
(v i ) Amount of allotment in force in favour o f w ife or guardian on
reversion to R .N . rates o f pay.
N o te . When men retu rn in g fo r reversion to the Royal Navy and Royal
Marines come back to E ngla nd in one o f H .M . ships o f the New Zealand
D iv is io n , the Accountant Officer o f the ship concerned w ill take the action
required by paragraphs 21 and 22 ; and the necessary instructions as to the
in s titu tio n o f allotm ent charges w ill be issued by the D ire cto r o f Navy
Accounts or Commandant, Royal Marines, as the case may be.
455
Section 2 2702/1937
N aval Ratings and Royal M arines invalided fro m the New Zealand
Naval Forces
23. On arrival in England, invalids from the New Zealand N aval Forces
are medically surveyed, and as a result of the survey they may b e :
(a ) In valided forthwith, i.e., at the next fortn igh tly medical survey;
( b) Regarded as fit for d u ty ; or
(c ) Sent to hospital fo r treatment i f there is a reasonable probability of
their ultimate return to duty or i f final medical survey cannot be
carried out without a further period of observation in hospital.
New Zealand rates of pay should be credited in the ledger of the depot or
R.M. D ivision in which the invalids are received, up to and including the
date of medical survey on arrival, and thereafter on the follow ing basis:
Men in category (a ) to receive 28 days in va lid in g leave, followed by the
amount of foreign service leave due, these periods being reckoned
after the date o f the fortn igh tly medical survey, i.e., New Zealand
rates to be continuous until the expiration o f the foreign service
lea ve;
(b ) To receive New Zealand rates from the date o f arrival to the date
o f the expiration o f the foreign service leave due;
(c) To receive New Zealand rates to the date o f medical survey on
arrival, R .N . rates whilst under treatment in hospital, and
New Zealand rates during foreign service leave due, taken after
treatment in h ospital; i f the man be invalided after a period in
hospital at R .N . rates o f pay, he should then receive 28 days
in validin g leave plus any foreign service leave due, both at
New Zealand rates o f pay.
See Section B, para. 12 H ospital Stoppages.
24. Whenever a N a va l ratin g or Royal M arine is invalided home from
loan with the New Zealand N a va l Forces, a report is to be made to the
Director o f N avy Accounts accompanied by Form S.214, and a complete
copy of the man s pay account from the date o f re-entry for pay on R.N . or
R.M. ledgers, to the date of final in validin g or reversion to the R.N. or R.M .
The A dm iralty w ill then inform the H igh Commissioner for New Zealand o f
the date on which the man ceased to receive New Zealand rates of pay.
P assages
of
R o ya l N
aval
and
R o y a l M a r in e O ffic e r s
and
t h e ir
F a m il ie s
25. Im perial officers lent for service with the New Zealand D ivision w ill
be granted a free passage to and from New Zealand, unless proceeding by
ship o f war, except as provided for in paragraph 28. F la g Officers and
Commodores are entitled to reserved accommodation (i.e., a single berth
cabin, or the exclusive use of a two-berth cabin) in accordance with the
K in g s Regulations and A d m ira lty Instructions, A rticle 834.
A ll other
officers w ill be provided with ordinary first class accommodation. In the
event of a F la g Officer or Commodore being accompanied by his w ife, the
two-berth cabin authorised for the use of such officer shall be used also by
his wife, and no additional provision fo r her accommodation w ill be made.
26. The new Zealand Government offer free return passages, England to
New Zealand, to the wives and fam ilies of officers lent to the New Zealand
D ivision, subject to the follow in g provisions, but no free or assisted passages
are allowed for servants (male or female).
(i ) The officer must be lent for a period o f not less than three years.
(N o te . In the case of Captains, R .N ., whom the A d m ira lty
are unable to loan for more than two years, passages w ill be
granted to wives and fam ilies notwithstanding the three-year
minimum.)
( i i ) The officer must be o f the rank of Lieutenant-Commander or above,
at the date of the loan, or i f below Lieutenant-Commander s rank
must be definitely appointed to a shore appointment for the fu ll
period o f loan. For this purpose definite appointments to N a vy
Office or to H .M .S. Philom el shall be regarded as shore
appointments. Subsequent transfer from a sea-going to a shore
appointment shall not entitle an officer to free passages fo r w ife
and fam ily.
(C30235)
Section 2 2702/1937
456
457
Section 3 2702/1937
D. R A T E S O F P A Y A N D A L L O W A N C E S
The rates o f pay fo r the New
1st July, 1936, are as follow s:
I.O F F IC E R S
E x e c u t iv e O ffice r s
Per Diem.
s. d.
0 5 0
Cadet (sea-going)
............
Midshipman
A cting Sub-Lieutenant
Sub-Lieutenant............
- I
0 11 O
Lieutenant
On promotion
A fte r 4 years
A fte r 6 years
Lieutenant-CommanderOn promotion
A fte r 3 years
A fte r 6 years
1 10
Commander
On promotion
A fte r 3 years
A fte r 6 years
A fte r 9 years
2 0
2 4
2 8
1 12 0
1 14 0
2 12
Captain
On promotion
A fte r 3 years
A fte r 6 years
A fte r 9 years
3 0
3 5
3 10
3 15
0
0
0
0
E n g in e e r O ffic e r s
Midshipman (E )
....................................................
A ctin g Sub-Lieutenant ( E ) ..........................................
Sub-Lieutenant (E ) not qualified in (E )
............
Sub-Lieutenant (E ) qualified in (E )
......................
Lieutenant (E ) (actin g)
..........................................
Engineer Lieutenant
On promotion
A fte r 4 years
A fte r 6 years
and Lieutenant (E )
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................
0 11
0 13 0
0 18 6
1 0
1 3
1 7
1 14
1 16
1 18
2
2
2
2
3 0
3 5
3 10
3 15 a
5
9
13
17
0
0
a
0
Section 2 2702/1937
458
A c c o u n t a n t O f f ic e r s
Paymaster Cadet
............
.....................................................
Paymaster Midshipman
..............................................................
Paymaster Sub-Lieutenant ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
P er Dier*.
s. d.
0 6 0
0 6 0
0 11 0
Paymaster Lieutenant
On promotion
........................................................................
A fte r 4 years
........................................................................
A fte r 6 years
........................................................................
0 18 6
1 0 0
14 0
0
4
8
12
0
0
0
0
15
0
5
10
0
0
0
0
M e d ic a l O f f ic e r s
Surgeon Lieutenant
On entry
..................................................................................
A fte r 3 years
.......................................................................
18 0
1 12 0
Surgeon Lieutenant-Commander
On promotion
........................................................................
A fte r 3 years
........................................................................
1 18 0
2 3 0
Surgeon CommanderOn
_ _ promotion
r ............. .... ........................................................................2
A C l___ n ____________
A fte r 3 years
......................................................................... ..... 2
A fte r 6 years
......................................................................... ..... 2
A fte r 9 years
......................................................................... ..... 3
Surgeon Captain
On promotion
A fte r 3 years
A fte r 6 years
A fte r 9 years
12 0
16 0
0 0
......................................................................... ..... 3 5 0
......................................................................... ......310 0
......................................................................... ......3 15 0
......................................................................... ......4 0 0
D e n t a l O f f ic e r s
Surgeon Lieutenant (D )
On entry
..................................................................................
A fte r 3 years
........................................................................
15
19
0
0
Surgeon Lieutenant-Commander (D )
On promotion
........................
.......................................... ..... 1 15 0
A fte r 3 years
........................................................................ ..... 2 0 C
A fte r 6 years
....................................................
.................. 2 3 0
459
Section 2 2702/1937
C h a p l a in s
Per Diem.
s. d.
1 0 0
1 6 0
1 9 0
1 12 0
1 15 0
1 18 0
2 1 0
2 4
2 7 0
2 10 0
2 13 0
Chaplain
On entry
A fter 3 years
A fte r 6 years
A fte r 9 years
A fte r 12 years
A fte r 15 years
A fter 18 years
A fte r 21 years
A fter 24 years
A fter 27 years
A fte r 30 years
I nstructor Officers
Instructor Lieutenant
On entry ........................................................................................ 1 1 0
A fte r 3 years
.............................................................................. 1 4 0
Instructor Lieutenant-Commander
On promotion
.............................................................................. 1 10
A fter 3 years
.............................................................................. 1 12
A fte r 6 years
.............................................................................. 1 14
0
0
0
Instructor Commander
On promotion
...............................................................................2
A fte r 3 years
.............................................................................. 2
A fte r 6 years
........................................................................ ...... 2
A fte r 9 years
........................................................................ ...... 2
12
0
0
0
0
15
0
5
10
0
0
0
0
Instructor Captain
On promotion
.............................................................................. 2
A fte r 3 years
........................................................................ ...... 3
A fter 6 years
........................................................................ .......3
A fter 9 years
........................................................................ ...... 3
W
arrant
O ffic e r s
and
O ffic e r s
0
4
pro m o te d th e r e fr o m
Mechanical
Branches
(Column A ).
Non-mechanical
Branches
(Column B).
Per Diem.
8. d.
0 16 0
0 17 0
0 18 0
0 18 6
1 1 0
1 3 0
1 4 0
1 6 0
Per Diem.
s. d.
0 15 0
0 16 0
0 17 0
0 17 6
1 0 0
1 2 0
1 3 0
1 5 0
1 8 0
1 9 0
1 10 0
1 12 0
1 16 0
As for Commander
1 7 0
1 8 0
1 9 0
1 11 0
1 15 0
oi Branch.
The rates shown fo r Lieutenant and above are applicable to all officers
promoted under K in g s Regulations and A dm iralty Instructions, A rticle 322,
except those promoted under subclause ( d) thereof.
Section 22702/1937
460
S choo lm asters
Schoolmaster Candidate
Probationary Schoolmaster
Schoolmaster (W arran t Officer) after one year from entry
confirmation, i f later
A fte r two years from entry ...
A fte r three years from entry ...
A fte r four years from entry ...
A fte r five years from entry ...
A fte r six years from entry ...
A fte r seven years from entry ...
A fte r eight years from entry ...
A fte r nine years from entry ...
Schoolmaster (Commissioned Officer from W arrant Rank) on
promotion
A fte r one year ...
A fte r two years ...
A fter three years ...
A fte r four years ...
A fte r five years
A fte r six years
A fte r seven years...
A fte r eight years...
A fte r nine years ...
A fte r ten years ...
A fte r eleven years
A fte r twelve years
A fte r thirteen years
A fte r fourteen years
A fte r fifteen years
Senior Master (Commissioned Officer from W arrant Rank) to
receive the rate o f pay to which he would be entitled as a
Schoolmaster (either W arran t Officer or Commissioned
Officer from W arrant Rank according to the time served
from date o f entry) with an addition o f ............
Headmaster (Lieutenant) on prom otion..........................................
A fter three y e a r s ........................................................................
A fte r six years ........................................................................
Per Diem.
s. d.
0 12 0
0 12 6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
0
6
0
6
0
6
0
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
17
18
18
19
19
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
0
6
0
6
0
6
0
6
0
6
0
6
0
6
0
0
1
1
1
3
8
9
10
0
0
0
0
461
Section 2 2702/1937
.S ch o o lm asters continued
P er Diem.
s. d.
Headmaster (Lieutenant-Commander) on promotion
............
1 12 0
A fte r three y e a r s ........................................................................
1 16 0
( i ) Officers promoted to Commissioned Officer from W arrant Rank prior
to 21st February, 1935, are to be paid under the old scheme.
( i i ) Officers promoted on the above date with more than ten, but less than
fifteen years from entry to receive annual increments under the old scheme for
W arrant Officers and Commissioned Officers from W arran t Rank, irrespective
o f the date o f promotion to the latter rank.
( i i i ) Officers serving on 21st February, 1935, i f not promoted after ten
years from entry are nevertheless to receive increments under the old scheme
for W arran t Officers.
(iv ) Officers serving on the above date and promoted after ten years from
entry, and officers entered into the N a va l Service on or after 21st February,
1935, are to be paid under the new scheme, the rates for which are those
shown above.
N o te . The old scheme referred to in paragraphs ( i ) to ( i v ) above
is that described in K in g s Regulations and A dm iralty Instructions,
Appen dix I, P a rt 1, Nos. 62 and 63. I f any officers loaned to the New
Zealand D ivision are affected thereby, special application should be made to
N avy Office for the rate o f pay to be applied.
R o ya l M a r in e O ff ic e r s
Per Diem.
s. d.
0 7 6
0 10 u
0
0
1
1
K .R .
and
0
0
0
0
1 10 0
1 12 0
1 14 0
2
2
2
2
3
the
under
10
17
0
4
0
4
8
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
R anks
Per Diem.
s. d.
0 16 0
0 16 0
0 16 0
0 17
1 0
1 4
Section 2 2702/1937
W
arrant
462
O ff ic e r s
and
O f f ic e r s
pro m o ted th e r e fr o m
Per Diem.
s. d.
0 14 0
0 15 0
0 16 0
0 17 0
0
1
1
1
19
1
3
5
0
0
0
0
17
1 8
1 9
0
0
0
1 11
1 15 0
0 14 0
0 15 0
0 16 0
Daily
rates from
1st April,
1937, and
until farther
notice.
s. d.
0 11
1 9
2
2
2
8
2
2
3
2
8
1
463
Section 22702/1937
( i i ) Subject to the above, this allowance shall be payable under the same
conditions as for ratings so fa r as applicable, except that in the case o f an
officer an allotm ent must be declared in favour o f his w ife o f not less than
one-third o f his active pay (excluding allowances not in the nature o f fu ll
pay) plus the fu ll amount o f m arriage allowance.
( i i i ) M arriage allowance may be paid to widowers with children under
the age o i sixteen years. The scale is as follows, and w ill be subject to
revision annually as in the case o f m arriage allowance, and w ill be
subject to an allotment to a guardian o f one-quarter o f active pay (exclud
ing allowances not in the nature o f fu ll pay) plus the fu ll amount o f
marriage allowance.
Daily
rates from
1st April,
1937, and
until further
notice.
8. d.
1
1
5
9
I I .S H IP S C O M PA N Y
(a ) Substantive Rates o f Pay
S e am an R a t in g s
P er Diem.
s. d.
1 0
Boy, 2nd class
..................................................................................
1 9
Boy, 1st class
..................................................................................
2 6
Boy, 1st class, over 17 ........................................................................
O rd in ary S e a m a n ..................................................................................
5 0
7 0
Able Seaman
..................................................................................
7 2
A fte r 3 years mans service
....................................................
................................
7 4
A fte r 6 years man s service
...
Leading S e a m a n ..................................................................................
8 0
A fte r 1 years service as such, i f passed for Petty O ffice r............
8 3
P etty Officer............................................................................................
9 0
A fte r 3 years service as s u c h ....................................................
9 4
A fte r 6 years service as s u c h ....................................................
9 8
C hief P etty Officer
........................................................................
10
6
A fte r 3 years service as such
....................................................
11 0*
S ignal and T elegraphist B ranches
Signal Boy and Boy T e le g r a p h is t ....................................................
Signal Boy and Boy Telegraphist, over 1 7 ..........................................
O rdinary Signalman and O rdinary Telegraphist
......................
Signalm an and T e le g ra p h is t..............................................................
A fte r 3 years man s service
....................................................
A fte r 6 years man s service
....................................................
Leading Signalman and Leading T ele g ra p h ist................................
After* 1 years service as such ( i f passed for Yeoman of Signals,
P etty Officer Telegraphist, or for higher s t a n d a r d )............
Yeoman o f Signals and Petty Officer Telegraphist
......................
A fte r 3 years as such
..............................................................
A fte r 6 years as such
..............................................................
C h ief Yeoman of Signals and Chief Petty Officer Telegraphist
A fte r 3 years service as such
....................................................
* With subsequent triennial increments of 6d. per diem.
1 9
2
5
7
7
7
0
3
6
8
8 8
9 6
9 .8
10 0
11 0
11 6 *
Section 2 2702/1937
E n g i n e -R oom A
464
r t if ic e r s ,
E l e c t r ic al A r t if ic e r s , O r d n a n c e A r t i f i c e r s ,
M e c h a n ic ia n s -!-, a n d S h i p w r i g h t s
P er Diem
s. d.
Artificer, 5th cla ss..................................................................................
8 6
Mechanician...
..................................................................................
11 0
A rtificer, 4th class, acting 4th class, and Mechanician after 3 years
service as such..................................................................................
11 6
Artificer, 3rd class, and Mechanician after 6 years service as such...
12 0
A rtificer, 2nd class, and Mechanician after 9 years service as such...
12 6
A rtificer, 1st class, and Mechanician after 12 years service as such
13 0
Chief, 2nd class
..................................................................................
13 6
Chief, 1st class
..................................................................................
14 6
t In the case of mechanicians, these rates are applicable only to those who
were provisionally selected as candidates prior to 1st December, 1927. For
further rates see the fo llo w in g:
M e c h a n ic ia n s
10 6
11 0
11 6
12 0
12 6
13 0
13 6
14 6
90
90
9 10
10 2
10 6
10 10
11 6
12 0
12 6
S ailmaker B ranch
Sailm akers M a t e ....................................................................................
A fte r 3 years service as such
......................................................
A fter 6 years service as s u c h ......................................................
Sailmaker
..............................................................................................
A fte r 3 years service as such
......................................................
A fte r 6 years service as such
......................................................
C hief S a i l m a k e r ....................................................................................
A fte r 3 years service as s u c h .....................................................
84
86
88
96
9 10
10 2
11 0
11 6*
R egulating B ranch
Officer
................................................................
service as such
.....................................................
service as such
......................................................
................................................................
.............
service as such
.....................................................
10 0
10 4
10 8
11 6
12 0*
R egulating Petty
A fte r 3 years
A fter 6 years
Master-at-Arms
A fter 3 years
465
Section 2 2702/1937
S ic k -B erth Staff
P er Diem
s. d.
5 6
7 4
7 6
7 8
8 6
8
9
9
10
11
11
8
6
10
2
0
6*
2
2
5
7
7
7
9
10
10
11
11
0
6
6
6
8
10
0
2
6
3
9*
5
7
7
7
8
8
8
9
6
6
8
10
6
6
8
6
Stoker R atings
Stoker, 2nd c la s s ............................................................
Stoker, 1st c l a s s ............................................................
A fte r 3 years mans t i m e ........................................
A fter 6 years mans t i m e ........................................
Acting Leading S to k e r ..................................................
Leading Stoker
............................................................
A fte r 3 years service as such
..............................
Stoker P etty Officer
..................................................
A fte r 3 years service as such, i f in possession o f stokehold
c e r t ific a te ............................................................
A fte r 6 years service as such
..............................
Chief Stoker
............................................................
A fter 3 years service as such ..............................
9 10
10 2
11 0
11 6*
A rmourers
Probationary Armourer s Crew
..............................
Arm ourers C r e w ............................................................
Arm ourer s M a t e ............................................................
Armourer
......................................................................
A fter 3 years service as such
..............................
Chief Armourer
............................................................
A fte r 3 years service as such
..
....................
A fte r 6 years service as such
..............................
7
9
9
10
10
11
12
12
...
10
2
6
2
6
6
0
6
Section 2 2702/1937
466
C ook R atings .
Per Diem
s. d.
Assistant Cook
....................................................
......................
5 6
Assistant Cook (S ), ( 0 ), Officers Cook, 4th class (O .S .)
............
5 6
7 6
Cook (O .S .), (S ), (O ), and Officers Cook, 3rd class (O .S .)
............
7 8
A fter 3 years man s t i m e ................................
7 10
A fter 6 years mans t i m e ................................
8 6
Leading Cook (O .S.), (S ), (0 ), and Officers Cook, 2nd class (O .S .)
8 8
A fter 3 years service as such
......................
Petty Officer Cook (O .S .), (S ), (0 ), and Officers Cook, 1st class
9 6
(O .S .)
..............................................................
9 10
A fter 3 years service as such
......................
10 2
A fte r 6 years service as such
......................
Chief Petty Officer Cook (O .S .), (S ), (0 ), and Officers Chief Cook
11 0
(O .S .)
............................................................................................
11 6*
A fter 3 years service as such ......................
S h ip s M u sician R atings
Ships Musician
....................................................
A fter 3 years service as such ......................
Officers Stewards
Boy Steward (under 1 7 )..........................................
Boy Steward (over 1 7 ) ..........................................
Assistant S te w a rd ....................................................
Steward
..............................................................
A fter 3 years mans t i m e ................................
A fter 6 years man s t i m e ................................
Leading S t e w a r d ....................................................
A fter 3 years service as such ......................
Petty Officer Steward
..........................................
A fter 3 years service as such ......................
A fter 6 years service as such
......................
Chief Petty Officer Steward ................................
A fter 3 years service as such ......................
8 0
8 3
1
2
5
7
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
11
11
9
6
6
4
6
8
6
8
6
10
2
0
6*
R oyal M arines
or B u gler:
(under 1 7 ) ................................
(over 17) ................................
(over 18) ................................
1 9
2 6
5 0
Marine :
A fte r 1 year or on completion of drills............
A fte r 3 years mans t im e ................................
A fte r 6 years man s t i m e ................................
7 0
7 2
7 4
Corporal
..............................................................
A fte r 3 years service as such
......................
8 3
8 e
Sergeant
..............................................................
A fte r 3 years service as such
......................
A fte r 6 years service as such
......................
9 0
9 4
9 8
Colour-Sergeant
....................................................
A fter 3 years service as such
......................
A fter 6 years service as such
......................
10 6
11 0
11 6*
M arine, Musician
On enlistment
On enlistment
On enlistment
467
Section 2 2702/1937
R o ya l M a r in e B a n d s m e n .
Per Diem.
s. d.
1 9
2 6
5 0
7 0
7 2
7 4
8
8
9
9
9
10
11
11
Band Corporal
................................
A fter three years as s u c h ............
Bandmaster, 2nd Class (Sergeant) ...
A fte r three years as s u c h ............
A fter six years as such
............
Bandmaster, 1st Class (Colour Sergeant)
A fte r three years as s u c h ............
A fter six years as such
............
3
6
0
4
8
6
0
6*
Allowance.
Cook
(a) In
vessels with
victualled o f less
(b) In vessels with
victualled o f 15
Naval schoolmaster
Victualling rating
(o) In vessels with
victualled o f less
(6) In vessels with
victualled o f 15
numbers
than 15.
numbers
or more.
numbers
than 15.
numbers
or more.
Officers servant
s. d.
To Royal Marines. As laid
down in K .R . & A .I.
To seamen or stokers per
forming the duties in a
ship allowed a butcher
in complement, but not
borne.
As laid down in K .R . & A .I.
0 6
As laid down in K .R . & A .I.
0 8
0 6
As laid down in K .R . & A .I.
As
As
As
As
4
3
0
6
5A A ir
laid
laid
laid
laid
down in K .R .
down in K .R .
down in K .R .
down in K .R .
& A .I.
& A .I.
& A .I.
& A .I.
Section 2 2702/1937
No.
8
8a
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
468
Allowance.
8. d.
0 6
0
0
7
7
0
0
0
0
0
9
6
6
3
9
1
1
0
0
1 0
0 6
1 0
0 6
1 6
1 9
1 0
0 3
3
1 6
1 0
469
No.
31
32
Allowance.
Section 2 2702/1937
Conditions o f Payaient, etc. Rate per
Diem.
As laid down in K .R . & A .I.
As laid down in K .R . & A .I.
a. d.
0 6
0 2
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
& A .I.
& A .I.
& A .I.
& A .I.
1
1
0
0
3
0
3
2
0
0
3
3
Nil
0
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
0
1
9
0
1
0
0
6
0
0
3
1
2 0
Rgulations for New Zealand Division, Article 175. per week.
5 0
As directed by Naval Board
per week.
1
0
0
6
Section 2 2702/1937
470
No.
Allowance.
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
64a
65
65a
66
.
.
s. d.
0 9
1
0
6
9
0
0
4
4
& A .I.
& A .I.
& A .I.
& A .I.
& A .I.
& A .I.
& A .I.
& A .I.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
1
0
6
9
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
4
2
6
3
0
0
0
0
0
6
4
5
3
2
0
0
1
1
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
471
No.
66
ctd.
67
Allowance.
Section 2 2702/1937
Conditions o f Payment, etc.
Rate per
Diem.
s.
0
d.
9
0 10
0 11
1
0 10
0 11
1
3
2
0
3
1*
Section 2 2702/1937
No.
67
otd.
No.
68
69
69b
472
Allowance.
Allowance.
Submarines contd.
Submarine detector
(a) Submarine detector instructor
(b) Submarine detector, 1st class
(c) Submarine detector, 2nd class
(d) Submarine detector operator
(e) Higher telegraphist detector
allowance.
(/) Telegraphist detector allowance
Surveying recorder
(a) Surveying recorder, 1st class ...
(b) Surveying recorder, 2nd class ...
(c) Surveying recorder, 3rd class ...
Tailor. See No. 87.
Telegraphist Air Gunner. See A ir.
Telegraphist branch
...................................
W/T 1
W/T 2
...................................
W/T 3
...................................
T.O. ( W / T ) ...................................
Torpedo
Torpedo coxswain. See No. 10.
Conditions o f
Payment, etc.
For each
Day at
Sea in
Sub
marine.
Foreach
Day not
at Sea in
Sub
marine.
s. d.
s. d,
3
2
0
3
2 0
1 6
Nil
3
2
0
3
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
3
2
0
3
Nil
Nil
1*
Nil
As laid down in
K .R . & A .I.
As laid down in
K .R . & A .I.
As laid down in
K .R . & A .I.
8.
1
0
0
0
0
d.
3
6
3
3
6
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
& A .I.
& A .I.
& A .I.
& A .I.
1
0
0
0
0
8
4
2
473
No.
70
71
72
73
74
*76
76
77
78
79
80
Allowance.
Torpedo contd.
Torpedo gunners mate
Leading torpedoman
Seaman torpedoman
Torpedo Lieutenants writer
Training allowance
Petty officers
Leading Seamen
Tropical allowance. See No. 88.
Work in confined spaces. See No. 89.
W riter (or supply rating performing
dual duties o f writer and supply
rating)
Captains writers allowance
Charge allowance
Senior Officers writers allowance
Yeoman o f stores
Destroyers and sloops
Assisting in clerical duties
Badge pay
Leading boys
P etty officer boys ...
Instructor boys
Section 2 2702/1937
Conditions o f Payment, etc. Rate per
Diem.
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
As laid down in K .R .
not exceeding
As laid down in K .R .
Allowance.
Conditions o f
Payment.
81
Hard-lying money
(a) Chief petty officers and petty
officers.
(6) Leading rates, able seamen and
stokers.
(c) Ordinary
seamen,
stokers,
2nd class, and others o f the
ships company.
(d) Boys
...................................
As laid down in
K .R . & A .I.
Allowance.
82
Land-line operating
83
Shorthand instructors
84
85
86
...
& A .I.
& A .I.
fe A .I.
s. d.
1 6
0 6
0 3
0 3
0
0
6
3
1
1
0
0
0
1
3
3
0
0
0
1
2
3
& A .I.
No.
No.
& A .I.
& A .I.
& A .I.
& A .I.
& A .I.
Full
Rate.
H a lf
Rate.
8. d.
s. d.
7i
4$
li
by
Naval
8. d.
0 3
by
Naval
1
1
0
6
As approved by Naval
Board.
As laid down in K .R . & A .I.
This allowance may also be paid to the C.P.O. Writer or P.O. Writer employed
in the office of the Naval Officer in Charge, Auckland.
Section 2 2702/1937
474
Conditions of Payment, etc. Rate per
Diem.
No.
Allowance.
87
88
89
Tailor ...
Tropical pay ...
Work in confined spaces
() Ordinary rate ...
() Within the tropics
(c) When in the Red Sea or Persian
Gulf between 1st April and
30th November, inclusive.
(d) Supervision o f work in confined
spaces.
Royal Marines qualified in Gunnery
Q.G.
90
s. d.
0 4
1 6
0
1
1
9
0
0
of
M a r r ia g e A l lo w a n c e
S cale A
W ife
W ife
W ife
W ife
W ife
W ife
W ife
........................
and 1 child
and 2 children
and 3 children
and 4 children
and 5 children
and 6 children or more
Column 1.
Colum n 2.
8. d.
2 0
2 6
3 0
3 6
4 0
4 6
5 0
s. d.
1 9
2 2
2 8
3 1
3 6
3 11
4 4
475
Section 2 2702/1937
B
Colum n 1.
Column 2.
S cale
s. d.
1 6
2 0
2 6
3 0
3 6
4 0
1 child
2 children
3 children
4 children
5 children
6 children or more
d.
5
9
2
8
1
6
or
R e l a t iv e R a n k
D aily Rate.
d.
0
or
R e l a t iv e R a t in g
D a ily Rate,
s. d.
2 10
2 7
2 3
2 0
1 9
1 3
0 6
Section 2 2702/1937
476
E. IN T E R C H A N G E R A TIN G S
Arrangements have been made with the New Zealand Government whereby
a limited number of ratings o f the New Zealand Division will serve in the R .N . on an
interchange basis, for periods o f approximately three years absence from
New Zealand. These ratings will be allocated between the three Home Port
Divisions.
2. Drafting. New Zealand interchange ratings are to be drafted either to
battleships or destroyers ; Signal and Telegraphist ratings being sent to the
Mediterranean Fleet, and other ratings to the Home or Mediterranean Fleet.
3. The relevant provisions o f Sections B and D o f this Order are applicable to
these ratings except as detailed hereunder.
4. Advancement. The advancement of, and the grant o f non-substantive rates
to New Zealand interchange ratings during their interchange service are to be
governed by the rules applicable to R.N . ratings.
5. Paragraphs 2 and 3, Section B, o f this Order do not apply. The accounts
o f interchange ratings should not be included in the Abstract totals for Dominion
personnel (K in gs Regulations and Admiralty Instructions, Article 1700, clause 14 (d)
and (/) (ii)), but should be abstracted as for R.N . ratings.
Interchange ratings are to be entered on separate lists o f the Ledger, headed
List 5, N.Z.N.F. (Interchange), etc., and clearly designated as such on all transfer
lists and subsidiary documents.
6. Pay. New Zealand interchange ratings serving with the Royal Navy
will receive pay and allowances as laid down in Section B, paragraph 1, o f
this Order, but the difference between R.N . and N.Z. rates will be reclaimed by
the Admiralty from the New Zealand Government. Payment from Admiralty funds
will commence from the date o f embarkation for England, and will cease on the
date of embarkation for New Zealand.
7. Passage. The Admiralty will bear the cost o f passage o f the New Zealand
interchange ratings from New Zealand to England, and the New Zealand Govern
ment will bear the cost of the return passage and o f the passage both ways o f the
equivalent R .N . ratings sent to New Zealand.
8. Unemployment Levy and Emergency Charge. New Zealand interchange
ratings serving in R.N . will be exempt from these charges.
9. Marriage Allowance and Allotments. The attention of Accountant Officers
is drawn to the fact that marriage allowance payable for New Zealand ratings
(Section D, Part I I (d), o f this Order), should be credited on the ledger, the
amount being added to the allotment of at least one-half o f pay (one-quarter for
widowers), which will then be for the combined payment.
Forms for declaration, alteration or stoppage o f allotments are to be clearly noted
Interchange Rating.
Those for allotments payable in the United Kingdom
should be addressed to the Director o f N avy Accounts, Cornwall House, Stamford
Street, London, S.E.l. Forms for allotments payable in New Zealand should be
sent to the Naval Secretary, N avy Office, Wellington, duplicates being forwarded to
the Director o f N avy Accounts. Allotments paid in New Zealand should be noted
in the ships ledger accordingly.
10. Income Tax. New Zealand interchange ratings serving in R.N . are
assessable to United Kingdom Income Tax on the R.N . equivalent o f their Naval
taxable emoluments, the balance of their pay (which is defrayed from New Zealand
funds) being regarded as exempt. Where such income is above the taxable minimum
Income Tax Returns should accordingly be served.
In order that Accountant Officers may determine whether or not Income Tax
Returns should be rendered, they should institute Income Tax notation (c) against
the wages account o f any interchange New Zealand rating serving in R.N., on
the R.N. equivalent of his Naval taxable emoluments if amounting to 125 per
annum (6s. lid . a day) or over. In calculating the notation on this basis, the
appropriate deduction indicated in the current Income Tax Circular (Section V I,
paragraph (4 0 )) is to be allowed from the R.N . equivalent o f any New Zealand
marriage allowance credited, i.e., the relief granted where official quarters are not
provided.
Where service o f an Income Tax Return is necessary, the form before issue
should be headed New Zealand Interchange Rating, and the total R.N . equivalent
477
Section 2 2702/1937
o f the mans Naval taxable emoluments for the prior year (tax notation (c) ) should
be entered at Section B on the mans behalf; the rating should then complete the
return in the usual way.
Arrangements fo r Courses
11. New Zealand interchange ratings serving on loan to the R.N. may be
withdrawn from service when recommended by their Commanding Officers, and
available in the normal course o f drafting, to qualify for the following non-substantive
ratings :
Seaman Torpedoman
Leading Torpedoman
Seaman Gunner
Q.O.
Gunlayer.
Rangetaker, 2nd Class
V/S 3 and W/T 3
and to undergo the Stokers mechanical training establishment courses. Prior
Admiralty approval will not be required, and time spent undergoing these courses
will be included in the ratings interchange service.
12. R.N . ratings serving as interchange ratings in the New Zealand Division
will be enabled to take courses given in paragraph 11 under the same conditions in
the training establishments o f the Royal Australian Navy.
13. I f a New Zealand interchange rating is recommended for any course
other than that given in paragraph 11, the recommendation is to be forwarded to
the Admiralty for the sanction o f the New Zealand Government to be obtained.
I f the course is approved, the rating is to be transferred from an interchange
to a course basis for the period o f the course. For this purpose the ratings
account in the ledger is to be transferred to List 14, N.Z.N.F., and Sections A and
B of this Order will apply for the period o f the course.
The rating will be required to make up the time spent on the course by serving
a further equivalent period in the R.N . at the expiration o f the normal inter
change period o f service.
14. The Regulations of the New Zealand Division provide that ratings who
are selected for courses must satisfy the conditions prescribed below. These
conditions are therefore applicable to New Zealand ratings serving in the R.N . on
an interchange basis.
(i) Prior to selection for courses for Warrant rank, for Mechanician, or for any
o f the following non-substantive rates, candidates will be required to re-engage to
serve for a further period o f five years from the date on which their current engage
ments are due to expire :
Gunners Mate.
Torpedo Gunners Mate.
Visual Signalman, 1st Class.
Wireless Telegraphist, 1st Class.
Artificer Diver.
Diver.
Physical and Recreational Training Instructor.
Director Layer.
Air Gunner.
Acting Observers Mate.
(ii) Before being selected to undergo a course for any o f the following non
substantive rates, candidates who have less than five years to serve to complete their
current engagements will be required to re-engage for a period o f five years from the
anticipated date o f completion o f the course :
Rangetaker, 1st Class.
Rangetaker, 2nd Class.
Gunlayer.
Gunnery Lieutenants Writer.
Leading Torpedoman.
Torpedo Lieutenants Writer.
(iii) Prior to selection to undergo a course for any other substantive rating or
non-substantive rate (including the Leading Stoker (M.T.E.) Course), ratings whose
current engagements do not provide for a period o f at least three years service after
the date on which the course will be completed, will be required to re-engage to
serve for such a period.
Section 2 2702/1937
478
15. Particulars o f New Zealand interchange ratings undergoing courses and the
results obtained are to be reported to the Admiralty, courses given in paragraph 11
above being marked as Interchange Course.
16. The names o f New Zealand interchange ratings undergoing courses referred
to in paragraph 11 are to be omitted from the Quarterly Return of Courses of
Instruction undergone by Dominion, etc., Personnel.
17. Forms S.160, S.161, and S.165, affecting New Zealand personnel are to be
rendered as laid down for R.N . ratings. A copy o f each Form S.161 and S.165 is
also to be sent direct to the Naval Secretary, New Zealand N avy Office, Wellington.
18. Leave. Leave may be granted to New Zealand Interchange ratings as
provided in Section B, paragraph 14 o f this Order. Where, however, leave is
granted by New Zealand authority to New Zealand Interchange ratings on transfer
to the Royal Navy, the total pay and allowances will be claimed from the New
Zealand Government; the rating should accordingly be borne for pay on List 14,
N.Z.N.F. for the period o f such leave ; Sections A and B o f tliis Order will be
applicable and leave allowance should be credited at the New Zealand rate shown
on the transfer list. The ratings account should be transferred to List 5, N.Z.N.F.
(Interchange) at the expiration o f the leave granted by the New Zealand authorities.
19. Dental Treatment. New Zealand interchange ratings serving with the
R .N . are entitled to dental treatment at the expense o f Admiralty funds to the
same extent as R.N . personnel (A.F.O. 343/32).
20. The undermentioned New Zealand ratings are at present serving in R.N.
on interchange :
1935 Draft
N .Z .D .
Port
Name.
Rating.
No.
Division.
John W . Cameron
... A .B .................... 1034 ... Chatham.
... Act. Ldg. Smn.
1128 ...
Harry L. D. A. Gee ...
... A .B ....................
Alexander Steve
908 ...
,,
William A. Udy
... Act. Ldg. Smn.
963 ...
99
... A .B ....................
964 ...
Ivor M. Worters
9>
Eric Statham
... Act. Ldg. Sig. ...
997 ...
Joseph K . Croft
... Act. S.P.O.
1138 ...
Albert G. Erskine
... Act. S.P.O.
1140 ...
... A .B ....................
John Alder
902 ... Portsmouth
Desmond N. L. Grant
... A .B .................... 1120 ...
John W . Jeffcote
... Ldg. Smn.
1007 ...
John McIntosh
... Act. Ldg. Smn. 1008 ...
99
Paul M. Tasker
... A .B .................... 1101 ...
99
Leslie R . Sims
... Ldg. Sig.
794 ...
))
James T. R. Sawyers
... Act. Ldg. Tel. ...
907 ...
99
Frederick H. Edwards
... Act. Ldg. Sto. ... 1178 ...
99
9f
John McLean
... Act. Ldg. Sto. ... 1180 ...
Kenneth R. W . Kear
Ldg. W riter
1146 ...
99
713 ... Devonport.
... P.O ....................
Lancelot R. Russell ...
Harold Firth ...
... Act. Ldg. Smn. 1082 ...
99
Horace C. S. Burkitt
... A .B ....................
1114 ...
99
|(
Trevor Martin
... A .B ....................
1012 ...
John Olsen
... A .B ....................
990 ...
99
,,
... A .B ....................
Valmond T. C. Yearbury
998 ...
Russell F. 0. Nixon ...
... Act. Ldg. Sig. ...
989 ...
9f
Marshall W . Hay
1026 ...
Tel .....................
f9
Allan D. Dick
... Ldg. Sto.
1070 ...
99
Hoke McKenzie
... Sto. I
.............. 1179 ...
1936 Draft
Douglas W . Bell
Lawrence A. Webb ...
Percival G. Fairhead
Frederick Pond
Kenneth B. Fraser ...
...
...
...
...
939
1136
1123
1096
909
..
..
..
..
..
Chatham
f9
99
99
99
479
Section 2 2702/1937
Rating.
Name.
N .Z .D .
No.
Ronald W . Kirkwood
Brian L. Larney
Lambert A. Mayor ...
Raymond J. Squire ...
Charles A. Patchett ...
Thomas C. Bennett ...
Lincoln C. Martinson
Edward H. Biggs
Adrian F. B. Lutman
Athol T. Sweeney
Benjamin J. Taylor ...
Norman Ogden
Arthur J. Bale
Francis G. Teddy
Thomas E. Tollerton
Thomas E. Watson ...
Douglas G. West
George A. Aurisch
Walter A. Lake
Carl T. Heath
Roderick E. Manson
Lionel R. Ackerley ...
Frederick D. Barfoot
Athol D. Conning
Port
Division.
Chatham.
99
,,
Portsmouth
99
99
,,
,,
99
99
,,
99
Devonport.
M
5
,,
1937 Draft
Jamas B. Myles
Bernard D. Riley
Trevor H. Wickman
Lloyd C. Roberts
Harold S. Stacey
John Fargher
Roland G. Patchett
Charles E. Dorrans ...
John H. Coradine
Edward McK. Richardson
Rex A. Larsen
Douglas M. Harvey ...
Mervyn L. St. Clare ...
Huntley J. Watson ...
William L. Rudd
Clarence H. E. Harris
William G. Lake
Charles V. Harris
Cecil F. Cutts
Samuel J. S. Patterson
Arnold G. Stacey
Thomas A. McGougan
John D. E. Shaw
Max Larsen ...
Raymond F. Mangnall
Stanley C. Keeley
Norman G. Sim
David F. Ackerley ...
Frank J. Jack
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
..
...
...
...
...
A.B.
A.B.
...
A.B.
...
O.S.
A.B.
...
Sign.
...
Tel.
Sto. I ...
Sto. I ...
Act. Ldg. Smn'
A.B.
...
A.B.
...
A.B.
...
A.B.
...
Sign.
...
Ldg. Tel.
Sto. I ...
Act. Ldg. Sto.
Ldg. Sy. Asst.
A.B.
...
A.B.
...
A.B.
...
A.B.
...
A.B.
...
Sig.
Tel.
Sto. I ...
Sto. I ...
E.R.A. IV
1118
999
1238
1326
1252
1097
1092
1175
1309
1105
1204
1158
1216
1206
1162
747
1144
1219
1189
1156
1151
1234
1093
1318
1161
1029
1271
1367
1359
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
Chatham.
99
99
99
99
99
99
,,
99
Portsmouth
9
99
99
99
99
99
99
Devonport.
99
,,
99
,,
,,
,,
,,
Section 2 2755/1937
480
481
Section 2 2759/1937
4. Men are to sign a statement on transfer that they understand that their
Non-C.S. service will not reckon for advancement as a C.S. rating. The C.S. engage
ment will be for 12 years from the date o f transfer.
5. The rates o f pay for Non-C.S. Cooks (S) will be the same as for Non-C.S.
Cooks (O), viz. :
Per diem,
s. d.
Assistant Cook
...
...
...
...
...
... 2 0
Cook (S)
...
...
...
...
...
...
... 3 3
after 3 years as such
...
...
...
...
3 7
after 6 years as such
...
...
...
...
... 311
(Note. Time as Assistant Cook over the age o f 18 to count for triennial
increments o f pay.)
8. d.
Leading Cook (S)
...
...
...
...
...
... 4 10
after 3 years as such
...
...
...
...
... 5 2
(C30235)
Section 2 2764/1937
482
483
Section 3 1295/1924
1924
1295. Patents and Designs Act, 1919, Section 8 Record
of Unpatented Inventions
(O .P. Patents 1260/23. 16.5.1924.)
W ith reference to Section 8 (1) last paragraph o f the Patents and
Designs Act, 1919, consideration has been given to the procedure to be followed
in preparin g and keeping records of inventions not protected by a patent
in order to avoid claims from outside patentees. Patents assigned to the
Adm iralty, either secret or open, w ill remain necessary to some extent
wherever there is a prospect at a later stage o f commercial or foreign use
of the invention. Sometimes also when assignment to the A d m ira lty is not
required, the question o f patenting w ill still be a matter for the inventors
consideration.
2. There w ill be large numbers o f inventions, however, o f which the
A d m ira lty w ill be the sole users, and fo r which there may be no inducement
to the inventor to take steps to apply fo r a patent on his own account.
3. For these a dated record is pre-eminently the best method of protecting
the A d m ira lty against claims by a subsequent patentee who may re-invent
the particular device.
4. Although the nature and facts o f some inventions are clear, the
circumstances o f others are not favourable for clear definition, nor in fact
can any individual be named as the inventor.
5. The best method w ill be for the Department, Ship or Establishment
in which each invention has originated to prepare at once such a record as
circumstances admit. This record should be signed, dated and witnessed
and referred to the A dm iralty, in order that the Technical Departments
concerned, in conjunction with the Patent Section o f the Department of
the D irector of N a vy Contracts may, i f desired, put in hand the preparation
o f more form al documents and drawings, clearly defining the invention.
The record w ill thus be available to any Department o f the A dm iralty
interested fo r reference purposes. Whenever possible such records should be
duly prepared and a copy forw arded to the A dm iralty before any action
is taken to communicate the invention or suggest the idea to a contractor
or other party with whom the Ship or Establishment may be collaborating.
6. The practice at the Signal School, at which Establishment a Patent
Section is maintained, w ill not be affected by this Order in respect o f inven
tions relatin g to Wireless Telegraphy and other forms o f signalling. The
practice at the Signal School w ill conform to the practice adopted at the
A d m ira lty fo r dealing with inventions and documentary records o f inventions
for other A dm iralty Departments, whether the inventions are patented or not.
Section 3 2370/1925
484
1925
2370. Issued Confidentially.
2959. Sale of Naval Vessels Notification to Board of Trade
(C .P . 17118/25.-16.10.1925.)
Arrangements have been made fo r an immediate notification to be sent
by the A dm iralty to the Board o f Trade, in future, on all occasions o f sale
o f vessels out o f H .M . N aval Service, stating date o f sale, name and address
of purchaser, and destination o f vessel, as well as the time allowed to the
purchaser within which the vessel has to be removed from the N aval
Establishment concerned.
2. The necessary facilities are to be afforded for inspection o f any such
vessel by a duly accredited Board o f Trade representative on request.
3. The Board o f Trade state that it w ill not be necessary for the A dm iralty
to insist on a Board o f Trade certificate of seaworthiness before givin g
delivery o f any vessel to the purchaser as, on receipt o f A dm iralty notifica
tion, they w ill take the necessary steps to ensure that appropriate action
is taken in all cases.
4. This procedure is to apply to sale o f all A dm iralty surplus ships and
vessels, except Trawlers and D rifters, to which the procedure w ill not apply.
S h ip s
belonging to or fully
chartered by the
Percentage of
O rdinary T ariff.
( i ) Port, Dock and Harbour Dues, where vessels
have the use o f berths in open or closed docks,
or at other quays or jetties in the P o rt
Colliers and Oilers
................................ 100 per cent.
A ll other ships
..........................................
75
485
(6 ) I n
respect op
G oods
and
Section 33536/1926
S tores
Percentage of
Ordinary T ariff.
( i ) Coal, coke, oil, to be used to generate heat and
produce power, and railw ay materials
... 100 per cent.
Other oils, such as lubricating, edible and
medicinal, and all other goods and stores ...
75
Provid ed that no dues shall be paid in respect o f goods and stores
transhipped to or from one o f H .M . commissioned ships o f war with
out the use o f quay or jetty, or in respect o f goods and stores pro
ceeding to or from a N aval or M ilita ry Establishment within the
lim its o f the Port, which establishment is not situated on land form ing
part o f the undertaking o f a Dock or Harbour Authority.
( i i ) Where a consolidated rate is charged inclusive of dues and other
charges the rebate of one-fourth or total exemption as the
case may be applies only to that portion o f the consolidated
rate which represents dues, the remainder of the consolidated
rate being payable in full.
( i i i ) The Government accordingly pays:
( ) The fu ll consolidated wharfage and porterage rate on
coal, coke, oil, to be used to generate heat and produce
power, and railw ay materials.
( ) On other oils, such as lubricating, edible and medicinal
and all other goods and stores, the porterage charge
in full, plus 75 per cent, o f the wharfage c)iarget i.e.,
100 per cent, o f two-thirds plus 75 per cent, o f one-third
equals eleven-twelfths o f the consolidated rate.
(c ) The fu ll appropriate p o rt rate on coal, coke, oil to be
used to generate heat and produce power, and railw ay
materials, and three-quarters o f the rate on other oils,
such as lubricating, edible and medicinal and all other
goods and stores, except as provided below.
(i v ) N o port rates are payable in respect o f gtores sent by water to
or from the London Docks, and the A dm iralty Establishments
within the P o rt o f London, i.e., D eptford, West In dia Docks,
Woolwich and Sheerness.
(v ) N o port rates are payable in respect o f stores coming from
another port and transhipping in the London Docks direct
to another vessel, without passing over the Dock Company s
premises. For example, no port rates are payable in respect
o f stores sent by store carrier from Portsmouth direct to a
freightship in the Thames nor in respect o f stores lightered
from Chatham and discharged direct to a freightship.
I I I . Paym ent fo r Services. G raving Dock rates and payments fo r
towage, cranage, water, light, power, labour, and all other specific
services to be in accordance with the ordinary ta riff applicable to such
services, the Crown having the benefit o f any reduced charges allowed
to other large customers.
2. Claims for dues on commissioned ships or other Admiralty-owned ships
arising from these arrangements should be duly certified correct or otherwise
and forw arded to the D irector o f N a vy Accounts fo r payment. Claims
for dues on non-commissioned requisitioned ships, etc., should continue to
be dealt with under existing instructions from the late M in istry o f Shipping
(now Shipping Liquidation, Mercantile M arine Department, Board of Trade)
until further notice.
3. Claims for port rates and dock dues on N aval Stores at a ll ports in the
United K ingd om are to be dealt with by the Superintendent, West In dia
Docks, and Yards concerned should forw ard any claims received to West
In d ia Docks for settlement.
(C 30235)
Section 3 3536/1925
486
ues o n
G oods D e l iv e r e d U n d e r C o ntract .
487
Section 3 2583/1926
1926
2583. Inventions and Novel Apparatus Demonstrations
REPORTS
(C.P. Patents 2718. 10.9.1926.)
Instances have occurred from time to time, following demonstrations by
inventors before Government officials, that inventions of a similar nature are made
by those officials, and the original demonstrator is apt to allege that the Service
inventor has made use of his ideas.
2. To some extent such allegations are inevitable, since the demonstration of an
invention is quite likely to start a train of thought in the mind of an inventive
inspecting officer which may lead him to invent a similar mechanism, even though
he has not seen any details of it at the demonstration. In order, however, to protect
Admiralty officers and the Admiralty as far as possible against such allegations, it is
desirable that officers who are called upon to inspect novel apparatus or who are
present at demonstrations of inventions should, in future, when reporting on such
matters, place upon record exactly what they saw and the extent to which the
apparatus was explained to and appreciated by them. This record would help to
refute or limit the assumption that any later service inventions were the result of
what the inspecting officer witnessed.
3. As a further precaution, inventors who propose to give a demonstration of
their inventions should be asked in the first instance (by the Establishment or
Admiralty Department arranging the demonstration) whether they propose to
disclose the whole of their invention, or whether they propose to withhold parts of it.
If the inventor replies that part of the invention is not to be explained or exhibited,
he should be informed that it will then be assumed that any officer who witnesses
the demonstration cannot be held to have been indebted to the inventor for any
subsequent invention made by such officer.
Section 33546/1926
488
489
Section 3 3548/1926
(6 ) A t the time of forw ardin g the defect list to the Dockyard con
cerned, Ships Officers should state in Column 2 o f the defect list
the nature o f any defects in the battery, so fa r as they can be
ascertained from the behaviour o f the battery, as indicated in the
Battery Record B ook; it is not sufficient to state that the battery
requires examination. I f no specific defects can be cited, the
reason fo r requesting examination by Dockyard should invariably
be stated.
(c ) D irectly circumstances show that a Submarine requires a new
battery the fact should be reported to the A dm iralty through
the usual channels, details of capacity tests, etc., also being
supplied.
( d ) Each sample o f acid sent to the A d m ira lty Chemist fo r test in
accordance with the above instructions should measure not less
than one quart. The samples should be suitably marked to con
nect them clearly with a reference, which should be sent at the same
time as the samples, and which should state that they are fo r
chemical test under the order in question.
2. In connection with ( b) above, it is desired to emphasise the fact that
the present high capacity batteries in use give the best results i f the plate
groups are allowed to remain undisturbed fo r as long as possible.
3. When it is considered advisable to land a battery fo r extensive refit
or replacement, a detailed inspection o f the battery should be made by the
Dockyard and Ships Officers, and a jo in t report forwarded to the A d m ira lty
as to the condition o f the battery, the nature, extent, and probable cause o f
the defects, and recommendations as regards further service. Where a
difference of opinion exists between the Dockyard and Ships Officers respect
ing the probable cause o f the defects, the report should include the definite
opinions held by the officers concerned.
4. The foregoing instructions should be strictly observed by all concerned.
Section 3 159/1927
490
1927
159. Bombs and Pyrotechnics for Aircraft Procedure for
Demanding
(A .S ./G , 7582/2621.1.1927.)
Demands for bombs (including components), pyrotechnics, etc., for
a ircra ft attached to H .M . Ships are to be forwarded to the nearest Naval
Armament Depot in the same way as ordinary ships demands, or, i f a
Naval Armament Depot is not accessible, to the A dm iralty (C .S .A .S .).
2. Only such bombs and pyrotechnics as have been specially approved by
the A d m ira lty are allowed to be stored on board H .M . Ships, and the
follow in g procedure is to be carefully observed.
3. When necessary for a ircraft to proceed from A ir Force Bases to
N aval Bases, or to H .M . Ships, any bombs and pyrotechnics (which are
A ir M in istry property) carried en route are to be returned to the nearest
A ir Force Depot or N aval Armament Depot at the earliest opportunity.
W hilst on board they, are not to be stored between decks but may be kept on
the weather deck magazine for a few days aw aiting an opportunity to return
them. I f no early opportunity to land them occurs, they are to be thrown
overboard in deep water, and a report made to the A dm iralty (C .S .A .S .)
for the inform ation o f the A ir M inistry.
4. A ll such returns to N aval Armament Depots should be laid aside as
on deposit from A ir M in istry, and returned to nearest A ir Force Depot
at next opportunity.
5. If, under exceptional circumstances, stores should be supplied direct
from A ir Force Depots, a special report should be made to A dm iralty
(C .S .A .S .), the stores unexpended being dealt with as already indicated.
491
Section 3 1328/1927
Arrangements are being made for every ship to be supplied with the
portion of O. U. 6137 relevant to the ship, to be retained as the ship s record
under the charge o f the torpedo officer, and this copy is to be corrected
by the ship s officers at the time the ship s report of any alterations and
additions is made. The copy is to be taken on charge in the torpedo gunners
fixture list.
(b ) Ships undergoing Annual R efit. ( i ) The dockyard officers concerned
w ill be responsible fo r correcting the ships copy of O.U. 6137. The dockyard
officers are also to report to the A dm iralty, in the prescribed form, and
immediately after the completion o f the ship, all alterations and additions
made so fa r as O.U. 6137 is affected. An item to cover any corrections and
amendments to O.U. 6137 is to be included in the list o f alterations and
additions.
( i i ) A certificate sim ilar to that called fo r in the penultimate paragraph
of (a ) above is to be attached to the report.
( i i i ) On completion o f the refit of a ship, i f no alterations or additions
have been made to the equipment shown in the book, a nil return is to
be rendered.
(iv ) The work o f the dockyards in these instances is to be strictly lim ited
to such modifications as may be necessary, consequent on alterations and
additions carried out by dockyard labour during the refit.
(c ) Ships B u ilt by C ontract.A clause is being included in the ship
specifications to the follow in g effect:
Forms for the list o f electrical equipment in H .M . ships may be
obtained by the shipbuilders on application to the overseer. Special
attention is to be given to ensure that accurate records of the gear,
apparatus, etc., actually fitted in the ship are filled in on the forms
by the shipbuilders. The forms are to be filled in, in duplicate, and
forwarded to the A dm iralty through the overseer, who, in conjunction
with the D istrict Electrical Engineer, is to verify their contents from
the gear as fitted.
The duplicate copy o f the form w ill be forwarded to the Commanding
Officer o f the ship from the Adm iralty, and is to be taken on charge by the
torpedo officer.
(d ) Ships B u ild in g in Dockyards. The yard officers o f the dockyard
concerned are to prepare the information required fo r O.U. 6137, in du pli
cate, concurrently with the preparation of as fitted drawings o f the
electrical circuits. The origin al is to be forwarded to the A dm iralty, and
the duplicate issued to the torpedo officer of the ship. The report is to be
accompanied by a dated certificate sim ilar to that called fo r in paragraph
(a ) above.
(e ) Ships undergoing Reconstruction or Large Repairs.A sim ilar
procedure to that detailed in paragraph (b), (i), ( i i ) and ( i i i ) above fo r ships
undergoing annual refit is to be followed.
General. (1) I t has been decided to omit all reference to breakers and
contactors.
(2) Load in amperes. The inform ation supplied under this heading is
to be revised in future reports dealing with this item ; one figure only is
required and is to conform to the follow in g form ula:
The figure to be inserted is to be obtained from the as fitted ,r
book o f breaker diagrams fo r the ship, i.e., the total possible H .P .
load in amperes, om itting alternative supplies to the same motor,
and supplies to capstans, boat-hoists and deck winches. This inform a
tion is not required from submarines.
(3) Typographical errors. As the value o f O.U. 6137 depends entirely
on the accuracy o f the inform ation contained therein, all errors are to be
reported to the A dm iralty as they are discovered.
Section 3 1328/1927
492
Sh.
Comp.
Se.
Int.
Shunt ...
Compound
Series ...
Interpole
(10) When ships are taken in hand fo r large repairs, the ship s copy o f
the report (P a r t O.U. 6137) is to be seen by the Dockyard Officers and its
whereabouts put on record. In the event o f the report not being available,
an immediate report to this effect is to be forwarded to the A dm iralty
through the Adm inistrative Authority.
(11) A ll machines in submarines, e.g., main motors, a u xilia ry propelling
motors, etc., which are fitted with coolers, are to be so indicated in the
Report.
These directions are to come into effect forthwith.
493
Section 3 2347/1927
1928
2232. Ammunition Amounts to be carried in Peace Time
(G. 9145/28. 7.9.1928.)
The follow in g are the amounts o f ammunition which should be carried
in peace tim e:
( ) Only the approved outfit allowance of fu ll calibre cartridges is
supplied to ships, with the exception o f fixed ammunition mad6
up with practice projectiles, fo r which see (c) below.
The only variation to this rule is in cases where it is desirable
to issue a whole lot of cordite, vide A rticle 51 o f the N aval
Cordite Regulations, 1928.
( ) Cartridges allowed fo r practice firings are to be taken from the
outfit, which should be replenished at the first opportunity.
(c) U p to 12 months allowance o f 1 in. aim ing rifle ammunition may
be carried and up to 6 months allowance of sub-calibre ammuni
tion and Q.F. fixed ammunition made up with practice projectiles
provided stowage is available.
(d ) "303 in. ammunition for aiming rifles is to be taken from the
outfit o f Mark V I I ammunition allowed for small arms and
machine guns.
2. N o filled shell are to be carried in addition to the outfit allowance,
any allowed for practice being taken from the outfit, which should be
replenished at the first opportunity.
3. U p to six months allowance of practice projectiles w i11 be supplied
if stowage is available.
4. N o additional ammunition is to be embarked in ships ordered to
proceed to or from foreign service without special A d m iralty approval.
In the interests of economy it is desirable that fu ll use be made o f any
available ammunition stowage for the conveyance o f explosives.
Armament Supply officers requiring transport are to obtain from the
Commander-in-Chief the necessary particulars as to stowage available.
Section 32416/1928
494
2. The cracks are generally located in the wake o f the horizontal bridge
o f steel between the first and second bottom hand holes. They generally
commence at the root o f the folds in the steel caused during the form ing
process o f the headers, but isolated cases have been observed in other positions.
3. Special attention is accordingly to be given to the condition o f the
headers when ships fitted with Babcock & W ilcox boilers undergo the
periodical drill test examination, and the condition o f the headers in this
respect is to be inserted on Form S.356b.
dog
can
be obtained
from
Portsmouth
1929
710. Cartridges, Q.F. 3 pdr., Practice, Sub-calibre, made up
from Size 5 Cordite Future Supply Arrangements
(A .S . 1173/29.
G. 20226/28.22.3.1929.)
495
Section 3 1967/1929
(A.F.0. 201t8182.)
No.
1930
650. Issued Confidentially.
Section 3 1026/1930
496
497
Section 3 2809/1930
Section 3 2985/1930
498
1931
144. Rudder Clearance REPORT
Ships and Dockyards.
(D. 18508/30. 16.1.1931.)
When rudder clearances in H .M . ships are taken in future, the dockyard
officers concerned are to insert on the Form D.495 (Ile p o rt of Docking) the
information obtained, together with any particulars readily available as to
the clearances found on any previous occasions of docking and any notificacations as to nature of wear, etc. Sim ilar inform ation should be supplied
to the Commanding Officers with the D.495 form fo r insertion in the ship s
records.
2. Whenever a defect list is forwarded from one of H .M . ships which
includes an item o f rudder defects or a request fo r clearances to be taken,
any inform ation available as to the clearances on previous occasions of
docking is to be included in the defect list, and where the clearances
previously reported approach the undermentioned lim itin g amounts, separate
action should be taken by the Commanding Officer direct with the dockyard
ooncerned to ensure that the inform ation as to clearances on previous
occasions of docking is available at the dockyard well in advance o f the
a rriva l o f the vessel for refit, etc.
3. The follow in g particulars relating to the amount o f wear permissible
in rudder bearings before renewal o f bushes, etc., becomes necessary, are
promulgated fo r general guidance :
Rudders fitted with Low er P in tle s.When in any position the
clearance between pintle and brace exceeds one hundred and eighty
thousandths (180/1,000) o f an inch in a destroyer or flotilla leader, or
three hundred thousandths (300/1,000) o f an inch in larger ships, or the
clearance at the inboard end, between the phosphor bronze sleeve on
rudder stock and stuffing box, exceeds one hundred and eighty
thousandths (180/1,000) of an inch, repairs should be effected.
Rudders without Low er P in tles.When in any position the
inboard clearance between the phosphor bronze sleeve on rudder stock
and stuffing box exceeds eighty thousandths (80/1,000) o f an inch in
a destroyer or flotilla leader, and one hundred thousandths (100/1,000)
in larger ships, the sleeve should be renewed.
4. Exceptional cases of knocking, straining or leakage should, however,
be dealt with on their merits.
5. In any case in which renewal of a sleeve is found to be necessary in
a destroyer or flotilla leader, a report should be sent to the A dm iralty by
wire (o r postagram in the case of home dockyards), g iv in g particulars
of the clearances before renewal and the date when the sleeve was last
renewred, etc.
499
Section 3543/1931
Section 3 1003/1931
500
501
Section 3 1629/1931
(A . F . 0 .
1811/31.)
Section 3 1811/1931
502
1932
92. Ventilation Systems in H.M. Ships TrialsREPORTS
(S. 10744/31. 8.1.1932.)
The follow in g instructions regarding the trials of the ven tilatin g systems
of H .M . ships are promulgated fo r inform ation and necessary action:
/. F o r ships building.
1.
In ships building, trials o f the complete ventilation system, including
that o f the engine rooms, are to be made as soon as the state of the work
permits. The follow in g observations are to be made during these trials,
and the results reported to the A d m ira lty :
( ) Revolutions, voltage and current taken by the fan motor.
( ) Static pressure of the a ir on the inlet and outlet sides of the fan
in inches o f water gauge.
(c ) The quantity of air in cubic feet per minute passing through the
fan.
I t w ill usually be found convenient to obtain this by
measuring the mean velocity in the suction trunk. I t is desirable
to take these measurements at a distance o f from 2 ft. to 3 ft.
from the fan in a region where the flow is reasonably steady.
503
Section 3 92/1932
(d ) Velocity in feet per minute and quantity of air in cubic feet per
minute supplied or exhausted through each orifice throughout the
whole fan system. Where the orifice is covered by wire grating,
and the quantity of air is measured by an anemometer, the gross
area of the opening over which the anemometer operates should
be taken.
Before the above readings are taken from any particular orifice, it should
be ascertained that all the remaining orifices in the system concerned are
also supplying (o r exhausting) air at their fu ll normal working capacity.
In certain instances, however, where desired by the A dm iralty, additional
trials are to be carried out when the fan is concentrated on certain
compartments.
2. A t a convenient opportunity during the completion trials of the vessel
a further set o f trials is also to be carried out under conditions of action
stations, ship darkened.
3. Under conditions of gas alarm , the organisation fo r which w ill be
prepared by ships officers on the lines laid down in C.A.F.O. 3223/30,
certain fans w ill be running under conditions differing from those
which obtain during normal ventilation, e.g., they w ill be drawing a ir from
the open and discharging through purifiers, coolers, etc., or by adjustment of
flap valves in the ventilation system, they w ill be drawing air from between
decks and operating as circulating fans. In such cases further trials are to
be carried out under these special conditions.
4. Such of the trials described in paragraphs 2 and 3 as would be repeats
o f those already made under paragraph J may be omitted.
I I . F o r completed ships in which modifications are made to ven tilation
systems.
In completed ships trials in accordance with paragraphs 1, 2, 3 and 4
above are to be carried out only on the new or altered ventilation circuits.
111. General.
t,a) The results obtained in the trials are to be recorded in tabular
form on tracings, which should be made up into book form when practicable.
Adjacent to each tabulated statement there should be a diagrammatic sketch
of the relevant ventilation circuit, showing the lay-out and sizes of trunks,
and the positions and sizes of all louvres and orifices, the latter being
numbered for convenient reference.
(&)
The trials are for the purpose o f ensuring that the ventilation
systems are working satisfactorily, and are therefore to be carried out as
early as practicable in order that such adjustments or modifications as
may be found necessary can be made before the ship completes building or
refitting as the case may be.
(c )
Where the total output through the fan is exceptionally low and
cannot be improved by adjustments, the matter should be reported to the
Adm iralty. The report should be made by telegram i f the ship is lyin g at a
home yard, in order that an A dm iralty Constructive Officer may inspect the
system and advise on any alteration required.
Section 3 619/1932
504
505
Section 3 619/1932
Section 3 2048/1932
506
507
Section 3-3009/1932
1933
161. Director Firing Gear Gyro Firing Gear Spares for
Depot Ship or Base REPORTS
Leaders, Dpt Ships and Establishments concerned.
(G. 24/33. 20.1.1933.)
In future all flotilla spares for gyro firing gear in destroyers will be retained at
the respective bases or in depot ships. A revised allowance has also been decided
upon.
2. The arrangements detailed hereunder do not affect the small quantity of
spares and accessories normally carried on board each vessel, e.g., springs for C
adjustment and B adjustment one of each ; tools and cleaning gear 1 set ;
light filters 1 set of 3 ; contact rollers 1 set, and vaseline.
3. Column 2 of the following schedule indicates the revised allowance of base
spares for gyro firing gear of leaders and destroyers.
4. Columns 3, 4, 5 and 6, of the schedule represent the supplementary quantities
to be supplied, which, together with the flotilla spares at present available on
board the depot ship or leaders concerned, were required to make up the revised
allowance shown in column 2.
Section 3161/1933
508
5.
The q u an tities in colum n 3, to be issued to S andhurst for th e 1st, 3r
and 4th Flotillas, are additional to th e base spares purchased u n d er th e co n tract
for th e supply of th e com ponent an d spare in stru m en ts of A casta an d Beagle
classes (C.P. 13771/29).
6.
Col. 1.
Schedule of S pares.
Col. 2.
Col. 3.
Col. 4.
Col. 6.
Col. 5.
Allowance
S an d h u rst,
per
Flotilla.
for 1st,
3rd and 4th
Flotillas.
8th
Flotilla.
2 pairs
6th
F lotilla.
1 p air
1 p air
1
1 p air
1 set
1
1 p air
1 set
1
1 pair
1 set
3
3 pairs
3 sets
1 p air
1
1 set
2
1 pair
1
1 set
2
1 p air
1
1 set
2
1 p air
1
1 set
2
1 pair
1 set of 3
1 of each
1 pair
1 set of 3
1 of each
1 p air
1 pair
1 p air
1 set of 3 1 se t of 3 1 set of 3
1 of each 1 of each 1 of each
1 of each
1 of each
1 of each
1 of each
1 of each
1 ft.
1 ft.
1 tin
12
1
1 p air
1 set
5 th
Flotilla.
1 p air
1
1 set
2
1 ft.
1 ft.
36
12
12
1 ft.
V.
Complete relays
Spring co n tact for gyro
C ontact rollers
C ontact discs . . .
1*
2 sets
4
3
* 1 for tw o flotillas.
7.
I t has been decided th a t flotilla spares, exclusive of com plete relays for th e
H om e F leet destroyers, shall in future be stored a t P o rtsm o u th , C hatham , and
D evonport Y ards on th e basis of a set for one flotilla a t each p o rt. Base spares
for th e 8th F lotilla are to be stored a t H ong K ong Y ard. (Complete relays will be
carried by th e Senior Officers vessel, e.g., C entaur. )
The flotilla sets for M editerranean destroyers will continue to be carried on
board S an d h u rst, an d will be th e quantities necessary for three flotillas.
509
Section 3186/1933
186.Submarine PeriscopesREPORTS
(N .S . 110/33 20.1.1933.)
R e p a irs to su b m a rin e periscopes w hich a re beyond th e c a p a b ilitie s of
th e perisco p e E .R .A . of a su b m a rin e d ep o t sh ip w ill be c a rrie d o u t, as f a r
as p ra c tic a b le , a t F o r t Blockhouse, a n d a ll in s tru m e n ts n eed in g such r e p a ir
sh o u ld be fo rw a rd e d to t h a t estab lish m en t.
A sm all w o rk in g reserve of
sto res of a special n a tu r e re q u ire d fo r such w ork m ay be m a in ta in e d a t
F o r t Blockhouse, a n d sho u ld be rep le n ish e d by dem ands on th e S u p e rin te n d
in g N av a l S to re Officer, P o rtsm o u th .
2. O n re c e ip t of periscopes fo r re p a irs a t F o r t Blockhouse, th a t estab lish
m e n t w ill a c q u a in t th e A d m ira lty if th e re p a irs re q u ire d a re beyond local
resources.
3. On a su b m a rin e bein g o rd e re d to p a y off, excep t when o rd e re d to
recom m ission very sh o rtly a fte rw a rd s , th e periscopes sho u ld be rem oved a n d
placed in th e d ep o t sh ip i f p ra c tic a b le . W hen i t is n o t possible to do th is,
th e d o ck y ard a t w hich su b m a rin e p ay s off should rem ove th e periscopes
a n d fo rw a rd them to F o r t Blockhouse. The rem oval a n d re c e ip t in d ep o t
sh ip or d esp atch to F o r t B lockhouse should be re p o rte d to th e A d m ira lty .
4. I n view of th e expense of fo rw a rd in g p eriscopes by r a il, o w ing to
th e ir le n g th , they sh o u ld be sen t fro m hom e p o rts to F o r t B lockhouse by
sto re c a r rie r, v ia P o rts m o u th D o ck y ard , w henever possible, r a il tr a n s p o r t
bein g reso rte d to o nly in cases of u rg en c y w hen free w a te r f re ig h t is n o t lik ely
to be av a ila b le in th e n e a r fu tu re . S im ila rly w hen perisco p es have to be sen t
fro m F o rt Blockhouse to c o n tra c to rs fo r r e p a ir, a rra n g e m e n ts sh o u l4 be m ade
w ith th e S u p e rin te n d in g N a v a l S to re Officer of P o rts m o u th D o ck y a rd fo r
the m ost econom ical m eans of tr a n s p o r t possible.
5. P eriscopes should alw ay s be desp atch ed in th e ir special w ooden cases.
6. A ny re-allo ca tio n of periscopes should be re p o rte d to A d m ira lty an d
R e a r-A d m ira l (S ), th ro u g h th e A d m in is tra tiv e A u th o rity , a t th e tim e th e
change ta k es place.
7. A tte n tio n is ca lle d to th e necessity o f r e f e r rin g to periscopes by th e ir
ty p e a n d n u m ber w hen m en tio n ed in correspondence.
8. T h is O rd e r is also a p p lic a b le to fo re ig n sta tio n s.
Section 3236/1933
510
3. The A d m ira lty , how ever, w ill accep t the risk s w hile vessels a r e u n d e r
g o in g d ocking or refit w hen f u ll or p a r t N a v a l crew is on b o a rd a n d is in
effective c o n tro l of th e vessel. In s u ra n c e by c o n tra c to rs w ill n o t th e n be
necessary.
B efo re te n d e rs a re o b ta in ed , th e re fo re, i t w ill be necessary fo r the
C o m m an d in g Officer to consider w hether the vessel w ill be u n d e r effective
N a v a l c o n tro l th ro u g h o u t th e whole of th e p e rio d of th e r e p a ir s : if n o t, th e
p ro c e d u re in d ic a te d in p a r a g ra p h s 1 a n d 2 of th is O rd e r sh o u ld be follow ed,
ca re being ta k e n to see th a t in su ra n c e has been effected before th e vessel is
h an d e d over to the co n tra cto rs.
4. W hen a rtic le s belonging to a sh ip u n d e rg o in g refit o r r e p a ir a re
re q u ire d to be la n d ed fo r te m p o ra ry sto rag e in a p r iv a te d o ck y ard , a lis t,
in d u p lic a te , of such a rtic le s should be p re p a re d by th e officers concerned.
O ne copy should be re ta in e d by th e firm a n d th e o th e r copy (d u ly r e c e ip te d
by a resp o n sib le re p re se n ta tiv e of the firm ) sh o u ld be re ta in e d by the
C o m m an d in g Officer fo r record.
E v e ry c a re should be exercised by sh ip s officers in a ll such cases to
en su re th a t no ac tio n is ta k e n by them {e .g ., h o ld in g keys of lock-up b u ild in g s
p laced a t s h ip s disp o sal by the co n tra c to rs) w hich w ould affo rd an y g ro u n d
fo r th e r e p a ir in g firm s to r e p u d ia te th e ir lia b ility fo r losses a n d dam age.
5. W here i t is th e p ra c tic e fo r explosives to be rem oved fro m H .M . sh ip s
re fittin g a n d sto red in a p riv a te m agazine, th e in su ra n c e effected is to cover
th e v alu e of such explosives w hen th e y a re n o t in N a v a l custody. N o
in su ra n c e , how ever, need be effected fo r explosives la n d e d a n d sto red a t
M a lu ch a io m agazine or a t P o o tu n g , S h a n g h a i, in view of th e special
co n d itio n s.
6. S im ila r p rin c ip le s to th e fo reg o in g a re to be a p p lie d to R oyal F le e t
A u x ilia rie s u n d e rg o in g docking o r refit by c o n tra c t, a n d in su ra n c e by
c o n tra c to rs w ill be necessary unless the vessels fu ll o r p a r t com plem ent of
R .F .A . officers is on b o ard a n d is in effective co n tro l of her.
7. T he A d m ira lty w ill accept risk s of loss in resp ect of H .M . sh ip s a n d
vessels u n d e rg o in g refit o r r e p a ir in D om in io n G o v ern m en t o r In d ia n
G o v ern m en t do ck y ard s a n d such risk s should n o t th e re fo re be in su red .
T he G overnm ents of I n d ia , C a n a d a , A u s tra lia , N ew Z ea lan d , an d
S o u th A fric a accept fu ll re sp o n sib ility fo r a n y of th e ir vessels w hich m ay be
se n t to A d m ira lty dock y ard s fo r r e p a ir o r refit.
8. These decisions a re to a p p ly to vessels a t hom e o r ab ro ad .
9. T he in su ra n c e re fe rre d to in p a r a g r a p h 1 sh o u ld in c lu d e an y sh o rt
in te r m itte n t p erio d s d u r in g w hich th e vessel m ay be u n d e rg o in g tr ia ls , etc.,
n o tw ith s ta n d in g th a t the vessel m ig h t th e n be u n d e r N a v a l co n tro l.
396.Issued Confidentially.
473.Towed Sleeve TargetsPrecautions to Prevent Damage
to Aircraft by Lightning
(A .M .D . 3174/27.24.2.1933.)
B o n d in g o f S le e v e T a r g e t T o w in g A p p a r a tu s . A ll m etal p a r ts of ta r g e t
to w in g a p p a r a tu s used fo r a n ti- a ir c r a f t a n d m achine g u n p ra c tic e m u st be
p ro p e rly bonded to th e e a rth system of th e a irc ra ft.
2.
T o w e d S le e v e T a r g e t P r a c tic e d u r in g T h u n d e r y W e a th e r. N o h a r d
an d f a s t ru le can be given as to when co n d itio n s become d a n g e ro u s; th e
fo llo w in g , how ever, classifies th e atm o sp h e ric c o n d itio n s in o rd e r of th e ir
d a n g e r :
(i) C lea r sky. N o d a n g e r w hatever.
(ii) M ore o r less cloud, b u t no p re c ip ita tio n . D a n g e r so rem ote th a t
i t can be neglected.
Section 3473/1933
511
831.Electrical BatteriesRemoval
S u b m a r in e s
'
( T ./N .L . 3797/326.4.1933.)
A ll elec trica l b a tte rie s a re to be rem oved fro m su b m a rin es before being
placed u n d e r police control.
(T . 3916/32.13.4.1933.)
W hen th e c o rd ite im p u lse g e a r in th e above-m entioned vessels becomeB
d efectiv e a n d refit is necessary ow ing to w ear of th e in n e r v alve bodies, th e
g e a r is to be modified as show n in E .F .O . 21/33 (1-2), a n item fo r th e w ork
being in c lu d ed in th e defect lis t.
Section 3981/1933
512
(D. 2767/33.20.4.1933.)
In connection w ith th e application of th e revised In tern atio n al R egulations
for p reventing Collisions a t Sea to H.M. ships, th e following classes o f vessels are
to be exem pted com pletely from carrying a second steam ing li g h t :
(i) Subm arines.
(ii) M onitors.
(iii) P boats.
(iv) R iv er gunboats.
(v) D estroyers previous to A mazon an d A m buscade.
2.
b rought
T he following vessels are n o t to be fitted w ith a second steam ing lig h t until
forw ard for service :
A rgus.
C anterbury.
Comus.
S n ap d rag o n .
C aledon.
C astor.
Concord.
All m inesweepers
Calypso.
Cham pion.
Foxglove.
in reserve.
C am brian.
Constance.
R osem ary.
A new stan d in g con tract, to com mence from 1st May, 1937, has been
arranged w ith th e H offm ann M anufacturing Co., L td ., of Chelmsford
(C.P. 11422/37/K.668, d ated 28th A pril, 1937), for sta n d a rd rigid ball an d roller
bearings up to 4 in. diam eter an d steel balls.
Copies of th is contract, w ith schedules showing discounts from list prices, have
been circulated.
R u n n in g te sts on sta n d ard ball and roller bearings o b tain ed under th e stan d in g
co n tra ct are n o t required, th e m akers guarantee being acceptable in all such
purchases.
O rd e rs fo r steel b alls B E L O W H in. d ia m eter, p laced u n d e r th is s ta n d
in g c o n tra c t, should be fo r lots of one gross o r m u ltip le s of one gross,
i.e ., fra c tio n s of grosses should n o t be o rd e re d in these sm a lle r sizes.
2.
S ta n d a rd bearings above 4 in. bore, all self-aligning bearings, special ty p es
or bearings for special purposes w here tests are required ; also steel balls o f n o n
scheduled sizes an d balls of other m aterials :
W ithin th e approved lim its for local purchase, requirem ents for all
bearings not included in th e above standing co n tra ct are to be o b tain ed by
com petitive tender, th e following firms being in v ited to q uote :
T he H offm ann M anufacturing Co., L td ., Chelmsford.
R ansom e & Maries Bearing Co., L td ., N ew ark-on-T rent.
The Skefko Ball B earing Co., L td ., L u to n , Beds.
( The Cooper Roller B earings Co., L td ., of K in g s L y n n , also m a y be in vited
to tender fo r special roller bearings to A d m ira lty specification.)
513
Section 31334/1933
(T. 1400/33.29.6.1933.)
( T h is r e p r in t e m b o d ies A .F .O s. .861/84 a n d 2093/34.)
Section 31516/1933
514
7. M e th o d s o f O b ta in in g th e R e q u is ite C le a ra n c e s.
(a ) B y re v e rsin g b olts in lin k g ea r or by fittin g b o lts w ith special
cheese heads. These bolts a re o ften fo u n d to fo u l each o th e r as
th e s h u tte r opens, a n d by re v e rsin g them th e y w ill pass clear.
(b ) B y e n s u rin g t h a t bye-pass lever (pow er to h a n d ) is in F u ll
O pen p o sitio n p r io r to o p e ra tin g by h an d . I t has been fo u n d
515
Section 31516/1933
(A.F.O. 1701/22.)
A lterations, etc., w hich m ay be necessary to com ply w ith th e N av al Magazine
R egulations in an y of these vessels w hich have no am m unition on board, are to be
deferred until th e vessels again carry am m unition or are bro u g h t forw ard for service.
An estim ate giving full details an d cost of carrying o u t proposed alteratio n s
should be forw arded as early as possible for such vessels as are ordered to be b ro u g h t
forw ard for fu rth e r service, an d A dm iralty approval o btain ed before th e w ork is
tak en in hand.
S h ip s
taken
in
hand
at
ockyards for
L arge R
e p a ir
or
e c o n s t r u c t io n
(A.F.O. 283/23.)
As soon as th e approval of th e B oard has been given for th e inclusion in th e
Sketch E stim ates for an ensuing financial y ear of specific ships under th e heading
of R econstruction or L arge R epair, th e A dm irals Com m anding th e S quadron,
etc., to which th e ships are a ttac h ed will be so notified in order th a t full lists of
approved and proposed alterations an d additions desired to be carried o u t m ay be
forw arded as soon as possible.
The lists so forw arded are to be com prehensive and are to contain all know n
requirem ents. A fter decisions have been given thereon, th e repairing dockyards
will be inform ed of th e approved item s, in order th a t the B oard m ay be furnished,
before th e com m encem ent o f th e work, w ith reliable estim ates o f th e cost involved.
(C30235)
Section 31725/1933
516
w h ic h
cannot
be
taken
in
hand
o w in g
to
Shortage
of
W orkm en
(A.F.O. 691/24.)
W hen it is found th a t im p o rta n t alteratio n s and additions, w hich h ave alread y
received financial approval, or have been approved to be proceeded w ith, can n o t
be ta k e n in hand during th e refit o f a ship owing to th e shortage of w orkm en in
an y d ep artm en t, th e dockyard officers concerned should rep o rt th e circum stances
im m ediately to th e A dm iralty.
Cu r t a il m e n t
o r A l t e r a t io n s
and
A d d it io n s
in
c e r t a in
C lasses
of
Vessels
(A .F.O . 2890/25.)
W hen ventilation item s are being included in th e lists of alteratio n s an d
ad ditions, th e ships officers should include a diagram m atic sk etch o f th e existing
arran g em en ts or a sta te m e n t to th e effect th a t th e y are as originally fitted.
F
leet
Sh o r e E
( A .F .O .
s t a b l is h m e n t s
2194/24.)
A tte n tio n is draw n to th e tendency of F lee t Shore E stab lish m en ts to forw ard
to th e dockyards a t various periods during th e year proposals for alteratio n s an d
ad d itions w hich are n o t of an urg en t n atu re. This practice is irregular an d undesir
able, as such item s should be em bodied and su b m itted in th e A nnual Proposals and
be d e a lt w ith as a whole.
In future, proposals are n o t to be separately su b m itted b y F leet Shore E s ta b
lishm ents or D ockyards unless th e y are of a n urg en t n atu re , in w hich instance th e
reasons for urgency and w hy th e w ork could n o t have been foreseen and th e item
included w ith others in th e A nnual Proposals, should be furnished.
517
Section 31816/1933
D raw ing
No.
Item
No.
No. p er
M akers Type.
Ship.
113
80
M.70447
118
160
M.70448
37
32
2 L J ' T ...
M.70495
677
480
2 L J f ' T ...
M.66232
61
220
7 L J J 'C
M.66232
61
324
7 L J Y C ...
M.66234
117
24
7 L J Y C ...
M.66037
1383
7 L J I ' C ...
M.66190
46
144
7 LJ
M.66190
55
128
5 L N J l 'C
M. 70505
M.66130
M.66130
M.66130
M.66130
59
1010
1009
1015
1053
128
8
16
32
8
5 L J 15 T ...
4 M J l ' C ...
3 L J l f 'C . . .
3 KLNJ Y T
7K LN J l 'T
2 M RJ f " C
2
l r j iy c
...
C ...
N o. for
H ong No. for
K ong. M alta.
20
M ain ram m er lateral
rollers.
20
M ain ram m er vertical
rollers.
M ain ram m er crosshead rollers.
40
Shell ring-shell re ta in
ing gear.
<
L ifting b ar guide (short
hoists).
L ifting b ar guide (long
hoists).
Crosshead guide b ottom
scuttle.
Shell ring-govem or cam
roller.
L ifting b ar guide, tra n s
p o rter hoist.
L ifting b ar guide, tra n s
20
p o rter hoist.
Cordite, cage rollers ...
20
20
Shell Bogie
20
Shell Bogie
20
Shell Bogie
20
Shell Bogie
o
o
M.70447
Purpose.
20
20
40
100
20
20
20
20
20
20
N otes.
(a) C signifies Case-hardened outer races.
Section 31816/1933
518
7. A cen tral reserve of these special bearings has been established a t P o rtsm o u th
a n d requisitions for replacem ents should be forw arded to th a t y ard .
8. Portsm outh Y a rd on ly . W hen 75 per cent, o f an y ty p e of special bearing
has been expended, tenders for replace bearings should be called for from th e following
firm s :
Messrs. R ansom e & Maries, L td .,
N ewark-on -Trent.
Messrs. H offm ann Ball B earing Co., L td .,
Chelmsford.
Messrs. A uto M achinery Co., L td.,
H ood S treet, C oventry.
Messrs. Skefko Ball Bearing Co., L td.,
L uton.
9. A tte n tio n is directed to A .F.O . 1234/33 in connection w ith th e p urchase of
ball an d roller bearings.
{A .F .O . 1234/33.)
Section 32149/1933
519
7. The following ships are approved to be fitted w ith th e necessary signal and
rem ote control com m unications for flagships and cabins appro p riated as shown :
A s Fleet F lagships.
(< xr l
f Cabins appropriated to
un
nr
"]
F leet Signal Officer.
, ,ueen E lizabeth
...<
F leet Wireless officer.
................ I F lag L ieutenant.
WarsPlte
A 3 B attleship Squadron F lagships.
R o d n e y ...
...
R evenge
...
R e so lu tio n
...
B a rh a m ................
TT .
,,-p 00
^ enown
f Cabins appropriated to
S quadron Signal Officer (Flag L ieu ten an t).
................ [ S quadron W ireless Officer.
8. The following ships will n o t be fitted w ith flagships signal an d rem ote control
com m unications :
M alaya.
R oyal Sovereign.
R epulse.
V aliant.
R oyal O ak.
R am illies.
9. A ttention is directed to A rticle 624 (2), K ings R egulations and A dm iralty
Instructions.
(A . F . 0 .
19881S3.)
(D . 5689/33.21.9.1933.)
An in sta n c e occu rred in w hich th e m a in ta n k s tr u c tu re of a su b m a rin e
was dam aged as a re s u lt of th e use of H .P . a i r fo r te s tin g th e ta n k , th e a ir
being passed th ro u g h th e L .P . lin e a n d th e re lie f valve on th e la tte r b eing
closed.
2. H .P . a i r is n o t to be used fo r te s tin g ta n k s in su b m arin es.
3. I f , a f te r te m p o ra ry re p a irs , i t is d esire d to te s t a ta n k fo r tig h tn e ss
by th e s h ip s staff, th is can be done by b u ild in g u p a p re ssu re w ith th e
L .P . blow ers.
2201.TanksTest
S u b tn a rin e s
(D . 5470/33.21.9.1933.)
An in sta n c e o ccu rred , d u r in g te s tin g of O co m p en sa tin g ta n k s in
a R ainbow class su b m a rin e, w here th e su d d en d ev elo p m en t of a leak
caused a rise in p re ssu re in th e a d ja c e n t oil fu e l ta n k s w hich w ere f u ll a t
th e tim e of th e te st, a n d in consequence th e s tr u c tu re of these ta n k s was
dam aged.
(C30235)
Section 32201/1933
520
521
Section 32826/1933
(IV ) N o te s
(i) G a in in tim e .As o nly one co m p artm e n t has to be searched fo r
leaks, w hereas when a i r p ressu re is a p p lie d a ll co m p artm e n ts
s u r ro u n d in g c o m p a rtm e n t u n d e r te st have to be searched.
(ii) F ew er h a n d s m ay be em ployed.
( iii) G re a t a d v a n ta g e w hen co m p artm e n ts s u rro u n d in g c o m p artm e n t
u n d e r te st a re inaccessible, or difficult of access, such as
m agazines, cofferdam s, w a te r tig h t co m p artm en ts, etc.
(iv ) E ase of su p e rv isio n .
(v ) T he d etec tio n of leaks is m uch sim p ler as c o m p a rtm e n t u n d e r te st
is free of r u n n in g m ach in ery , w hereas when a i r p ressu re is
a p p lie d to co m p artm e n t, the s u rro u n d in g co m p artm e n ts m ay
have fan s, m o to r or o th e r m a ch in e ry ru n n in g in them , w hich
m akes i t m ore difficult to discover a ir leaks.
(v i) S m all leaks, fro m riv ets, seams, etc., a re easier to detect.
2.
be used.
1934
6 . Issued
Confidentially.
S id e screen m a rtin g a le s.
,,
o u th a u ls.
,,
,,
to p p in g lifts.
,,
,,
in h a u ls.
,,
,,
tackles
H em p hook ropes.
C o a lin g w hip o u th a u ls.
D ressin g lin e w hips ( ta ilin g ).
S o u n d in g s p a r o u th a u ls.
A nchor buoy ropes.
C ollisio n m a t lo w erin g lines.
N ose an d ta il lin es fo r torpedoes.
A w ning lacings.
H e a v in g lin es fo r b o at ropes.
C ree p er ropes.
A w n in g e a rrin g s .
C o a lin g w h ip dow nhauls.
D re ssin g lin e dow nhauls.
S o u n d in g s p a r m a rtin g a le s ; com pressor falls.
G u est w arps.
B u rto n falls.
P ro v is io n tackles.
L acin g s fo r can v as fixtures, sm all aw n in g s, b la s t screens, w indsails, b o ats covers, canopies, ta rp a u lin s , etc.
Section 3325/1934
522
523
Section 3330/1934
N am e of Ship.
N elson an d R odney
...........................................
H ood
..................................................................................
R enow n an d R epulse
Courageous, Glorious and F urious
L ean d er, N ep tu n e , Orion and Achilles ...
D orsetshire and N orfolk, L ondon, D evon
sh ire, Sussex an d Shropshire.
Y o rk and E x e te r
K e n t, Suffolk, Cornw all, Cum berland and
B erw ick, A ustralia and C anberra.
to
to
to
to
to
to
188.
342.
252.
153.
150.
216.
155 to 203.
81 to 213.
Section 3674/1934
524
Y a n g ts e ;
A dm iralty Overseer on
th e staff of Commanderin-Chief,
E a st
Indies
S tation.
() Com m anding Officers of
R epair Ships, Subm arine
D epot Ships, D estroyer
D epot Ships, a ttac h ed to
H om e,
R eserve,
and
M editerranean Fleets.
Vote 8 /I I I /G .
Replace p a rts of
Main propelling an d G un m ountings, gun
auxiliary m achinery,
m achinery, torpedo
m inor hull fittings
tu b es an d fittings,
(except
electrical
H .P . air an d oxygenm achinery).
producing m achinery.
Do.
Nil.
525
Section 3674/1934
Section 3674/1934
526
F or gear not inspected before despatch, a sim ilar rep o rt should be forw arded a fte r
th e gear has been received, b u t it should include a fu rth e r certificate th a t
527
Section 3674/1934
12. A ccounting. T he accounting arrangem ents for replace p a rts are as follows :
I . Gear made under Inspection and Invoiced through West In d ia Docks.
() Sent direct to Purchasing A uthorities at (b) of paragraph 2. On
receipt of vouchers S.134d from W est In d ia Docks, Form s S.549 are to be
prepared in duplicate by th e A ccountant Officer of th e R ep air or D pt Ship,
etc., and sent to th e officer responsible for th e custody o f th e fixtures an d spare
gear of th e ship, for w hich th e gear is intended. T he la tte r officer is to sign
an d re tu rn one copy of th e voucher to th e A ccountant Officer a n d re ta in
th e other w ith his F ix tu re L ist, linked to th e corresponding re tu rn voucher
for th e defective gear. I n th e R epair or D pt Ship, etc., these receip ted
copies of th e F orm s S.549 are to be a ttac h ed to th e relative S.134d voucher
from W est In d ia Docks an d retain ed u n til th e store account is exam ined.
() Invoiced to a D ockyard fo r subsequent Issue to S h ip s. V ouchers
S.134d are to be prepared by th e D ockyard to clear th e Invoice F o rm D .66
sent from W est In d ia Docks, and are to be placed b y th e ship concerned in
th e F ix tu re an d Spare Gear L ist, linked to th e relative re tu rn voucher for
th e defective articles. I f th e replace gear is supplied b y th e D ockyard to
a R epair or D epot Ship, th e procedure outlined in (a) above is to be followed
on receipt o f th e supply voucher S.134d from th e D ockyard.
I I . Gear not Inspected before Despatch.
(a) Sent to R ep a ir or D pt S h ip . Vouchers S.134d are to be p rep ared
by th e R epair or D pt Ship in duplicate. The duplicate copy is to be reta in ed
and th e original forw arded w ith th e Invoice F orm D.55 to th e A d m iralty
(D irector o f N av y C ontracts), as in p arag rap h 11. T ransfer of th e p a rts to
th e ships concerned is to be effected by F orm S.549, as for gear supplied
under inspection, vide I (a) above.
(b) Sent to D ockyard fo r despatch to S h ip . I f th e gear is invoiced by
C ontractors to th e D ockyard, th e articles should be ta k e n on acco u n t of
receipt an d issue d ealt w ith as a t I (6) above.
(c) Sent to sh ip fo r which required (w hether d irect from C on tracto rs or
via D ockyard).
Ship concerned is to prepare S .549 in duplicate an d forw ard b o th copies,
duly receipted, to R epair or D pt Ship to enable procedure a t I I (a) to be
followed.
13. R equisitions by Y ards A broad, R ear-A dm iral, Yangtse, and A d m ira lty
Overseer, Colombo. (i) R equisitions from Y ards abroad for th e supply o f replace
p arts of m achinery an d electrical equipm ent chargeable to V ote 8 /III (Subheads E
and H ) an d from th e R ear-A dm iral, Y angtse, an d th e A dm iralty Overseer, Colombo,
for such gear as cannot be economically obtained locally w ithin th e au th o rised
purchasing lim its, are to be forw arded direct to th e D irector o f D ockyards, A d m iralty .
(ii) R equisitions from Y ards abroad for replace p a rts of gun m ountings, gun
m achinery, torpedo tubes and m achinery in connection w ith th e production o f H .P .
air an d oxygen, chargeable to V ote 8 /III/G , w hich cannot be m et locally, are to be
forwarded to P ortsm o u th Y ard for supply to be arranged in accordance w ith
A ppendix of th e G un M ounting Store D uties In stru ctio n s, 1932.
(iii) Full particulars of th e requirem ent are to be furnished in d u p licate an d
should include th e nam e of th e m akers, tog eth er w ith th e num ber o f th e engine
or o th er u n it for w hich th e p a rt is required. I t should be definitely sta te d w h eth er
th e num ber is th a t of th e C ontractors or th e A dm iralty. F o r p a rts for V ote 8 /I II /H
m achinery, th e D.150 num ber should also be quoted.
A ny dim ensions, sketches, or o th er inform ation necessary to ensure su p p ly of
th e correct articles, etc., an d to enable com petitive tenders to be in v ited w henever
possible, are to be furnished. W here possible, th e M akers and A d m iralty draw ing
num ber should be sta te d .
Special care is to be ta k e n to ensure th a t full and correct p articu lars o f th e
p a rts required are furnished, as expeditious supply cannot be effected if th e p a r
ticulars supplied in th e requisition are incom plete or am biguous.
(iv) F or replace p a rts for H.M . ships, etc., it should be sta te d in th e requisition
w hether th e gear is required to be consigned direct to th e ship, etc., for w hich
dem anded, or w hether it is to be consigned to a D ockyard ; if th e la tte r, th e n am e of
th e D ockyard an d professional d ep artm en t requiring th e gear should be furnished.
Section 3674/1934
528
529
Section 3697/1934
M ark I I I "I
,, V II >For firings w ithout tracer.
V IIIJ
(b) H .E .N .T . shell w eighted H .E .S .
M ark IV N T ^\,por firings for w hich tra c e r fitted projectiles are necessary.
M ark V II I shell w eighted H .E .S . are suitable for all non-tracer practice firings.
M arks I I I and V II w eighted H .E .S . are suitable for all d ay firings a t ranges
exceeding 4,000 yards. T hey should n o t be used for concentration n ig h t firings,
or o th e r night firings, a n d if used for an y d ay firings a t ranges below 4,000 y ards,
th e special instructions in C.B. 3026, C hapter I I I , Section I, paras. 26 & 27, m ust
be observed.
All H .E . shell an d H .E .N .T . shell w eighted H .E .S . m ay bo ta k e n as ranging
alike, an d such w eighted shell of o ther m arks (Marks I, I*, I I , IV , V I) rem aining on
b oard H.M. ships m ay be used up, b u t fu tu re dem ands will be m et from stocks o f
I I I , V II, V III, IV N .T . an d V I N .T . T he m arks of projectiles th a t can be accepted
should be sta te d on all dem ands sent to R .N . A rm am ent D epots. The reason for
th is is th a t th e re are considerable stocks of M ark I I I and V II H .E . shell w eighted
H .E .S . in depots to be used up, and th e y should be supplied for all d ay firings for
w hich th e y are acceptable under th e foregoing instructions.
II.
D em ands for 4 in. practice projectiles for firing tenders to G unnery Schools
will be m et from stocks o f an y of th e following ty p es :
C.P. M arks I to V w eighted P.S.
S.A .P. Marks I an d I I I w eighted H .E .S.
H .E . M arks I to VIIT w eighted P.S.
H .E . M arks I, I*, I I , IV , V I, w eighted H .E .S .
Solid Shot, M ark I I I .
Solid Shot, M ark IV N .T ., plugged.
W hen firing H .E . w eighted H .E .S . or P.S. of M arks I I I an d V II, an d M ark V II I
w eighted P.S., a t ranges below 4,000 yards, th e special instructions in C.B. 3026,
C h ap ter I I I , Section I , paras. 26 & 27, m ust be observed.
Section 3746/1934
530
D pt.......................................................................................
S ubm arine...............................................................................
A dm iralty Serial No. of B a tte ry ......................................
D ate of T est.........................................................................
M ethod of T est.....................................................................
(M ethod of te s t to be clearly sta te d .)
B a tte ry Section N o.............................................................
Time of com mencing charge...............................................
Tim e a t which attach ed te s t pap er was placed in
position in air under te s t..........................................
Tim e a t w hich te s t paper was rem oved from air u n d er
te s t...................................................................................
Was b attery gassing during th e period th a t the
attach ed te s t p aper was retain ed in position in
air un d er te st ............................................................
This form to be attach ed to te st paper an d forwarded to T he A dm iralty Chemist,
H.M . D ockyard, P ortsm outh.
S ignature.................................................................................
R a n k .........................................................................................
D a te ..........................................................................................
303 in. red label am m unition supplied to airc ra ft carriers and to H.M. ships
carry in g aircraft serving on foreign statio ns or held in store a t N aval A rm am ent
D pts abroad for use w ith synchronised m achine guns is in fu tu re to be subject
to th e following restrictive age lim its :
S h ips.
N .A . Dpts.
R estrictive
Age L im its.
5 years from d a te
o f m anufacture.
8 years from d a te
of m anufacture.
531
Section 3990/1934
1422.Hoisting WiresTest
S u b m a r in e s
(D. 2494/34.21.6.1934.)
The h o istin g w ires to periscopes, W /T o r rod a e ria l m asts, fra m e coil
m ast, to rp e d o a n d b o a ts d e rric k , in c lu d in g th e w ires on th e te lem o to r
presses, a re to be u n rove a n d tested in accord an ce w ith A rtic le 40 of th e
E n g in e e rin g M a n u al on each occasion th a t a su b m a rin e is in h a n d fo r refit.
Section 31422/1934
532
533
Section 31496/1934
1745.Hydroplane GearRefit
Subm arines
(D . 7749/34. 2.8.1934.)
I n future, w hen th e forw ard hydroplane gear in H.M . subm arines is refitted ,
care is to be ta k en to ascertain th a t th e planes w hen folded o u t have th e ir w eig h t
definitely su pported by th e stops an d are n o t m erely resting ag ain st th e sto p s w hile
being su pported a t some o th er p o in t o f th e gear.
Section 31908/1934
534
2.
I n f u tu r e these ta p p e d holes in w arh ea d s a r e n o t to be rectified w h ilst
th e w a rh ea d s a re on the torpedoes. I f difficulty is fo u n d in fittin g screws,
S t. No. 404, the w arh ea d should be rem oved fro m th e to rp e d o before th e ta p
is used a n d th e tra v e l of th e ta p w atched to en su re t h a t i t does n o t d am ag e
th e stu d s se cu rin g th e door.
(G. 4042/34.15.11.1934.)
A ccording to a r e p o r t received recen tly , i t a p p e a rs t h a t an e rro r m ay
be in tro d u c e d in to th e v e rtic a l crossw ires of th e la y e r s an d t r a i n e r s
sta b ilise d s ig h t lines w hen th e end cover p la te s a re rem oved fo r m a k in g
a d ju s tm e n ts to prism s.
535
Section 32516/1934
(D . 11429/34.13.12.1934.)
In co nnection w ith defects w hich a rise in th e m a in m otors in H .M . sub
m arin es, in stan c es f re q u e n tly occur in w hich v a lu a b le assistan ce w ould be
ren d ered if reco rd s w ere a v a ila b le co n cern in g p rev io u s defects a n d r e p a irs
of these m achines, p a r tic u la r ly as to w heth er th e a r m a tu r e h a d been re p a ire d
o r rew ound, th e co m m u ta to r re b u ilt, a n d an y p o rtio n of th e field system
rein su late d .
2. I t has th e re fo re been decided t h a t a h isto ry sheet fo r each a rm a tu re ,
e ith e r fitted o r sp a re , is to be k e p t w ith th e a rm a tu re , c o n ta in in g a reco rd of
a ll m a jo r re p a irs , a n d of th e nam es of su b m a rin es in w hich th e a rm a tu re
has been fitted. I n a d d itio n , s e p a ra te d e ta ils of a ll m a jo r r e p a irs to m a in
m otors ( a p a r t fro m r e p a ir s to a rm a tu re s ) a re to be e n tered on folio 14 of
th e C a p ta in s S h ip s Book. A ny ch ange of a r m a tu r e should a l s o i e noted
thereon.
3. I t is n o t in te n d e d t h a t these in s tru c tio n s should a p p ly to H .M . L
a n d e a r lie r class su b m arin es. M ost of th e vessels of th e L class have been
in service fo r tw elve to fifteen y ea rs a n d a re bein g rep la ce d by m odern
vessels. The la rg e n u m b e r of sp a re s now a v a ila b le fo r th is class w ill enable
rep lacem en t to be m ade w hen defects a rise a n d be m ore econom ical th a n
r e p a ir, ex c ep t in e x c e p tio n a l circum stances.
4. H.M. d o ck y ard s a t hom e a n d a b ro a d a re to com pile, as e a rly as
possible, th e records r e fe rre d to in p a r a g r a p h 2 above, g iv in g p a r tic u la rs ,
w ith dates, of a ll m a jo r r e p a irs to m a in m otors a n d a rm a tu re s (in c lu d in g
sp a re a rm a tu re s ) w hich have been c a rrie d o u t locally. .The a r m a tu r e h isto ry
sheets should be p re p a re d a n d com pleted in accordance w ith th e specim en
form ap p e n d ed .
5. C opies of these reco rd s a re to be se n t to th e C om m an d in g Officers of
th e su b m a rin es a n d d e p o t sh ip s concerned a n d to th e A d m iralty .
6. F o r a ll f u tu r e refits of H .M . su b m arin es, th e fo llo w in g p ro ce d u re is
to be a d o p te d :
() On th e conclusion of each refit, a n d w hen r e p a irs have been m ade to
m a in m otors, th e d o ck y ard officers a re to fo rw a rd to the
C o m m an d in g Officer of th e vessel concerned d e ta ils of th e r e p a irs
effected, to en ab le th e a r m a tu r e h isto ry sheets a n d folio 14 of
th e C a p ta in s S h ip s Book to be b ro u g h t u p to d ate. A copy of
th e in fo rm a tio n su p p lie d is also to be fo rw a rd e d to th e A d m iralty .
() A r e p o r t is to be fu rn is h e d , by te leg ram , a t an e a rly d ate in th e
refit of a n L class su b m arin e, w hen i t is necessary to fit sp a re
a rm a tu re s o r field coils, in o rd e r t h a t tim e ly a rra n g e m e n ts m ay
be m ade fo r th e tr a n s f e r of these item s, if necessary.
N o te . T h is p ro ce d u re is n o t in te n d e d to in te rfe re in an y w ay w ith th e
re p o rts by th e d o ck y ard s in re g a rd to th e d esp atch a n d re c e ip t of sp a re g ear
as ren d ered on F o rm s D.811B a n d 811C.
Section 32738/1934
536
Specim en F orm
H IS T O R Y S H E E T F O R SU B M A RIN E
M AIN MOTOR A RM A TU RES
(T o be kept w ith the A rm ature)
M akers N am e :
Lawrence Scott.
Serial N um ber :
1297.
D ate of D elivery : 31st December, 1928.
W here F itte d or Carried.
D ate.
13. 2.29
15. 7.34
motor).
D evonport D ockyard
21.10.34
D olphin (spare)
10.10.35
A rm ature rewound.
motor).
Vickers T y p e .
Laurence Scott T yp e.
4 a t C hatham .
1 a t D evonport.
3 a t C hatham .
M ather db P la tt T yp e .
4 a t C hatham .
1 a t F o rt Blockhouse.
1 a t D evonport.
8 a t C hatham
2 a t P o rtsm o u th
\ TT. ,
/ Vlokora yP6-
N um ber of complete sets of spare field coils considered suitable fo r the vessels
concerned. (I n store at Chatham.)
2 sets for Vickers m achines, Serial No. 7671/98.
Ship.
O sw ald
Orpheus
W here Stored.
H ong K ong.
^j-Hong K ong.
H ong K ong.
^j-Hong K ong.
537
Ship.
Section 32738/1934
1 A rm ature
4 S h u n t coils (w ith Therm o
couples).
8 S h u n t coils (ordinary)
12 Series coils
12 Interpole coils ...
Otus
Osiris ...
Odin
Oxley and
O tw ay.
Oberon
W here Stored.
H ong Kong.
H ong K ong.
H ong K ong.
H ong K ong.
1 A rm ature
12 S h u n t coils
12 Series coils
12 Interpole coils ...
H ong K ong.
2 A rm atures
12 S h u n t coils (6 fitted w ith Therm o
couples).
12 Series coils
6 Interpole coils ...
12 S hunt coils (6 fitted w ith Therm o
couples).
12 Series coils
6 Interpole coils ...
1 A rm ature
12 S h u n t coils (6 w ith Therm o
couples).
6 Series coils
6 Interpole coils ...
H ong Kong.
M alta.
>H.M.S. Cyclops.
M alta.
H.M.S. M edway.
P arth ian
1
12
12
12
H ong K ong.
Phoenix
H ong Kong.
P andora
H ong Kong.
Proteus
H ong Kong.
Poseidon
Section 32738/1934
Ship.
538
P e rs e u s
W here Stored.
R a in b o w
H ong K ong.
R over ................
M alta.
R egent an d
R egulus (for
each vessel).
1
12
6
12
M alta.
^ M alta.
H .M . SU B M A RIN ES T H A M ES, P O R P O IS E , S W O R D F IS H ,
S E A H O R S E , S T A R F IS H , A N D ST U R G E O N .
M a in M otor S pare A rm atures and F ield C oils
T h am es
P o rp o is e
S w o rd fish
Seahorse
Starfish
S tu rg e o n
W here Stored.
Ship.
1
12
12
12
A rm ature
S hu n t coils
Series coils
Interpole coils ...
M alta.
j>-On board.
1 A rm ature
1 set S hunt coils ...
1 set Series coils ...
1 set Interpole coils
[ F o r t Blockhouse
f ( D olphin ).
1
6
6
6
[ F o r t Blockhouse
f
( D olphin ).
A rm ature
S hu n t coils
Series coils
Interpole coils ...
1 A rm ature
6 S hunt coils
6 Series coils
6 Interpole coils ...
1
6
6
6
A rm ature
S hu n t coils
Series coils
Interpole coils ...
1 A rm ature
6 S hunt coils
6 Series coils
6 Interpole coils ...
C hatham .
C hatham .
j-H .M .S . T ita n ia.
C hatham .
j*H .M .S. T ita n ia.
C hatham .
I
539
Section 32791/1934
1935
18.Fuzes, D.A., No. 131, of 1933 Filling, Fitted with
Detonators accepted in 1930-1931
(A.S/G. 5341/32. 3.1.1935.)
The following lots of fuzes, D.A., No. 131, M ark V*, of V.S.M. m anufacture,
filled in 1933, contain d etonators accepted in 1930-1931, viz. :
F uze L ot N os.
D ate o f F illin g.
Nos. 1 to 9, 71 an d 72
...........................................
2.33.
3.33.
Nos. 10, 23 to 32
4.33.
Nos. 33 to 39 ...
5.33.
Nos. 40 to 55 ...
6.33.
Nos. 56 to 68 ...
2. These fuzes will require redetonatoring two years before th e norm al tim e,
an d th e lo t num bers should be specially recorded a t R .N . A rm am ent D pts, since
th e d a te of filling will n o t represent th e beginning of th e life o f th e detonators.
3. O utfits of H .E . am m unition supplied to ships for Q .F., 2-pdr. single p o m
pom s, should include a proportion of am m unition fitted w ith these fuzes if available,
in order th a t o p p o rtu n ity m ay be afforded for expenditure of as m any as possible
a t practice firings.
Section 331/1935
540
87.Paravane Derricks
(D .N .C ./D . 13355/34.10.1.1935.)
It is the general practice for derricks for recovering paravanes to be
designed for a load of 2 tons, and the derricks of all ships so fitted are to
be tested when rigged with a static load of 4 tons and a running load of
8 tons.
2. The permanent inhaul wire in ships so fitted (as distinct from
recovery gear) is however only suitable for a working load of 1 ton, and in
order to obviate overstressing the inhaul wire the derrick is to be temporarily
rigged with a wire capable of withstanding a static test load of 4 tons
when applying the tests to the derrick.
3. The inhaul wire, when rigged on the derrick, is to be tested with a
static load of 2 tons and a running load of 1 | tons.
(A .S. 6612/34.7.2.1935.)
T he a lu m in iu m p a r ts of No. 131 fuzes a re very lia b le to r a p id corrosion
if a m m u n itio n c o n ta in in g them has become w etted th ro u g h leak ag e of
p ack ag es o r th ro u g h g e ttin g sp ra y e d a t gun po sitio n s.
2.
Ammunition packed in steel ammunition boxes, C.190, is particularly
liable to attack through moisture if the boxes have been turned upside down
or on their sides. In these positions the interior watertight seal becomes
broken though the seals on the outer package remain intact, since the weight
of the rounds lifts the lining lid to a sufficient extent to permit ingress of
water or moisture, especially via the depression in the end of the box for
handle.
541
Section 3268/1935
Section 3561/1935
542
*C2 *
3
O8
fl 49
8a
CD O
O4 +<*D
9M
sj
Mg
> 3
s
-p 3
O a>
4 tS
>>c
rO
g
T3
fl
o
O
05 >
3
o || 3
(h S
i
I
CO
. 05
3 05
P4 Ph
in
.S4
IS
as
60
S
X
3"O
3 fl
-2.2
(T. 722/35. 7.3.1935.)
|
2 g
S
&-p
rfl
r0 cq
lO
i s0)
H lo t
3a
3 10 c ^
&
p <&
D "
I>
fl -Ej
6i
PM sM
O
Is
M
^
jj i
O /?
&
c
Pm r
Ph
bO 00 s ^
3 3 o o
+j
lO c3
GO
rS 00
*-O
+t
u
_ <D
2^
.3 *
S'0
o^
.2.I2.il
CT1
aa S.
3
3
5
o03
A
ya
c3 .
3
W
W
<
Nt"
lO
U5
05 O
t~~ 05
aj
O
tH
pQ
pC
K&
.5
2
3 m
o3
3
c3
J
+M
Section 3561/1935
543
.
o
00 8
<D o
I-S
o 00
o
bO w
.2
$ .a
o s
s S
o
M^ a
>> 2 08
.S ^ 's
'O
J- S to ea
g g & iji
ifr S g f
m
5 rQ ifL| &
es
h MMh ^
B S d
_ .a O
a M)
a
i fi
Sj
88 .2
5 -P
o a rO
0-0 i>
3 0
P h Ph
g-2
O fe
o
09
'S
c
.2 w CO
0 3 l J
o * -P 0)
.1
8
a
JD
.8
gq
&*
to
*
Mia
CD
43
IS
I
I Light h an dset
CO
'
J
I ^ - 5 -8
i a $ a i
W W W
P-5
S-e
3 P *
<
9044
5
<N
OS
-8
>
g.sS3
to ^jQ w
m 2 e
5 T3
.2 K
. o>
8
O c s 8
E 05 "
i>
>
*3 S5
(X)
o
o
(N
OS
Section 3574/1935
544
(c) Rub down with pumice or emery cloth, leaving the grey under
coating or aluminium pigmented varnish coating intact.
(d) Areas of metal surface free from paint from service causes or other
irregularities can be made up with zinc oxide oil paste,
Pattern 104.
( e ) Degrease all surfaces before painting by rubbing down with a clean
cloth and white spirit or petrol. Repeat the operation with a
fresh cloth and solvent.
(/) Make paint applications as follows:
(1) E x t e r i or Surfaces. One coat varnish, Pattern 86, pigmented
w ith zinc oxide w hite, P a tte r n 104.
545.
Section 3694/1935
f/s s w e d
Confidentially.
Section 3950/1935
546
547
Section 3950/1935
Section 3984/1935
548
3. A tongue and gate is provided in the interior of the pistol to p u t the pedal
gear o u t of action in director firing. A small m ovem ent of th e trigger which m ay be
insufficient to engage th e locking plunger m ay y et engage th e tongue an d gate
referred to above.
4. This engagem ent of the tongue and gate will lock th e pistol a t director
firing an d th e use o f considerable force will tw ist th e trigger spindle, finally shearing
the pin securing th e trigger spindle to th e trigger or th e pin securing th e co n tact
o perating boss to th e trigger spindle.
5. In pistols operated by pedal gear, th e trigger m ay be pressed sufficiently
to cause th e dam age referred to by either or b oth of th e following :
(a) Pressure of th e foot rem aining on th e pedal.
(b ) The non-return of the pedal operating gear to th e O F F position w hen th e
foot is rem oved from th e pedal.
In order to counteract th e above tendencies, th e ships concerned are to ensure
th a t am ple clearance rem ains betw een th e pistol and th e operating gear lever when
th e gear is in th e O F F position. Care is to be ta k en to see th a t all joints are well
lubricated an d th a t th e springs are of sufficient stren g th to re tu rn th e gear to th e
O F F position, even allowing for th e foot rem aining on th e pedal. A t the sam e tim e
th e spring should n o t render th e gear difficult to operate.
6. Ships staffs are to exam ine all pedal operated firing gear fitted, replacing
existing springs w here necessary, and providing additional lubricating arrangem ents
where considered desirable.
7. T he D ockyards concerned are to observe th e sam e precautions when fitting
new sets of pedal operated firing gear.
8. Ships staffs should fit a tally p late near each pistol w ith th e following
w arning notice :
Use no force. P edal an d Pistol m u st be fully released before changing
ov er.
2.
A tten tio n is called to th e fact th a t th e cam bars are engraved on b oth sides
b u t w ith opposite m arking, an d care should be tak en afte r strip p in g down th a t th e
bars are correctly re-assembled.
Section 31030/1935
549
3.
The following table shows w h at is considered to be th e m ost suitable o u t
position for th e cam bars w ith the sw itch to M ain, and cam bars are to be assem bled
to com ply w ith th e table.
Breech safety contact to be fitted
with switch to M a in when
push rod is standing out as
follow s.
Gun.
J L ......................................................................................L eft.
15 in.
R ig h t (up).
l\ R . ...
L eft (down).
13-5 in
R ight.
U p.
,- { r .
U p.
7 5 in. M ark V I
R ight.
6 in. f L. ...
U p.
X X I I I \ R . ...
U p.
6 in. f L. ...
L eft.
X X II \ R . ...
R ig h t.
6 i n . l 'L . ...
L eft.
X I I \ R . ...
R ight.
6 in. X I an d X I*
R ight.
6 in. V II ...
R ight.
5 - 5 in .
U p.
4 7 in. and 4 in.
R ight.
{!
4.
Care is to be ta k en to ensure th a t th e connections of th e firing circuits
com ply w ith th e approved diagram s.
Section 31230/1935
550
3.
Column 3 of th e Table below shows th e new p a tte rn steel blocks which
h ave been approved to d ate, an d w hen draw ings of an y of these blocks are required,
pending com pletion of th e Book, application should be m ade to P o rtsm o u th
D ockyard, who will arrange supply :
(1)
(2)
(3)
Old Present New
Pattern Pattern Pattern
Nos. Nos.
Steel
Block.
400A
401A
402A
403
405
406
407
408A
409A
410A
411
413A
414
415
416
435A
436A
437A
438A
441A
442A
444A
446A
447A
448A
449A
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
>121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5100A
5101A
450A
451A
452A
453A
454A
455A
456A
425A
434B
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5104A
5107A
5108 A
5109 A
5110A
5111A
5112A
5113A
5114A
5115A
5118A
5119A
5120 A
(2)
(3)
(1)
Old
Present New
Pattern Pattern Pattern
Steel
Nos.
Nos.
Block.
2091
474A
476A
490A
491A
492A
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
5122A
5123A
488
489
1906
5125A
2095
5126A
5127A
5128A
5129A
2086
2083B
2085
2087A
5131A
5133A
5134 A
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5207A
5207B
5208
5209
5210
5210A
5211
5220
5221
5222
5223
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
(3)
(1)
(2)
Old Present New
Pattern Pattern Pattern
Nos.
Nos.
Steel
Block.
2096A
5161A
5162 A
5180A
5181A
5182 A
5183A
5200A
5201A
5202A
5203A
5204A
5205A
5206A
5207C
5208A
5209A
5210B
60H
61H
100A
101A
102B
103A
104A
105A
150
151
152
153
154
155
5235
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5235A
5240A
5249A
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
(Modified)
5220A
5221A
5222A
6223A
5230A
5231A
5232A
5233A
5234A
493
494
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5274
5280A
Section 31278/1935
551
12780
1374. *>Issued Confidentially.
1488.
(T. 1657/35.20.6.1935.)
Successful tr ia ls have been c a rrie d o u t in th e H om e F le e t w ith ele c tro ly tic
condensers fitted to p re v e n t s p a rk in g a t th e tr a i n in g a n d e le v a tin g m o to r
relay s of th e H .A .C .S .I. system .
2. The life of these condensers is u n c e rta in a n d i t ist d esired to o b ta in
fu rth e r ex perience o f th e ir s u ita b ility fo r use in H .M . ships.
3. A rra n g e m e n ts have been m ade fo r th e su p p ly by th e C a p ta in ,
H .M .S . V ern o n , of one set to C o m m ander-in-C hief, E a s t In d ie s, a n d
th ree sets to C o m m ander-in-C hief, C h in a, to be fitted in sh ip s as d ire c te d
by them . F ittin g in s tru c tio n s w ill be se n t w ith th e condensers.
4. One condenser fro m each sh ip fitted, in c lu d in g those in th e H om e
F leet, should be sen t to th e C a p ta in , H .M .S . V ern o n , fo r sp ecial
e x a m in a tio n to a r r iv e in A u g u st one y e a r a f te r first in s ta lla tio n . C on
d ensers should be c le a rly m a rk e d w ith th e nam e of th e sh ip a n d th e c irc u it
in w hich th ey w ere connected.
5. A fte r ex a m in a tio n of th e condensers, th e C a p ta in , H .M .S . V ern o n ,
should fo rw a rd a r e p o r t to th e A d m ira lty s ta tin g w heth er th e condensers
show signs o f w ear an d if th e d u r a tio n of th e ir life can be p red ic ted . The
condensers should be re tu r n e d to th e sh ip s a f te r e x a m in a tio n .
( A .F .O s. 126/36 a n d 695/36.)
Where fitted.
D raw ing.
Bridge
Bridge
S tem
S tem
Throw ers
S tem
C
C
C
P
V.M.1449
V.M.1450
C
...
...
Section 3-1551/1935
552
S pare Gear.
D raw ing.
Item N o.
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
P
C
C
C
C
V.M.1449
11
N ote. (i) D raw ings of th e above com ponents and details m arked C and
P are available a t C hatham and P o rtsm o u th D ockyards respectively.
(ii) D raw ing V.M.1449 is available
at
Mine Design D ep artm en t,
H.M .S. V ernon.
(iii) Spares are supplied on th e basis of one per com ponent fitted to th e ship.
Where fitted.
D raw ing.
Bridge
M .S.20053
Bridge
M.S.20052
Bridge
M .S.20047
S tern
M.S.20049
M.S.20049/3
M.S.20062
M.S.20049/3
M.S.20061/1
M.S.20049/3
M.S.20049/4
M.S.20049/3
M.S.20071
M.S.20049/3
M.S.20027/2
M .S.20041
M.S.20027/2
Stern
Stern
Throwers
S tem
S tem
S tern
553
Spare Gear.
Section 31551/1935
D raw ing.
Item N o .
M.S.20053/1
20
M.S.20053/2
M.S.20053/2
M.S.20053/2
28
26
32
M.S.20052/1
51
M.S.20052/2
M.S.20052/2
M.S.20052/2
M.S.20052/2
41
35
30
29
M.S.20047/1
51
M.S.20047/2
M.S.20047/2
M.S.20047/2
M.S.20047/2
41
35
30
29
M.S.20049/3
M.S.20049/3
4
6
M.S.20062/2
M.S.20062/2
M.S.20062/2
M.S.20049/3
M.S.20049/3
45
45
46
4
(>
M.S.20061/3
M.S.20061/3
M.S.20061/3
M.S.20049/3
M.S.20049/3
43
43
45
4
6
:
M.S.20049/4
M.S.20049/4
M.S.20049/4
M.S.20049/3
M.S.20049/3
7
7
8
4
6
N ote. (i) Item s which are com m on to th e various pum ps, trap s, etc., although
show n on different draw ings, are identical.
(ii) D rawings of th e above com ponents and details are available a t Mine Design
D ep artm en t, H .M .S. V ernon.
(iii) Spares are supplied on the basis of one per com ponent fitted to th e ship.
Section 31551/1935
554
S p a re Gear.
D raw ing.
Item, No.
M.S.20071/1
M.S.20049/3
M .S.20049/3
27
4
6
...
...
...
M.S.20027/2
M.S.20027/2
M.S.20027/2
15
5
7
...
...
...
...
M.S.20027/2
M.S.20027/2
M.S.20027/2
M .S.20041/1
15
5
7
8
For T ra p , T y p e B :
N ote. (i) Item s w hich are com m on to th e various p um ps, tra p s, etc., although
shown on different draw ings, are identical.
(ii) D raw ings of th e above com ponents and details are available a t Mine Design
D ep artm ent, H.M .S. V ernon.
(iii) Spares are supplied on the basis of one per com ponent fitte d to th e ship.
(c)
' ' A ll S h ips.
*
A7um ber
,
N
su pplied.
D escription.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2
1
1565.Pitometer Logs
I I .M . D o c k y a r d s a t H o m e a n d A b ro a d
(D. 6363/35.27.6.1935.)
In connection w ith th e in s ta lla tio n of P ito m e te r log eq u ip m en ts in
H .M . ships, a handbook is now being p re p a re d by th e B ritis h P ito m e te r
C o m pany, L td ., g iv in g a d e s c rip tio n as to th e m ethod of fittin g an d a d ju s tin g
th e logs.
2. In the event of a n y difficulties being ex perien ced in th e o p e ra tio n or
a d ju s tm e n t of th e p ito m e te r log eq u ip m en ts in H .M . ships, adv ice or a ssist
ance of th e B ritis h P ito m e te r C om pany, L td ., is to be so u g h t by th e officers
o f H .M . do ck y ard s a t home.
3. A ny sim ila r difficulties ex perienced a t H .M . d o ck y ard s a b ro a d a re to
be re p o rte d to th e A d m ira lty in d e ta il, w ith o u t delay, in o rd e r th a t c o n sid era
tio n m ay be given to th e ac tio n a p p r o p r ia te to th e p a r tic u la r circum stances.
555
Section 31750/1935
Field guns an d how itzers are to be m ain tain ed a t th e various statio n s as detailed
in th e following tab le :
S tation.
3 -7 in.
H ow itzers.
12 p dr. 8 cwt.
F ield Guns.
Home :
H om e F leet
T raining establishm ents
In store a t C hatham ...
6 (a )
11 (b)
33 (c)
3 6 in., B .L ., V II.
f 4 6 in., B .L ., V II.
In store a t P ortsm o u th
\ 2 4 in., B .L ., V II.
Abroad :
M editerranean S tation
China S tation ...
E ast Indies S tation ...
Am erica an d W est Indies
Station.
Africa S tation ...
New Zealand S tation ...
12 (d )
2(f)
8 (d )
4 (d )
4 (d )
3 (/) (g)
4(e)
2(e)
1 (/)
2(f )
/ 4 6 in.,
\ 4 4 in.,
2 4 in.,
2 6 in.,
B .L .,
B .L .,
B .L .,
B .L .,
V II.
V II.
V II.
V II.
1 (/)
5 (1 for funerals).
2
2 (1 for funerals).
4
4 (2 for funerals).
6
6
4
10
10
10
5
10
2.
The allowances of spare p arts, appurtenances an d side arm s for th e guns
an d howitzers are shown in O.U. 6092a (P a rt I).
Section 31750/1935
556
Sighting gear, com plete set of, including No. 7 dial sight, field
1
an d sight chronom eters.
Telescope, P a tte rn G.343, w ith leather cup ends
...
...
1
Buffer piston rod, com plete w ith fittings
...
...
...
1
R ecuperator piston rod, com plete w ith fittings (P a rts I and II)
1 of each.
E levating an d training handw heels
...
...
...
...
1 of each.
E levating arc
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
WTheels, traversing (set of 4) ...
...
...
...
...
1 set.
Seven sets of these stores are to be k ep t a t th e bases, viz., one a t P o rtsm o u th ,
a n d one a t each of th e six foreign stations.
Portsm outh on ly . The telescopes, P a tte rn G.343, w ith leath er end cups, are
req uired to com plete 3 7 in. how itzer equipm ents, an d one is to be allocated to each
eq u ipm ent an d to each set of base spares.
(6) F or 6 in . and 4 in . F ield Guns.
D ial sight No. 7 ...
...
6.
F.2A.
E.5.
E.5.
F.1C.
F.1C.
F.1C.
F.1C.
F.1C.
F.1C.
557
Section 31750/1935
Telephones, D.3
Microphone capsules
Cells, inert, P a tte rn 4976 ...
Cable, D.3
D rum
Barrow , drum
D irector, No. 4 or No. 6, M ark I I
,,
sta n d f o r ...
4
4
16
2 miles
1
1
1
1
F.1C.
F.1C.
F.2A .
F.1C.
F.1C.
F.1C.
F .1B .
F .1B .
(See p ara . 10.)
7. One com plete set of th e control and com m unication stores show n a t (a)
above is to be k e p t for each 3 7 in. how itzer equipm ent for th e H om e F lee t an d
foreign stations, an d issued when th e how itzers are issued. A t th e following
train in g , etc., establishm ents, only th e num ber of sets shown is to be m ain tain ed
by each for th e how itzer equipm ents allocated to them , viz. :
H.M .S. E xcellent 2 sets.
R .N . G unnery Schools, C hatham an d D evonport 1 set each.
R.M. Divisions, P ortsm o u th 2 sets.
These stores, w hen issued, are to be accounted for in th e relative N aval S tore
A ccounts.
8. I n addition to th e above N aval Stores, th e following range tables an d
han dbook are supplied from R .N . Store D epot, R oyal V ictoria Y ard, D eptford,
for how itzer an d field gun equipm ents, on th e basis of one copy per equ ip m en t :
(a) Q .F ., 3 -7 in . H owitzers.
(1) R ange Tables, O.U. 6090(P), No. 345.
(2) R ange Table, O.U. 6090(P), W ar Office T able 26/M anuals/187 an d
Corrigenda. (Sights of field how itzer equipm ents are g rad u a ted to
this table).
(3) B .R . 221, H andbook, for Q .F ., 3-7 in. H ow itzer, 1930 (W ar Office
publication), w ith am endm ents.
(b ) B .L ., 6 in ., M ark V I I F ield Guns.
Range Table, O.U. 6090(J), No. 302, an d W ind Correction G raph.
(c) B .L ., 4 in ., M a rk V I I F ield Guns.
R ange Table, O.U. 6090(K), No. 246, an d W ind Correction G raph.
9. W hen how itzers or field guns are carried in ships, th e range tab les an d
handbook referred to in parag rap h 8 above are to be accounted for in F orm O .U .2 a .
W hen an y of these equipm ents are k ep t a t a base, th e range tables an d han d b o o k
are to be retained w ith th e p e rtin e n t outfits of N aval Stores in th e a p p ro p riate
dockyards for issue w hen required, being dealt w ith as O.U. books. Care is to be
ta k e n th a t, w henever an equipm ent is issued or retu rn ed , th e ap p ro p riate range
ta b le an d handbook alw ays accom panies it.
10. Com plete sets of b a tte ry stores for 6 in. a n d 4 in. field guns, as detailed in
p ara g ra p h 6 (b) are to be k ep t a t th e bases as follows :
C hatham ...
...
... 1 set for 6 in. (to include, in '
addition, 2 telephones, 2 (In ad d itio n , 1 field
m icrophone capsules an d clinom eter is to be
m ain tain ed u n d er
8 cells).
P o rtsm outh
...
... 2 sets for 6 in., 1 set for 4 in. subhead E .5 for
M alta
...
...
... 2 sets for 6 in., 2 set for 4 in. each of th e 6 in.
a n d 4 in. field guns
Trincom alee
...
... 1 set for 6 in.
detailed
in p ara . 1.)
H ong K ong
...
... 1 set for 4 in.
11. The sets of control a n d com m unication n av al stores, an d range tables,
for a n y how itzers n o t issued to ships, etc., also th e 10 sets of b a tte ry stores an d th e
21 field clinom eters for th e field guns, are to be m aintained in ta c t a t th e ap p ro p riate
dockyards, and, to facilitate th e ir issue in an em ergency, d o rm an t dem ands are to
be raised and retained by th e (Suptg.) N aval Store Officer for each set of eq u ip m en t.
These sets are to be retained under S ubhead F , Ite m 1 b , for storage purposes, b u t
th e various com ponent stores are to rem ain on th e m ain ledger charge of th e p e rtin e n t
sto ck subhead. These item s are to be show n separately in th e reserve colum ns of
th e A nnual, etc., D em ands, w ith th e notatio n s GS or H S according to
w h eth er field gun or how itzer stores are involved.
Section 3 1750/1935
558
12. Suitable arrangem ents should be m ade locally for tu rn o v er o f stores which
are liable to deteriorate.
13. T he necessary additions to th e H om e an d F oreign Y ard R eserve M em oranda
will be m ade in due course.
14. (a) A im in g P o sts .A rrangem ents are to be m ade for tw o aim ing posts for
each 3-7 in. how itzer to be m anufactured by th e sh ip s staffs of th e ships on th e
stations, a n d by th e staffs of G unnery Schools an d R.M . D ivisions to w hich th e
how itzers are allocated.
(b) D etailed draw ings w ith dim ensions are shown in A .F.O . D iagram 73/35 (1-3).
(c) T he ty p e of aim ing post shown in A .F.O . D iagram 73/35 enables a how itzer
to be relaid accurately for line w hen th e carriage has m oved slightly to th e side in
actio n w ith o u t altering th e original position of th e aim ing posts. These aim ing posts
h ave a cross-head w hich can be clam ped in a n y convenient position on th e stem .
(d) T he stem is a plain steel tu b e 0-5 in. in diam eter, flatten ed n ea r its u p p er
en d for th e a tta c h m e n t of a steel head. These heads are eith er circular or square.
One how itzer of a section has th e heads square, th e o th er how itzer has th e heads
circular to avoid confusion in use. The heads should be secured w ith screws to
enable th em to be exchanged w hen necessary. R iv eted to th e lower end of th e stem
is a solid steel spike, to en ter th e ground, w ith a projecting claw for th e foot of th e
person plan tin g the post.
(e) The cross-head is of steel, in tw o p arts, form ing tw o arm s w hich ex ten d
one each side of th e stem . On one side of th e cross-head th e figures 1 to 6 are p ain ted
in w hite on a black ground a t equal intervals. The in n er ends of th e arm s are
p iv o ted to a gunm etal body, secured in its tu rn to th e stem by tw o clips w ith w ing
n u ts. A spring plunger is fitted to th e body, w hich en ters corresponding holes in
th e arm s w hen these are extended, or w hich enters a second set of holes when th e
arm s are folded, in order to retain th em in th e up or down position as required.
A sto p p la te is fitted on one arm to p rev en t th e tw o arm s crossing each other.
(/) N orm ally the sights are aligned on th e stem . Should th e carriage move to
th e side, th e sights are aligned on th e sam e num ber on both p o sts, as m ay be found
convenient.
(g) A rrangem ents are also to be m ade to provide a canvas to protect th e
m arkings on th e head an d arm s.
(h ) W hen retu rn ed to store, th e posts an d covers are to be stored w ith th e
rem ainder of the Control Stores.
(i ) I t is n o t intended to provide an y special illum inating fittings for use a t n ig h t.
I f th e necessity for illum ination arises, local arrangem ents are to be m ade.
15. T he control an d com m unication stores referred to in p arag rap h 6 (a) will be
added to th e E stablishm ent of N aval Stores for G unnery Purposes.
(C .A .F .O . 2246/38.)
(c) Ships and dockyards having these modified lam ps are to m ark th e m
clearly on th e horizontal portion of th e lam p fram e accordingly.
559
Section 31855/1935
Section 32031/1935
560
...
...
...
...
...
...
No. 466
No. 339
No. 1
561
2044.
Section 3 2044/1935
Section 32211/1935
562
2288* i
^ssue^ Confidentially.
563
Section 32376/1935
Section 32533/1935
564
3. The new lists will be known as the Lasts of Portable Fittings and Spare
Gear, Drawings, etc., and will be compiled on loose leaf forms, similar to those
used for the Engineers Spare Gear Lists (D.320). Details concerning the new forms
will be issued separately.
4. Only two copies will be required in future, one for the ship and one for the
dockyard.
5. Special attention of all concerned is called to the instructions concerning
the preparation of Form D.526 whenever additions, reductions or alterations are
made to a ships equipment, and to the necessity of amending the lists from these
forms. Failure to comply with these instructions leads to difficulty in verifying
the lists at subsequent dates.
Attention is also called to Article 710, Clause 34, of Kings Regulations and
Admiralty Instructions, and Article 43 of B.R. 4 (Instructions Relating to the
Supply of Stores to H.M. Ships), when amendments are caused to the List of
Fittings through work having been done on board by ships artificers.
6. In order to facilitate the verification of the lists, full and adequate descrip
tions are to be given to the various articles and the places of stowage or position
on board are to be shown in detail; provision will be made in the revised forms to
enable this to be done.
(.A .F .0 . 231/36.)
2.
As a result of experiments the following procedure has been evolved
to ensure accurate adjustment. The slight modification of drilling two holes
to permit lubrication is necessary:
Remove all friction plates, clean thoroughly, re-surface if necessary,
carry out the slight modifications to the Belleville washer housing
shown on A.F.O. Diagram 126/35 ( 1), lightly wipe over the friction
plates with special mineral oil and replace. F ill Belleville washer
housing with special mineral oil.
Drain turret buffers, and place a 100-ton hydraulic jack between
one buffer and fixed structure, the turret being trained as necessary.
The arrangement of jack is shown diagrammatically in A.F.O.
Diagram 126/35 (3). A pressure gauge, suitably regraduated to record
the load in tons, is connected to the jack. It will be found convenient
to place the pump supplying pressure to the jack in the working
chamber, and the gauge in the gunhouse.
565
Section 32573/1935
From drawing, R =
2589.Boats SailsMeasurement
(D. 5556/35.24.10.1935.)
The following standard method to be used in the measurement of the area
of boats sails is promulgated for inform ation and guidance:
All measurements for obtaining the areas of boat sails are to be taken
from the edge of the canvas or other m aterial from which the sails are
made, and on the understanding that the various corners of the sails are
brought to actual points.
Section 32589/1935
566
(c) A triangle formed by the straight line from the tack at right angles
to a straight line joining peak and clew, part of the leach and
the straight line joining tack and clew (area = i F C x Y E ).
( d ) The area between the straight line joining tack and clew and the
foot of the sail. This area is to be assumed as a triangle, base
equal to the distance tack to clew, and height equal to maximum
round in foot (area = ^ E C xD Z ).
The area of the sail is to be taken as the total of the above four areas.
(M .F. 9488/35.31.10.1935.)
Their Lordships have decided that the following leaders and destroyers
with historic names are to be fitted with History Scrolls, if these are not
already provided:
Boadicea.
Firedrake.
Exmouth.
Foresight.
Faulknor.
" Bulldog.
Forester.
Comet.
Grenville.
Fortune.
Crescent.
Kempenfelt.
Foxhound.
Cygnet.
Acasta.
Fury.
Decoy.
Achates.
Defender.
Gallant.
Acheron.
Diamond.
Garland.
Active.
Gipsy.
D iana.
Amazon.
" Grafton.
Duchess.
Ambuscade.
Greyhound.
Echo.
Antelope.
Griffin.
Eclipse.
Ardent.
Encounter.
Hardy.
Arrow.
Havock.
Esk.
Basilisk.
Hero.
Fame.
Beagle.
Hunter.
Fearless.
Blanche.
567
Section 32634/1935
Section 33026/1935
568
4. The loose-leaf forms and binders for the new lists are in course of
preparation, and will be available shortly. Pending receipt of the revised
forms, the present forms should be used, but only the details referred to in
paragraph 1 above need be shown in new lists.
5. When a new list on the loose-leaf forms is prepared from the old
F ixture Lists, D.6c, or Combined List, D.6, the letters indicated below
are to be shown on the Form D.6c (or D.6) against the items so dealt
w ith :
(A) Those actually included in the new List of Portable F ittings, and
Spare Gear.
(B) Those omitted from the new lists in accordance with p ara
graph 2 (a), ( 6 ) or (c) above and paragraph 2 of A.F.O. 2533/35.
(C) Those items transferred to the Central Store Account in accord
ance with paragraph 2 ( d ) above and paragraph 2 of
A.F.O. 2533/35, and a notation to this effect made on the old
form.
A list in triplicate of the items marked (C) should be furnished by the
Dockyard Professional Departm ent concerned to the (Superintending) Naval
Store Officer, who should forward one copy to the Accounting Officer of the
ship and one to the Admiralty (N.S.), the third copy being retained for
record purposes. Care should be taken to ensure th at the list contains a
full description of each item, including pattern number for articles of
authorised patterns, together with sufficient inform ation as to place of
storage, etc., to enable the Accounting Officer to obtain the necessary receipt
from, and record the articles in the Central Store Account as on permanent
loan to, the officers concerned.
6. In the case of new ships building by contract, care is to be taken that
the items shown in Appendix Cnow to be dealt with as Sea Storesare
included in the lists furnished by Contractors showing details of the Sea
Stores supplied by them in accordance with the building specifications.
Sim ilar lists should be prepared by Dockyard Professional Officers
showing the articles which are accounted for as Sea Stores, but actually
manufactured and put in place by the Professional Departments.
7. The principles set out in this Order apply to all ships, and lists in
accordance with these instructions should be provided in all new ships and
all other ships where provision of new lists is approved.
APPENDIX A
Items to be shown in future hist of Hull Fittings
Badges, ships.
Bars, hatch, and port, metal, with fittings, portable.
Bars, hatch and port, iron, portable.
Blinds to skylights, sashes.
Bookcases, wood (when not Rate Book pattern).
Bookcases, steel (when not Rate Book patterns).
Booms, wood, for side screens.
Boxes, chart.
Boxes, chronometer.
Buffet or sideboard, wood or steel.
Boards, key.
Canopy frame for hatches, iron, complete.
Canopy frame, for hatches, metal, complete.
Capstan swifters.
Carriages, transporting (where not already in Sea Store Establishments).
Cases, wood, for chart album.
Coamings, iron, to ventilators, stove funnels, etc.
Coamings, metal, to ventilators, stove funnels, etc.
Coamings other than above.
Covers, metal, or deck plates to ventilators, etc.
Section 33025/1935
569
A p p e n d ix A
continued.
Section 33025/1935
570
A p p e n d ix A
continued.
Section 3-3025/1935
571
A p p e n d ix B
continued.
Section 33025/1935
572
A p p e n d ix
Ccontinued.
Chair, barbers.
Chests of drawers.
Cups, drinking, with chain.
Covers, table, kersey, green.
Desks, writing, small.
Desks, printing.
Racks for bottles and glasses in cabin.
Racks for forms, etc.
Racks for letters.
Racks, combined, card and notice board.
Rail, towel.
Reels for cordage.
Screws, bottle, securing lockers, stoves, etc.
Tables, sick bay cots.
573
Section 33026/1935
(/) Boats slings w ill continue to be shown in the ships lists of portable
fittings, as it is necessary to ensure that slings provided are
suitable for the ship in which the boats are carried; they cannot,
therefore, be considered as part of the boats outfit.
(g ) The tackles, etc., provided for torpedo purposes should be shown in
the List of F ittin gs for the Torpedo Warrant Officer in future
as this officer is responsible for their custody and maintenance.
Buoy ropes.
C atting pendants.
Chains, securing.
Chains, suspending anchor.
Compressor, runner.
Creeper for anchor buoys.
Creeper for picking up targets.
Hook ropes.
Mooring ropes.
Shank purchases.
Pendant for laying out bower anchor.
Pendant for securing anchor at cathead.
Straps, foul anchor.
A m m u n itio n and torpedo d a v i ts :
Guys.
A w n in g g e a r :
Ridge ropes.
Purchase, spreading middle line.
Earrings.
Section 33026/1935
574
B o a ts d a v i ts :
,,
stern.
Bottom line.
Lowering line.
D erricks :
Guys.
Topping lifts.
Standing lift.
Purchase.
C oaling gear :
Outhaulers.
Downhauler.
Whips.
D ressing Tnes:
Downhaulers.
J ackstays.
Straps on mast.
Whips.
W in d sa il :
Halyards.
H am m ocks , g ird lin e s an d clothes lines.
T,adders , escape.
P ro visio n d a v i ts :
Falls.
Guys.
S id e screen s :
Tackles.
Topping lift and martingale.
S lin g s of a ll d escrip tio n s fo r a ll purposes.
S id e accom m odation la d d er an d p la tf o r m :
Slings.
Pendants.
Bridles.
Purchase.
D avit guys.
S tr a p s fo r bollards.
T ackles of a ll sizes a n d description s.
T ow in g g e a r :
Pendants.
S ou n din g boom :
Topping lift.
Guys.
Outhaul and inhaul.
J ackstay.
Martingale.
Section 33026/1935
575
P a ra va tie g e a r :
Stays.
Guys.
Whip.
Topping lift.
S tern bo o m :
Ladder.
Pendant.
Guys.
Fenders.
Slings.
U p p er deck sleepin g b ill e t :
J ackstays.
B oats s lin g s :
Bridle.
Steadying lines.
Span slings.
T ackles, etc., fo r gu n n ery p u rp o se s :
Slings.
Tackles.
Whips.
Tackles, etc., fo r torpedo p u rp o se s :
Tackles.
Strops.
Span slings.
Pendants.
Nose lines.
Tail lines.
Illum inating jackstay.
A p p e n d ix 2
Baths, canvas.
Cloths, deck.
Canopies, boats.
H ow to be d ea lt w ith.
See revised instructions.
99
99
D elete.
Sea stores.
D elete.
Section 33026/1935
576
,, steaming.
torpedo.
,, turret or barbette for gratings.
Hoods, aprons for 6-in. gun shields.
Screens for blacksmith forge.
,,
,, conning tower.
,,
,, forecastle.
,,
,, control platform.
,,
,, hatchway.
,,
,, locker for flags.
,,
,, transm itting room.
Tarpaulins.
Washstrakes, steamboats.
>>
M
M
)}
M
Sea stores.
Delete.
(A .F .O s. 2533135 an d 231/36.)
4. The spreader and bridle (other than the slings permanently attached
to the boat) are to be suitable for the arrangements provided in the boat.
5. When any of these dinghies are transferred to other ships, the spreader
and bridle and the crutches are to be transferred with the boat.
6. When a transportable trolley is used for stowing the dinghy in a
vessel, the trolley is to be modified to accommodate the standard type of
crutches.
577
Section 33085/1935
(D. 12578/35.-19.12.1935.)
Hollow wood spars are fitted in certain H.M. cruisers as enumerated
below. Two types of spar are used, viz.:
() Lam inated type, the layers being circumferential.
( ) Built-up type, consisting of four pieces jointed longitudinally.
H .M .S . Y o rk ." Fore and main topmastsType (a).
(N o te . Fore topmast to be replaced by solid spar a t Bermuda.)
H .M .S . E x e te r. Fere and main topmastsType (a).
H .M .S . N o r f o l k Main topmastType (a).
H .M .S . D o r s e t s h i r e Fore and main topmastsType (a).
H .M .S . L ea n d er. 1
H .M .S . O rion .'1
> Fore and main topmastsType (a).
H .M .S . N e p tu n e . J
H .M .S . A c h i l l e s Fore and main topmastsType ( 6).
H .M .S . A ja x ." Fore and main topmasts and fore lower yard
Type (a).
Main lower yard and fore and main W /T yards
Type (b).
H .M .S . A reth u sa . Fore and main topmastsType (a).
H .M .S . G a l a t e a Fore and main topmasts-Type (b).
H .M .S . A m p h io n . Main topmastType (a).
H .M .S . A pollo and H .M .A .S . S y d n e y Main topmast
Type (a).
Fore and main W /T yards and main lower
yardType ( 6 ).
2. Defects having been reported in certain hollow spars, the Dockyard
Officers concerned are to survey the spars referred to above at the first
convenient opportunity, and a t subsequent intervals not exceeding
12 months, and furnish a report as to their condition.
3. When hollow spars have to be recessed or cut in any way, the
exposed surfaces are to be faced with teak strips carefully fitted and bedded
to protect the exposed surfaces of the spar from the effects of weather.
4. Any hollow spars, whether topmasts, yards, or booms, which, as the
result of survey, are condemned as unfit for further service, are to b
replaced by solid spars.
(C30235)
Section 336/1936
578
1936
36 1> Issued Confidentially.
^g*
122.Torpedo Tubes21-in., Fixed Above-WaterLongitudinal
Doors
H .M . Ships and Dockyards concerned
(T. 0855/359.1.1936.)
Should fractures be discovered in the hinges of the longitudinal doors of fixed
above-water torpedo tubes upon examination, additional stops are to be fitted to
the tubes as shown on Portsmouth drawing M.E.D.T.1159A, copies of which, if
required, should be obtained from Portsmouth Dockyard.
2.
An item for this work, where necessary, should be inserted in the list o
alterations and additions to the vessel concerned.
(T. 4244/35.9.1.1936.)
With reference to A.F.O. 1499/35, sample condensers are to be forwarded to
Captain, H.M.S. Vernon, as directed in that Order, to arrive in August, 1936, and
eaoh succeeding year until further orders.
(A.F.O. 1499/35.)
I t has been approved in principle to fit the new 10-in. signalling projectors,
Pattern 3860a, in flagships, battleships, battle cruisers, aircraft carriers, and cruisers,
normally in full commission.
2. These projectors will probably be purchased during 1936 for fitting in lieu
of Pattern 5300.
3. The establishment of stores will be amended in due course.
4. Commanding Officers of H.M. ships concerned are to insert items in
the list of Alterations and Additions (Classification B ) as follows :
(a) To remove the existing signalling projectors, Pattern 5300, and fit
Pattern 3860a in lieu.
(b) To remove the existing resistances and fit resistance, Pattern 8994
in the case of 100/110-volt ships, and resistances, Patterns 8994
and 8995 in the case of 220-volt ships in lieu.
Note. In each ship provided with four sets of resistances,
arrangements are to be made that one set of resistances on each
side will receive its electrical supply from the opposite side of
the ship.
579
Section 3167/1936
(G. 3167/35.23.1.1936.)
A report has been received recently wherein it was stated that the
loosening of screws X and Y, indicated on A.F.O. Diagram 129/35 ( 1),
had disturbed the rigidity of the contact plate assembly.
2. The defect can be overcome by fitting the special stop plate indicated
in red on A.F.O. Diagram 129/35 (2), which is fitted in Duncan,
Duchess, and all leaders and destroyers subsequent to D class.
1Stop
(C 30235)
tt
Section 3209/1936
580
(1) D rill the stop bracket for 2-6 B.A. countersunk screwspositions
..............
..............
No. 121.
No. 1.
581
Section 3222/1936
Boatswain.
D.790
,,
,, Gunner.
D.791
(C 30235)
u 3
Section 3273/1936
582
NOTICE.
When operating the hoist keep your left hand behind your back.
As soon as you have put the lever operating the hoist down, put
your right hand to your side.
If the round moves in the hoist after you have loaded, leave it alone.
583
Section 3330/1936
Issued Confidentially.
u4
Section 3502/1936
584
A.G.E.O. No.
Sheet No. ...
Addressed to
Date ...................
1. I t is requested that the trial described below may be carried out and report
forwarded to D.N.O. through C.I.N.O.
2. In all communications the number of the order and the Admiralty docket
on which approved must be quoted.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Representatives of
Object o! Trial.
Mark or Design.
No.
Mark or Design.
Remarks.
Nature.
Method of Filling
Weight.
Remarks.
Section 3502/1936
585
(c)
No.
Mark or Design.
Nature.
Filling.
Remarks.
'
- .......... ........... i
( d) Charges.
No.
Nature.
Mark or Design.
Weight.
Remarks.
No.
Remarks.
(a)
Certificate supplied by
Memo, of Inspection.
Section 3503/1936
586
587
Section 3553/1936
Section 3558/1936
588
(N.S. 1462/36.5.3.1936.)
In order to assist in securing a turn-over of the reserve stocks of perishable
stores maintained at Rosyth, all shore and R.N.V.R establishments in the Scottish
Command and H.M.S. Greenwich are in future to demand requirements of the
Naval Store articles listed below from the Naval Store Officer, Rosyth, instead of
from Southern Yards.
2 . H.M.S. Greenwich is also to demand mixed paints of the descriptions
shown in the list from Naval Store Officer, Rosyth, instead of equivalent paint
ingredients from Chatham.
3. Dockyards only.Issues from Rosyth are to be regarded as non-expenditure.
Replenishments required by Rosyth to replace such issues should be demanded
quarterly from Chatham (see para. 4 of A.L. 12/6/35N.S. 0343/35/8825) where
they are to be regarded as expenditure for the purpose of calculating expenditure
reserves.
List of Stores of a perishable nature held in reserve at Rosyth
Stock
Item.
B .8
B.12
D.4
D.5
Pattern No.
White, 1J in.
C.1276
2 in.
C.1278
2 in.
C.1280
3 in.
C.1204
Manila 1J in.
Sisal i in.
E.2
Description.
4727
4728
4729
C.1365
C.1371
C.1373
C.1453
C,1577
C.1578
C.1564
12
7
8
1201
,,
in.
H hi.
2 in.
2 in.
Tarred Jin .
2 in.
2Jin.
Spunyarn, 3 yarn.
Lines, signal halyards, 1J in.
,, Hand, Lead.
Fishing, Albicore.
Cord, elastic.
Rings, India Rubber.
,,
>>
>>
Washers, India Rubber.
1202
E.3
12
13
249
12 ft.
Paddles, Ash, for Life Floats.
Staves, Ash, 10 ft.
8 ft.
Fir, 21 ft.
Spars, Norway.
Oars, Fir, 17 ft.
Section 3558/1936
589
Stock
Item.
E. 3
(contd.)
E.5
E .6
E.7
E.10
F.2
Pattern No.
1271
1420
641
507B
517
537
519
10
55
257
4976
Description.
14 ft.
10 ft.
8 ft.
Rings, I.R., for Sounding Machines.
Buffers, Rubber, for Sounding Machines.
Distemper, White.
Paint, mixed, dark grey.
,,
,,
white lead flatting.
,,
,,
white, ordinary.
,,
,,
white undercoating for enamel.
Enamel, Proprietary, white.
Officers Bedding.
Batteries, torch.
Tape, rubber, adhesive.
Cells, inert, for W/T.
(D. 827/36.5.3.1936.)
In a number of reports of insulation tests recently forwarded to the Admiralty,
the particulars of the volumes of compartments, areas of the bounding surfaces
and the thickness and material of insulation have not been shown in the appropriate
spaces on the back of Form D.741.
2. In all future returns, the forms are to be completed in this respect before
submission to Admiralty. The positions of the thermometers in the cold and
cool rooms is also to be shown on the Form.
686. Issued
Confidentially.
Section 3695/1936
590
Ramillies ...
Resolution ...
Barham
Repulse
Courageous
Glorious ...
Arethusa ...
Amphion ...
A ja x
Leander
N e p tu n e ...
Dorsetshire
N o rfo lk
...
Exeter
York .............
Shropshire ...
Codrington
K e ith
Duncan
Exmouth ...
Faulknor ...
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
19
92
99
99
99
99
99
5)
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
yy
99
99
99
99
99
))
99
99
99
9J
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
9$
99
99
99
99
99
>>
99
99
99
99
99
9>
99
99
1)
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
9't
99
99
99
99
99
99
97
99
(S.D. 339/36.19.3.1936.)
The question of the marking of the flag lockers for the use of ships of the Naval
Examination Service has been receiving consideration.
2.
As most of the signalling will be carried out with vessels of the Mercantile
Marine, it has been decided that the lockers are to be marked in accordance with the
International Code.
591
Section 3700/1936
Ensign.
CODE
ANS.
MIL
pdt.
1st
Sub.
2nd
Sub.
3rd
Sub.
N.E.S.
flag.
(E.-in-C./M.F. 4465/36.26.3.1936.)
A trial carried out with oil fuel burning equipment as fitted in new construction
since 1931 has established that
( 1) Maximum boiler efficiency is achieved with this type of equipment
when the exhaust gases are practically clear, only a faint brown haze
being visible at the funnel.
(2) There is, however, a wide range of clear funnel conditions between con
dition ( 1) above and th at obtaining when white smoke is produced
and attention is drawn to the fact that there is a progressive loss of
boiler efficiency over this range which under certain conditions may
amount to as much as 20 per cent. I t is therefore imperative that
condition ( 1) shall be approached as closely as operating circumstances
permit.
(3) I t should be noted in connection with ( 1) above th at a very slight re
duction in air pressure will probably result in a rapid vibration of the
boiler fronts which, though in itself doing no damage, should serve
as a warning to boiler room personnel that smoke is being produced.
Section 3759/1936
592
759.AircraftDanger of Fire
H .M . Ships carrying Aircraft.
(D. 3056/36.26.3.1936.)
An inquiry into an outbreak of fire in an aircraft attached to H.M.S.
Arethusa elicited the fact that the accident was caused by incandescent m atter
probably emitted from the galley funnels of the ship.
2. All H.M. Ships carrying aircraft are to exercise great care in manipulating
the air supply in the oil-fired galleys. In addition, all such vessels are to fit some
form of spark arrester to the galley funnels, preferably in the funnel trunking where
the gauze or perforated plate can be removed and cleaned periodically.
Description.
64
Boom
67
193
204
205
206
207
264
266
66
Remarks.
131A.
131A.
See separate list.
Section 3808/1936
593
Item No.
275
283
287
294
380
381
382
Description.
Type of
Boom.
Remarks.
Amend to read ;
Delete Items Nos. 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 185, 186, 187, 188, 195, 196, 208, 209, 210, 216,
217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 292.
(S.D. 492/35.2.4.1936.)
In order to facilitate the removal of 10-in. signalling projectors from one working
position to another, it has been approved to fit a double-pole switch and socket at
each of the working positions.
2. Permanent supply arrangements are to be fitted to all working positions,
and ships not so fitted are to modify their circuits accordingly.
3. In ships where the main and alternative positions are supplied from one
resistance, a change-over switch, Pattern 2700, is to be fitted and the supplies to
the two positions taken from this switch.
4. Where additional double-pole switches, Pattern 2694, are necessary, they
will be supplied in a modified form to enable a Niphan socket, Pattern 2677, to be
mounted on the switch. For use with existing double-pole switches a watertight
base suitable for mounting a Niphan socket, Pattern 2677, is to be drawn and the
socket mounted adjacent to the switch and connected thereto by 3-core cable,
Pattern 5671a.
5. Flexible cable, Pattern 5671a, fitted with Niphan plug, Pattern 2676, is to
be vised for each projector.
Section 3815/1936
594
6.
Ships concerned are to draw the stores necessary for carrying out these
modifications, quoting this Order as authority, and to insert an appropriate item
in the next list of Alterations and Additions, the work to be carried out by Ships
or Dep6t Ships Staffs.
887*J* Issued
Confidentially.
(A.M.D./D. 0419/36.9.4.1936.)
The following amended scale of issue of parachutes and lockers will be made
by the Air Ministry to ships other than aircraft carriers :
PARACHUTES AND LOCKERS
Parachutes required for
Aircraft carried.
Pilot.
1 Single seater
1 Two seater
2
3
4
1 Three seater
2
3
1
1
1
2
Observer
and T.A.G.
1
2
3
4
3
4
1
2
3
4
6
8
No of
Lockers
required.
Reserve.
Immediate use.
Pilot.
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
Observer
and T.A.G.
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
4
4
6
10
12
6
9
14
18
595
Section 3897/1936
922.Issued Confidentially.
961.Electro-hydraulic Steering GearMotor Alarm
Arrangements
Future Capital Ships, Cruisers and Aircraft Carriers of 1933 and later programmes ,
and Destroyers of 1934 and later programmes
(T. 3610/34.23.4.1936.)
A.F.O. Diagram 27/36 (1) shows typical wiring diagram for steering motor
indicator and alarm circuits for future capital ships, cruisers and aircraft carriers of
1933 and later programmes. A.F.O. Diagram 27/36 (2) shows typical wiring
diagram for steering motor alarm circuits for destroyers of 1934 and later
programmes. These diagrams are for general information. The circuits are
normally to be included on wiring diagrams of miscellaneous low power circuits.
969.Issued Confidentially .
1039.W/T and Lightning Hazards to Explosives, Inflammables,
and Man AloftPrecautions
(S.D. 951/35.30.4.36.)
W /T transmissions, lightning and frictional electricity are liable to indue
currents which may be a source of danger. The nature of these risks, and
the precautions to be observed, are set forth below.
W /T H azards
4. The risk of shock does not depend on the height above deck. It is
possible to receive a shock when working about the funnel, for example, in
a sloop, where the feeder is quite close.
Section 31039/1936
596
9. (a) When men are a lo ft ( except when they are a c tu a lly in sid e an
ea rth ed m etal crow's n est), W /T transmissions are only perm itted on:
Types 43, 44, 45, 51, 75, 81, 83.
Transm itters 4H, 4R, 6D, GE, 7DX.
The low power attachments to Types 49 and 50.
(6)
on d e c k :
Radius of Dangerous
Area in feet,
measured from the
Deck Insulator.
24
30
70
130
200
220
597
Section 31039/1936
10. (a) The main and second W /T office sets are fitted with a board
marked Safe to Transmit, which, when removed, disclose a notice
Man Aloft or Ammunitioning alongside some switch which must be
handled before the set can transmit on power. In some modern sets this
board is replaced by a removable metal plate which actually lim its the
movement of a switch.
(b)
Sim ilar boards or plates, but disclosing a notice Explosives on
Deck, are fitted to each H /F W /T set.
A ction by the O.O.W .
13. Hazards exist, when fuelling aircraft, both from W /T and from
frictional electricity. The earthing of the machine during fuelling, as a
precaution against the generation of frictional electricity, is ordered in
current A.F.Os. Provided this precaution is taken, no restriction need be
imposed on W /T transmissions.
W /T E a rth in g F ittin g s on M asts an d Y ards.
14. Ships staffs should inspect the earthing fittings on masts and yards
annually to see that they conform with the general requirements of
Specification No. 9521. This specification is only supplied to dockyards but
the general arrangement of typical connections is shown in A.F.O.
Diagram 35/36 (1-5).
15. After firings and painting down aloft, ships are to make sure th a t all
earthing fittings are clean and making good contact, any doubtful contact
bolts being unscrewed, contact surfaces cleaned and bolts screwed up tight
again.
16.
Should spars be added, or existing spars modified, ships staff must
make the necessary earthing arrangements for all metal bands and fittings
and for extending the lightning conductor where necessary, A.F.O.
Diagram 35/36 (1-5) being used as a guide.
Section 31089/1936
598
1195.Issued Confidentially.
1200.Spheres, CorrectingExchange
(N.S. 4091/36.14.5.1936.)
Reports are occasionally received stating that the pattern of correcting sphere
allowed in the approved compass equipment for a particular ship does not entirely
meet the requirements of the vessel concerned and requesting that spheres of a
different pattern may be supplied in lieu.
2.
When the local magnetic conditions in a ship necessitate the supply of
spheres different from those originally provided, ships may exchange their spheres
for a more suitable pattern without further Admiralty authority.
1 3 5 7 f I ssued Confidentially.
599
Section 31363/1936
For the same reason and also to safeguard the thrust and clutch gear, a
substantial reduction of engine speed must be accepted when towing.
(3) The engines are designed to run on No. 3 petrol or arisings of aviation spirit
except when the latter are lead-doped fuels of high octane number. The approved
lubricating oil, with one exception (see A.F.O. 2044/35) is service special mineral
oil. (The provision of a special lubricating oil suitable for all service types of
internal combustion engines is under consideration.)
(4) Constructionally and by their position in the boat, the engines are as a rule
inaccessible for overhaul or major repairs in place. Special provision has therefore
been made for their ready removal as a whole, and timed demonstrations with each
type have shown th at this operation can be carried out in two hours or less.
(5) In addition, spare engines are provided in the ratio of one spare to four
working, or such higher proportion as may be necessary to ensure that at least one
spare is available for each type of engine allocated to each ship, flotilla or Establish
ment concerned. A generous allowance of spare gear based on the number of working
engines is also provided with each boat.
(6 ) In the absence of any instructions to the contrary, the spare engines are
to be carried on board by all ships, except Leaders and Destroyers. For Leaders
and Destroyers they are to be carried in the Depot ship, or if there is no Depot
ship, in the Dockyards or Parent ship.
In the case of boats attached to home and foreign ports or other Establishments,
the engines should be refitted by the associated Dockyard unless adequate facilities
exist in the Establishment itself.
Section 31363/1936
600
Section 31363/1936
601
(12)
Following is a list of the boats with types of engines fitted, and trial load
for setting throttle-stop :
Fast Type Motor Boats
Boat.
Approx. No.
of boats on
service
ordered or
provided
for in 1936.
Types of engines
fitted and No.
of cylinders.
20
Power 6
Parsons K . 6M
Thornycroft R.B .6
Vosper V.8
Pow er 6
Power
25
Thornycroft R.D .6
Power 6
Vosper V .8
Power 6
Parsons K . 6M
Birmal 6
Pow er 6
Vosper V .8
Thornycroft R.A.4
Power 6
Power 4
127
48
Vosper 4
Power 4
Birmal 4.
Ferry C.M.4
*
Thornycroft R.A.4
Paragraph 13.
The approximate power and speed of revolution corresponding to the
Continuous and Emergency ratings of the engines is :.
T ype of Engine.
Vosper V .8 ...
Vosper 4
Pow er 6
Power 4
Thornycroft R.B .6 ...
Thornycroft R.D .6
Thornycroft R.A.4*...
Thornycroft R.H.4
Parsons K.6M
Birmal 4
Ferry C.M.4 ...
Birmal 6
Continuous Rating
P ow er/R .P .M .
60/2,800
40/2,500
60/2,300
24/2,800
120/1,700
110 2,000
50/2,100
18/2,300
110 2,200
27/2,700
Not yet established
Emergency Rating
P ow er/R .P .M .
75/3,000
50/2,700
95/3,000
28/3,000
150/1,950
140/2,500
70/2,500
24/3,000
140/2,500
32/3,000
Section 31363/1936
602
Paragraph 14.
Spare EnginesHistory Record
The procedure for taking the spare engines on charge and accounting for their
subsequent transfers is indicated in the following paragraphs :
(a) The engines will be identified by the makers name and number, and a
separate sheet for the insertion of the relevant particulars will be
supplied for each engine (whether actually fitted or spare) for inclusion
in Form D.320B. This sheet is intended to provide a record of the
history of the engine. When the engine described is fitted in a boat,
the sheet is to be inserted in the D.320B for the boat ; when supplied
or held as spare, the sheet is to be enclosed in the covers of this form,
with the title suitably amended, to show the make and type (but not
the number) of the engine referred to.
(b) When a boats engine is changed, Form D.320B for the boat is to be
adjusted accordingly by the transfer of the appropriate history sheets.
When a spare engine is re-allocated, the history sheet for the particular
engine transferred is to accompany the engine.
(c) Sheets and Forms are to be prepared in accordance with the above
instructions for each fast motor boat and spare engine at present on
charge. In the cases of engines which have already been transferred,
the relevant history sheets are to be brought up to date and the
particulars required are to be furnished as fully as practicable.
Forms D.320B and history sheets are to be prepared by Dockyards
for fast motor boats and spare engines at the Yards and by Ships
Officers having fast motor boats and/or spare engines on their charge.
In the latter case, any question which may arise as to the particulars
of the engines on charge should be referred to the Dockyard from
which the boats or engines were issued.
(d) Forms D.320B for fast motor boats supplied in future and a history sheet
for each new engine are to be prepared as indicated in the above
instructions and should be issued in accordance with the usual
distribution for D.320B.
In the case of new spare engines, certificates A and B, amended as necessary,
are to be included with the history sheet.
D.320B.History Sheets are being provided and demands for these sheets
should be made as necessary on R.N. Store Depot, Royal Victoria Yard, Deptford.
A supply for immediate requirements is being made to the C.-in-C., Mediterranean,
for use in connection with boats attached to ships of the Mediterranean Fleet.
(.A .F .0 . 2044/35.)
(S.D. 328/36.11.6.1936.)
Type 43X as fitted in a large number of ships is of an out-of-date design and
unstable. It has therefore been decided that it may be replaced, if found desirable,
in capital ships, cruisers, aircraft carriers, depot and repair ships of the Home and
Mediterranean Fleets by a more modern set, to be known as type 43Y, which may be
operated direct from 220 volt mains, and should be made up in accordance with the
following instructions.
2.
Stores.The majority of the components must be made up on board or
purchased from W/T improvement funds. In certain cases, however, suitable
pattern articles exist. Where these are already available as spares for W/T sets
603
Section 31440/1936
fitted, they are to be used without demands being made in replacement. If they are
not carried, ships concerned may demand them, quoting this order as authority.
The pattern article stores are as follows :
Pattern No.
Article.
7439
Valves, N T 20..................................................
8416
Holders for valve, wireless, 4-pin (box of parts)
8426
Washer, flexible, for 4-pin R valve mounting
8221a
Condenser, fixed, 0-5 jars ...
4997
Condenser with feet, 1 mfd.
8224 or 8441 Condenser, fixed, 0-1 mfd. ...
8417
Resistance rod, 2 in., 20,000 ohms
7463
Resistance rod, 2j in., 5,000 ohms
7569
Ammeter, 2 \ in. dial R.F., 0-1 amp.
Number.
6
3 (boxes)
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
3.
Constructional Details. A.F.O. Diagram 55/36 shows the circuit, which
consists of a modulator, master oscillator, and output stage, each of which uses an
NT20 valve. The master oscillator must be screened from the remainder of the set,
as shown by the dotted line. The aerial tuning condenser should also be screened
from hand capacity.
4. The values of the components are as follows
Most suitable
Pattern Number.
C ll...........
R1 and R2
R 3 ..............
R 4 ..............
Aerial ammeter
LI, L2
L3
L4 ...
L5
L6
0-5 to 5 jars
......................................
8221a
1 or 2 mfd.
...
...
...
...
4997
0-1 mfd.
...................................... 8224 or 8441
0*0005 mfd. variable.
0-15 cm. semi-variable.
0-0002 mfd.
20.000 ohms
...
...
...
...
8417
5.000 ohms
...
...
...
...
7463
284 ohms
1 amp. R.F.
...
...
...
...
7569
Antiparasitic chokes. 20 turns of thin wire (No. 26 to
34 S.W.G.) on f in. or \ in. former spaced 12 turns
per inch.
18 turns of No. 18 S.W.G. on 2 in. former (preferably
Becol or other similar ribbed material), wound
8 turns per inch, H.T. tapping fixed 7 turns from
grid end of coil.
16 turns of thin wire (No. 26 to 34 S.W.G.) interleaved
with L3 on the same former, centre tapped, and
placed with one end of winding near grid end of L3,
leaving the last two turns of L3 free.
R/F choke, wound with No. 34 S.W.G. on 1 in. former
6 in. winding length, spaced winding, with space
about equal to diameter of wire between turns.
Should have at least 50 microhenries inductance.
A suitable coil may be constructed of 30 turns,
4 in. diameter, of No. 18 bare S.W.G. copper wound,
6 turns per inch, on four or six ebonite pillars, drilled
or slotted to take the wire. Alternate turns should
have solder tags, or short pieces of wire soldered to
them for tapping purposes. These tappings should be
spaced round the diameter of the coil to avoid the
clips shorting turns. The clips can be commercial
crocodile clips. Alternatively, this coil may be
wound with No. 18 D.S.C. S.W.G. copper on a 3 in.
former. About 36 turns in two inches of winding
length should give sufficient inductance for timing.
To provide tapping points it is recommended that
four strips of Empire cloth be placed vertically down
the former and every second turn of the winding be
placed above one of the strips of cloth to provide
points for soldered connections. If each piece o
Section 31440/1936
604
4594/36. 11.6.1936.)
605
Section 31445/1936
Yellow.
Blue.
Green.
Pink.
Black.
P ip e S ervice.
C olour o f flange.
Vermilion.
Black.
(T. 782/36.18.6.1936.)
When the existing sword matting type of torpedo securing bands become
defective they are to be replaced by similar bands of wire ribbon.
2.
An item for this work should be inserted in the next defect lists of the vessels
concerned.
(T. 1698/36.18.6.1936.)
It has been brought to notice that several union nuts, Pattern No. 1802, in
connection with the engine H.P. air systems in H.M. submarines, have developed
small cracks on the outer face of the flange at the end of the nut.
2. In some instances these cracks may be seen under visual examination, whilst
in other cases they have shown up after polishing and etching with a dilute solution
of nitric acid.
3. Union nuts of this pattern should be examined by dep6t ships staffs and
dockyards when these systems are stripped down, and any nuts found defective
should be replaced.
Section 31499/1936
606
2. In order to minimise the risk of electrical shock to the operator when using
the Foam type of extinguisher in submarines, in dealing with fires in the neighbour
hood of electrical fittings, all extinguishers of this type in submarines are to be
fitted with a 4-ft. length of flexible hose of insulated material, together with a
12-in. nozzle, also of insulated material. The two handles on the extinguishers are
also to be covered with split rubber tubing, Pattern 20 or Pattern C.2415C, secured
by insulated tape.
3. The present respirator, anti-gas, gives protection against smoke and may
be used where such protection is necessary, but it must be borne in mind that
this respirator does not make any provision for lack of oxygen, nor does it afford
any protection against CO or C0 2 gas.
4. I t is undesirable to use D.S.E. apparatus for fire fighting.
5. The anti-flash gloves already provided should be worn as necessary.
1500.Issued Confidentially.
607
Section 31556/1936
The grease guns used for the greases should also be correspondingly
painted.
3. Belmoline R.B. is a softer grade of soda soap grease than H.M .P.
and is suitable a t low as well as high temperatures. In order to simplify
procedure and avoid the risk of accidental mixing of greases of entirely
different types, early discontinuance of the use of Stauffer C (a lime soap
grease) is desirable.
Every favourable opportunity should therefore be
taken to comply with (d ).
4. Attention is drawn to the importance of cleanliness in dealing with
lubricating greases. Grease containers, P attern 4415 (the collapsible tubes
referred to in paragraph 2) which hold approxim ately l j lbs. of grease, were
introduced for the purpose of keeping greases free from grit, dust or other
foreign m atter and to render their application easy. The use of these con
tainers should also result in economy by reducing waste incidental to the
abstraction of grease from open-top containers in small quantities.
5. This Order supersedes all previous instructions respecting the type of
grease to be used for the lubrication of the ball and roller bearings of
electrical machinery (other than high speed W /T machinery).
6. Purchase of a first supply of Belmoline R.B. grease has been arranged
as follows, at a cost of about 4\d . a lb..
Chatham .
602 lbs.
Sheerness.
392 lbs.
P ortsm ou th .
D evon port.
336 lbs.
A further 2,247 lbs. in 7-lb. shipment tins are being purchased for delivery
at Chatham, and should be distributed as follows:
.............
896 lbs.
M a l t a ....................................
Gibraltar
.........................
.............
28
Simonstown .........................
.............
91
.............
896
Hong Kong .........................
Bermuda
.........................
.............
224
Trincomalee ..............
.............
112
Future demands should be on the basis of expenditure.
7.
O.U. 6184/30 (Instructions for the Maintenance of Naval Ordnance
and Gun Mountings) w ill be amended accordingly in due course.
1607* j
I ssued Confidentially.
Section 31609/1936
608
(T. 182/36.2.7.1936.)
T.N.T. demolition stores, when issued, are to be stowed as follow s:
T .N .T . blocks in a steel locker to be fitted by dockyard in the
steering compartment.
G .E. P rim e rs in the small arms magazine; ships staff arranging
stowage.
D eto n a to rs in the detonator locker; a large locker, or small addi
tional locker being supplied and fitted by the dockyard when necessary.
2.
An item is to be inserted in the next list of Alterations and Additions,
with Classification B.
(D. 6687/362.7.1936.)
With a view to preventing damage to skiffs and casings in H.M.
submarines, arrangements are to be made, on each occasion of refit, for an
item for a special survey of the boat casing to be included in the defect
list.
Modification.
Purpose.
Ships affected.
Consequent on modi
fication B.
Ajax
Amphion
Apollo
Arethusa
Galatea
Medway
Sydney
609
Section 31720/1936
Refer
ence.
Modification.
Purpose.
To avoid delay in
switching on.
To indicate :
(a) That set is
working.
(b) If the other con
trol box is in
use.
To provide increased
power output and
to improve in
telligibility
of
speech.
Ships affected.
Achilles
Ajax
Amphion
Apollo
Arethusa
Exeter
Galatea
Leander
Medway
Neptune
Orion
Sydney
Ajax
Amphion *
Apollo *
Arethusa
Galatea
Sydney
N o te*
Amphion
and Apollo
have already
been fitted.
Note.Sets thus modified will become type 404A.
Ajax
Amphion
Apollo
Arethusa
Galatea
Sydney
To improve power
and intelligibility
of reproduction
and to provide
greater protection
from weather.
Ajax
Amphion *
Apollo *
Arethusa
Galatea
Sydney
and in other
miscellaneous
services.
Note *.Already
modified
in
Amphion
and Apollo.
2.
The fitting of a duplicate alternator was ordered in Admiralty Letter S.D.
1007/34 dated 7.1.35 and 23.1.35. When these have been fitted, all ships fitted
with Type 403, 403X and 404 will have duplicate alternators.
(C30235)
Section 31720/1936
610
3. The reason for fitting duplicate alternators in type 404 is to enable alternators
to be changed over periodically under the conditions of continuous running resulting
from modification B (described below).
Modification B . Types 403, 403X and 404 to be adjusted fo r Continuous Running .
Pattern No.
4064
7469
Description.
Quantity.
...
...
...
...
2
2
10. Owing to the inadequate power and low intelligibility of Type 404 sets
when feeding Pattern 8888/A loudspeakers, it was found necessary to increase the
power of these sets and to remove the low notes to improve the intelligibility of
speech. These improvements are effected by fitting a new high-efficiency power
amplifier (Pattern 2459 with driver unit, Pattern 2460) in lieu of the three existing
power amplifiers, Pattern 8761A, which are fitted in panel, power amplifier, Pattern
8882. This amplifier delivers 100-watts of undistorted speech power, and the
low notes are removed by a special filter in the driver unit.
Section 31720/1936
611
11. Output Junction Box, Pattern 2006.When the new power amplifier is
fitted, all the loudspeaker groups will be fed from a common source, and a short
circuit at any point of the loudspeaker system would render the complete installation
inoperative. In order to guard against this and to isolate the effect of a short
circuit to the loudspeaker group concerned, a pair of Protecting Resistances
are inserted in each loudspeaker group. The value of these resistances is low
enough to avoid appreciable loss of efficiency under normal conditions, but is high
enough to prevent a fall in power output of more than 50 per cent, in the event of
a short circuit developing on one loudspeaker group.
12. Stores supplied. The following stores will be supplied, without demand, by
S.N.S.O., Portsmouth, to H.M. Ships Ajax, Amphion Apollo, Arethusa,
Galatea and Sydney :
Pattern No.
Description.
Quantity.
Remarks.
8t
I Includes 6 of each
| type as spares.
Zenith type B.0,
U
10 watts.
Zenith type B .l,
30 watts.
Zenith type, B .l,
U
30 watts.
Zenith type, B.2,
1
60 watts.
n
n
u
T.C.C. type 561,
u
size 2JJ in. X
2 ^ in. X -ft in.
u
8t
8f
4629 Condenser, Muirhead, type B.C.169, 4 mfd. -f1 mfd., working voltage 3,000 volts D.C.
Notes.Items marked * and four each of items marked f have been supplied
already to H.M. Ships Apollo and Amphion.
Items marked J are required as spares for Patterns 2459 and 2460.
13. Stores to be returned.Each of the ships mentioned in paragraph
return the following stores :
Pattern No.
8761a
7436
Description.
12
is to
Quantity.
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
15. The existing alarm device, which is similar in Types 403 and 404, is
inadequate when Pattern 8 8 8 8 / a loudspeakers are employed. The question of
improving the alarm note in Type 404A sets fitted in H.M. Ships Ajax,
Amphion, Apollo, Arethusa, Galatea and Sydney, is therefore
being investigated. A further A.F.O. on this subject will be issued shortly.
Modification F . Loudspeakers, Pattern 8888, to be modified to Pattern 8888A
x 2
Section 31720/1936
612
Stores
Compartment or Position.
Class of
Repro
duction.
A
B
Torpedo Control
Spotting Top
Gun Control Tower
H.A. Control Positions
Gun Directors
Pom-pom Directors
Gunnery Transmitting Stations and
Calculating Positions.
A
A
A
A
N
N
A
Remarks.
-
613
Class of
Repro
duction.
Compartment or Position.
Section 31723/1936
Remarks.
Armament Positions
Ammunition Lobbies
Handing Rooms
Turrets
Turret spaces
Gun Batteries
Open Gun Positions
Pom-pom Positions
Searchlights
Admirals Lobby and Quarters
Bathrooms, Ratings ...
Cmd. Officers
,,
Subordinate and W.O.s
Breaker Rooms
Boiler Rooms ...
Captains Lobby and Quarters
Cabin Flats
Cabins in Bridge Superstructure
Capstan Engine Room
Central StoreMain Office ...
Central Communication Office, or
Main Coding Office.
Compass Platform
Conning Tower, Upper
,,
Lower
Dressing Rooms and Kit Locker Flats
Dynamo Rooms
Engine Rooms ...
Galley, Ships Main
Galleys, other than Ships Main
Heads, Seamens
,,
other than Seamens ...
Hydraulic Engine Room
Living Spaces generally
Spaces where men usually sleep
Life-buoy Sentrys Sea Position
Low Power Rooms
Machinery Spaces generally other than
Engine Rooms, Boiler Rooms and
Workshops.
Messes, Ratings
,,
Officers
B
A
B
A
A '
A
N
B
B
B
N.
B.
N.
B.
B.
N.
B.
A.
N.
N.
B.
B.
N.
B.
B.
N.
A.
B.
N.
A.
B.
A.
N.
N.
A.
B.
N.
B.
B.
B.
~ ...
- B.
x3
Section 31723/1936
Compartment or Position.
614
Class of
Repro
duction.
Remarks.
Officescontinued.
'
Ships
Captains
Victualling ...
W/T other than Central Communi > N.
cation Office or Main Coding
Office.
Signal Distributing Office ...
Reading Rooms
A.
Recreation Spaces
A.
Repair Party (Action) positions
N.
Seaboats Crews Sea Position
Submerged Torpedo Flats employed as
such.
Sick Bay
Soda F ountain...
Switchboard, Main
L.P..................................
Steering Compartment (Auxiliary
Steering Position).
Store Rooms
Transmitter Rooms, W/T
Telephone Exchange ...
Upper Deck generally
Upper Deck Spaces where men congre
gate.
Workshops, Engineers
,,
other than
Watchkeepers : Compartments where
Watchkeepers only are stationed.
A.
A.
B.
A.
A.
N.
N.
N.
N.
A.
B.
A.
A.
B.
N.
4.
This policy is applicable only for future guidance in new construction and
ships th at are being re-equipped and is not to form the basis for proposed alterations
or additions in existing ships.
615
Section 31771/1936
One and one spare, irrespective of the number of aircraft cranes fitted.
Other Ships carrying Aircraft
x4
Section 31779/1936
616
Demands from H.M. ships concerned, in commission, for the additional grab now
allowed are to be forwarded to Portsmouth. Grabs for H.M. ships under con
struction and those undergoing large repairs are to be obtained from Portsmouth
by the Storing Dockyards. The grabs will continue to be made at Chatham as
hitherto.
The Establishment of Naval Stores for executive purposes will be amended
as necessary.
Two spare garter springs will accompany each grab and demands for their
replacement should be made to the issuing dockyard. A lead weight for weighting
the upper end of the strop of the quick-release coupling will also be issued with
each grab.
3. The grabs are designed for hoisting aircraft not exceeding 9,000 lb. in weight.
They should be tested annually by lifting a load of 9,000 lb. and with a static test load
of 18,000 lb. The loss of lifting height involved in fitting the grabs is 17 in. I f
the height of lift available precludes the fitting of the grab, the Commanding Officer
of the ship concerned should report to this effect. Reports are not required if the
grab can be used.
4. Description.The grab is illustrated in A.F.O. diagram 90/36. It consists
of two portions, a main portion and a bobbin, which can be automatically coupled
together. The main portion is attached to the shock absorber ponder ball of the
aircraft crane, while the bobbin carries the strop of the quick-release coupling.
A tricing line in two parts, the standing end of which is secured to the main
portion of the grab, passes around sheaves contained in the bobbin and, after the
two parts are married, is led in-board over a sheave at the jib head. By paying
out the tricing line the bobbin may be lowered relative to the main part of the grab
to facilitate hooking on the aircraft, while by lowering the purchase of the crane
and by hauling in the tricing line the bobbin may be automatically coupled to the
main portion of the grab.
Four clips A form part of the main portion of the grab, and are hinged at their
upper end to the clump piece B, which is secured to the shock absorber ponder ball.
The lower ends of the clips A are shaped to engage the bobbin C. A garter spring
H retains the four clips in position when the weight of the aircraft is not being taken.
The standing part of the tricing line D is secured to the clump piece B, and then
led through a central hole in bobbin C and over the sheaves E contained in the
bobbin, and through a spreader J. The two parts of the tricing line are then
married and led in-board over a sheave at the jib head. The bobbin C is disengaged
from the clips A of main portion by means of the cam plate F, which forces the
clips A outwards against the action of the garter spring H.
5. The grabs when issued from Store are coated with Minerva brightpart
coating. This should be removed by an application of turpentine or paraffin, and
the grabs lubricated with heavy torpoyl or thick mineral grease.
6. I f it is found possible to dispense with the lead ball fitted to the grab for
overhauling the tricing line, the ball is to be removed.
617
Section 31817/1936
2 re t
,<2 0
2 7t . 2 tc t
0 = 0O cos
and
= -0 O
sm
Where 0 =
0O =
T =
t =
6. The maximum rate of roll, which occurs when the ship passes through
> (
T
3 \ .
2 7c
.
T
the vertical yi.e., t = - o r - T l is therefore
x maximum roll. In practice,
however, simple harmonic motion does not obtain, due to the irregular effect of waves,
and in making allowances for the maximum rate of roll, e.g., in the design of gyro
firing gear, it is usual to add 35 per cent, to the result obtained by the above
formula for rate of roll.
7. It should be noted that the amount of roll out to out is in general of
no technical importance.
(G. 3249/36.23.7.1936.)
An instance has been reported recently where the rotor of a Henderson
gyro had fractured, apparently due to defective bearings.
2. Special attention should therefore be given to ensure that worn or
slack bearings supporting gyro rotors are replaced with the least possible
delay.
3. Dockyards should ensure that the bearings of sets of gyro firing gear
issued from store are in an efficient condition before delivery to the ship
concerned.
Section 31822/1936
618
(G. 2147/36.23.7.1936.)
When destroyers are being prepared for Maintenance Reserve, mount
ings for two Lewis guns are to be retained on board, and the remainder
returned to the dockyard and placed on deposit for the vessels.
1826.
1827.
1832. V Issued Confidentially.
1833.
1835.
1837. Refuse Destructors Responsibility for Operation
(E.-in-C./N.L. 1719/36. 23.7.1936.)
With reference to Engineering Manual, Article 1 (o), the responsibility of the
Engineer Officer in connection with all Refuse Destructors is analagous to his
responsibility for steam cookers, steam bakery plant and oil-fired cooking plant, and
comprises maintenance of the plant in an efficient condition, supplemented by a
measure of supervision adequate to ensure that it is properly operated.
2.
It should not normally require a specially trained rating actually to operate
the plant, but in order to implement the provisions of paragraph 1, an Engine Room
rating should be detailed to supervise the operation.
1839.1
1875* f I ssued Confidentially.
1884.'J
1885. Torpedo Stores Washers, Paper, Joint between Port Lug
of Gyro and Seating, St. No. 627 Thickness
(A.S. 4319/36. 30.7.1936.)
A case has recently been reported of a joint washer, St. No. 627, blowing out
during the run of a 21-in., Mark I X torpedo, thus causing an erratic run.
2. This washer was found to be thickly and unevenly coated with wax, and
consequently a good air joint could not be made.
3. All washers, St. No. 627, are therefore to be examined before use, and any
found with uneven surfaces caused by surplus of wax are to be rejected.
619
Section 31S92/1936
Section 31896/1936
620
6 in.
1ft.
1 in.
l* lb .
15
15
2
4.
Reports are to be rendered in twelve months time indicating whether use
has been made of the apparatus.
621
Section 32058/1936
Section 32111/1936
622
Confidentially.
623
Section 32122/1936
Section 32134/1936
624
3. When a new list on loose leaf forms is prepared from the Old Fixture
Lists D.6G, or Combined List D.6, the letters indicated below are to be shown
on the form D.6G (or D.6) against the items so dealt with
(a ) Those actually included in the new list of portable fittings, spare
gear, drawings, etc.
( b ) Those omitted from the new lists in accordance with paragraph 2
above and paragraph 2 of A.F.O. 2533/35.
(c) Those items transferred to the Central Store Account in accordance
with paragraph 2 above and paragraph 2 of A.F.O. 2533/35, and
a notation to this effect made on the old form.
A list in triplicate of the items marked (C ) should be furnished by the
Dockyard Professional Departments concerned to the (Superintending)
Naval Store Officer, who should forward one copy to the Accounting Officer
of the ship and one to the Admiralty (N .S.), the third copy being retained for
record purposes. The list should contain a full description of each item,
including pattern number, together with sufficient information to enable the
Accounting Officer to obtain receipts from the officer concerned and to
record the articles in the Central Store Account as a permanent loan.
4. In the case of new ships building by contract care is to be taken that
the items shown in Appendix (3) are included in the lists furnished by
Contractors showing details of the sea stores supplied by them in accord
ance with the building specification.
5. Similar lists should be prepared by Dockyard Professional Officers
for dockyard-built ships.
6. The principles set out in this Order apply to all ships, and lists in
accordance with these instructions should be provided in all new ships and
all other ships where provision of new lists is approved.
A p p e n d ix
1.
625
Section 32134/1936
Binoculars.
Inclinometers. Ji When not supplied as sea stores.
Turret hand rammers.
Slings, vertical, for lifting projectiles in turrets.
Tanks, iron, for gun rags, etc.
Tanks, iron, in store rooms.
Tanks, steel.
Travellers to overhead rails.
Trolleys for transporting (only trolleys of special type to be shown
others to be dealt with as sea stores).
Ready-use ammunition and cordite lockers.
Workshop machinery
Shaping machine.
1 Details as regards makers name, etc., also to
na
-nS'
>
,
f
D rilling machine, etc., J! be shown in lists.
and spare parts and gear.
Spares for bollards.
Any other items of a portable or semi-portable nature not shown above.
A p p e n d i x 2.
Section 32134/1936
626
Voice-piping, flexible.
Vices.
Pressure gauges.
Hoses for washing out tanks ( i f standard).
Rangefinders, under 9-ft., and mountings for.
( A .F .0 . 2533/35.)
Th'i list of portable fittings and spare gear for the Torpedo Warrant
Officer has been revised on the following lines:
I t has been decided to divide the items at present included in the lists
into the following categories:
(a ) Items shown in O.U. 6137 (Electrical Equipments in H.M. Ships)
or scheduled on as fitted drawings, which can be considered
as part of the structure of the ship or which are not of an easily
portable or removable nature, need not be accounted for in the
new list of fittings.
(&) Items shown in O.U. 6137 or on as fitted drawings, but which
are of a portable or semi-portable nature, are to be accounted
for in the new list of fittings. Such items are included in
Appendix 1. With a view to avoiding duplication, these items
need not , however, be inserted in detail in the list of fittings but
should be accounted for by reference to O.U. 6137 or fitted
drawings as requisite ( see example in Appendix 3).
(c) Items of a portable nature or which are easily rendered portable,
which are not included in O.U. 6137 or on as fitted drawings,
are to be inserted in detail in the new list of fittings. Such
items are also included in Appendix 1.
( d ) Items which are to be dealt with as sea stores are shown in
Appendix 2. As a general rule spare instruments and spare
parts of instruments, also electrical equipment of the Plug in
type ( e.g, portable lamps, etc.), are to be dealt with as sea
stores and w ill be added to the Sea Store Establishment concerned
if not already included therein.
627
Section 32181/1936
The portion of the O.U. 6137 provided for each particular ship as well
as the fitted drawings are to be taken on charge in the List of Portable
Fittings, etc., and in view of the fact that these documents become reference
lists for accounting purposes, it is essential that these drawings, etc., should
be corrected whenever alterations are made to ships equipments. In this
connection attention is called to Article 594 of Home Dockyard Regulations.
The usual instructions as regards Form D.526 should also be followed in
connection with any alterations to the items which are shown or referred to in
the List of Fittings.
Steps should also be taken to ensure that Spare gear (either on
charge in detail or as per list on box ) is replaced whenever any of the
items are expended in order that the approved allowance of spare gear may
always be available.
The certificates of first supply, transfer between officers, or on paying off,
will be amended to include a reference to the as fitted drawings and
O.U. 6137 so as to cover receipts for the articles referred to in these documents
for which an account is necessary. ( See note on Appendix 1.)
When an existing list is closed and a new one prepared, the letters
indicated below are to be shown against the items in the old list.
(A ) Articles shown on as fitted drawings or in O.U. 6137 for which
an account is not necessary and which need not be shown in the
new list.
(B ) Articles transferred in detail to the new account.
(C ) Articles of which an account is to be kept by means of reference
to as fitted drawings or O.U. 6137. The number of the draw
ing, etc., is to be quoted against each item.
(D ) Articles transferred to the Central Store Account.
A list in triplicate of the items marked (D ) should be furnished by the
Dockyard Technical Department concerned to the (Superintending) Naval
Store Officer who will forward one copy to the Accountant Officer of the ship
and one copy to the Admiralty (N .S.), the third copy being retained for
record purposes. The list should contain a full description of each item,
including pattern number, together with sufficient information to enable the
Accountant Officer to obtain the necessary receipts from the officer concerned
and to record the articles in the Central Store Account as on permanent loan.
The quantities so transferred should also be clearly indicated at the top of
the ledger page with the letters S.G. as a suffix (representing those ex spare
gear, etc., list) in order that the quantity on board may be readily compared
with authorised allowances.
Amendments to existing lists should be confined to the items for which
an account is necessary under the new system.
The principles set out in this order apply to all ships, and lists in accord
ance with these instructions should be provided in all new ships and all other
ships where provision of new lists is approved.
A PPE N D IX I
Items to be included in the List of Portable Fittings, etc.
Items.
All spare gear for all dynamos, motors,
motor generators, etc., as follows :
Armatures.
Field coils.
Small spares (as per list on box).
Remarks.
As in O.U. 6137. I f not referred to in
O.U. 6137, to be shown in detail on
lists of fittings, spare gear, etc. I f a
list of spares is not on the box, the
items are to be shown in detail on the
list of fittings.
Note . Spare gear, for motors, etc.,
required by the Gunner is also to be
included in T.W.O.s account.
Section 32181/1936
628
Items.
Remarks.
If
not included in
Establishment.
the
Sea Store
A PPE N D IX I I
Items to be included in Sea Store Account
(if not already shown)
Section 32181/1936
629
03tT3 s*5
ic
V 5
t .
<S
.2 o
S .a
e
CD
<y
eSjBqQ
jn o q jB jj jo
d iq g
o^ paSj^qo-ey;
c S
2|l
pxeog
uo y 0-1
^isodaQ
uo
OJO^g jo
ujn^ay;
a
Ji
i^i^UBn)
jo
U O I'J'B U IU IO U O Q
C
<u
U Jh
o 3?
u o
eS Cb
O fi
S
A
00
Qurj
2 P
&H
Section 32256/1936
630
3. After drill the breech mechanism is always to be stripped down and lubricated.
4. (i) In order to save wear with the component mechanisms of guns, 4 in.,
Marks V and V* and A.V and V*, on H.A., Mark IV mountings, the service spare
breech block and one pair of spare extractors only should be used for the purposes
of drill, whenever this course is practicable.
(ii) The spare breech block and pair of spare extractors should be shifted as
requisite from gun to gun, when time and circumstances permit.
(iii) Extractors which have not been repaired should not be used for drill but
should be reserved for service firings.
631
Section 32318/1936
(T. 1958/36.17.9.1936.)
Cases have occurred of the shearing of the split taper pins securing the
cam operating the top stop due to the effort required to lift the stop when
the torpedo is bearing hard on the stop face.
2. To remedy this, the face of the stop bolt is to be tapered off as shown
in A.F.O. Diagram 103/36.
3. The modification is to be carried out by ships or depot ship s staffs in
vessels in commission and by the dockyards concernedfor spare torpedo
tubes and those under manufacture.
4. Where the vessels have not yet had their torpedo equipment trials, the
modification is to be carried out by the dockyard equipment party.
5. The number of spare taper split pins for securing the cam operating
the top stop is to be increased to 2 per mounting. The additional pins
required are to be provided by the ship s or depot ship s staff.
21-in., IX -IX *.
Chests, tools and spare gear, 21-in., IX -IX *.
Chests, tools and spare gear, for destroyers and submarines, 21-in.,
II- II* * * * * , IV -IV *.
5. Demands for the quantities required to complete the above chests are
to be forwarded to the nearest torpedo depot.
6. Labels of chests and torpedo store accounts are to be amended an
necessary.
Section 3 2321/1936
632
of a
The
that
over
Dockyards
(G. 4779/36.24.9.1936.)
A defect in a U.F. 1 rangefinder has occurred in which one of the brass
pads secured to the reflector mirror by a special cement had become detached.
2. The method of mounting the mirrors in built up end reflectors of
FX, FM, 3, 5, 6, and 7, UF, U K, and UD4 instruments employed by the
makers is by the use of the undermentioned special cement:
Pitch
........................................
4 parts
Gutta percha .............................. ..... 4 ,,
Shellac ............................................. 5 ,,
Resin
............................................. 2 ,,
3. The pitch is first melted and then the other ingredients added in the
above-mentioned order. I t is not considered desirable to provide a supply
of this cement owing to its probably infrequent use, and it should be made
up when necessary.
cover,
shutter
operating
633
Section 32428/1936
Remove complete unit and drill and tap in spot centre positions for
O.B.A. fixing screws (item 6). Replace and tighten by means of the fixing
screws.
I f it is found that further horizontal adjustment is necessary this can
be obtained by the clearance holes in plate of lampholder (item 1) and by
the clearance holes in the projector casing.
6. To F it New Spring for Shutter.Unscrew spring support on the arm
of the operating handle and drill out the hole that this is fitted into with
257-in. diameter drill (F. Morse).
Insert new spring support (item 14) so that the slot faces towards the
front of the projector, rivet over on back, drill through both arm and spring
support with -169 in. (18 Morse) diameter drill for rivet (item 15) and rivet
in position.
7. To F it New Stops for Shutter Operating Handle. Remove existing
stops and true up underneath face of bottom support ( i f necessary) and
file
in. off inside of each support as shown on diagram.
D rill out existing holes in supports with 201-in. diameter drill (7 Morse)
and insert new stops (item 16) together with shim washers, shake-proof
washers and nuts (items 17, 18 and 19).
Replace shutter and shutter operating mechanism and file bottom face
of operating arm so that it strikes face of lower stop squarely and shutter
opens through 90. I t may be necessary to twist slightly the top stop support
to ensure that the arm also strikes this face squarely.
8. To F it New Shutter Open Stop P in . With shutter operating
handle fully depressed and shutter in full open position drill A-in. diameter
hole through pinion and ^ in. deep into barrel in position shown.
D rill -in. diameter hole in barrel in position shown for attaching chain
and pin (item 20).
D rill A-in. diameter hole in front of ventilation louvre as shown for
stowage of pin (item 20) when not in use.
Section 32497/1936
634
(G. 2409/36.8.10.1936.)
With reference to the investigation referred to in paragraph 1 (a ) of
A.F.O. 440/35, the modification necessary to the above receivers is shown on
A.F.O. Diagram 120/36. This diagram gives instructions for fitting a second
lamp to the dials of the instruments concerned.
2. Ships concerned are to include an item in their lists of alterations
and additions to cover this modification. The item to be classified B.
3. A report is to be forwarded through the Administrative Authorities
when this alteration has been completed.
(A .F .O . UO/85.)
635
Section 32578/1936
3.
Instructions for Filling Cartridge Cases (see A .F .O . Diagram 128/86).
Coat the threads of a primer percussion No. 1 with luting and screw it into
the base of the cartridge case. Place a safety clip over the primer and stand
the case base end down on a block grooved to clear the clip.
Insert the split paper ring with the end marked TOP uppermost.
This ring is slotted longitudinally to facilitate the rolling up necessary to
enable it to enter the mouth of the case.
When inserted, the tool No. 2 is used so that the toe of the coned end
bears against the underlapping edge of the p^per ring, then, with the aid
of the wedge end of the tool No. 3, this edge can be manipulated into align
ment with the other edge.
The charge is then placed in position with choked end up and finally the
leatherboard cup is pressed into position with the parallel end of tool No. 2.
Sketch (A ).
(ii ) Drain holes, -1875 in. diameter, should be drilled in the tripod
legs, as shown in Sketch (B).
(ii i) A filling piece should be fitted to the crosshead arm, as shown in
Sketch (C ), as necessary, for aligning purposes.
(iv ) A stop should be fitted to the crosshead arm web, as shown in
Sketch (D ), as necessary, to prevent the fuze spring box
bearing on the side arm of the crosshead.
(v ) Chains with split links should be fitted in the elevating and cross
head joint pins as shown in Sketch (E ). Split links will be
issued by Portsmouth Yard on demand.
(v i) A packing washer should be fitted in the elevating nut, as shown
in Sketch (F ) to take up play in the elevating gear.
N o te .Tripod legs should not be immersed in tanks for
cleaning purposes.
2. The work involved should be carried out by ships staffs, depot ships
staffs and staffs of Naval establishments concerned, excepting in the case of
item ( i) where the work should be done by yards at the first opportunity.
3. Mountings at yards are to be modified before issue.
Section 32590/1936
636
637
Section 32642/1936
(T. 3416/36.5.11.1936.)
Approval has been given to introduce electrolytic condenser boxes,
Patterns 3432, 3433 and 3434, instead of Patterns, 8163, 8162 and 8161, for
service in the M-type motor circuits of H.M. Ships Glasgow, Sheffield
and Birmingham, and of vessels of the 1935 and later programmes,
Warspite and other ships subsequently undergoing large repairs or
re-construction.
2. Boxes, Patterns 3432, 3433 and 3434, are to conform with drawing
number D.T.M. 2564, pending the preparation of Schedule drawings.
Distribution of drawing number D.T.M. 2564 to dockyards and Overseers
concerned has been, arranged.
3. Provision of the appropriate electrolytic condenser boxes and the
relevant circuits are specified in the wiring diagrams issued for the ships
concerned.
4. Supply of boxes required
for installation in H.M.
Birmingham, Aurora and Warspite is being arranged.
Ships
Section 32682/1936
638
to
show the
length
as
4. I t should be borne in mind that although the chain will prevent chafe,
a possibility of fouling the tail of the paravane remains, with consequent
deep running or heavy oscillation. The use of chain in no way obviates the
necessity for seeing that the float is towing astern correctly with the wire
taut before veering the paravane from the stern block.
5. I t is, however, anticipated that the chain will be less liable to remain
foul than the plain wire. Reports are to be forwarded where the paravane
is recovered with the chain foul, or where there is any evidence to show that
the chain has fouled the paravane for any length of time. In the event of
such occurrences proving frequent, it may be found necessary to forego the
use of chains when sweeping on service, and to accept the possibility of the
occasional loss of floats.
(S.D. 1143/36.19.11.1936.)
In the present design of Board 2GB, Pattern 6429m , the change-over link
arrangement for the bobbin circuit of the auto-transformer contactors to the
two thirds voltage tapping for emergency use, consists of standard pattern
fuse clips, in which a tubular link is inserted.
639
Section 32804/1936
2900.1
2903. Y Issued Confidentially.
2995. J
2996. Navigational and Plotting Equipment Modifications
Hardy and H Glass and earlier Flotilla Leaders and Destroyers
(D. 9915/36. 10.12.1936.)
Lighting of the Plot
It has been decided to modify the lighting of the plot in Hardy and H
Class and all earlier flotilla leaders and destroyers fitted with plotting tables.
Details of the modification are as follows :
(a) Two in number, Pattern 9118, telescopic lighting fittings, modified as
shown on drawing number D.E.E. 5322 (shade, Pattern 9124A, being
used in lieu of Pattern 9125) are to be fitted and existing fittings
removed. Fittings, Pattern 9118, should be shortened if necessary, and
cap, Pattern 9025 or Pattern 4485, arranged for as required.
Section 32996/1936
640
(6) A dimmer, similar in type to Pattern 8932 (but without lamp and switch),
is to be fitted at the plot to control the two lamps in parallel. The
resistance values should be arranged to give from full to half voltage
at the lamp terminals.
2. Commanding Officers of the ships concerned are,to insert an item in their
next list of alterations and additions (classification B ), to cover this modification.
Clocks for Plotting Tables
3. The clocks incorporated in the tables are not intended as time indicators
and it is undesirable to alter them to serve this purpose. An 8-day chart-house
clock, Pattern 307, is, therefore, to be allowed to each flotilla leader and destroyer
fitted with a plotting table. The clock should be fitted in a convenient position
adjacent to the tables.
4. Purchase of 74 clocks, Pattern 307, is being arranged for delivery to the
yards shown, for distribution and issue, without demand, to the vessels indicated :
Chatham.
Campbell.
Bulldog.
Brilliant.
Electra.
Escort.
Encounter.
Firedrake.
Foxhound.
Fortune.
Keith.
Crescent.
Keppel.
Malta
Hong Kong
Portsmouth
Devonport.
Basilisk.
Boreas.
Brazen.
Boadicea.
Blanche.
Echo.
Exmouth.
Eclipse.
Esk.
Escapade.
Express.
Fearless.
Faulknor.
Foresight.
Fury.
Fame.
Forester.
Mackay.
Wallace.
Cygnet.
Crusader.
Kempenfelt.
Woolston.
Codrington and Acasta Class.
Grenville and Greyhound Class.
Hardy and Hero Class.
Comet.
Douglas.
Duncan and Defender Class.
7. All leaders and destroyers fitted with a view plot are to include in their
lists of alterations and additions an item, classified B, whereby the eyepieces,
Pattern 55, are to be adapted, in accordance with drawing No. A/S. 5306/1, to
oontain two plain glasses, in order to prevent updraught from the plotting position.
Section 33041/1936
641
Valve Opening.
...
...
...
...
...
...
-21 + -09
0
*34-f- *12
0
-25 + 03
0
*35 + -03
- 0
Y
Section 33111/1936
642
In the case of the 21-in., Marks II-IV *, 21-in., Marks V -IX *, and 24^-in.,
Mark I torpedoes, valves are supplied of varying sizes increasing in thickness as
follows :
St. No. 2678A = -03 thicker than St. No. 2678.
St. No. 2678B = -03 thicker than St. No. 2678A.
St. No. 2678C = -03 thicker than St. No. 2678B.
(2)
Valves of sufficient thickness to give the necessary valve opening are to be
fitted, but further rectification of seat must not be carried out when, with the
thickest valve in position (St. No. 2678C), the valve opening exceeds that laid down.
The necessary corrections to handbooks concerned will be issued.
643
Section 316/1937
1937
16. Royal Marines Allowance of -303-in. Ammunition for
Annual Range Courses
(R.M./G. 7010/36.7.1.1937.)
The annual allowance of -303-in. ammunition authorised for Royal
Marines serving afloat (K in g s Regulations and Admiralty Instructions,
Article 774) is as follows:
P e r man.
(a )
Annual range c o u r s e ..............................
( b ) (i) Additional for each man qualifying as a
130 rds.
Lewis G unner........................................
(ii) For each trained Lewis Gunner (to include
the annual range course) ... * ............
(c )
Vickers guns allotted to Royal Marines ...
390 rds.
325 rds.
5,500 rds. per gun.
y 2
Section 333/1937
644
3.
When new wires are made up, their lengths are to be made as
accurately as possible, but wires may be issued (which, due to refitting or
other causes, differ from these lengths), provided that they are within the
following limits:
Protector paravane towing wires for small cruisers ( D
class and earlier) (from bearing point of thimble to
centre of sleeve pin)
.................................................
6 ins.
Protector paravane towing wires for all other ships and
vessels .............................................................................
12 ins.
H.S.M.S. and T.S.D.S. towing wires
..............................
10 fms.
H.S.M.S. and T.S.D.S. depressor w ire s ..............................
5 fms.
T.S.D.S. float wires ...........................................................
5 fms.
Cutter spans (between centres of sleeve p i n s ) .....................
2 ins.
Depressor span units (between bearing points of thimbles
and centres of sleeve p in s ).................................................
2 ins.
4. The endurance of a wire depends to a very great extent on the manner
in which the splice has been made and the sleeve fitted, and particular
attention must be paid to these details.
5. The eye splice in a protector paravane wire, depressor wire or
depressor extension length is made as follows:Allow 3 ft. for splicing, then
worm, parcel and serve 1 ft. 9 ins. with 3-yarn spunyarn, Pattern C.1460,
and canvas M.N. flax, Pattern 6.
Break the eye round a Pattern 1918 thimble which has had any irregulari
ties or sharp edges removed and which has been lined with leather,
Pattern C.36.
A t the non-splicing end of the serving, the gap between two strands
must be opposite the centre of the score at the end of the thimble.
Note. Admiralty pattern thimbles only may be used; pointed or weaker
thimbles have an adverse effect on the wire.
Whip the rope 2 or 3 inches from the end, cut the end whipping and
whip the strands. Then cut the former whipping and unlay the strands back
to the serving.
Make the first tuck with the whole strand as close to the thimble as
possible, each strand being tucked over one and under one.
Cut the whippings and tease out the strands, then tuck them three more
times whole and once half.
Break off the ends of all wires singly by twisting.
Parcel and serve the splice with canvas and spunyarn, finishing off with
at least three turns of cavelling and a half hitch each side.
6. The method of fitting a towing sleeve is as follows:
Slide on to the rope the sleeve, rubber buffer and internally-coned steel
cup, in that order.
Serve the rope for 1 inch with -^g-inch seizing wire, starting
inches
from the end.
Separate the strands and unlay them back to the serving.
Clean each wire thoroughly, with emery if necessary, and remove all
trace of grease with spirit.
Bend the wires outwards 45 from the serving, and then bend the end
$ inch inwards at right angles.
Push the coned cup up till all the bent wires are inside it.
The edge of the cup should then project inch beyond the wires.
Wind asbestos thread round the rope below the cup to prevent leakage
of white metal.
Place the clip, Pattern 8889, on the rope so that it holds the cup squarely
in position. With three-stranded rope, a spunyarn whipping in addition
to the asbestos is required round the rope to hold the bottom of the clip firm
and central.
Insert the steel cone, Pattern 7849, into the centre of the rope so that it
is below the bent ends of the wires.
Place a teaspoonful of resin in the cup as a flux.
Soldering solutions must not be used.
645
Section 323/1937
Heat the coned cup, taking care not to impair the temper of the wires.
Pour in sufficient molten white metal to fill the coned cup, and allow it to
cool for half an hour. The white metal to be used should be Babbits metal.
Remove the clip, spunyarn and asbestos whippings.
Slide the rubber buffer and sleeve into place.
Screw on the jaw or eye hard up, so that the set screw or locking strip
w ill engage.
In sleeves designed for pre-spewing (Patterns 8835a , 8836a and roller
cutters), one or more washers, Pattern 721k , may be inserted between the jaw
or eye and the white metal pudding if necessary to cause the rubber buffer
to project through the neck of the sleeve.
7.
Fitted paravane towing wires are not to be tested prior to issue for
service, as their strength is ensured by the tests of sample lengths of wire
carried out by the Admiralty Inspector before acceptance from the
manufacturers.
Dockyard officers should use their discretion in the testing, either as a
whole or by sample lengths, of fitted wires which have been in stock for
a considerable period.
Spans, cutter, Pattern 8832, should be subjected to a test load of 6 tons.
2.
The work is to be carried out by ship s staff in the case of vessels in
commission, and by firms building Inglefield and I class destroyers.
(C30235)
y 3
Section 327/1937
646
Type B.
4
2
2
1
4
2
2
1
3.
Supply will be made without demand, and on receipt the Commanders-inChief, China, America and West Indies, East Indies, and Mediterranean stations are
requested to arrange for the facepieces to be issued to selected ships fitted with
F.Q.2 rangefinders for trial.
647
Section 360/1937
4.
Reports are to be forwarded through Administrative Authorities after
sufficient experience has been gained stating
(i) the serviceability of rubber in hot climates.
(ii) whether rangetaking is made uncomfortably hot.
(iii) the degree of eye relief obtained.
(iv) whether any difficulty is experienced in using a gas mask.
(v) any other remarks or recommendations.
Note . The facepieces are intended for use with and without gas masks.
A new snatch block of lighter type, known as Snatch Block, Type L, has
been designed to replace the T.S.D.S. depressor snatch block, Pattern 8821.
2. A trial order for twelve of these blocks has been placed for delivery at
Portsmouth during the current financial year, and the value for liability purposes
is 60. After examination in H.M.S. Vernon, six of these blocks will be issued
to each of the 5th and 6th Destroyer Flotillas, for distribution as desired by
Captains (D).
3. One shackle, Pattern 2156, is to be issued with each snatch block, Type L ,
to connect the block to the grommet strop of the span-unit, Pattern 8831A.
4. Ships supplied with the snatch blocks, Type L , are to return one snatch
block, Pattern 8821, to store in lieu.
5. Ships selected to carry out these trials are to render reports after 6 months
experience, through their administrative authorities embodying remarks on :
(i) Ease of handling,
(ii) Durability, and
(iii) Liability to damage,
in comparison with block, Pattern 8821.
(T. 4306/36.21.1.1937.)
During the process of launching a torpedo into the tube in an L class
submarine the wire from the launching-in press drew from the metal sleeve
which shackles on to the tail bar.
2. The method of securing the wire by means of a sleeve similar to that
used with paravane wires is not considered satisfactory for this service, and
the sleeves are to be replaced by an eye-splice and shackle.
3. The modification is to be made in all submarines in which a sleeve is
fitted, the work being treated as a defect and being done on the next occasion
that the wires require refitting.
Section 3152/1937
648
163.]
164. Issued Confidentially.
165. J
649
Section 3 167/1937
180 ]
243. Guns, Q.F., 4-in. and 4 - 7-in. Easing Back of Cap of Breech
Mechanism Levers when Guns are used for Purposes of Drill
(G. 5298/36. 11.2.1937.)
With reference to A.F.O. 2266/36 it has been found that the removal of the
case firing mechanism or case toggle striker, causes the speed of travel of the breech
block to become excessive, and may cause damage to the mechanism.
2. When drill is carried out with these parts of the mechanism removed, the
cap on the breech mechanism lever should be eased back to reduce the tension on
the spring, actuating, breech block.
3. The approximate number of turns required, which should not be exceeded,
are as follows :
Q.F., 4-in., Mark IV
10 turns.
Q.F., 4-in., Marks V and V* ...
Q.F., 4-in., A, Marks V and V*
Q.F., 4-in., Mark X V .............
20 turns.
Q.F., 4-in., Marks X V I and X V II
25 turns.
Q.F., 4-7-in., Mark V III
15 turns.
Q.F., 4-7-in., Marks IX and IX *
4.
Care should be taken to screw the cap back again to its normal position
when re-assembling the gear, in order that the same tension may be replaced on
the spring for service working.
Section 3247/1937
650
247.
257.
291. V Issued Confidentially.
298.
300.
301. Transferable Gun Mountings Instruction for the Fitting
of Cables and Voicepipes under the Mountings
(T. 4296/36. 18.2.1937.)
In power-worked transferable gun mountings only, it has been decided to make
the Gun Mounting Contractor responsible for the supply and fitting of all cables on,
and leading on to, the mounting, and of all cable clips, screws, glands, etc., required
for fitting these cables. No alteration is made to existing procedure for other
transferable gun mountings.
2. A.F.O. Diagram 91/36 has been amended accordingly, and is re-issued as
A.F.O. Diagram 5/37.
3. The attention of all conoerned is to be directed to the latter diagram, and
Overseers and Dockyard Officers are to ensure that cables and voicepipes are fitted
in accordance with these instructions. Admiralty decision is to be obtained when
any difficulty arises in meeting the requirements.
651
Section 3304/1937
(d) Decrease speed to 8 knots ; when the paravanes have changed into the
Section 3312/1937
652
5. Certain vessels, other than those referred to above, have already been supplied
with Zwicky pumps without the remainder of the standard outfit, and demands
should be forwarded to Devonport by the ships concerned for the items required
to complete their equipment.
6. Ships concerned already in possession of a pump for petrol fuelling service
not conforming to the particulars shown on the diagram should surrender it to the
nearest dockyard on receipt of the standard outfit.
Rosyth ...
The Nore...
. Culver Cliff
Horsea
Flowerdown
Portland Bill
Devils Point
Mount Wise
Home.
Dockyard.
Rosyth.
Chatham.
^Portsmouth.
Portland.
Devonport.
Station.
Overseas.
Dockyard.
Gibraltar...
Malta
Stonecutters
Bermuda
Simonstown
Kranji
Singapore (Dock
yard Signal Stn.)
Gibraltar.
Malta.
Hong Kong.
Bermuda.
Simonstown.
Singapore.
653
Section 3321/1937
4.
The electrical tests enumerated in Chapter V I I I of the handbook should
be carried out and included in the report where necessary.
6.
The transmitter spring should be adjusted and the dynamic lift of the
hammer checked as laid down in paragraphs 53 and 78 (c) of the handbook.
6. The speed of the motor should be checked and if necessary corrected before
comparing the echo sounding depth with accurate lead line soundings, as described
in paragraph 58 of the handbook. One hundred and eighty taps per minute should
be heard in the phones.
7. In comparing echo soundings with lead line soundings it should be remembered
that the scale is graduated for a draught at light draught water line. The excess
of the draught of the ship at the time should be added to the echo sounding.
8. An inspection of the joints between the transmitter and hydrophone tanks
and the hull to ensure watertightness should be made 24 hours after the procedure
outlined in paragraphs 22, 23, 29 and 30 of the handbook have been carried out.
9. The accompanying form, Report of Echo Sounding Equipment Trial,
should be completed in triplicate, two copies of which should be returned to the
Admiralty and the third retained for reference in the ship.
10. In the case of submarines, a fourth copy is to be forwarded direct, for
the information of Rear Admiral (S).
REPORT OF ECHO SOUNDING EQUIPMENT
T R IA L OF
Carried out at
Item.
Receiver
Type.
on
Pattern Serial
Date of Fitted
No.
No. Position Fitting.
by.
Electrical
tests.
Filling and
pressure unit
T ran sm itter
circuit
con
tinuity insu
lation.
H y
drophone
current.
Hydrophone
circuit insu
lation.
Hydrophone
General.
Hydrophone
junction box
Separation.
Draught of
ships for
which scale
is graduated.
Mean depth
of instruments below
scale draught.
Angles be
t w e e n di a phragms and
hor i z ont al .
Transmitter.
Receiver.
Transmitter
Transmitter
junction box
Section 3323/1937
654
655
Section 3382/1937
3.
Vessels to which these torpedoes are supplied are to furnish a report
on 30th June, 1938, to the Admiralty, through the appropriate Administrative
Authority, on the condition of the fuel bottles so treated. I f any of these
torpedoes are in store on that date, a similar report is to be made to the
Chief Superintendent of Armament Supply by the Torpedo Engineer Officer.
385. 3rd and 4th Stage Suction and Delivery Valves of Secondary
Compressors (Messrs. Weirs type) Modifications
REPORTS
H .M . Ships L o n d o n Devonshire, Shropshire, Norfolk, Nelson and
H .M .A . Ships Australia and Canberra
Section 3386/1937
656
2. A wooden fairing has been devised to cover the upper and lower
projecting portions of rigging insulators.
3. A n y porcelain insulators on which flag hoists are liable to be torn
are to be shielded by wooden fairings, as shown in A .F.O . D iagram 9/37.
The work is to be carried out by ships staff.
4. A report is to be forwarded after three months use stating whether
the fairings have proved successful in preventing damage to flags.
When laying out the 60-cwt stream anchor, a 32-ft. cutter is to be used
with a strongback fitted in the way of the second thwart from aft, the anchor
being slung under the cutter.
2.
Should it be found after the completion of the reconstruction of
either of the above vessels that a 32-ft. cutter has not been so fitted, an item
is to be included in the next list of approved alterations and additions
to cover the supply of a suitable strongback and slings.
400.HangarsCyc-arc Studs
Capital Ships and Cruisers
It has been decided that cyc-arc studs are not to be used in hangars for the
connection of fittings, including guards to conduit piping, to hangar bulkheads.
657
Section 3432/1937
^ Is s u e d Confidentially.
Section 3491/1937
658
(D. 1923/37.11.3.1937.)
The relative strengths of cables and cable securing arrangements in
certain A/S and M/S trawlers do not conform to Service practice.
2. The clench plate should have a proof strength 20 per cent, in excess
of the cable and the swivel pieces should be fitted on the outboard and inboard
ends of each cable.
3. An item, classified B, for bringing the anchor and cable equipment
up to this standard, is to be included in the next List of Alterations and
Additions for the vessels concerned.
Section a567/1937
659
567. Issued
Confidentially.
C
D
E
F
Loudspeakers.
8491/A.
small.
Pattern 8888/A. Loudspeaker, Wa/T, moving coil type.
Loudspeaker, dual horn, large, assembly D.
Loudspeaker, dual horn, small, assembly E.
Loudspeaker, single-horn, 3 ft. 6 in. long, assembly F.
Section 3568/1937
660
5. Allocation of loudspeakerspolicy :
(a) New construction and existing ships being fitted with a W a/T set for the
first time. Loudspeakers, Types C, D, E and F, will be
used throughout. At present the use of Type F loudspeaker is
only envisaged for aircraft carriers.
(b) Existing ships wherein the existing W a/T set is replaced by a Type 405 or
later W a/T set. Loudspeakers, Types D, E and F, will be
(D. 2758/37.18.3.1937.)
When an exchange of main batteries is effected in a submarine, ten
representative cells of each section of the battery removed from the vessel
and ten of each section of the replace battery are to be weighed, the acid in
the cells being adjusted to the normal level before weighing.
2. The weights of the two batteries are to be computed and, if considered
necessary by ship and dockyard officers, adjustments made to ballast to
compensate for the difference in weight, allowance being made for the
difference in weight, if any, of the intercell connectors.
3. Details of the weights of the batteries and adjustments made to
ballast are to be reported to the Admiralty.
4. The work involved is to be treated as a defect.
5. Dockyard and ship copies of docking plans are to be amended as
necessary.
615 1
661
Section 3623/1937
(b) Alterations to the Equipment during the period under report, the authority
for these being quoted.
This should include :
(i) The state of all approved modifications or additions not
previously reported as completed.
(ii) Old apparatus surrendered or transferred.
(c) Points of Interest, including difficulties, defects or breakdowns and
suggestions for improvement.
Notes :
(i) Items classifiable as proposed alterations and additions should
be forwarded separately through the usual channels.
(ii) When reporting on any component part of the installation, it
is essential for purposes of identification that the following details
should be included :
(a) Pattern number, including lettered suffix (if any).
(b) Makers name or serial letter.
(c) Serial number.
(d) Brief remarks on results obtained :
is to
Section 3624/1937
662
663
Section 3675/1937
Section 3677/1937
664
8. Demands for the quantity of nuts, St. No. 5844, required for fitment
to torpedoes and to complete chests on board are to be forwarded to the
nearest torpedo depot and supply w ill be made on receipt from manufacture.
9. On receipt of nuts, St. No. 5844, all nuts, St. No. 778, together with
the excess quantity of washers, St. No. 1117, on board are to be returned to
store.
10. Labels of chests and torpedo store accounts are to be amended as
necessary.
Ships
(D. 14196/36.8.4.1937.)
In ships fitted with electric hydraulic steering gear of Messrs. Hasties
make, the attention of the ships officers is drawn to the need for assuring
a sliding fit between the coupling of the motor and its shaft in accordance
with the makers drawings.
665
Section 3710/1937
Section 3765/1937
666
Description.
Lamp fitting, complete
...
...
...
Lamp, incandescent, 220/100/110 volts ...
Glass, globe, clear ...
...
...
...
Lampholders, S.B.C.
...
...
...
Globe washer
...
...
...
...
Key, contact, signalling
...
...
...
Condenser for key ...
...
...
...
Cable, phosphor bronze
...
...
...
Terminal box base for concentric or 2-core cable
Quantity.
...
1
...
4
...
1
...
4
...
1
...
1
...
1
... As requisite
...
1
(D. 14629/36.15.4.1937.)
An accident in one of H.M. ships was caused by a portable handle which
was connected to the shaft of a lift motor for hand operation, and which
was not removed before electric power was applied to the lift.
-2. Commanding Officers are to arrange for the fitting of suitable warning
notices in prominent positions adjacent to motors capable of being operated
by hand, stating that the portable turning handle is to be removed before
electric power is applied to the motor.
3.
Consideration is to be given to possibility of fitting a form of safety
device consisting of a spring which would throw the handle off, or an
interlock arranged to break the circuit to the motor if such an interlock
can be arranged without undue complication.
667
Section 3828/1937
Stores for
Electrical
and Torpedo
Section 3837/1937
668
844.1
845. y Issued Confidentially.
849. J
850. W/T Supply of Pattern 4870 Box, Telephone and Key
Exchange for R.C.O. Modification to Pattern 7303,
Switch, Selector, for Remote Control Circuits
H.M. Ships Nelson., Rodney, Revenge, Resolution, Ramillies,
Royal Sovereign,
Barham,
Malaya,
Hood,
Repulse,
Courageous, Glorious , Furious, Eagle, Hermes ; Cruisers of
K e n t ( except Cornwall ), London, York, N orfolk , Leander,
modified Ijeander and Arethusa (except Aurora ) classes and
Adventure
(S.D. 1462/36.22.4.1937.)
An exchange box for telephones and keys has been designed for fitting in
the R.C.O.s of capital ships, cruisers and aircraft carriers, not fitted with
central control, to facilitate the control by any operator of any transmitter
or receiver connected to the R.C.O.
2. The box will be supplied shortly from Portsmouth Yard to the abovementioned ships without demand.
3. On receipt, the box is to be fitted and wired up in the R.C.O. by ships
staffs in accordance with A.F.O. Diagram No. 38/37 (1) in a convenient
position close to the rating in charge.
669
Section 3850/1937
Bridgewater
(S.D./N.L. 3865/36.22.4.1937.)
It has been decided that vessels of the Shoreham, repeat Shoreham,
Hastings and Bridgewater classes are to be provided with alternative
10-in. signalling projector positions on the compass platform.
2.
Commanding Officers of vessels concerned are to include an item in the
list of Alterations and Additions To fit alternative positions for 10-in.
signalling projectors with additional D.P. switch to be provided and fitted
on the upper bridge, Classification B, quoting this A.F.O. as authority.
A 14-ft. dinghy of a new design (see A.F.O. Diagram 45/37) has been
adopted to take the place of the existing 13^-ft. and 16-ft. dinghies, of which .
no more will be built.
2.
The new boat is primarily a sailing boat, but its performance under
oars should be adequate; it has the same beam as the 16-ft. dinghy; it can
accommodate four or five men when under sail, and ten for abandon
ship ; and, except for minor details, its hull is identical with that of the
Island Sailing Club dinghy which has been adopted by the Royal Naval
Sailing Association as their one design class. The new dinghy has been
Section 3858/1937
670
671
Section 3939/1937
941.
943.
944. VIssued Confidentially.
946.
947.
Section 3951/1937
672
999. Gun Mountings, 4 -7-in., H.A., X II Provision of SelfStowing Extension to Rammer Numbers Platform
(G. 560/37.20.5.1937.)
A form of self-stowing loading platform for use in low angle fire which
has been designed and fitted to a 4'7-in., H.A., X I I mounting, is shown in
A.F.O. Diagram 50/37.
2. The platform slides over the rammer numbers platform, from which it
extends to make room for the assistant loading number. When stowed its
outer edge conforms to the original shape of the rammer numbers platform.
No stops have been fitted to keep the platform in either its housed or extended
position because there w ill always be a man standing on it, and the absence
of stops w ill reduce to a minimum the time required to manipulate the
extensions.
3. Ships fitted with this type of mounting are to include an item in their
approved List of Alterations and Additions, Classification B.
4. Spare mountings should be fitted before issue, and mountings in
gunnery schools by the dockyard concerned, as convenient.
673
Section 3 1010/1937
1010. Pistols, Depth Charge, Mks. IV, IV** andV*, St. Nos. 6110.
6111 and 6112 Clamps, Bench Testing Set, St. No. 6038
(A. S. 1135/37.20.5.1937.)
It has been approved for the register bore and the clearance through
the clamps of bench testing set, Marks IV , IV ** and V* pistols, Stamp
No. 6038, to be increased to the dimensions shown in A.F.O. Diagram 52/37.
2. Arrangements should be made for the modifications to be carried out
on board H.M. ships, or if this is impracticable the clamps should be
returned to an armament depot for modification or replacement.
3. Depth charge pistols found oversize to the bench testing sets after
modification are to be returned to an armament depot for rectification,
quoting this Order.
Section 31014/1937
674
3. D isin fe c tio n of the R esp ira tor. In order to maintain the respirator
in a wholesome condition when in constant use, it should be occasionally
disinfected by sponging the whole of the inside with a 3 per cent, solution
of Izal, and subsequently washing with water. During the process, care
must be taken to prevent water entering the container. The respirator must
then be allowed to dry before it is put away, and the gauze pad in front
of the container renewed.
The facepiece must be disinfected, and the gauzQi pad renewed, on every
occasion when the respirator changes ownership.
4. F it t in g o f the R esp ira tor. The respirator is made
norm al size, which fits most mens and some womens faces;
(D. 1220/37.20.5.1937.)
In order to afford protection to the low voltage release and trip circuits
of hand-operated supply breakers fitted in the above-mentioned vessels, a pair
of 7-ampere fuzes, Pattern 5542, is to be fitted and connected in the control
circuits of the breaker.
Each fuze is to be fitted adjacent to the supply terminals of the control
circuits and connected as shown in A.F.O. Diagram 49/37 for the respective
make of breaker.
2. The supply breakers affected are those manufactured by the following
firms:
Messrs. Whipp & Bourne, Ltd., Messrs. General Electric Company,Ltd., Messrs. Igranic Electric Co., Ltd.
Supply breakers manufactured by Messrs. Park Royal Engineering Co.,
Ltd., w ill not be affected.
3. As the work involved is beyond the capacity of ships staffs, an
appropriate item should be inserted in the next List of Alterations and
Additions, Classification B, for completion by a dockyard.
4. The modification should also be carried out on all vessels under
construction provided no delay in completion is involved; where this cannot
be done before handing over, an item should be inserted in the next List of
Alterations and Additions.
675
Section 3 1065/1937
The policy concerning the supply of 2-pdr. sub-calibre guns and 1-in. and 303-in.
aiming rifles has been revised, and in future allowances will be as follows, viz. :
2-pdr. Sub-calibre Guns
Notes
(i) The following ships are to retain H.A. 2-pdr. sub-calibres for use as
L.A. sub-calibres with C.N.F. plugged until the ammunition is exhausted :
8-in. cruisers.
6-in. cruisers of Leander, modified Leander and Arethusa classes,
Medway and Resource.
(ii) China Gunboats. 2-pdr. H.A. sub-calibres and ammunition are not to be
supplied to Yangtse gunboats. L.A. sub-calibres and ammunition are to be supplied.
West River gunboats are to be supplied with both H.A. and L.A. sub-calibres and
ammunition.
(iii) R and S Class Destroyers.Sub-calibre guns are not to be supplied
to these ships with the exception of the China local defence flotilla.
Aim ing Rifles
1-in.
303-in.
1-in.
303-in.
Nil.
Nil.
Nil.
Nil.
1-in.
One per
parent gun.
Nil.
Nil.
Nil.
303-in.
1-in.
303-in.
2. In ships where the 1-in. aiming rifle rear adjusting frame is used for sight
testing purposes, one 1-in. aiming rifle is to be retained on board.
3.
present.
(C30235)
Section 3 1065/1937
676
4. The policy as regards the supply of salvo rifles for firing blank is to remain
as at present.
5. Sub-calibre guns, aiming rifles and ammunition, in excess of the allowances
now authorised are to be landed at a Naval Armament Depot as opportunity offers.
* 2-pdr. sub-calibre guns will not be supplied for the 4-in. Q.F. X I I guns and
3-in. guns in submarines, bi*t the existing allowance of one 1-in. aiming rifle will
be continued.
677
Section 3 1069/1937
6. The testers will be dealt with under Subhead B.8A and included in
schedule 120. The necessary amendment to the Rate Book Contract Schedule
and Sea Store Establishment will be made in due course.
1075.
1083.
Issued Confidentially.
1145. f
1149. J
(C30235)
z3
Section 3 1152/1937
678
It is desired to carry out further sea trials with 10-in. metal reflectors for
signalling projectors.
2. For this purpose, one case containing nine improved, rimless, rhodium plated
metal reflectors is being forwarded to each of the Commanders-in-Chief, Home Fleet,
Mediterranean and China.
3. These reflectors are being allocated to vessels as convenient by the
Commander-in-Chief of each station.
4. The reflectoi-s are interchangeable with existing glass reflectors, Pattern 3861,
without modification to the present securing arrangements or lamp positions.
5. The reflectors are normally to be kept clean by using fresh water and a soft
chamois leather, although a special cleaning mixture has been prepared and is being
issued with the mirrors. It is, however, emphasised that this mixture should not be
used unless it is found impossible to keep the reflectors efficient without it. Even
then, it should only be used very sparingly.
6. Reports are to be rendered at periods of six and twelve months after receipt,
and remarks are required on the following points :
(a ) Does the rhodium reflecting surface, with normal maintenance, stand up
to sea atmosphere
(i) In the projector and
(ii) In store ?
(b ) Does the rhodium reflecting surface show signs of deterioration due to the
heat of the lamp ?
(c) Does the metal reflector withstand gun blast without signs of deformation ?
(d ) Does the metal reflector withstand heat of projector without signs of
deformation ?
(e) How does the range of signalling with the metal reflector compare with
that of the silver-glass ?
(/) The extent, if any, to which the cleaning mixture has been used, and
(g ) Any other points of interest observed.
7. A t the conclusion of the trial, or as the reflectors become defective, they
should be returned to storing yards for transmission to the Admiralty Engineering
Laboratory (Electrical Section), West Drayton, Middlesex.
Confidentially.
679
Section 3 1208/1937
(N.S. 3208/36.10.6.1937.)
Ships and shore establishments supplied with fast power boats are to be
allowed spare chemical fire extinguishers ast follow s:
() One spare set of Essex or similar type (as fitted) fo r each size
of fast power boat carried (except 16-ft. dinghies).
() One spare 1-quart Pyrene extinguisher or similar type, as neces
sary, for each fast type 16-ft. power dinghy carried.
(N o t e . The
standard
1-quart
Pyrene
extinguisher,
Pattern 4723, is to be utilised i f suitable.
One 2-gallon foam type extinguisher, Pattern 4726, is also to be allowed
to each fast power boat of 25 ft. and over, for use in the machinery space,
in order to supplement the existing equipment of these boats.
2. Demands for the special Essex, etc., type extinguishers are to be
forwarded by ships, etc., concerned, to their storing yards accordingly, but,
as these extinguishers are not of Admiralty pattern, special purchase will
have to be arranged. Full particulars of the extinguishers required, should,
therefore, be furnished on demands.
3. Demands (separate from those referred to in paragraph 2) for the
foam type extinguishers, Pattern 4726, charges, Pattern 4729, and 1-quart
Pyrene extinguishers, Pattern 4723the latter for 16-ft dinghiesare to be
forwarded to the storing yards forthwith.
(C30235)
z4
Section 31217/1937
680
1248.]
1253. y Issued Confidentially.
1289. J
1293. Q.F. Cartridge Cases for 4-in., Mark V and Mark X II
Guns Liability to blow through at the Base
(G. 03533/36.24.6.1937.)
Several instances have occurred recently of blow throughs, some occasion
ing injury to loading numbers at guns. This defect is more frequent in cases
of Kynoch manufacture 1924-1931, but is not entirely confined to them. The
withdrawal from the Fleet of all cases under suspicion is not at present
practicable, but will be effected as soon as the state of stocks permits.
Meanwhile no further issues of suspected cases w ill be made until they have
been subjected to examination for incipient cracks by a process which it is
expected w ill enable all defective cases to be eliminated.
2. Trials of a baffle to be fitted to the guns for the protection of personnel
have, up to date, not proved successful enough to justify adoption and, in
the meantime, the possibility of occasional blowbacks must be accepted.
3. Loading numbers should therefore wear antiflash helmets and gloves,
and as far as possible avoid standing in line with the left of the breech
(throughout the recoil).
681
Section 3 1303/1937
(D. 5389/37.24.6.1937.)
Unless it is considered essential, paint removers for removing films from
aluminium and its alloys are not to be used.
I f necessary to use the
removers, care must be taken in their choice since many solvents attack these
metals. The Admiralty Chemist is to be consulted as necessary.
Section 31349/1937
682
1354."
1357* >I ssued Confidentially.
1359!
When superheaters in the above vessels are withdrawn, the width of the expansion
slot in the tie-bar is to be increased to J in. more than the diameter of the pin con
necting the tie-bar to the bracket on the superheater header in order to preclude the
possibility of the tie-bar jamming at the slot and buckling.
(S.D. 518/37.1.7.1937.)
A ll ships referred to above are to insert an item in their Alterations and
Additions lists worded as follows:
To bring signal and remote control communications and minor
V/S fittings up to date to accord with latest specifications.
2. For Escort Vessels, Patrol Vessels and Minesweepers, Leaders and
Destroyers, the item is to be classified B ; in remaining ships, C.
3. This item will include all approved alterations and additions to signal
and remote control communications and minor V/S fittings.
683
Section 3 1412/1937
(T./N.S. 6251/37.8.7.1937.)
Several balancers returned fo r re p a ir to Messrs. B a r r and S tro u d show
evidence o f serious lack o f lu bricatio n , a p p a re n tly due to the gu m m in g
effect o f the lu b ric a tin g oil. C are should be taken to see th at this gu m m in g
does not occur. A p erio d ic al inspection o f the lu b ricatio n should be carried
out, and when considered d esirable the p um p should also be rem oved and
cleaned, the sump refilled w ith fresh oil (C .D . oil, P a tte rn 92), a n d the
bearin gs, p a r t ic u la r ly those o f the b all cage rollers, washed out with
p araffin oil.
T ria ls are in progress w ith a view to in creasing the p um p capacity.
Section 31420/1937
684
685
Section 3 1463/1937
Section 3 1469/1937
686
( b) Each sample shall be 3 yards long. The sealed end shall be left
undisturbed and the cut end shall be sealed and clearly marked for
identification. The cut end of the cable remaining on the drum or
coil shall be sealed effectively against air and moisture; and
(c) Suitable records shall be kept at each dockyard or base in order that
instructions issued by the Admiralty as a result of a test shall be readily
associated with each batch of cable to which they refer.
3. The following are the cables to be treated as Mining cables and the
minimum lengths which are of value :
Pattern.
Yards.
660
7048
841B
9610
1989
2864
2865
400
500
500
500
500
50
200
687
Section 3 1523/1937
(G. 2945/37.'22.7.1937.)
A case occurred recently in which the push plunger, which transmits trigger
pressure through pistol case to contact plate, jammed in the ON position due to
corrosion.
2.
Ships fitted with double-contact firing pistols should ensure that their
plungers are kept free from corrosion and properly lubricated. The springs should
also be examined.
Section 3 1549/1937
688
Firm .
Gilt Edge
...
Lancegaye
...
Splintex
...
Triplex
...
Road,
1, Albemarle Street,
689
Section 3 1608/1937
Courageous."
Glorious.
Cumberland.
Nelson.
Amphion.
Apollo.
Queen Elizabeth.
2. The machines are intended for use by all ships where the fitting
of the end connections has to be undertaken by the ship s staff.
3. In the event of any of the above ships leaving their present stations
the machine is to be transferred to another ship on the station and the
transfer reported.
4. Chatham . Seven machines are being purchased from Messrs.
Hardypick, Ltd., as a charge to Vote 8/I I , B.lO.c, at a total estimated cost
of 140.
5. The Establishment of Naval Stores for Engineering purposes will be
amended by Errata.
6. In future, in the case of new catapults, the spare ropes will be
supplied about 12 feet longer than the working ropes, with one end socket
fitted. The other socket will be suplied for fitting by ships staff.
7. Subsequent spare ropes are to be supplied without any end sockets
but of the same length as the original spares.
8. In the case of existing catapults whose ropes are equipped with
ordinary sockets the ropes are to be supplied about 12 feet longer than as
fitted but without sockets.
9. The above instructions are not applicable to slider type catapults or
to catapults whose ropes are equipped with Tru-loc end connections.
The present practice is to be continued in these instances.
Section 3 1615/1937
690
2.
The new projector is British made and compares with the 18-in. signalling
projector as follows :
Weight.
Candle Power at
3/3- 5
Dispersion.
Volts.
350 lb.
40 X 106
65
86
244 lb.
20 X 10
55
55
Height.
Width.
Amperes.
3.
The following components are used in conjunction with 20-in. signalling
projectors, Mark I, Pattern 170, and their circuits :
Pattern
No.
Description.
Ventilator for 20-in. signalling projector, Mark I.
20-in. signalling projector lamp, Mark I.
Lamp motor resistance for
ditto.
Resistance regulating, for 20-in. signalling projector, Mark I (one
required for 110 and 220-volt ships).
Resistance, fixed, for 20-in. signalling projector, Mark I (two required
as complementary to each Pattern 175 resistance for 220-volt ships).
Switch, D.P., 100 amps., with auxiliary blade and fuse for vent motor.
Glasses, front, for 20-in. signalling projectors, Mark I.
Armour plate circle.
General utility.
Effect, if any, of gun blast. Defects reported in this connection should
include a statement of the relative positions of the guns and projector
when the defect occurred.
Lamp.
General performance.
Ease of recarboning.
Ventilation.
691
Section 31615/1937
Carbons.
Illumination.
Divergence of beam.
Range.
Length of burn per set of carbons.
General burning.
Operation of Projector.
Operation in a seaway.
Speed of signalling attainable.
Sighting arrangements.
Whether operating arrangements are suitable for signal ratings of average
height.
(D. 5099/37.29.7.1937.)
F ro m recent reports o f fa ilu re s o f the floating p lu n g e r type o f a i r loaded
accum ulators, it a p p e ars th at some accum ulators are not being operated
un der the correct conditions. The fo llo w in g instructions are to be adhered
to a n d reports on the behaviour o f a ll accum ulators o f this typ e fitted
in subm arines are to be rendered 6 months afte r the receipt o f th is O rd er.
(a ) The accum ulators are designed to w o rk w ith an o il seal above the
u p p e r p lu n g e r
rin g.
The accum ulators are to be tested
p e rio d ic a lly when in h arbo u r to ensure th at the oil seal is being
m aintained. The oil is to be replenished to the level o f the
Excess oil d ra in p lu g w ith the p lu n g e r resting on the bottom
o f the b arrel.
( b ) The test fo r a ir below the p lu n g e r is to be ca rrie d out weekly.
I f a ir is foun d, the oil seal is to be investigated at once.
(c ) I f a continu al loss o f oil seal is experienced, the p lu n g e r is to be
exam ined and the fa b ric rin g s renewed i f necessary.
( d ) The fa b r ic rin gs are to be fitted w ith a sm all clearance between
the shoulder o f the r in g an d the p lu n g e r body in o rd er to allow
the shoulder to move and so b rin g the lip o f the r in g into contact
w ith the b a rre l w a ll when un der pressure.
(e ) U nless un avoid able, accum ulators are not to be com pletely dis
charged, and are not un der any circumstances to be allo w ed to
rem ain in this condition fo r an y length o f time.
2.
In subm arines fitted w ith the flo atin g p lu n g e r type o f accum ulators
the fo llo w in g m odifications are to be c a rrie d out, where ap p lic able , the work
being treated as A ltera tio n s and A d d itio n s, Classification A . I I .
( a ) A ccu m ulators are to be fitted vertically.
(& ) The bottom seatings o f the b a rre ls are to be m achined square.
(c ) The p ip e connections to the telemotor pum p s are to be re -a rra n g e d
so th at the pum ps take th eir suction direct from the replen ish
in g tank independen tly o f the retu rn line. The re tu rn line is
to be led into the re plen ish in g tank at a p oin t remote from the
p um p suction and at about one-third the height o f the norm al oil
level.
Section 3 1658/1937
692
693
Section 3 1672/1937
Section 3 1676/1937
694
When resetting, all that is necessary is to swing the instrument bulb down ;
this force, together with that of gravity, enables the mercury at the bottom of the
bore to overcome the friction in the contraction, and thus re-enter the bulb. After
being reset and suspended bulb up, it should read the same as an ordinary
thermometer observed at the same time.
A Minimun Thermometer, Pattern 508, differs from an ordinary one in that
alcohol is substituted for mercury on account of its transparency and surface tension ;
also a small black glass index, shaped like a dumb-bell, is inserted into the column
in the bore of the tube.
Its action depends on the power of cohesion of the particles forming the surface
of the liquid, which is illustrated by the familiar experiment of floating a needle
on the surface of water in a cup. To set the instrument it should be held with the
bulb inclined upwards, the index will then slide down until one end comes to the
surface of the liquid in the bore, through which it is unable to break.
Supposing that the instrument is placed in a horizontal position, and that the
temperature rises, the index remains stationary and the liquid flows past it up the
bore, but if, on the contrary, the temperature falls, the index is carried towards
the bulb as soon as the surface of the liquid in the bore touches it, its movement
being continued until the temperature ceases to fall.
Owing to a fall or a shake, a division sometimes occurs in the spirit which is
called a bubble. To clear this, the thermometer should be held bulb down and
shaken down vigorously.
3. Dockyards only .Existing stocks of thermometers, Patterns 507 and 508,
are to be transferred from Subhead F.3a to Subhead B.9a. The Meteorological
Office has certain quantities of these thermometers in hand, and after they have been
supplied, no further purchases will be made, the thermometers being regarded as
obsolete.
4. The articles on issue to ships fitted for Central Storekeeping are to be
accounted for as consumable stores.
695
Section 3 1711/1937
.....................................................
Vanes, Air
Boxes for vanes, St. No. T.308A, to hold 12
...
1718.1
1725* r I ssued Confidentially.
Section 31728/1937
696
1765.1
1769. y Issued Confidentially.
1771. J
1774. H.M. Submarines 21-in. Bow and Stem Torpedo Tubes
Modification to Outboard Venting System REPORTS
Oberon and Thames Glasses, Swordfish, Sturgeon, Starfish, Sea
horse, Shark, Sealion , Salmon , Snapper, Seawolf, Sunfish,
Spearfish, Porpoise, Grampus, Narwhal, and, Rorqual.
(T. 3193/37. 19.8.1937.)
Drain cocks, Pattern No. 127a , are to be fitted at the lowest point of the torpedo
tube outboard venting systems, and the pipes leading from individual tube hot run
cocks are to be arranged to drain into the main pipes.
2. The work is to be carried out by dpt ships staffs, and reports forwarded
to the Admiralty through administrative authorities when the work has been
completed.
Barham, M alaya,
York, A casta and
Section 3 1826/1937
697
2. The following table gives the ships and directors in which new telescopes are
to be fitted. In certain instances issues have already been made and modified
brackets supplied, but all ships affected by this Order are to insert an item in their
lists of alterations and additions to cover the fitting of these instruments.
3. Table of Allocations. (N ote . Pattern G.355* telescope is the layers
telescope and is fitted with a forecasting graticule. Pattern G.355, which is for the
trainer, is otherwise identical to the Pattern G.355*.)
Components
(per Ship).
Vessel.
G.355.
Repulse
H ood .............
Barham
Malaya
Warspite
Royal Sovereign
Royal Oak
Revenge
Resolution
Ramillies
Kent class
London class ...
Norfolk class ...
York class
Acasta class ...
Codrington
...
Beagle class ...
Keith .............
Spares
(per Ship).
Patt.
G.355*.
G.355*.
2 (a )
3(6)
3 (6)
3 ( b)
2 (c)
2 (o )
3( b)
3 ( b)
3 ( b)
2 ( c)
1
2
2
2
1
3 ( b)
3 ( b)
> 2( d )
2( d)
L
? ii
Remarks.
4. The main armament directors of the 15-in. capital ships will require new
brackets at the layers side to accommodate the Pattern G.355* telescope and new
Aldis telescope brackets, and the vessels concerned are to insert an item in their next
lists of alterations and additions to cover, The supply of a new bracket to accom
modate the Pattern G.355* monocular prismatic telescope and supply of new Aldis
telescope brackets, the item being classified B.
5. In certain instances the fitting of new brackets will precede the supply o f
telescopes, and, where this occurs, the following procedure is to be adopted by the
refitting yard.
0. The new bracket is to be fitted in place and assembled with the existing
elevating arc. The whole should be tested for alignment, etc. The new bracket
should then be dismantled and placed on board with the ships spare gear to await
receipt of the new telescopes. Re-erection when the new telescopes are to hand is
to bo undertaken by ships staff. In the meantime the old bracket should be
assembled to the sight with the existing elevating quadrant.
7. The necessary drawings have been supplied to Devonport and Malta yards
from Portsmouth yard.
8. The secondary armament directors of H.M. ships Royal Oak, Malaya,
Royal Sovereign, Ramillies, Hood and Repulse will accommodate the
new telescopes, subject to modifications to canopy and pedestal. These vessels
should, therefore, insert an item in their next lists of Alterations and Additions as
follows : To modify the canopy and pedestal of Secondary Armament Director to
give maximum elevation and depression of 13 degrees and full deflection scope with
Pattern 355 telescopes. The item should be classified B.
9. The drawings showing these modifications (Portsmouth Yard, drawings
G.967, etc.), have been issued to the refitting yards concerned.
10. The directors of the Acasta and Beagle class destroyers,
Codrington and Keith will accommodate the new telescopes subject to
enlargement of the windscreen sighting ports. These vessels should therefore insert
Section 3 1825/1937
698
an item in their next lists of alterations and additions as follows : To modify the
sight ports in the wind screen of the director sight and fit new sight port covers to
suit the Pattern G.355 and G.355* telescopes. The item should be classified B.
11. The drawings showing the modifications to these sight ports have been pre
pared at Portsmouth Yard and distributed to the refitting yards concerned.
12. Brackets are to be supplied and modifications carried out as necessary to
all vessels undergoing large repairs.
13. The delivery of all telescopes will be made to Portsmouth yard, and demands
for these instruments should be forwarded by the vessels concerned as soon as new
brackets and/or alterations to existing material have been completed. Refitting
yards should ascertain at the time that they are undertaking any of the abovementioned alterations whether telescopes are available for issue to the ships
concerned before the completion of their refits.
14. Each vessel should forward a report through the Administrative Authorities
when the modifications outlined above have been completed. Vessels should also
indicate when telescopes have been received and fitted.
15. The number of spare telescopes given in column 4 of the table is the
allocation to each vessel when supply of all components has been fulfilled. The
following maximum issues of spares should be made in the meantime on a temporary
basis pending the completion of the approved quota of spares per ship.
( a) Capital Ships. One spare per ship, plus allowance of spares given at (d )
below.
(b) Cruisers. Allowance of spares given at (d ) below.
(c) Two spares per flotilla carried in dpt ship, plus allowance of spares
given at (d ) below.
(d ) The following quantities to be retained at the various dockyards as a
stock for use by the vessels on the station :
Malta Yard
...
...
3
Hong Kong
...
...
3
Portsmouth
...
...
3 (for Home Fleet reserves).
of Leander
Codrington and
699
Section 3 1833/1937
2. The charts will be supplied mounted on a board and varnished and should be
hung in the torpedo parting space, or other suitable position adjacent to the tubes,
for reference.
3. Supply will be made from Portsmouth as the charts become available, ships
carrying the more recent marks of tube mounting being given priority.
3859
8994
3862a
Description.
(a )
Section 3 1841/1937
700
...
Consumable Stores
...
701
Section 3 1844/1937
Description.
Quantity.
B.9.
310
36A
68
6
184A
61
62
65
1195
38 No.
2
6
2
3
1
1
1
2
2
1
16
1
2
1
1
4
4
6
2
1
B.10.
20
1560
C1032
1
2
3
5
C1039
22
23
24
535
Funnels, tin
Measure, tin
Buckets, hand, galvanised
Cans, tin, for oil, gall.
Cans, tin, for oil, 1 gall.
Cans, tin, for oil, 2 gall.
Cans, tin, for oil, 4 gall.
Candlesticks
Feeders, oil, i pint
Feeders, oil, 1 pint
Feeders, oil, 1 pints ...
Rod, sounding ...
Section 31844/1937
Pattern
No.
702
Description.
Quantity.
B .ll.
2431
2432
1986
1
660
661
C687
C691
225
229
233
C711
1055
1124
1125
1126
4313
601
602
603
C652
C654
2435
572
574
1485
1071C
1071E
1071F
C645
C614
C616
C617
C551
1451
666
665
428
466
468
C518
78
314
316
318
332
336
384
388
390
406
609
759
635c
4615
4616 4617
4618
2 No.
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1 ,,
1 ,,
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
6
8
2
4 ,
4
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
2
2 ,
1
2
J ,
2
2
2
1 ,
1 M
1 M
1
1
1
1 M
Section 3 1844/1937
703
Pattern
No.
Description.
Quantity.
B . l l (contd.)
2938
2940
2941
2945
2946
2947
1 No.
1
1
1
1
1
DA.
...
302
303 'I
to >
311 J
312
313 "I
to >
371 J
379
214
216
312
342
365
362
364
365
367
369
604
623 "I
to >
532 J
548
019
Flags, semaphore, 18-in. X 18-in.
14
Flags, red, 9-ft. X 11-ft.
Flags, Dan buoy
2
...
...
...
1
2
1 of each
2 No.
1 of each
1 No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2 of each
2 No.
1 pair
1 No.
2 sets
E.3.
Oars, fir,
Oars, fir,
Oars, fir,
Oars, fir,
16-ft. ...
14-ft. ...
10-ft. ...
8-ft.
4 No.
4
4
4
E.4.
125
1
1
E.8.
311
309
Fenders, hazelrod
Fenders, coir
i
4
4
Section 31844/1937
704
Pattern
No.
Description.
Quantity.
i
E.10.
101
104
T329
1
7 No.
7
720 ft.
C242
C219
C243
C204
C215
C275
C287A
2 No.
10
12
6
3
6
6
E.12.
C1987
1996
1998
1030
9
Squeegees
Mallets ...
Mallets ...
Mallets ...
Buckets ...
6
1
1
1
4
38
21
6
8
13
F.2.
3361
3364
3365
6245
1751
Cells
..........................................................................
Connections
Flex leads
Creda bars
Lampholders
F.3.
1308
1421
1310
1311
1266
1 coil
2 No.
5
4
3
705
Section 3 1881/1937
1885. Fuzes, Time, No. 198, Mark II R.L., Lots 48, 49, 50 and 52
Withdrawal and Restricted Use
(A.S. 5390/37. 2.9.1937.)
All fuzes, time, No. 198, Mark I I of R.L., Lots 48, 49, 50 and 52, on board
H.M. ships at home and abroad are to be returned to the nearest Naval Armament
Depot and others demanded in lieu.
2. Naval Armament Depots Abroad .All fuzes of this description and of these
lot numbers, together with any landed under this Order, are to be returned to
Senior Armament Supply Officer, Priddys Hard, by the first opportunity of free
freight.
3. Naval Armament Depots at H om e . All stocks, receipts from H.M. ships,
and from abroad, of these fuzes are to be issued for expenditure at Gunnery School
firings only.
(C30235)
aa
Section 3 1888/1937
706
Jigs, rectifying, pellets, compression, St. No. T.317, and will be allowed
to each ship and vessel concerned in the same proportion as the sets of
testing gear.
6. Demands for the quantity of jigs, St. No. T.317, required to complete are
to be forwarded to the nearest torpedo dpt and supply will be made on receipt from
manufacture.
7. The lengthened pellets will be accounted for as follows :
Section I V
707
Section 3 1890/1937
T w o -S p e e d D e s t r o y e r S w e e p
Destroyers
3200
3333
3600
3684
Denom. Outfit
Reserve
carried
Remarks.
of
kept on
Quantity onboard.
shore.
Paravanes S Mark I,
No.
2
Fitted with Shackle i 6
1 Pt.
or
St.No. 3600 (Items 3 Pt.
Paravanes S Mark I*
1 Stbd.
1-4, Drg. M.S. Sk. 3 Stbd.
1605/1).
Paravanes D Mark I,
2
No.
Fitted with shackle 2
D Mark I* or D
St. No. 3600 (Items
Mark II.
1-4, Drg. M.S. Sk.
1605/1).
No.
1
C h ests, complete,
Only to be supplied
spare parts, S Mark
when P.Vs. S Mark
I*, D Mark I* or D
I* are carried.
Mark II.
C h es ts , complete,
No.
1
Only to be supplied
spare parts, S Mark
when P.Vs. S Mark
I, D Mark I* or D,
I are carried.
Mark II.
C h e s ts , complete,
No.
1
tools, S Mark I, S
Mark I*, D Mark I*
and D Mark II.
Tins, St. No. 3587,
4
No.
complete with dia
phragms, I.R., St.
No. 3135. (3 No.)
Cylinders, tin, com
No.
1
Only to be supplied
plete, I.R. etc. gear,
when
P.Vs. S
S Mark I.
Mark I are carried.
Cylinder, tin, com
No.
1
Only to be supplied
plete, I.R. etc. gear,
when
P.Vs.
S
S Mark I*.
Mark I* are car
ried.
Cylinder, tin, St. No.
No.
2
Only to be supplied
3653, complete with
when P.Vs. D I*
3 No. joint rings
or D I I are car
St. No. 7119. Drg.
ried.
M.S. Sk. 7/21. D I*
and D II.
Tin, St. No. 3592, com
4
No.
Only to be supplied
plete with 1 No.
when P.Vs. D I*
diaphragm St. No.
or D I I are car
7118 (Drg. M.S. Sk.
ried.
16079/1). D I* and
D II.
Mercury
Lb.
5
Jars, s t o n e w a r e ,
No.
1
D.Y. Pattern No.
wickered.
1378 for mercury
51b.
Pumps, air, complete
No.
1
Shackles, tow, anchor
No.
2
Spare, in addition to
age (Items 1-4,
component
shac
Drg.
M.S.
Sk.
kles which
are
1605/1).
charged separately.
Buffers, body, com
No.
1
Only supplied when
plete (Drg. No. M.S.
P.Vs. S Mark I*
16041/6).
are carried.
(C30235)
Description.
AA
Section 3 1890/1937
708
Dpt Ships
'
Description.
Chests,
complete,
spare parts, S Mark
I, D Mark I* and D
Mark II.
Chests,
complete,
Spare parts, S Mark
I*, D Mark I* and
D Mark II.
Chests, complete, tool,
S Mark I, S Mark
I*, D Mark I* and
D Mark II.
Tins, St. No. 3587,
complete with dia
phragms, I.R., St.
No. 3135 (3 No.).
Cylinders, tin, com
plete, I.R.
etc.
gear, S Mark I.
Cylinders, tin, com
plete,
I.R.
etc.
gear, S Mark I*.
Cylinders, tin, St.
No. 3653, complete
with 3 No. joint
rings, St. No. 7119.
(Drg. M.S. Sk. 7/21).
Tin, St. No. 3592,
complete with 1
No. diaphragm St.
No. 7118 (Drg.
M.S. 16079/1).
Mercury
3078
Bottle, mercury
Stamp
No.
Description.
Denom. Outfit
of
carried
Quantity onboard.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
Remarks.
Reserve
kept on
shore.
No.
No.
No.
Lb.
75
No.
Denom. Carried
of
on
Quantity board.
3600
No.
3333
No.
Remarks.
Spare, in addition to component
shackles which are charged
separately.
Section 31892/1937
709
1892.
1898* r5I ssued Confidentially.
1899!
Pattern.
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
(C30235)
Size of
Hook.
Ins.
Description.
99
99
))
99
99
99
**
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
))
*..
99
99
99
3
2*
2*
2f
2*
2f
2*
2*
2
n
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
if
it
i*
if
H
H
l
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
.......................
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
1
f
i
3
2i
24
2f
2*
2f
2J
2*
2
11
If
If
1*
If
li
l
i
f
i
Proof Test.
Tons.
18
16-5
151
13-8
12-5
11*3
101
9
8
7
6-1
5-3
4-5
3-8
31
2-5
2
1-5
11
0*8
0-5
18
16-5
151
13-8
12-5
11-3
10-1
9
8
7
6-1
5-3
4-5
3-8
31
2-5
2
1-5
11
0-8
0-5
AA
Section 3 1902/1937
Description.
Pattern.
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
710
Rings ...
))
99
...
99
99
*
J)
99
,,
,,
...
...
99
))
...
...
99
))
...
...
...
99
99
99
))
))
**
...
***
...
**
**
*'
...
...
...
...
***
. ..
*
**
...
.
...
...
...
...
***
***
***
...
. .
*
**
...
...
**
...
...
***
...
*
***
**
...
...
***
.. .
**
***
***
...
...
...
..
*'*
...
***
**
**
...
...
*'
...
***
**
***
Diam. of
Iron.
Ins.
Proof Test
Tons.
3
2J
2*
2f
2*
2|
2i
2*
2
36
331
30-2
27-6
25
22-6
20-3
18-1
16
141
12-3
10-6
9
7-6
6-3
51
4
31
2-3
if
H
H
H
H
H
l
I
i
...
...
2. The introduction of the new patterns is to be effected by the supply for all
new construction requirements of the 1937 and later programmes, and by
replacement of old patterns, as they become defective in existing ships. The new
pattern hooks and rings are to be brought into use as early as possible, but until
stocks are available, the old patterns should be used for replacements. The old
patterns will be marked O in the Authorised List of Naval Stores, and no
further orders should be placed under the standing contract.
3. Demands on Form D.273 are to be forwarded at an early date by all Yards
to provide for estimated requirements of the new patterns during the current
financial year, plus reserve. In addition, Yards abroad are to show the estimated
requirements for the ensuing year.
4. When stocks of the new pattern hooks and rings are available, stocks of the
old patterns are to be reported for disposal on Special Returns D.68, which should
not be brought to account without prior Admiralty approval.
5. Portsmouth . Proposals for the revision of contract schedule 5 and
amendment to the Authorised List of Naval Stores, and Rigging Warrant, are to be
forwarded at the earliest possible date.
1925*
^ssue^ Confidentially.
3. I t is im p o rta n t
com pressed height.
th at
a ll
fo u r
p ad s
should
be
alike
as
re g a rd s
Section 3 1930/1937
711
b o a rd
3549/36.9.9.1937.)
on to an a e ro p la n e the
r ig id it y is to be tested
the c a rrie r. T h e bombs
afte r a flight.
2.
A n y bombs fo u n d to have lugs w ith cracks or lu gs not en tirely secure
are to be returned to the nearest arm am ent depot fo r disposal.
1932. Torpedo Deflection Sights, Mark III and H I*, and their
Scotchmen
(T .
3130/37.9.9.1937.)
I . D e s c r ip t io n of t h e S ig h t s .
deflection,
M ark
III,
m o dified; w ith
sp read
AA 4
Section 3 1932/1937
712
4. In this new sight the deflection and director angle scales are inscribed
on xylonite and fitted inside a vertical drum which is internally illuminated.
The sight bar is controlled for training and elevation by a pistol grip below
the sight, and a clamp is provided for locking the training of the sight bar
when the desired deflection or director angle has been set.
5. The p istol now su p p lie d is fo r use as a g r ip only, bu t in due course
it is in tended to replace it by a new p attern o f revolver-ty p e firin g pistol.
P isto ls o f the latter type are being issued fo r t r ia l a t sea.
6. The Mark I I I * sight is not interchangeable with the Mark I I I . A
larger base plate with a central hole is required for the Mark I I I * and the
supporting legs have had to be differently spaced. The Mark I I I * is also
a taller sight, and, therefore, a lower base plate is required.
I I . S co tch m e n f o b T .D .S .
7. There are two different types of Scotchmen now in use, the old type
made out of copper or brass plate, which only protects the sight from above,
and the new type (Pattern 4610), which totally encloses the sight.
8. The o ld type is not la rg e enough to cover the T .D .S . I l l w ith the
spread fo re sigh t in place, an d therefore, at the tubes a separate bo x and
stowage position is fitted to house the spread sight when the cover is in
position. T h is Scotchman w ill not cover the T .D .S ., M a r k I I I * .
1.
I n s u l a t io n
713
Section 31939/1937
5. The modifications are to be carried out by ships staff, and ships are
to demand the additional insulators and fittings required, quoting this
Admiralty Fleet Order as authority.
6. A eria l Outfit Allow ances. Amendments to allowances of stores for
aerial outfits will be made in due course, when the reports in paragraph 7
have been considered.
7. R ep o rts. Senior Officers of Units are to forward proposals for the
adjustment of the number of insulators allowed by Establishment List No. A1
for various aerial outfits, stating the total number of insulators required for
fitting each type of aerial concerned. These reports should be included in
the half-yearly report on signalling equipment due to be forwarded in
June, 1938.
P art
2.
B r u s h in g
8. In ships fitted with small aerial systems or high power M/F sets, the
use of full power frequently causes severe brushing across aerial
insulators and in some cases across rigging insulators.
9. Brushing is an aperiodic disturbance of a spark nature and may
cause severe interference to reception on other frequencies, besides betraying
the position of the ship at night.
10. New design aerial and rigging insulators and new pattern aerial
wire now under consideration are expected greatly to reduce brushing, but
when rigging aerials, care must always be taken to eliminate sharp bends,
to tuck away ends of wire seizings, and to keep aerials and feeders as far
from metal stays and structures as possible. The new pattern rigging
insulator is expected to be smaller and more robust than the existing type.
11. R e p o r U l Pending the production and fitting of the new design
apparatus senior officers of units are to instruct those ships affected by
brushing, to use reduced power for M/F transmission on occasions when
brushing would be dangerous. The safe power lim it is to be determined by
trial. The brushing experienced and instructions issued are to be reported
in the half-yearly report on signalling equipment due to be forwarded in
June, 1938, and will be used to establish the priority of issue of the new
design apparatus.
Ships
A c h i l l e s E x e t e r L e a n d e r M e d w a y N e p tu n e
and O rio n
(S.D. 307/37.9.9.1937.)
Experience has shown that continuous running, authorised by
A.F.O. 1720/36, paragraphs 4, 5 and 6, Modification B, may cause serious
damage to certain components of the set through over-heating.
2. The provisions of A.F.O. 1720/36, paragraphs 4, 5 and 6, are therefore
cancelled in so far as ships named above are concerned. The delay of
15-30 seconds between the moment of opening the control box door and the
moment when the set is ready for use must be accepted.
3. The alarm system is separate from the amplifier portion of the sets
and the delay referred to above will not affect the use of the alarm signal.
(A . F . O . 1720/36.)
Section 3 1943/1937
714
P a rth ia n
(D. 3145/37.9.9.1937.)
When the modifications to the outboard induction systems in certain
submarines, approved by A.L., dated 19th August, 1936, D.5382/36, have been
completed, hydrogen content trials are to be carried out in each vessel and
in all new vessels, under the following conditions:
(i) Engine induction trunks open, battery exhaust open to outboard,
conning tower hatch open.
(ii) Engine induction trunks open, batteries exhausting into engine
room, conning tower hatch open.
(iii) Engine induction trunks open, batteries exhausting into engine
room, conning tower hatch closed.
2. Conditions (i) and (ii) to be carried out at approximate full engine
revolutions; condition (iii) to be carried out at the full limiting revolutions
for this condition.
3. The charging rate is to be the same for all conditions of hydrogen
content trials, and for condition (iii), when the conning tower hatch is
shut, the engine settings should be adjusted to ensure that the charging
requirement is met and to deliver as much power as possible to the shafts
without exceeding 90 per cent, of the maximum M .I.P. ojr the limiting
revolutions for this condition.
4. The batteries are required to be in a fully charged condition and
throughout the trial should be gassing freely while being charged at the
normal finishing rate.
5. Arrangements should be made for measuring and recording the fan
outputs and suction and discharge pressures, and the electrical input and
speeds of the fan motors during the trial, and for recording particulars of
the maximum revolutions and exhaust temperatures obtained on each engine
when trials are being carried out under condition (iii), any necessary
assistance being rendered by dockyard.
6. The results of the trials are to be reported in triplicate in due course.
7. A.F.O. 2352/31 should be regarded as cancelled when the work
authorised by A.L. D.5382/36, dated 19.8.36, has been completed.
1983.
1984.
1985.
1990* r ^ ssue^ Confidentially.
1991.
1994.
1995.
715
Section 31998/1937
1998. W/T Set, Type 52T Transportable and After Action Set
(S.D. 455/37. 16.9.1937.)
Distribution of Type 52T W/T sets will be commenced in 1939 in accordance
with the allocation shown in paragraph 2 below :
2. Allocation to Ships and Sea-going authorities, Peace and War.
( )
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
(/) Minesweepers
...
...
...
(g )
(h )
Surveying ships
...
...
...
Adventure, Lucia, Medway,
Resource,
Woolwich,
Greenwich, Maidstone, and
subsequent depot and repair ships.
Note . Sets purchased in 1939 will complete the allocation to capital ships,
aircraft carriers and cruisers and to escort vessels, patrol vessels and minesweepers
on foreign stations. The remaining sets required will be purchased in 1940. In view
of the decision to provide all these sets in two years, the Type 30 and 30A sets which
are superseded should be returned to store and disposed of, when the Type 52T sets
are received.
3. Supply . The sets will be issued in peace time to the ships and authorities
mentioned, except to ships to reserve or paid off.
4. Custody of Sets not issued in Peace Tim e . Sets allocated to ships in reserve
or paid off are to be retained by the Superintending Naval Store Officer of the port
at which they are in reserve for issue in an emergency. In addition a replacement
reserve of one set for every six sets or less on the station is to be maintained on each
station abroad.
5. Reports . Reports of half-yearly signalling equipment are to include
Typo 52T sets.
is
to
decide
as
to
the
existence
of
an
Section 3 2004/1937
716
2058.1
2064. > Issued Confidentially.
2065.
717
Section 32073/1937
Section a2105/1937
718
2105. Gun Mountings, 4-in., H.A., Mark XIX, fitted with Mark
X VI Guns Adjustment of Relative Position of Crank
Arm Carrying Roller Supply of Additional Rollers and
Modification to Bush
(G. 03695/37. 30.9.1937.)
In order to overcome the difficulties which have been experienced with the
semi-automatic gear on 4-in., H.A., Twin, Mark X I X mountings, it has been decided,
pending further investigation, to adjust the position of the crank arm carrying
roller and to fit a modified type of roller and bush.
2. Supply of a modified type of roller, together with retaining and thrust washers
will be arranged on the basis of one for each fitted, plus 50 per cent, spare rollers.
3. On receipt of these rollers, phosphor bronze bushes should be manufactured
and fitted by ships or depot ships staff in accordance with A.F.O. Diagram 111/37.
4. Ships concerned are to insert an item in their next defect list to provide
for the position of the crank arm carrying S.A. roller being checked and adjusted in
accordance with A.F.O. diagram 111/37 subsequent to the modification to breech
mechanisms referred to in A.F.O. 1529/37 which will be carried out by the
Armament Depots.
5. Mountings, Regd. No. 1 at Shoeburyness and No. 51 at A.R.L. are to be
dealt with as above by H.M. Dockyards, Chatham and Portsmouth respectively.
6. It should be noted that in the case of mountings fitted in H.M. Ships
Leander, Warspite, Orion, Cornwall, Neptune, Sheffield,
Glasgow, Norfolk, Aurora and Dorsetshire and left hand side of
No. 17 mounting in H.M.S. Fleetwood, arrangements have also been made to
substitute modified recoil piston rods to improve ejection.
7. Supply of similarly modified rods will not be made to other ships pending
the outcome of further trials.
719
Section 3 2107/1937
4. For the information of ships not supplied with C.B. 1925, the following
extract of the tests is issued for information. O.U. 6125 will be amended to include
these tests in due course :
Test C .l.
See that tilt corrector shows the same bearing as the director (or turret),
adjust if necessary. Train the director (or turret) and see that tilt corrector continues
to show the correct bearing.
Test C.2.
(1) Directors and 6-in. L .D .S . Set zero tilt. Mount one clinometer on a
dummy telescope in the telescope holder and a second on the non-elevating part
of the sight. Adjust and read off clinometers. Train director (or turret) and
confirm that the difference between the two clinometer readings remains constant
on all bearings.
(2) 16-in. and 8-in. L .D .S . and all Elevation Receivers. Set zero tilt, train
the turret or rotate tilt corrector and confirm that there is no movement of the
mechanical pointers in the elevation repeat (or elevation receiver).
Test C.3.
Section 32114/1937
720
721
Section 32120/1937
6.
Reports are to be forwarded under the following headings after six months
experience :
(a ) Does the sight provide for easy and comfortable manipulation in a seaway ?
(b) Are the speeds of elevation and training satisfactory ?
(c) Are the operators steadying belts required ?
(d ) Are the binoculars and open sights in the best positions relative to the
operators training and elevating handles at all angles of elevation of
the sight arms ?
(e) Is the convergence adjustment required ?
(/) Is night sight illumination for binoculars or open sights required ?
(g ) Is night sight illumination required for bearing racer and elevating scale ?
(h) Is the means provided for adjustment to suit height of individual operators
satisfactory ?
(i ) Is the provision of means to alter the working radius of the training
handle necessary, or alternatively, what fixed radius is recommended ?
( j ) Does the gear weather satisfactorily, and how much care and maintenance
is required ?
( k) Any other remarks or suggestions in connection with the searchlight
control equipment.
Confidentially.
Section 3 2129/1937
722
2. It has come to notice, that there are still in service a number of these
fittings which have not been modified, and all such screws are to be examined when
vessels are next in hand for refit, and new bottle screws provided in any instances
in which they are found to be not in accordance with Sketch D.N.C.19/386.
( G. 4623/37.7.10.1937.)
An instance has been reported of an elevation receiver dial working loose
and threatening to jam the electrical pointer. This is particularly liable
to occur in instruments subjected to vibration.
2. On the next occasion of removal of front covers, and following all
cases of stripping instruments down, the screws holding the dial in place
are to be lightly centre-popped to prevent them from working loose.
723
Section 3 2169/1937
(D. 12098/37.7.10.1937.)
With reference to K in gs Regulations and Admiralty Instructions,
Article 699, and B.R. 16Engineering Manual (1932), Article 318, the
examination of capstan and cable holder spindles and deck bushes is to be
carried out in future by dockyard labour. The examination is to include
the foot-step bearing.
2.
An item to cover this work is to be included in Defect Lists for the
vessels concerned.
T rib a l
The issue of cable, keys and terminal blocks to destroyers authorised for
marking purposes during throw-off firings, has been reconsidered in view
of the increasing number of gunnery practices of this nature.
2.
Flotilla leaders of the Home, Mediterranean and China Fleets are to
demand stores sufficient to make up a total of four complete sets (including
that already constructed) per flotilla, quoting this Admiralty Fleet Order as
authority.
Section 3 2179/1937
724
Cam pbell,
Codrington,
Douglas,
Keith,
K eppel,
3. Since only seven coils are normally carried in Adm iralty Pattern 1222
box of range coils, and space for nine coils is available, no provision for
additional stowage for the above coils is required.
4. A ll services concerned are to demand one o f each o f the follow ing
coils fo r each Tuner-amplifier B ll, Pattern 1206/K or 1265/K fitted, quoting
this Order as authority. These coils, however, w ill not be available fo r issue
until a fter 1st A p r i l , 1938:
Pattern 5520, coil, R .F., 900-1,700 kc/s.
Pattern No. 5521, coil, detector, 900-1,700 kc/s.
5. The W / T Establishment Lists affected w ill be amended.
725
Section 32182/1937
Section 32235/1937
726
only . The
above
727
Section 32274/1937
8. Dockyards only. The necessary drawings for guidance in fitting the new
parts will be issued shortly.
9. The new parts will be delivered in the first place to Portsmouth Yard and
should be obtained from that yard as required.
I t should be noted that the first deliveries will not commence until about
November, 1937.
10. Arrangements will also be made for the supply o f the new cams and rollers
for Mountings Nos. 1 and 61.
These are to be fitted by H.M. Dockyards, Chatham and Portsmouth
respectively.
11. H . M . Dockyard, Portsmouth, only. The type B recoil piston rod ex
Fleetwood which is now at Portsmouth should be fitted in the left-hand side
of No. 17 Mounting in Fleetwood at the same time as the new semi-automatic
gear is fitted.
(A . F . O . 2105/37.)
2283. Torpedoes, 21-in., Mark V III Use of Screw, St. No. 515,
in lieu of Screw, St. No. 681, for securing Clips for
both the Reducer and the L.P. Air Pipe to C.N.R.V.
to Pump Body
(A.S. 3817/37. 21.10.1937.)
In the change over from Screw, St. No. 862, to St. No. 681, for 21-in., Mark V I I I
engines referred to in A.F.O. 897/37, it has been found that the engagement o f
thread is inadequate when the latter screw is used for securing to pump body the
clips for both the reducer and.the L.P. air pipe to C.N.R.V.
2. It has been approved, therefore, to fit 2 No. Screws, St. No. 515, in lieu.
3. The adoption of screw, St. No. 515, for this service involves the lengthening
of the screwed portion to 65.
4. A ll screws, St. No. 515, on board are to be modified as necessary.
5. Screws, St. No. 515, at present carried in Chests, spare gear, 21-in.,
V I I I - V I I I * and Chests, tools and spare gear, 21-in., V I I I - V I I I * are restricted
for use with 21-in., Mk. V I I I * torpedoes only.
6. In view of the foregoing this restriction will now be removed.
7. Labels of chests are to be amended as necessary.
(A .F .O . 897/37.)
Section 3 2328/1937
728
5. G y r o Sights.
( i ) In all Type H sights and in Type J sights of 1934 cruiser pro
gramme onwards, provision is made fo r the fitting o f driers in
holders to the underside of the prism casings, the holes being
blanked when the holders are not fitted. A stock o f holders is
being accumulated by ordering a pair fo r each new sight, the
details being assembled only on spare and reserve instruments.
I t is not intended that component sights should be so equipped.
( i i ) In spare and reserve Type G and earlier Type J sights, two in No.
driers, size 2, are to be fixed back to back on a stand which is to
be placed inside the gyro casing. A suitable stand is shown on
A.F.O . Diagram 125/37 (1 and 2). These stands are to be made
by the dockyards and establishments concerned.
( i i i ) A ll spare and reserve sights are to be fitted with driers as soon as
holders become available. Stocks o f No. 2 size driers w ill be
carried at Portsmouth, Devonport, Chatham, M alta and Hong
Kong Yards.
????*
2436.
^ Is s u e d Confidentially.
2440.
2443. Above-Water Torpedo Tubes, 21-in. P.R. I* and 21-in.
F.A.W., Mark II* Indicator for Top Stop REPORTS
H . M . Ships In glefield and In tr e p id Class , R ev en g e ,
R esolution and Dockyards concerned
(T . 2592/37. 11.11.1937.)
An indicator is to
A.F.O. D iagram 132/37.
be
fitted
to
the
top
stops
as
shown
in
729
Section 32446/1937
2446.
2447.
2453. V Issued Confidentially.
2454. |
2491.J
striker
point
and
2499*J*^SSW^
Confidentially.
T orped o Boats
Section 32504/1937
730
731
Section 32544/1937
Aircraft carriers
...
...
...
...
Capital ships and cruisers ...
...
...
H.M.S. Vulcan (tender for M.T.B.s) ...
...
...
...
12
2
8
Pattern 4983 (Short T ype) and Pattern 4985 ( Long T ype) for 21-in. Torpedoes
for ships carrying 21-in. Torpedoes.
Pattern 4983. Pattern 4985.
(Short type.) (Long type.)
Capital ships
...
...
...
...
...
...
Cruisers
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Leaders and destroyers ( Codrington and Acasta,
and later).
Leaders and destroyers (prior to Codrington and
Acasta ).
Submarines ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Depot ships for submarines and destroyers
...
...
Tenders for submarines
...
...
...
...
...
4
2
4
3
3
6
2
Section 32555/1937
732
3. The two types o f 21-in. strop are intended to be used in the following
oircumstances :
Pattern 4983 (Short type). For ships with parting spaces.
(These are made as short as possible in order to obtain the greatest
possible lift.)
Pattern 4985 (Long type). For picking-up.
(These are made 6 in. longer than Pattern 4983, to facilitate reeving
from a picking-up boat).
4. To ensure a gradual supply and replacement o f 21-in. strops in the ships
affected, the following arrangements will be made :
(a ) Cruisers.
2* Pattern 4985 will be supplied when available, and 2 Pattern 4983
now on board are to be replaced by Pattern 4985 when they become
due for renewal.
Supply o f the quantities marked * at (a ) and (d ) to existing ships and new con
struction ships concerned will be made by the storing yards. W ith these exceptions,
supply otherwise to ships of new construction up to and including 1937 Programme
will be made by shipbuilders in the case of contract built ships and by the yards
concerned in the case o f dockyard built ships.
5. All ribbon strops in excess o f the above allowances are to be returned to
store. Ships not complete to the allowances should demand on their storing yards
under the conditions outlined in paragraph 4 above.
6. Ribbon strops, Pattern 4982, will supersede slings, steel band, Patterns 1490
and 1493. Ships should return any slings o f these patterns on board for disposal in
accordance with A.F.O. 830/37. The allowance o f slings, Pattern 1496, will remain.
7. Proposals for the disposal of yard stocks of slings, Patterns 1490 and 1493,
are to be forwarded to Admiralty in special Returns D.68.
8. Demands on Form D.273 to provide for requirements to 31st March, 1938,
plus reserve, are to be forwarded by storing yards as early as practicable. Proposals
for the addition o f the strops to the Authorised List o f Naval Stores and Contract
Schedule 118 are to be forwarded by Portsmouth, accompanied by six copies of
the relative drawings. A separate drawing and specification should be introduced for
strop, Pattern 4985.
9. The 21-in. ribbon strop, Pattern 4983, is shown on Portsmouth Drawing
M.C.D. 010277 (8.6.33). The Pattern 4985 will be in all respects the same, except
that the eye which reeves through the thimble is to be 1 ft. 9 in. instead o f 1 ft. 3 in.,
shown on the drawing. The 18-in. ribbon strop, Pattern 4982, is shown on
Portsmouth Drawing M.C.D. 07986 (8.10.30).
10. The Authorised List o f Naval Stores and the Sea Store Establishments
concerned will be amended.
(A .F .O . 830/37.)
733
Section 32559/1937
Section 3 2602/1937
734
6. Cordite Fumes in Turret Chin Houses during Sub-Calibre Firing. (a) Cordite
fumes from prolonged sub-calibre firing have caused serious poisoning o f gun house
crews when no air-blast was used. The poisoning is from the carbon monoxide
(CO) in the cordite fumes ; one per cent, o f this makes the air fatal to breathe, and
it is tasteless, odourless and colourless.
No ill-effect is noticeable, until men are
suddenly disabled and become unconscious. The danger is greatest when firing
takes place up wind.
(b)
When the gun air-blast can be adapted for use with sub-calibres shipped,
no harm is likely to occur, but extra ventilation is still advisable. I f the air-blast
cannot be used, enough o f the following precautions should be taken to ensure
safety :
(i) Blow through the parent gun after every run or series o f about 20 rounds,
with a flexible air hose temporarily connected to any convenient source
o f supply.
(ii) Get natural ventilation by opening rear doors and overhead manholes,
and by removing blast bags.
(iii) Keep fan ventilation running.
(iv) The gun house crew may be sent into the fresh air between runs by
permission o f the Control Officer.
2609. Tubes, Vent, Electric, S, 0-5-in., Mark VII, Lot 13, filled
R.L. 3/33 Withdrawal
(A.S. 7572/37. 2.12.1937.)
All tubes, vent, electric, S., O 5 in., Mark V II, Lot 13, filled R .L. 3/33, on board
H.M. ships at home and abroad are to be returned to store at the first opportunity
and others demanded in lieu.
2.
Stocks o f this lot in Naval Armament Depots, together with those landed
from ships under this Order, are to be set aside pending further instructions.
735
Section 3 2612/1937
Section 32618/1937
736
A risk o f fire exists in Types 49 and 49c if the flexible leads to the aerial coil
in Types 49 and 49c and to the primary coil in Type 49c touch adjacent leads. It
has been decided to replace these flexible leads with stiff bare copper wire.
2. In ships fitted with Types 49 and 49c, the flexible anode and aerial tapping
leads to the aerial coil are to be replaced by ships staff with suitable lengths of
10 s.w.g. bare copper wire. The connections should be run as directly as possible
consistent with the clearances between any two wires being equal to at least quarter
the distance between the terminals where those wires join the coil and subject to
the m in im u m clearance being not less than half-inch. This will prevent sparking
over either between wires or from wires to coil.
3. The necessary amendments to the fitting-out specification for Type 49 sets
have been promulgated. The specification for Type 49c will be correct when issued.
Type 49c.
4. Ships fitted with Type 49c are to replace the flexible connections to the
primary coil as described above.
737
Section 3 2671/1937
4. The supply of fuze holders is being made on the basis of one to each dynamo
and service fuze release switch fitted plus three spare per ship.
5. Fuze elements are being supplied on the basis of four complete renewals.
Stocks o f these elements carried on board should not be allowed to fall below two
complete renewals.
6. Action is to be taken by ships staffs as follows :
Ships fitted with fuze holders A . P . 9376 and fuze elements A . P . 9377 : To
fuze elements,
Ships fitted with fuze holders A . P . 9354 and fuze elements A . P . 9355 : To
fit new fuze elements of the same pattern number 9355, but which will be o f
material to the new specification.
Disposal of superseded fuze holders and elements : The fuze holders and
fuze elements removed are to be returned to store for disposal.
7. Fuzes in dynamo fuze release switches and in service fuze release switches
supplying important services are to be replaced by new elements at intervals o f
six months* whilst renewals o f the elements in fuze release switches supplying other
services should be made not less frequently than once a year.
8. Should the fracture o f a fuze element occur in future the fractured wire should
be preserved and forwarded to the Admiralty for examination, together with a
report of the circumstances.
9. The establishment o f Naval Stores for Electrical and Torpedo Purposes is
being amended so that the emergency stock quantities o f fuze elements,
Patterns 9355 and 9377A, to be carried, will permit o f two complete renewals of
fuze elements in all the fuze release switches fitted.
10. Fuze holders, Pattern 9376, and fuze elements, Pattern 9377, should be
rendered obsolete and the schedule drawings cancelled.
11. The requirements o f fuze holders and fuze elements are tabulated below :
First Fi1jting.
No. required per Ship.
Class o f Ship.
N elson
Emerald (only)
Adventure ...
K e n t
London
Dorsetshire ...
Y o rk
Leander
Arethusa ...
and up to
Southampton
Fuze Holders,
Patt. 9376A
Fuze
Fuze
Fuze
(complete with Element,
Element,
Element,
Fuze Element, Patt. 9355. Patt. 9355. Patt.9377A
Patt. 9377A).
40
V
60
10
40
40
40
50
50
180
30
120
120
120
150
150
Spare
Fuze Holders,
Patt. 9376A.
No. required
per Ship.
120
90
30
BB
Section 3 2675/1937
738
() C o u r a g e o u s , D e v o n s h i r e ,
London,
Shropshire,
and
Sussex.
...
2. Type 36S in H.M. Signal School, Portsmouth, will be converted to type 36M
as soon as a set o f panels, not required for ships reconstructing or undergoing large
repairs, becomes available.
Conversions in 1937 Financial Year
3. Stores for the conversion o f power boards and panels in 1937 were made
available for the following services, or for re-allocation :
Argus, Cornwall, Courageous, Effingham, Glorious, Kent,
Resolution, Revenge and Royal Sovereign.
Certain o f these sets have been re-allocated as follows :
Courageous
Revenge
Resolution
Furious.
H.M. Signal School, Portsmouth.
Norfolk.
4. The following ships if available will be fitted with type 36M in financial
year 1938 :
Adventure (110-volts), Courageous (if not fitted with the central
control W/T system), Cumberland,
Em erald
(110-volts),
Enterprise (110-volts), Frobisher, Hawkins, Resolution
and Revenge.
5. I f Courageous is fitted with the central control W/T system, one set of
converted power boards and valve panels will be available for the conversion of
type 36S to 36M in another 220-volts service.
739
Section 32683/1937
2722.1
2723. > Issued Confidentially.
2724. J
(C30235)
BB
Section 3 2727/1937
740
741
Section 32728/1937
8.
Containers returned for test in accordance with O.U. 5427, paragraph 205,
are to be represenative o f the containers on board being un-fitted from respirators
and others from the 5 per cent, spare containers carried being fitted in lieu.
The information to be supplied in accordance with O.U. 5427, paragraphs 205 (2),
should be modified to read :
(a ) Name of ship and station,
( b) The range o f deck temperatures during the past six months ; and
(c) The average deck temperature during the past six months.
bb
Section 3 2734/1937
742
...
...
(G. 5595/37.-30.12.1937.)
Reports are to be forwarded at the earliest opportunity in reply to the
follow in g questions affecting the condition of aluminium casings o f Type D
elevation and train ing receivers fitted at the gun mountings of the leaders
and destroyers concerned.
Questionnaire.
any
of
the
above
defects the
most
2.
Dockyards should furnish reports in answer to any of the above
questions on which they may have experience and in particular to ( i i i )
and (iv ).
743
Section 32769/1937
3.
Dockyards should report the numbers of reserve and base spare
receivers issued to the ships concerned in exchange for component receivers
and the condition of the replaced instruments stating what action has been
found necessary to make good these appropriations.
(G. 08047/37.30.12.1937.)
Instances have been reported o f the corrosion of the terminal covers o f
tra in in g receivers o f E class and later leaders and destroyers.
2. Ships should examine these covers with particular reference to the
state of jo in t faces and, where corrosion has set in which is liable to prejudice
the watertightness o f the instrument, an item to cover their replacement is
to be included in the next defect list.
3. When new covers are made by the dockyards they are to be made o f
manganese bronze.
2773*
I ssued Confidentially.
(T. 5194/37.30.12.1937.)
Investigation has shown that these errors may be experienced at sea
with resultant uncertainty as to the exact movement transmitted from the
sight.
2.
These errors have, in certain instances, been found to result from
incorrect alignment o f the receiver motor coupling to its driven shaft, and
may be eliminated by the use o f suitable liners between the motor baseplate
and the motor(s) as required to bring the members into alignment.
ships should
bb
PERIODS
IN
WHICH
IGNITERS
HAVE
BEEN
INSERTED
IN
TORPEDOES
Section 3 2778/1937
744
745
Section 32780A937
2780."1
2781. > Issued Confidentially.
2782. J
(N .S . 13294/37.30.12.1937.)
The protector paravane equipment for H .M . Ships Black Swan and
Flam ingo is to be based on the establishment fo r planing shoe sets.
2. Gear for the working of paravanes w ill be supplied by the ship
builders, as indicated in B.R. 366, Chapter V I.
3. The length o f towing ropes w ill be communicated to the storing yard
by the Captain, H .M .S. Vernon, in due course, and a pair o f suitable
wires should be fitted into roller cutters before despatch from yard.
4. Items o f roller cutter gear should be supplied in accordance with
the allowance shown in C.A.F.O. 549/36, Statement A . This Order is
being embodied in the revised issue of B.R. 366/37, which is expected to be
distributed shortly, as stated in A .F.O . 2246/37.
Section 32797/1937
746
2.
In ships not already so provided, or in which arrangements for
such provision have not been made, a suitable existing sheltered position
should be selected by the ship s officers for fillin g the pilot balloons. The
dockyard officers concerned are to investigate, in conjunction with the
ships officers, the practicability o f provid ing space for a meteorological
office 8 ft. by 6 ft. in such ships and to select positions for the distant
reading thermograph and other instruments. The positions proposed are
to be reported to the A dm iralty fo r consideration.
747
Section 32804/1937
(v ) No charge w ill be made for the loan of the bedding but contractors
are to be charged with carriage expenses, the cost o f washing
after use, and the value o f any deficiencies or damage resulting
from the loan.
(v i) The dockyard or R .N . Barracks lending the bedding is to be
responsible fo r recovering the charges from the Contractor, and
the R .N . Barracks for inform ing any Dockyard Department,
etc., which may also be concerned (e.g ., in arranging carriage
of m en 's b e d d in g ) of the Contractors liability.
(v ii) Before bedding is issued each article is to be marked so that it
can be readily identified.
(v iii) Bags, covers, etc., are to be provided as necessary in order that
the bedding may be kept clean when not in use.
4. A suitable clause respecting the conditions governing the supply o f
bedding on loan to Contractors, as laid down in this Order, is already
embodied in the contract documents.
5. The necessary amendments w ill be made to O.U. 5332 Procedure fo r
supervision of ships and vessels building and completing at Contractors
Yards.
6. Existing stocks o f officers bedding held at the three R .N . Barracks
for this purpose should be returned to the Superintending N a va l Store
Officer at the respective dockyards. Quantities which may at present be on
loan should also be returned after delivery from Contractors.
7. Suitable arrangements should be made for bedding, on return, to be
disinfected or washed.
Section 43367/1924
748
Section 4.
OTHER STORES NAVAL STORES, VICTUALLING STORES,
MEDICAL STORES, CONTRACTS
1924
3367. Carbons Agreement with General Electric Co. for Supply
(C .P . 33755. 12.12.1924.)
An agreement has been entered into with The General Electric Co.,
Ltd., Magnet House, Kingsway, W.C.2, by the Adm iralty, W ar Office and
A ir Ministry, under which the three Departments have undertaken that,
so long as the Company can manufacture carbons to the specifications from
time to time required, in sufficient quantities and in all other respects to
the satisfaction of the said Departments, all orders placed with the trade
for searchlight and other arc carbons shall be placed with this Company.
The General Electric Co. w ill also carry out research and experiments
in conjunction with the Departments concerned with a view to evolving
better carbons and carbons of different types, and any proposals under
this heading should be forwarded to the Secretary of the Adm iralty, for the
Interdepartmental Technical Committee, D .E .E . Department, Adm iralty.
In normal circumstances all orders for carbons required for N aval
use under this agreement w ill be placed by Director of N a v y Contracts,
who will settle the prices to be paid. If, however, in special circumstances,
direct arrangements with the Company are made by any Establishment for
a small supply, particulars should be immediately reported to the Director
of N a v y Contracts, who w ill arrange the price to be paid.
The agreement with the firm lays down definite terms of payment for all
supplies, and it is therefore unnecessary to obtain local tenders from the
Company.
1930
1827. Microscope Objectives, etc. Care
(M .D .G . 7596/30 11.7.1930.)
Cases have recently occurred of microscope objectives and other lenses
being damaged by attempts to unscrew the mounts of the lens. In most cases
the pressure of the pliers or grip p in g instruments used have loosened the
netting of the lenses, and, even when this has not occurred, the centering of
the lenses has been interfered with, as it is not possible to screw the lens
mount into the same position as originally placed by the maker. The correct
axis of the combination of lenses is obtained in a lathe by a series of
intricate adjustments, and Medical Officers are to note, therefore, that the
mounts of objectives, etc., are not to be unscrewed un d er any circumstances.
2. I f lenses are considered to need cleaning between com binations they
must be returned into store in order that arrangements may be made for the
operation to be carried out by the makers.
3. Special care should be taken in handling old Ross ^ in. objectives.
These lenses have been repeatedly reset, with a resultant progressive thinning
of the metal seating. As a consequence, the shoulder retaining the setting
is reduced and the mount is rendered comparatively fragile.
4. Precautions should be taken to guard against lenses being loosened
in their settings by heat transmitted from the source of illum ination when
incandescent or arc lamps are used.
749
Section 4 3277/1930
1931
1754. Artificial Eyes and Trusses Revised Procedure as
regards First Supply and Replacements
(M.D.G. 1235/31. 17.7.1931.)
In future, prior Admiralty approval need not be obtained for the issue of artificial
eyes or trusses, providing no doubt exists as to the mans eligibility under the
regulations for a free supply or replacement, and the normal appliance meets require
ments. Such supplies may be effected immediately by issue from stock or local
purchase, but each case should be reported to the Medical Department, Admiralty,
after the supply, with details as rendered at present.
2. When any doubt exists as to a mans eligibility for a free supply, or the
case presents exceptional features (e.g., where the normal appliance is unsuitable
and a more expensive type is necessary), the application should be submitted to the
Medical Department, Admiralty, as at present.
3. The cost of an appliance issued to a civilian employee as the result of an
injury on duty will be chargeable to the contingency subhead of the Vote from which
the man was paid at the date of the injury.
(N .S . 9720/31.6.11.1931.)
( This rep rin t embodies A .F .O s . 1270/32 and 332/36.)
Section 4- 2631/1931
750
751
Section 42631/1931
N aval
(N .S .)
o f the
empty
(iv ) The packages containing returned stores, loose bulky articles and
empties are to be handed over to the Clerk in Charge, N a vy Stores, at
Bahrein, who is to arrange for victu alling and N aval store consignments
to be stowed separately in the godowns while aw aiting shipment. Lists of
the packages, bulky articles and empties are to be prepared by ships Account
ing Officers in quadruplicate on Forms S.549 (separate lists fo r N a va l and
victualling consignments are necessary) and sent with the consignments to
the Clerk in Charge, who w ill give dated receipts on the quadruplicates and
return them at once to the ship s officers.
The remaining three copies
w ill be retained by the Clerk in Charge until the consignments are shipped,
when, after insertion of the name of the oiler, date o f shipment, and
Masters receipt, they w ill be dealt with as follow s:
O rig in a l. To be sent under cover to consignee (S.V.S.O . or
S.N.S.O., M alta).
D u p lic a te. Handed to Master o f oiler fo r use as a bill o f lading.
T rip lica te. To be retained and kept in a guard book by Clerk
in Charge, Bahrein, as a proof that goods have been shipped. They
should be arranged under ships names and in order of date when
raised, so as to facilitate reference in the event o f queries.
(v ) A copy o f each survey or return note is to be posted to the S.V.S.O.
or S.N.S.O., Malta, as soon as the consignments are landed at Bahrein.
Ships Accounting Officers are to keep the receipted quadruplicates^ of
Forms S.549 with the pertinent batches o f survey and return notes (ships
copies) until they receive detailed receipts for the stores from the S.V.S.O.
or S.N.S.O., Malta. I f such detailed receipts are not received within a
reasonable time after it is known that a shipment from Bahrein has taken
place, steps are to be taken to v e rify that the goods have actually been shipped
from Bahrein, and enquiries as to the missing receipts addressed to S.V.S.O.
or S.N.S.O. i f necessary. Ships accounts are not to be cleared until such
receipts have been obtained, or until A dm iralty approval has been obtained
to write off any discrepancies.
(v i) In regard to permanent N aval stores demanded from England in
lieu o f those returned to Malta, cross references should be quoted on the
requisitions fo r survey and the demands in lieu, thus:
O n the demand.
In lieu o f stores being returned to M alta on K/S ......................
(quote ships serial number).
O n the req u isition f o r survey.
Stores in lieu are being demanded from England on demand
................... (quote ship s serial number).
Section 41467/1932
752
1932
1467. Provisions Repayment Issues in Ships in which
General Messing is in Operation
(V . 1149 /32. 17.6.1932.)
The follow in g arrangements for issue o f provisions on repayment in
ahips in which the General Mess system is in operation are promulgated for
inform ation and guidance :
Officers' Messes.
1. P r o v is io n Account.
( a ) P ro vis io n s
O btained
fro m
Victu a llin g
Y a rd s
or
und er
A d m ira lty C ontracts. Details o f issues on repayment are to be shown
on the pages provided for that purpose in Form S.83, P a rt 1a, issues
to officers messes being shown in black and those to mens messes in
red ink.
A daily record of the provisions issued to various messes is to be
kept on board in Form S.72. W eekly totals should be transferred to
Form S.115.
In the fa ir account forwarded to the A dm iralty, the follow in g
details only are required on the pages mentioned:
Page 10. Cash account voucher.
Page 13. Monthly amount recovered.
Pages 10-13. Total issues fo r quarter.
P rovin g column.
( b ) Other P ro v is io n s , i.e., Purcha sed by A ccountant Officer. Issues
on repayment w ill not be shown separately in the body o f Form S.83,
P a rt I a , but a statement is to accompany the account, g iv in g details of
the articles sold, with rates and values. Sales to officers and mens
messes are to be shown separately. The amounts recovered are to be
shown in the Abstract o f Expenditure on the final page o f Form S.83,
P a rt 1a .
A detailed record of the issues to various messes is to be kept on
board, weekly totals being transferred to Form S.115.
753
Section 4 1467/1932
2. Cash A ccount.
( ) Officers.Recoveries are to be brought to account on Form S.73,
amounts in respect of victu alling yard, etc., provisions and other
provisions being shown separately.
( ) Merits Messes. The amounts due are to be recovered in cash
monthly, or as may be arranged. The recoveries may be shown on a
separate voucher to the Cash Account or, i f preferred, the recoveries
may be included on Form S. 73, but in a separate column from that
used fo r issues to officers messes. Amounts due in respect of
victu allin g yard, etc., provisions and other provisions are to
be shown separately.
(N .S . 5711/32. 1.7.1932.)
The attention of all concerned is called to the undesirability of complet
ing sloops with stores for more than the authorised storing period (4 months
for naval and victu alling stores) i f it can possibly be avoided.
2. When sloops are detached fo r cruises where they w ill be out of touch
with a naval supply base fo r a prolonged period, arrangements should be
made? i f practicable, fo r the vessels to be replenished with the more bulky
descriptions o f stores at some convenient port visited during the cruise.
3. Red Sea sloops should be replenished by quarterly shipments from
Malta.
4. Sloops operating for a prolonged period on the West Coast o f A frica
should demand any necessary replenishments from England (demands to be
sent in good time to the Director of Stores and Director o f V ictu allin g), the
port and date when the consignment is required to arrive being furnished in
a covering letter.
5. Sim ilar arrangements to those indicated in paragraph 4 should be
made for sloops on detached cruises in South American waters, but any
saving in weight that can be effected by purchasing supplies o f sugar, flour
and preserved meat at South American ports during the voyage should be
taken into account when preparing for the cruise, so that the demands for
other bulky stores from England can be reduced as much as possible.
6. Stores in excess o f the authorised allowance of four months are not to
be carried without prior A dm iralty sanction; any such additional stores
approved to be carried should be stowed as low down in the ship 'as can be
conveniently arranged.
1933
196. Stores and Empty Packages Returned to Medical and
Dental Contractors REPORTS
(M .D .G . 448/33. 20.1.1933.)
Medical and Dental Officers afloat and ashore are reminded that in the
event o f stores being returned to contractors as unsuitable and fo r exchange,
details must be forwarded to the D irector o f N a vy Accounts as soon as
possible in order to ensure that proper financial adjustment is obtained from
the contractors.
2.
I f the articles returned were supplies ordered from the contractors
by the A dm iralty, a report is also to be forwarded to the Medical DirectorGeneral o f the N avy, indicating in what respects the articles supplied are
regarded as unsuitable.
Section 4 196/1933
754
Section 41238/1933
755
1934
331. Plate, Relics, Trophies, etc. Insurance
(M .8.2.1934.)
The follow in g rules are promulgated governing the necessity fo r insuring
articles o f N a va l plate, etc. :
( i ) A rticles presented to ships un d er dedication agreement or oth er
wise, or presented to ships messes, etc.
presented to a ship
A d m ira lty to another ship.
of one
name and
loaned
by
the
Section 4331/1934
756
757
Section 4 1872/1934
( K . R . and A . I . , A p p e n d ix X I X . )
Section 42539/1934
758
6.
Ro&yth and Firth of Forth . The present contract for Washing, etc., terminates
on 16th December, 1934.
6. A new contract dated 5th November, 1934, C.P.19553, has been arranged
with Messrs. David Brown, Ltd., Dunfermline, and will come into force on
17th December, 1934.
7. Priced copies o f all the contracts will shortly be available for issue, and
Ships and Establishments requiring copies should inform the Director o f N avy
Contracts (Branch 6a) as soon as possible, stating how many copies are desired.
1935
296. Trial of Contract-made Boots for Royal Marines REPORT
(C .P . 2233/35. 7.2.1935.)
I t has been decided to carry out a three years tria l of boots manufactured
by the Trade fo r Royal Marines.
2. The tria l w ill be carried out by N.C. officers and men o f the Chatham
Division, wherever serving, except recruits whilst at the depot, R.M .
In itia l issue w ill be made with annual clothing due 23rd A p ril, 1935.
Boots of R.M . manufacture are not to be worn during the period o f the
trial, except in special circumstances, e.g., during repair of Trade boots, etc.
3. The ranks concerned w ill not be permitted to take up compensation in
lieu o f issues in kind during the period o f the trial.
4. In order to ascertain the wearing qualities, etc., under all condi
tions, of the Trade boot, a detailed record in the f l o w i n g form is to be
maintained fo r N.C. officers and men belonging t^^Bhatham D ivision by
officers commanding R.M . detachments fo r ran ksj^B v in g afloat and by
Company Commanders fo r ranks serving at R.M . Ea^fclishments:
To whom Issued.
Reg. Rank.
No.
Name.
Repaired.
Date
of
Issue.
If adversely
affected by
Cost and Action of
Date. Nature of Salt Water.
Repairs.
Whether
Boots are
still fit for
Wear after
12 months
use.
General remarks
as to Wearing
Qualities
(to
include
par
ticulars
of
any specially
arduous wear,
to which sub
jected).
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
N ote : A fresh record is to be maintained for each annual clothing year 1935, 1936, 1937.
Section 4^-298/1935
759
Purchase rope
Description of Rope.
...
Where special thimbles are found necessary for fitting the ropes, supply
should be obtained by local purchase or by yard manufacture.
ships,
etc.,
Portland
and
2. New contracts have been arranged as follows and w ill come into force
on 1st A p ril, 1935.
P o rtla n d .
The
Sheerness.
Schedules A
and
B.
Contract
dated
20th
February,
1935.
C .P. 13176/34.
3. Priced copies of the above contracts w ill shortly be available for issue,
and ships and establishments requiring copies should inform the Director
of N a v y Contracts (Branch 6a) as soon as possible stating how many copies
are desired.
Section 41921/1935
760
2.
Payment for services performed under this contract will be authorised by the
Admiralty. Claims are to be forwarded by the Contractor to the Director o f N avy
Accounts, Admiralty, London, S.W .l, supported by a voucher from the Master,
giving particulars o f the services performed, the nett register tonnage o f ship or
vessel concerned, and stating whether the towage has been satisfactorily carried out.
I f men
abroad join in No. 5 suits, a No. 3 suit should be substituted for a No. 5 suit in the
above list for disembarkation in England.
( b ) D itty boxes should be stowed in the Service kit bags.
761
Section 41985/1935
Description.
Quantity.
Special
16
7
284a
the side o f the o ven ; seven 2-lb. tins end to end along the other side and
across the front.
Lower Compartment. Six 8-lb. tins in pairs, end to end, along the depth
of the oven.
Small Oven
Three 8-lb. tins, end to end, along the depth o f the oven, in both upper
and lower compartments.
Section 41990/1935
762
72a
73a
74a
75a
76a
77a
78a
80
81
82
83
85
Article.
i
>
1 qt.
,,
,,
,,
1 pt.
)
i )l
1 giU
>>
>
>
i
ft
,,
,,
round, ga l.*
1 qt.*
1 pt.*
h *
gill*
150-199 100-149
1
1
...
...
...
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
50-90
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
underSO
1
1
1
1
1
1
38G6/35. 3.10.1935.)
763
Section 4 2382/1935
Section 42382/1935
764
B.
P u b lic R ep rod u ction of B adge D esigns. ( i ) The Crown copy
right o f the designs officially approved as the badges o f H .M . ships
is vested in the Controller o f H .M . Stationery Office by Royal Letters
Patent. Permission to reproduce the designs is granted to the public
on payment o f a royalty fee o f one shilling in respect o f each design
reproduced. Each applicant is required to give an acknowledgement
that the copyright o f the design is held by the Controller of
H .M . Stationery Office.
( i i ) A photograph o f the design, together with inform ation as to
colours and motto, is obtainable on payment o f Is. Qd. for each badge.
( i i i ) Applications should be addressed to :
The Adm iral Superintendent,
H .M . Dockyard,
Chatham.
(A . F . O . 2889/85.)
Consideration has been given to the use of tarred sisal cordage, and it
has been decided that for the follow in g services the class of sisal cordage
indicated is to be used.
Services fo r which tarred sisal should be used.
Boat ropes.
Capstan swifters.
Jiggers and luffs.
Derrick guys.
Lamp halyards.
Accommodation ladder tackles.
Carley float lashings.
Guys to building slip gaffs.
Topping lif t falls.
Spring tackles.
Staging lines.
L ife lines.
Can hook strops.
Springs.
Coaling-whip outhauls.
Nose and ta il lines for torpedoes.
Aw ning earrings.
Compressor falls.
Lacings for canvas.
Fixtures, small awnings, blast
screens,
windsails,
boats
covers, canopies, tarpaulins,
etc.
Guest warps.
Creeper lines.
Collision mat lines.
Sounding-boom gear.
Transporting hawsers.
Buoy ropes.
Hook ropes.
Side screen gear.
Dressing-line downhauls.
H eaving lines.
765
Section 4233/1936
1936
430*
Confidentially.
Section 41205/1936
766
8.
The Crown copyright of the designs officially approved as badges o f Fleet
Air Arm Squadrons is vested in the Controller o f H.M. Stationery Office by Royal
Letters Patent. Permission to reproduce the designs is granted to the public
on payment of one shilling (royalty fee) in respect of each design reproduced. Each
applicant is required to give an acknowledgment that the copyright o f the design
is held by the Controller of H.M. Stationery Office. A photograph of a design,
together with information as to colours and motto, is also obtainable on payment
o f Is. 6d. for each badge. Applications should be addressed to :
The Secretary,
Ships Badges Committee,
Admiralty, S.W .l.
(A ir Ministry Order A . 14/36.)
767
Section -2383/1936
This cable is to be charged direct to the specific service for which the
material is laid, and S.134D Supply Vouchers (endorsed with fu ll particu
lars o f the service) sent to the Accountant Officer of the ship or service
concerned. Cable should then be issued off charge as expended.
Cable and kindred Stores draw n
D ock yard Officers.
otherwise than
under
the d irection
of
Section 42769/1936
Per catapult ship
equipped with one
or more aircraft.
768
Cameras
...
Fittings
...
1 P. 18 plus 1 reserve.
1 per I.E. and reserve F.24.
Where different types o f aircraft are
embarked, installation fittings will
be supplied to permit of F.24 camera
being fitted into each type o f aircraft.
2. I t will be noted that the allowances provide for reserve cameras for the
Fleet Air Arm to be held on board ship.
3. The fittings referred to in the above statement comprise the undermentioned
removable items required to operate the F.24 camera :
(a) Motor.
(b ) Mechanical control.
(c) Electrical leads.
(d ) Mountings for
(i) Vertical and
(ii) Oblique (hand held) photography.
4. The P. 14 and P. 18 types o f cameras, which are at present supplied to most
catapult ships, are obsolete. They will be replaced by cameras, type F.24, except
in ships equipped with Osprey aircraft, for which type o f aircraft the F.24 is
unsuitable. When Osprey aircraft are replaced in these ships cameras, type F.24,
should be demanded to replace the cameras, type P. 14 or P. 18.
5. In the older catapult ships and in all small cruisers it is the intention that
the type F.24 cameras shall be generally used for hand-held oblique photography
only. Fully equipped dark rooms will not be fitted in these ships, each ship making
its own arrangements for developing and printing as hitherto.
6. In large new construction cruisers, e.g., Southampton class, and in
certain re-constructed ships, e.g., H.M. Ships Repulse and Cumberland, more
extensively equipped dark rooms are being or have been fitted. The additional
photographic equipment necessary for vertical air photography will be supplied to
these ships when aircraft capable of mounting a vertical camera are carried.
7. In order to ensure that the maximum number o f P. 18 cameras may be
available for re-issue, it is essential that the cameras o f this type should be returned
immediately after the re-equipment with F.24 cameras has been effected.
8. A report on the suitability o f the new allowances should be rendered by the
ships concerned, through the usual Administrative Authorities, after a years
experience has been gained.
9. The items o f equipment referred to in this Order are Air Ministry stores and
should be accounted for in accordance with A.F.O. 768/36 promulgated in substitu
tion o f Appendix X to B.R. 4 (Instructions relating to Supply o f Naval Stores to
H.M. Ships, etc.).
Officers trunks
,,
suitcases
Tool chests
Ratings bags ...
,,
hammocks
,,
suitcases
1 0 each.
3
1 0
6
3
3
769
Section 42771/1086
2. The contractor w ill be held responsible fo r the prompt delivery and safe
custody o f the goods entrusted to him fo r conveyance.
3. Claims fo r payment w ill be forwarded by the firm on each occasion to
the Accountant Officers of H .M . ships concerned, but when baggage of men
belonging to various ships is conveyed as one consignment it w ill be necessary
to ensure that any benefit of the lower rates for large quantities is secured.
4. The contract became operative as from 28th October, 1936, and w ill
continue until further notice.
should
i.e.,
without
1937
(See overleaf)
(C30235)
cc
Section 4 82/1937
770
*
08T 3 5pT3 O
a .2
o -P
J
o l-t-143 c.
g 8
3 '
I- -S
a 2
S *-. 5 'O >8
^
^
S o ^ g 7S
3
r M S 's
,2 42 S ,2
2
o s-g
0 -p
w
-5 '3
O >> M
C *3c_|
.13a S .2 Q.
^ o '3 01
3
o
U K
o
ft i33 tj
^ -pC
-pfe
>?
o
se
$ 8
S-s
Oj-p
_
,
..
^
,
o
&
S I -P .0 O "
bo
ft.g
B
^ o
p<-p ST
_
-
q +3 .S e6
cS<
R pC
'S S
o
fe GG
O---
c3
The existing instructions regarding allowances of Carpets, Curtains and Overeases have been consolidated as shown below.
g o t
n-t O W
P ,*
ft ' J ^
2 a>
g 5
o .5
H^
+*
s-g^ .
5 fl ' E l
, & .3
>>
8.
w
S -i*3 -p
O 0
8TS To3 'Q
g ^3 g c
X
&<a
^ o3 o -P 6 .2 *
" -p
ca .S
O o '"w (U'S
P
12
S * g fr
43 j
8 8. g o CQ 8
fc
H co
3 a>
' fr
S J
-p s g
^ ,
O
3 T3
o ^5
c3
O
&
*3
l'g^
P 4
S 'S *
5 a S
*s S
mcS
5
H %1
o J
su r
^SE
S? o
o
M
-S.S
t% i
% a g
43CQO
p
t*H
- rs
c
t d'C
C
-p -p
o 4^ cd
rS
"p 'S
5
21*|
o -p >
'3
H a?
A +s
3 ri
a S
~x
3
'S
2
^
ce
CQ
S
CD Q
w
~
03
S 'h
-3 K
03
CD
's
&
<D 0>
fi |
fl 2
*
h ^r
3 3 o
ri -g
^3.15 8
_^
*
o
3 3as o5
<d
o '3 "
ri
en o5i
0>
j* ri
H
O <
2 3 -S
h a JS
co
o a-i
t4_i o .S
S s .s
^4
-\
Ph
23a
S a
Ci
09
0^ 2ri
ri -S
-C i g
m cu3
a .2
a i *
a g*
o
iGG
.-\ f^
-s
'Q
i'
3 ta
fi
'S
I I Ih
3 03
s
'S
5 ig
w
Pi
5
%*
3 o
I-g
O1
jt ri
fr
3 c3
ai
S
Irt
03
E ^
S 15
2 a
O
03
A +3
ri ^
aj
ri W
ri S
1a3
1 s
3 Ic3
c
fi'S
l-S
(H
-S
.2 c
>
C
00
rQ
4
O
) TJ
02 O .
t
ri
3 'kl
-P, G
<D+
3
+*
eu
^
'E
S
s
05
cS
s,* o
..
c3
<D
a
.
G CQ
O
O
4
*
rt
4^ >-W
c3 ^
f-<
-S
.2 c
> -o
M
3
kl
CQ O
Oh
J3
<
fi
WTJ
s a
af
o
o
0
<N
Cm
.p O
3 m
g Qh
sa
o
(C30235)
1ai
to Warrant Officers messes in ships where six or more such officers are borne, and
'3
providing space
Section 482/1937
771
03
S,
cc 2
Section 4 82/1937
Ow a 3 .
s'
!:
s as
|S t
- S I O o]
eg m ^
9
2 h
f* d <3 o ,
*| 3 tf
a ll!
c -u
73 2 M t
I
rt S
2 3
02 O
IS _ t
<3 i - p i
&
S
^ -S ^ 8
w Cjeg ^ h
43.13 s +32 > rQ
l g
o f
&a
_r c
c3 w
0) 0
E
2
0
f-t ^m . C.2
-S ^ .s pS . C
.5
43 "2 Qh-4^
o 3
i* a - S i a ' s s
fS
o
43
4D
^ EH -_^>
3<
O CU
CO24 S
3 ^A
S
fit 1
772
'S
fl >>.2
c802 T5
0 "
1 s
S< I
S'S
-300 o
tM jS
'd d "C
G
C
m
9 -S
O
O-P
CO
85? a
a
S rfc col3
g -P
^c o bp-a -g
^ bc':
s'
3 t
iEnf
S O S f i S S;
9*0 O 0 c3 i
o
Section 4 82/1937
- s g
3 ^ .2
S JS
O c3
a .a
O oS
P c
ft'S
cd g
c8
^ c3
T5
w O _.
>
jg w
~
co
(S
H
.=
&
3
as
a js
O (S
,u
s. l
.g M
r
ptO
dP
S '
t i
id
3
C3
H
! 'E
030
,
2
~
te
^ 8
H
S
c - 'O
-5
'S
-p H
5 -g 2 -
O -P
O
>>
.-go o o-s H
kl
3 -s
ki rt PhB
gO o O CS _.-
^^a
0 j
^ .5 ^
ftb.is o
53-s S '3
. '-3
l a * -
o a
1 s
o
H
+3
> .
g .S1
d
ti ? oo43
0)
b CI| CQJ -g S
a p
g ^ S TO '3
03
o
ta!
3
"S
o
E &
- - cd
x>
)
ci
^
t^ tn. sL.
2
O c g S
O O PhH
-p
-2
en kT -p c3
o
_
53 -
03
ki -rt
g
&I+3
O
-rt
I H
O 'O
I f
C
Ti
On
-
.2 e
-p C
o3
| |
02 Oc .
o^
1!
.S
- &
'53 0-S
Q =8
(C30235)
Ph
B.s
>>
O
o llg
O , TJ O
p<a
.2
2 -
Sfi *
O
*N ote . The total value of rugs and carpet runners for Commanding and other officers cabins, and for wardrooms, should not exceed
for each flotilla leader, 15 for each destroyer, 15 for P.C. 74 and Dart, and 10 for each of the remaining patrol boats.
25
773
cc 3
774
S ^9
2 *
* -c
p ^-p
t 2
2
'S
*
2
S E
CO
CO
o2
% <s
H
.e o
t
^
t 3
2 9
^ 08
a 2
eg
pt
+tn
3
&
ti 't
^
Sits
t-
s
t
y
23
(Fitted
(See
-5
o
t
03 O
as
Section 4 82/1937
2-0
|J|-sl gl
1 ; S .1
S
-8 * . V, -s
$5 j L t j2 'd
S* g
a
t ^ U
t .
, dT3< g O fe
^ ,S fS 0 0 ^
f
2
S
5 ^
^ t
t
o d| ^
c3<N O 2 Ph+s ce
- a
t-s
^ u .p 't O O O r O
t 3
O
O
775
Section4 82/1937
e3
Ph
cS
Pi ^
5r" ^
<D
a
a>
*
33
5
-1
(1
8
_g
S
rQ
3
CO
.s
O
o
u
T3
S-i
ad
(C30235)
cc 4
Section 4 82/1937
776
O "T
^ g*
i 1a
53 fl
0
* S
2 .3 O
o
8^o
0.
ICC 0
3
s?
3
s fe
a
-S
a fc
8 GO t
3 I '43
- -p
1*3
Ij*
oS.
T3
tfl
A
*
&
2
CO
(3
. o
3
CO
OT
a?
23
*-g
&S
T3 ,
cS
Ph
kCQ c
^ o
w -p
s-S
iN
I
e8^
C
h blDO
Off
g T3
.1J i
!- .fcr
i
os
>
08
i-S-g
00
OQ
CO
d "
S o
a t i
Ill
Section 482/1937
0 o J '
g-g !
oa
-3
o
Xi
-13*8 -O
2
O
wS o
S w
3o
*
'O -p -g
rO
rt c8 2
.5
fc
X 43 g 5
<fi .2
c3 o -p
O
^ 73
-p
- J
J &S - 2
^ S5
73
3d
S O
I &
3 r/S"*
esCO >>
o 10
*
S ftS
P &O
-s
8 f tS
3 |fr
o om o
-2. u
Hjj 3
cc
c3 -p
4 <
| &
3 -a
3 2 2 &
I
w s J.
ft
!|
^|
S~>^
5 5* f t
"*
0
'S
S
.
B ,i.S
I ! 5
I
I t
O
-p 03
73 ,
>>
g is M 73
O 4
X -3
<a
'S
t*-1
O X>
J
M O
S ' 0 -;
| -3
S-B
^ 73
1
-p
r* 960
fi
$ -S |
^ a-si
&a
'S 3
0,3
to
-p cc
O
2VI
s . S
a 43
fr! ftM
c3
43
09
(-1
X
GO
C5
O
tH .J3
c
*W
so
73
S E
>
o
'S
c3 eg
S'S
3
w 7
c
o
& | t3 ^
p !> c o
H S 8 CQ
1 * |
o E
m
Section 482/1937
778
C
0h
-s
4(A
^ .2 C3 3 ^
ph^
g-aS^-C
-2
g'flfi
a-a
Jy -fi
o H a rz
-0 &
S
'D
**> ci
0) g
fi >
HQ
S
.S O
. o
N SM
"
05
js f
.Ss'
CQ
r < s r ii
<1
>.
f
T
3
>
o
kl
CX
(X
eS
E-
B
s
d O o
-g 83 &
8
S fc-3
. A
te &l
S S
*-> 0
o
ST)
H
Ch 3
cS te
P
03 <D
<
y_*W
,
<D
;
^ s
te
S ta s 'S
P
?
g*.23 *3
*3 >
g
U ftO
cS , 0
^ O ci
Pu
fr
& o3
SO
O t3
i gS5 -s
ce
O
n^? -S
1
I
CD
s
05
l-T
S
CTrS
'O
c3
^
c
* 'r
w CQ
oW
3
^
"bO
l-s
T3
kl kl
O
es
3 *>
03 4
o
> fi
a3
-m
p
,2
.S
sS-s
j Ph ce
S'S
se =
ai a
. s t3 ^
D g
00 i ^ S ^ K 10
> a 'o
w
*2
, -*-Ji Sl r
fe
fc
S
2
3
rt 4J W a
C>
fl Js * CD
_ ta
-e-g
P
h
Oo
c8' g rC CQ p
O
779
Section 482/1937
Notes
1. Where the supply of carpets of rectangular shape, carpet squares or rugs,
would result in unsatisfactory covering of floor spaces, Officers of Flag rank, Chiefs
of Staff, Captains of the Fleet and Commanding Officers of Captains rank of ships
over 2,000 tons, may apply to the Admiralty for approval for the supply of fitted
carpets, but no application should be forwarded until the existing carpets or rugs
require renewal. A rough dimensioned sketch of the apartments should be furnished
with the application.
For new ships of over 2,000 tons, a decision whether or not fitted carpets may
be supplied will be given before the first supply of carpets is made.
The price limits specified in this Admiralty Fleet Order will also be applicable
in those cases where approval is given for fitted carpets to be supplied.
2. The object of the restriction of the supply of fitted carpets is to effect economy
by enabling carpets to be turned round so as to equalise wear and thereby extend
their life, and this object is defeated whenever a carpet of irregular shape is supplied,
even though it may not be actually fitted close up to the bulkheads.
3. The longest possible wear should be obtained from all carpets, rugs, etc.,
either on shore or afloat, and requests are not to be made for renewals whilst the
carpets are capable of further service. They are not to be replaced until a definite
certificate has been given by the Surveying Officers that they are unfit for further
service.
4. All carpets, rugs or mats selected, shall be subject to certification by the
Surveyor of Stores (or Warship Production Superintendent in the case of Contract
Built Ships) that their wearing qualities are likely to be at least as good as those of
the alternative Service pattern carpets, etc., and that they are such as will be
acceptable to successive officers.
5. Where selection is allowed, carpets or carpet material may be selected from
stocks held by firms on the Admiralty approved list. Generally speaking, better
value is obtainable for the money allowed by choosing made-up carpets instead of
material to be made up into the required size or sizes, although this does not apply
in the case of self-coloured carpets, patterns of which, manufactured by Messrs!
Carpet Trades, Limited, are held by the (Superintending) Naval Store Officers at
home dockyards.
A further addition to the total price limit may be made to the extent of the cost
of such Service pattern hearthrugs and mats as would ordinarily be supplied. The
total price limits thus ascertained must cover the cost of all carpets, rugs or mats
selected.
6. In leaders, destroyers and patrol boats engaged on miscellaneous duties,
not attached to running flotillas, including such vessels in reserve, supply should
not be made to wardrooms not in use, nor to cabins not actually occupied as officers
sleeping cabins, the maximum total values mentioned in foregoing table being
reduced proportionately.
7. I f more expensive rugs, carpet squares, cretonnes, etc., than the Admiralty
allowance permits, are desired, an undertaking in writing to refund to the Admiralty
the excess cost incurred is to be given by the officer demanding to the officer respon
sible for making the necessary arrangements for the supply. Such carpets, rugs, etc.,
will remain the property of the Admiralty and no refund on account of the excess
cost paid will be made. An excess price is permitted only on the total cost as regards
carpets, rugs, etc. No excess is permissible on the price limit per yard.
8. All entries on Accounts of Receipt in respect of rugs and carpet squares
should show the dimensions of the articles, the rank of the officer for whom they
are required, and the estimated cost of fitted Service pattern carpet in lieu of which
the purchase was made.
Demands from yards abroad for rugs or carpets should show the estimated cost
of a fitted Service pattern carpet.
In the case of partial replacements of rugs or carpet squares, the above infor
mation need not be shown on the Accounts of Receipt, but the following endorsement
should be made thereon, viz., Partial replacement onlywithin the limits of
price allowed.
Section 482/1937
780
9. When carpets are required by ships commissioning for short service, only
the number of carpets actually required for use at the time is to be demanded,
and new carpets are not to be supplied if worn or suitable articles are available for
supply, or if transfer can be arranged from some other vessel in the port.
10. Carpets, carpet runners or rugs will not normally be repaired or replaced
at Government expense during the term of a commission.
11. Under-felt is at prasent allowed only inshore establishments. Margins may
be stained or covered with linoleum.
12. Cotton rep curtains are allowed in place of the old pattern woollen rep.
Stocks of cotton rep are not maintained at dockyards, but samples of manufacturers
current products are held by the (Superintending) Naval Store Officer at each
dockyard, and selections may be made from these samples, subject to the same
limitations as regards colour and price per yard as for cretonne curtains.
Curtains for compartments of H.M. ships not previously allowed selection, will
be limited to two patterns of cotton rep per ship, e.g., one for officers and one for
enclosed messes, etc.
Cotton rep curtains may be supplied also as an alternative to linen curtains
(Pattern T.325) which are allowed to vessels in hot climates. If, however, linen
curtains are preferred, two sets may be supplied, as hitherto.
13. Curtains of plain blue colour, or having a proportion of red, green or blue
in their colouring, are allowed in ships provided that the curtains are fitted with a
neutralising lining, and there is no risk of the light showing from scuttles, portholes,
etc., being mistaken for the ordinary navigation lights of the ship. Materials in
plain shades of red or green are never to be used for curtains or cabin lights.
14. Cretonne, etc., covers for Flag and Commanding Officers will not be renewed
during a commission, while it is anticipated that holland or duck covers will last
at least two commissions.
15. Patterns of cretonnes from the stock of certain firms are kept by the
(Superintending) Naval Store Officer at each home yard to enable officers to make
selections, and, although these are revised periodically, it is not practicable to ensure
that any particular pattern will be procurable when required. Alternative patterns
should, therefore, be selected. I f preferred, officers may select cretonnes from the
stocks of approved London firms within the authorised limit of prices. Information
in regard to these firms who allow a discount on catalogue or ticketed prices can
be furnished by the (Superintending) Naval Store Officer.
Full particulars of the name of the firm from whom the selection has been
made and the pattern or ticketed number of the material selected, should be com
municated to the (Superintending) Naval Store Officer to enable an official order
to be placed.
16. Designs of an extreme character are to be rigidly excluded, and, in all
cases, the patterns selected should be concurred in by the Surveying Officer (or
Warship Production Superintendent in the case of Contract Built Ships) before
purchase is made.
17. Reference to destroyers includes flotilla and divisional leaders.
18. The selection of carpets, rugs, cretonnes, etc., for making up curtains and
overcases is to be restricted to material of British manufacture.
781
No.
1.
2.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
31.
12.
13.
18.
19.
20.
2i
22.
23.
24.
27.
28.
29.
30.
32.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
Section 4173/1937
Title.
Torpedo (B .R . 165).
21-in. Warhead.
21-in. Collision Head, Mark IX .
21-in., M ark IV*, Diagram of Leads.
21-in. Valve Group and Counter.
Servomotor.
21-in. Reducing Valve.
Disc Reducer.
21-in. Torpedo Tappet Engine.
Gyro Valve Chest, Diagrammatic Section.
A ir Driven Angled Gyro, S.R.
Greenock Depth Gear.
Ignition Delay (Hammer) Gear.
Combined Non-return Valve.
d y> Type Generator.
Injection Oil Bottle.
Variable O il Nozzle, 21-in., Marks
Sectional Elevation of Tail.
21-in. T .R.I. Torpedo Tubes.
21-in., Mark V By-Pass Valve.
K.8 Blowing Head.
Latch Type Tripper.
Action of Greenock Depth Gear.
21-in., Mark IX *, Diagram of Leads.
Type 3.F. Pistol.
Blowing Head, 21-in., Mark IX *, Type B.
L.T.A. Depth Gear.
21-in., Q.R., Mark V I I I * Tubes.
Sectional Elevation of Tail, 21-in., Mark IX *.
Section 4173/1937
782
Title.
300.
302.
303.
304.
305.
307.
308.
310.
311.
312.
313.
314.
315.
316.
317.
318.
319.
320.
Mine H . I I , Mark II .
Mark V I I I Sinker.
Mark X I I Sinker.
Depth Charge, Type D, Mark IV Pistol.
Depth Charge Thrower and Hydraulic Release Gear.
Detonators used in Mining.
Methods of F itting Guncotton Primers.
Mark X V I Sinker.
Mark V I I Paravanes (Protector Type).
Mark X IV Mine (XV and X V I similar).
Mark IV** Depth Charge Pistol.
Methods of Depth Taking.
Cycle of Action of Plummet Type Sinker.
Oropesa Sweep, Mark V (for use in Picket Boats).
T .I II Cutter for use with Mark V Oropesa Sweep.
General Layout of T.S.D.S. Gear.
Mark X IV Sinker.
Mark V I I Depth Charge.
Establishment.
1 set of Whitehead, electrical, L.P
and H .P. and mining.
783
Torpedo schools
.................................
.......................
Section 4173/1937
4 sets of Whitehead, electrical,
L.P. and H .P . and mining.
2 sets of Whitehead, electrical,
L.P. and H .P . and mining.
1 set of Whitehead, electrical, L.P.
and H .P . and mining.
1 set of Whitehead and mining,
2 sets of electrical, L.P. and H .P.
1 set of electrical, L.P. and H .P.
1 set of Whitehead, electrical, L.P.
and H .P . and mining.
1 set of Whitehead, electrical, L.P.
and H .P . and mining.
2 sets of Whitehead, electrical,
L.P. and H .P. and mining.
3.
The new drawings will be issued, as they become available, without
demand, from the R.N. Store Depot, Royal Victoria Yard, Deptford, and
current drawings held in excess of the above establishments are to be returned
thereto.
Section 4331/1937
784
O ld Type
P attern No.
Rem arks.
3800 series
9000
9000a
9000b
9001
9001a
9002
9002a
9003
9003a
9004
9001b
9002b
9003b
5755
4217
9004a
8660
5756
5756a
9005
9005a
8661
9006
9006a
9007
9007a
9008
5757
5758
5759
9007b
5757a
5758a
5759a
5760
5760a
9037
8673
9112
9114
9106 "
an d V
9109
9117
4218
9121a
and
9122
5755a
4215
(where
possible).
4216
(where
possible).
5761a
5762
5763
5788
5789
5790 1
5792
9117a
5761
5791
9008a
8662
4217
4406 "1
and
>
4421
SOCKETS
Superseded by
Old Type
Pattern No.
324
404
5212
7072
401
402
4552
Pattern No.
Pattern No.
Pattern No.
7918/9
4468/9
8104
4114
As P atte rn 9000a .
As P attern 9000a .
4217
4256
(where
possible).
etc.)
As Pattern 9000a .
4254
(where
possible).
y (for cabins,
__
Deleted no
ex
penditure
(A .F.O . 2636/34).
As Pattern 9000a .
As Pattern 9000a .
4469
1 Patterns 5790/1/2
still required for
J mess decks.
Section 4331/1937
785
Superseded by
Old Type
Pattern No.
2347
2800
5207
6928
403
4553
6929
406
2348
5208
7073
Pattern No.
[
J
Pattern No.
Pattern No.
4460/1
8104
4114
4472
4469
fiy
8105
4462
7920
4462
4473
PLUGS
SWITCHES
328
2801
2802a
2326
8113
7160a
or
7162a
7161a
or
7163a
7164a
7165a
7960a
7961a
7962a
7963a
7964a
7965a
7966a
7967a
4089a
4090a
4089a
4092a
4091a
4081a
4082a
4083a
4084a
4085a
4086a
4081a
4093a
4094a
4095a
4097
4098
4100
7873a
7874a
7875a
7876a
7968a
7979a
7970a
7971a
7877a
GEC. Cat.S.385
4224
1173
1177
4101a
f 4111
\4112
4113
11 73a
1177a
4221
4222
4111a
4112a
4101a
Section 4462/1937
786
783. Issued
Confidentially.
787
Section 4907/1937
(3) Where stores have been loaded for despatch prior to the receipt
of a message from a ship cancelling the original arrangements,
or amending the date of acceptance, and where inconvenience
would be caused at R.A.F. depots, by retention of the goods,
Headquarters, Coastal Command, to enquire of the Superintend
ing Naval Store Officer whether the consignment can be accepted,
the approximate cubic capacity and weight being stated.
2. The foregoing does not apply to aircraft carriers, as enquiries are
already made as to convenient dates for the delivery of aircraft stores and
this arrangement will continue.
Section 41849/1937
788
0 0 2
Coffee ...
0 0 2 per lb.
0 0 3 per 6 lb tin.
Corned Beef
0 0 H per 6 lb. tin.
0 0 2| per 4
0 0 2t per 4
,,
0 0 1J per 2
,,
0 0 H per 2
0 0 Of per 1
0 0 Of per 1
0 0 0j per lb.
Currants ...
0 1 0 per cwt.
Golden Syrup ...
0 0 Of per lb.
0 0 Of
0 0 Of
Jams and Marmalade
0 0 Of
99
0 11 2 per gall.
Lime Juice
0 11 2 per gall.
Pepper ...
0 0 0} per lb.
0 0 0 per lb.
Pickles, sweetened
0 4 0 per cwt.
0 0 0 per nominal 1
bottle.
Raisins ...
0 0 0 per lb.
0 5 3
99
Rum
...
3 14 4 per proof gall.
3 14 4 per proof gall.
Sugar
0 4 7"r7 per cwt.
0 0 0 per lb.
Sultanas
0 5 3
0 0 Oi
99
Tea
0 0 4 per lb.
0 0 4
Tomatoes, tinned
0 0 Oi
0 0 Of
99
Tobacco, leaf or strip ... 0 9 H
0 9 6*
99
0 12 0
0 12 0
Tobacco, manufactured
99
789
Section 41957/1937
The total value at current issuing prices of the quantities of provisions permitted
to be landed weekly by any man under Article 1822, Kings Regulations
and Admiralty Instructions, is to be limited to four shillings.
2. The individual articles and maximum quantities of each that may be taken
up within this value are :
Fresh meat
... 4 lbs.
Tinned salmon or meat and vegetable ration
... 2 lbs.
Flour
.. 2 lbs.
Tinned suet
... 1 lb.
... 1 lb.
Rice
Potatoes
.. 3 lbs.
Haricot beans or marrowfat peas
... 1 lb.
Condensed milk
... 2 tins.
Pickles (unsweetened only) ...
... 1 lb.
Butter ...
... i lb.
Sausages
... 1 tin (2 lbs.
Herrings in tomato sauce
... 2 tins.
2464.Butter Supplies
(V. 4112/37. 11.11.1937.)
Arrangements are being made for the supply of butter from the Victualling
Yards and Victualling Depots at Home from 1st December and on the Mediterranean
and America and West Indies Stations from 1st January.
2. Supplies will be available for the present in the following packings :
(a) 1-lb. packets in ordinary cases containing 48 lb. or 24 lb.
(b) 1-lb. packets in tin-lined cases containing 48 lb. or 24 lb.
(c) 1-lb. tins in cases containing 32 lb.
(d) Original cases containing 56 lb. butter in bulk.
3. The 24-lb. cases are intended for Destroyers and smaller ships only.
4. Supplies at home wijl normally be packed as at para. 2 (a), but butter packed
as at (d) will continue to be available for certain establishments where this is at
present used.
5. Except for day to day supplies in harbour and supplies for early consumption
in cool weather, tin-lined cases are to be demanded by ships for any quantities of
butter which cannot be kept in refrigerated storage.
6. 1-lb. tins will be supplied only to those ships in which butter may have to
be kept under unfavourable conditions for a prolonged period or where it is liable
to be subjected to severe conditions in transit.
7. Stocks in H.M. ships should generally be kept in refrigerated storage,
preferably at cold room temperatures (16-18F.) and should be regulated as far
as possible on the same basis as other refrigerated provisions. When circumstances
render it necessary for quantities to be embarked in excess of those which can be
accommodated in the refrigerated chambers, the excess quantities should be kept
in the coolest storeroom available and should be utilised for first issue.
Section 42464/1937
790
Section 42568/1937
791
8.
3
3
3
d.
9
3
9
3
3
9
3
'I
>
Five-thirds
of
single width
price.
2.
When cretonne for official residences is demanded from England by yards
abroad, it should be stated for what rooms the material is required.
Section 42806/1937
792
2.
Type A gear is for use on I I I F and Seal aeroplanes,
A set consists of
the undermentioned items :
Stores Ref.
Nomenclature.
9A/775
9A/774
9A/832
9A/833
Quantity.
1 off
1 off
1 off
1 off
Nomenclature.
Gear, target towing, anti-aircraft, Type
Mark I I , winch.
Pulleys, main, swivelling ...
...
...
or
Pulleys, main, fixed ...
...
...
...
Container, target flag, standard, single, 8 ft.
Container, target flag, standard, twin, 8 ft.
Quantity.
B,
1 off
...
1 off
...
...
...
1 off
1 off
1 off
Pulleys, main, fixed (Stores Ref. 9A/774) are required for Vincent, Vildebeest
and Wallace aeroplanes, and pulleys, main, swivelling (Stores Ref. 9A/789) are
required for Swordfish and Shark.
4. The scale of issue of target towing gear, both of Type A and Type B,
Mark II , is as follows :
Two sets for each squadron equipped
H.M. Aircraft Carriers
with aeroplanes capable of being
fitted with the gear and two sets
for each carrier as spare.
H.M. ships other than aircraft One set for each ship carrying aircraft
capable of being fitted with the
carriers.
gear.
No. 1 Anti-aircraft Co-operation Unit 12 and 6 spare.
2 and 1 spare.
Lee-on-the-Solent, B Flight
Lee-on-the-Solent, No. 2 Anti-aircraft 5 and 2 spare.
Co-operation Unit.
Hall Far, No. 3 Anti-aircraft Co- 6 and 3 spare,
operation Unit.
A d e n ................................................ 1 and 1 spare.
Singapore
...
...
...
... 2 and 1 spare.
Kai Tak
...
...
...
... 2 and 1 spare.
5. Naval bases should hold spare sets of gear equivalent to 50 per cent, of the
total held by H.M. ships, other than aircraft carriers operating from them.
6. Supply.Demands to complete units gear to scale are to be forwarded to
No. 1 Equipment Depot, Kidbrooke,.quoting this Order as authority.
7. A.P. 830, Vol. I l l , will be amended in due course.
793
Section 52590/1933
1923
2590.Note Books
Battleships, Battle Cruisers and Cruisers.
(Sta. 6671/23.28.9.1923.)
Arrangements have been made with H.M . Stationery Office to print, on
repayment terms, note books containing particulars of the ship, posters of
regulations, sentrys and other special orders, etc., which may be considered
necessary for Battleships, Battle Cruisers and Cruisers, on a ship being
commissioned, or in anticipation of commissioning, for circulation to differ
ent departments at the discretion of the Commanding Officer. The cost will
be assessed on Stationery Office contract rates, and charges will consequently
be less than would otherwise be the case.
Note Books produced by Ships Officers for printing may contain extracts
from books issued For Official Use Only (O.U. series), but on no account is
confidential information to be included, and the use of the printed note
books should be restricted to H.M . Service.
When such note books are required to be printed application should be
made direct to the Controller, H.M. Stationery Office, Princes Street, West
minster, London, S.W .l, quoting that Departments Letter of 11th October,
1919, to Admiralty, L.3705/19, the application being accompanied by the Com
manding Officers certificate that the p rinting is essential for the ship. The
cost will not be chargeable to Public Funds, and H .M . Stationery Office will
claim on the Commanding Officer.
As far as possible copy for printing should be typewritten, but in any
case clearness of copy is essential to avoid errors.
1925
61.Text BooksSupply to H.M. Fleet for Issue on
RepaymentREPORT
(Sta. 6257/24.-2.1.1925.)
For the purpose of pursuing private study, a Naval Rating or marine
may, if he wishes, obtain an educational text book from the Admiralty
provided it is allowed for school use in H.M . Ships. These educational books
will be issued only on repayment.
2. No stock of books will be kept in H .M . Ships for this purpose, and
any required must be demanded specially. The demands are to be sent to
the A dm iralty (K .S.P .), and not to the Superintendent, R.N . Store Office,
Royal Victoria Yard.
3. Arrangements are to be made for all requests for these books to be
incorporated in one demand instead of being separately demanded for each
man. Casual demands may be forwarded when men are drafted to relieve
others during a commission.
4. I f a man requiring a text book has been transferred to another Ship
or Shore Establishment before he has received his book, particulars oi sucn
transfer should at once be reported to the Adm iralty (K .S.P .) by the
Accountant Officer demanding the book, to enable the supply to be diverted
as necessary.
5. The charges to be recovered from each rating for books of this
character will be inserted on the advice notes, and, when recovered, these sums
are to be debited in the Ships Cash Account as received on H.M . Stationery
Office Account.
Section 5510/1927
794
1927
510.S.519, Junior Officers JournalsDemands for Re-binding
(Sta. 7030/26. 25.2.1927.)
Demands for the re-binding of S.519, Ju n ior Officers Journals, will in
future be carried out. to the two following patterns only, at the charges
quoted :
8. d.
buff buckram (i.e., original pattern of book) .............
9 6
Stout blue roan, with cloth sides
..................................
17 0
2. Demands for re-binding should be forwarded through the Accountant
Officer of the ship or establishment, on Form D.2o, and, if necessary, should
indicate the address to which the re-bound volume is to be sent.
3. The appropriate sum as quoted above should be charged on the despatch
of the volume, and brought to account as a credit to the vote of H.M .
Stationery Office.
*
4. Midshipmen will be allowed to have their journals re-bound in buff
buckram only. Officers, after completion of service as midshipmen, will be
allowed the alternative of the more expensive binding.
5. Re-binding must on no account be carried out otherwise than in
accordance with the above procedure.
1928
422.Office MachineryAnnual CensusREPORT
A ll Ships, Fleet and other Naval Shore Establishments, Warship Production
Superintendents and all Overseers.
(Sta. 6939/27. 17.2.1928.)
In order that a complete record of all typewriters, duplicators and other office
machinery in the Fleet and in shore establishments may be maintained, reports are
to be forwarded annually giving particulars of these machines in use or on charge
on 1st January of each year. These reports, which are to be forwarded to the
Secretary of the Admiralty (Stationery Branch) as soon as possible after 1st January,
are to give the following information :
(i) Name of ship, establishment, office or department.
(ii) Makers names and full description, size, etc., of all typewriters, and
also of all duplicators and other office machinery as detailed in
paragraph 4 of this Order. The factory number of each machine is
to be shown.
(iii) Statement showing whether the machines are in full use and whether
by centralising typing work or by re-allocating the typewriters, etc.,
any of the machines can be surrendered.
Note (a). Where the number of typewriters is not fixed by Establishment
the retention of a typewriter is not justified unless it can be employed for a minimum
period of 4 hours per diem.
(b) Before any machine is included in the reports, both its existence and
factory number must be verified by actual inspection. Reports must not be
compiled from existing records.
(c) If a factory number is prefixed by index letters, the index letters as well
as the number should be quoted.
795
Section 5422/1928
2. The reports are also to include similar information for machines which
may have been removed from charge in the accounts or have been sent for repair
and not returned during the whole of the preceding year for subsequent annual
returns. The reason for the removal and destination are to be shown against each
machine. These machines are to be shown separately in the reports.
3. Reports from dockyards and large establishments are to show the allocation
of each machine.
4. These reports are to give particulars of the machines as indicated in the
following list, a n il return being furnished when not any of these articles are on
charge or in use :
Press copying machines. (Roneo, etc.).
Duplicators. (State make, size, and whether flat or rotary.)
Motabradors. (Envelope openers.)
Envelope-closing and franking machines.
Note-folding machines.
Multi-post 8tamp affixers.
Electric photo copiers.
Photostats.
True-to-scale tables.
Gammeters.
Ronotyp machines.
Dictaphones.
Roneophones.
Linotypes.
Printing presses. (In addition to factory number state size, and whether
hand or power driven.)
Litho presses and machines. (In addition to factory number state size,
and whether hand or power driven.)
Wire stitching machines.
Guillotines. (In addition to factory number, state length of knife.)
Addressograph machines.
Adding^macSnes^1168*
6.
If the position of the factory number on any type of machine is not known,
application for this information should be made to the Secretary of the Admiralty
(Stationery Branch.)
6. All typewriters, etc., surplus to requirements are to be returned to the
Superintendent, R.N. Store Dpt, Royal Victoria Yard, Deptford, London, S.E.8,
by Ships in Home Waters and Naval Establishments at Home and Abroad, and
through the Naval Store Officer of the nearest Dockyard by Ships Abroad.
7. Reports are to be forwarded through the respective Senior Officers and
Superintendents.
8. On previous occasions, various small detached services failed to supply
the information. It is desired that Commanders-in-Chief and Senior Officers will
bring this Order specially to the notice of any detached services under their command.
Section 5-412/1933
796
1933
412.Admiralty Long Distance Telephone System and
Phonograms
(M. 373/26.)
797
Section 6412/1933
12. Communications on Service matters via the Adm iralty long distance
telephone system is also possible between subscribers connected with the local
Post Office Exchanges in London and the home ports. This system cannot
be employed where the connection would involve a toll or trunk call on Post
Office lines.
13. Except where otherwise stated, the rules given above apply only to
Naval telephone lines and not to ordinary Post Office lines, on which
different arrangements for working are in use.
14. The telephones are not to be used when a postagram or a letter will
suffice, but are to be reserved for messages of an urgent nature or when
actual conversation is necessary. Also, as no telephone line, even if direct
or private, is entirely free from overhearing, the telephone is never to be
used to discuss matters of a secret or confidential nature, unless the conversa
tion is so worded that no information would be disclosed to a third party
who might overhear the conversation. This also applies to Wireless
Telephony. (See para. 25.)
15. I t is essential for the satisfactory working of the lines that the
foregoing rules should be strictly adhered to, and that no unnecessary
conversations take place.
In order to ensure this, arrangements exist
whereby the Naval Officer-in-Charge of the A.T.X. can listen to any conver
sation over the lines. I f he should hear matters of a secret or confidential
nature being discussed or conversations on non-Service matters or on
Service matters which are obviously not urgent and which could be dealt
with by letter, the call will be summarily terminated and an explanation
asked for.
16. Naval Trunk Exchanges and Provincial Authorities connected to
them.
(a) Chatham N .X .All Naval, Marine and Dockyard Authorities and
establishments in the vicinity; Lodge H ill, R.N. Armament
Dpt; Chatham Garrison.
(b) Portsmouth N .X .A ll Naval, Marine and Dockyard Authorities
and establishments in the vicinity; P riddys Hard, R.N.
Armament Depot; Rear-Admiral (S ); Lee-on-Solent, R.A.F.
Headquarters, Coastal Command; Stokes Bay Experimental
Station.
(c) Plymouth N .X .All Naval, Marine and Dockyard Authorities and
establishments in the vicinity of Plymouth and Devonport,
R.A .F. Station, Mount Batten, Devonport M ilitary Central
Exchange.
(d) Sheerness N .X .A ll Naval and Dockyard Authorities and estab
lishments in the vicinity; R.A.F. Air Armament School,
Eastchurch.
17. Phonogram Rooms.The A.T.X. and N.Xs. being merely telephone
switchboards, no message can be taken down in writing at these exchanges.
Consequently, connected with the A.T.X. and each of the N.Xs. is a
Phonogram Room where phonograms are written down and recorded.
Section 5-412/1933
798
21. When the A.T.X. is open? phonograms may also be sent via the
Phonogram Rooms and the long distance Naval telephone lines between any
Naval Authorities who are connected to a telephone system. The phonogram
is to be passed via the N .X. (Phonogram Room) nearest the sender. When
economy is effected thereby, the Adm iralty long distance telephone system
will be utilised to pass the message via the Adm iralty Phonogram Room to any
other Phonogram Room which may be nearer the addressee, this Phonogram
Room in turn taking down the message and forwarding it to the addressee
via the Post Office telephone system.
22. Phonograms to the Adm iralty, etc. Phonograms can be sent via the
Admiralty Phonogram Room to all departments of the Admiralty, Admiral
Commanding Reserves, Deptford (R.N. Store Depot and Victualling Yard),
and Greenwich College.
When it is necessary to send a message to the Admiralty during the
hours that the Trunk Exchange is closed, it should be sent by telegram.
Only messages bearing the indication Immediate, or an indication of a
higher relative degree of priority in accordance with the instructions con
tained in General Signalling Instructions, will be dealt with immediately
on receipt at the Adm iralty during these hours (see also para. 5).
23. Phonograms to the A ir M inistry.Phonograms are also accepted by
the Adm iralty Phonogram Room for the Air Ministry.
24. Phonograms to Firms.Phonograms, instead of telegrams, should be
sent by Naval Authorities to firms which are connected to the Post Office
telephone system in the vicinity of the A.T.X. or any N .X., the phonograms
being transmitted by the local Phonogram Room to the addressee by tele
phone.
In this connection it is observed that the expense of the local
telephone call is only one penny. Phonograms sent to private firms are in all
cases to be confirmed in writing by the originator of the message.
25. Secret and Confidential Messages. Messages in code or cypher may
be sent as phonograms, but no secret or confidential message is to be
telephoned in plain language.
26. Procedure.Phonograms are telephoned between the Phonogram
Rooms of the A.T.X. and the N.Xs., where they are written down on receipt
They are not telephoned direct from the Admiralty Phonogram Room to
addressees at the home ports, nor direct from the Phonogram Rooms at the
home ports to addressees at the Admiralty. Phonograms will usually be
delivered to the addressee from the Phonogram Room at a "Naval port by
telephone, a written copy being forwarded in confirmation if required by
the addressee, but, when more convenient, written copies may be sent without
telephoning the phonogram. Phonograms received at the Adm iralty are
circulated in the same way as other messages.
27. Messages originating at a home port for despatch as phonograms
should normally be sent in writing to the local Phonogram Room, but when
of an immediate nature they may be telephoned to the local Phonogram
Room.
28. Phonograms are treated in all respects as L /T messages, i.e., entered
in the Cypher or Signal Log (and L /T Log, if kept) and circulated as
L/T messages.
29. Particulars of all phonograms are recorded in the Phonogram Rooms,
and copies are kept for reference.
30. All phonograms are to be repeated back after the whole of the message
has been written down.
31. The names of the operators who actually pass and receive a phono
gram are to be noted on the forms used, together with the time of receipt.
32. Originators' Numbers.Phonograms bear originators numbers in the
same series as all other messages, except postagrams.
(A.F.O. 1748/34.)
799
Section 5 -630/1933
Section 5630/1933
800
801
Section 5550/1934
1934
550.Form D.320Engineers List of Spare Gear,
Fittings, etc.Preparation
(N.S. 3823/33. 8.3.1934.)
On receipt of approval to prepare Form D.320 (Engineers List of Spare Gear,
Fittings, etc.) for a ship in which a combined fixture list (Form D.6) is in use, the
portion of the latter list relating to fixtures other than Engineers is not to be revised
unless prior Admiralty approval has been obtained to carry out this particular work.
2. When the Form D.320 has been completed the letters indicated below are to
be shown on the Form D.6 against the items so dealt with, viz. :
(A) Those actually included in Spare Gear List D.320.
(B) Those omitted from List D.320.
(C) Those items of value to be accounted for in the central store account.
3. A list in triplicate of the items marked (C) should be furnished by the
Dockyard Professional Department concerned to the Superintending Naval Store
Officer, who should forward one copy to the Accounting Officer of the ship and one
to the Admiralty (N.S.), the third copy being*retained for record purposes. Care
should be taken to ensure that the list contains a full description of each item,
including pattern number for articles of an authorised pattern, together with
sufficient information to enable (he Accounting Officer to obtain the necessary
receipt from the Engineer Officer of the ship and also to record the articles in the
central store account as fitted or on permanent loan to the Engineer Officer.
4. Details of the stocktaking differences revealed in the Form D.6 should also
be forwarded to the Superintending Naval Store Officer by the Professional Dockyard
Department concerned, and, after explanations have been furnished by the ships
officers, the list should be transmitted to the Admiralty (N.S.).
5. The above instructions also apply to Engineers Fixture Lists Form D .6 a .
DD
Section 61380/1934
802
Stationery
803
Section 51380/1934
o t es o n
C a e e a n d U se o f T y p e w r it e r s .
DD*
Section 5-1748/1934
804
Place.
P.O.
Telegraph
Office.
Naval (or
Naval Officerin-Charges)
Exchange.
Dockyard
Exchange.
Naval Officerin-Charge,
Private
Telephone
Address.
(2)
(4)
(3)
(5)
'Telegraph Office, 0900-1900 (Saturdays, 0900-1400).
Closed on Sundays, Christmas Day, Good Friday, and Bank Holidays,
unless orders to the contrary are promulgated.
A.T.X. and phonogram-room, 0800-1830 (closed on Sundays,
Admiralty <! Christmas Day, Good Friday, and Bank Holidays, unless orders to
the contrary are promulgated).
Telephone Exchange, 0800-2000 (closed on Sundays, Christmas Day,
Good Friday, and Bank Holidays, unless orders to the contrary
are promulgated).
(1)
0800-2000
(Sundays
0900-1030)
Continuous
*Sheemess
0800-1930
Continuous
(Sundays
0900-1030)
N ote-Arrangements exist for the delivery of te egrams at all times to Naval
Authorities at Chatham anc1 Sheemess.
Woolverstone
Ipswich
Continuous
5, or
0800-2000
Harwich 43.
(Sundays
0900-1030)
Note.W. Messages and those bearin g an indication of priority are telephoned direct
from Londo n Exchange at all hours. Tel ephonic commimication can be
effected at ill hours with 2aptain-in-Charges official resi dence by direct
line from Training Establi hment Excharige.
Harwich
(Shotley)
Portsmouth
Continuous
Continuous
Continuous
Portland
0800-1930
(Sundays
0900-1030)
Continuous
...
0800-2100
(Sundays
0900-1030)
Note.Arrangements exist for the delivery to Naval Authorities at Portland at any
time, of telegrams bearing an indication of priority, and telephonic com
munication with Captain-in-Charge can be effected through the Dockyard
Exchange any time day or night.
Weymouth
Section 51748/1934
805
Place.
(1)
Plymouth
Devonport
Rosyth
P.O.
Telegraph
Office.
Naval (or
Naval Officerin-Charges)
Exchange.
Dockyard
Exchange.
Naval Officerin-Charge,
Private
Telephone
Address.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Continuous
Continuous
^Continuous
0700-1900
Continuous
(Saturday
0700-1300).
Closed on
Sundays.
Note. Arrangements exist for the delivery to Naval Authorities at any time of
telegrams bearing an indication of priority.
Invergordon
(Edinburgh)
Continuous
0800-1930
(Sundays
0900-1000)
Invergordon
34
*
The Naval Trunk sections of the Dockyard Exchanges at Chatham and
Sheemess, and the Naval Trunk sections of the Naval Exchanges at Portsmouth
and Plymouth, are closed when A.T.X. is closed.
(Also issued as A .F.O . S.90/34.)
1935
2872.Dutiable Mess and Canteen StoresRevised
Application Form (C and E 90)
(N.L. 3429/35.28.11.1935.)
A new form of application (C. and E. Form 90) for duty free mess and
canteen stores is being introduced.
2. In future this form is to be filled up and despatched in duplicate.
3. The merchant from whom the stores are ordered will forward the forms
to the Collector of Customs and Excise at the base port of the ship.
4. When stores are required urgently, and the ship is absent from the base
port, a notification to this effect is to be sent to the merchant. The latter
may request the officer of customs responsible for clearance of the goods to
obtain by telegraph the necessary authority for delivery from the Collector
of Customs and Excise at the base port.
Section 5-479/1936
806
1936
*479.Ratings on PassageMails for
(M. 6150/35. 20.2.1936.)
Ratings drafted to a particular ship on a Foreign Station should inform their
relatives before taking passage that correspondence should be addressed to their
new ship.
2. Ratings drafted to a Foreign Station for disposal on the station should
inform their relatives that, pending their allocation to a ship, correspondence should
be addressed :
Name, Rating, Official Number,
Draft in S.S.......... (or H.M.S.............. or H.T........... ),
c/o Fleet Mail Officer,
(Place)*.....................
'Malta for ratings for disposal on Mediterranean Station.
Hong Kong
China Station.
Colombo
Africa Station.
Bermuda
1512*
Confidentially.
807
Section 51945/1936
DD**
Section 52081/1936
808
M e s s a g e s T e l e p h o n e d to P o s t O f f ic e s f o r D e s p a t c h as T e l e g r a m s .
2144.Postagrams (P/G)
(M. 04146/36.27.8.1936.)
A postagram is a special postal message sent between Naval Authorities
in home waters on occasions when the message need not reach its destination
earlier than an ordinary letter posted at once. The system may be adopted
on foreign stations, within the limits of the station, at the discretion of the
Commander-in-Chief.
2. Except as regards method of transmission, postagrams are to be treated
in all respects as L/T messages, i.e., entered in the Cypher or Signal Log
(and L /T Log, if kept) and circulated as L/T messages.
3. Postagrams should be used in preference to W /T or L/T messages
whenever it is not urgently necessary for the recipient to take action on the
same day as the message is despatched, but they are not intended to replace
ordinary postal correspondence.
4. Originators' Numbers.A separate series of originators numbers is to
be used for messages sent as postagrams. To distinguish this series the
number is terminated by the letter P .
5. To the Time of Origin of a postagram is to be added the day of the
month.
6. Forms to be used.Form S.575D should normally be used for posta
grams, except those from the Admiralty, which will be sent on an Admiralty
form headed Postagram.
7. The Authority for Despatch of a postagram will be the same as for
any other form of message, and postagrams must be signed by the officer
authorising them. Postagrams despatched from the Adm iralty will not be
signed if they are Adm iralty messages, but will bear in lieu a special
stamp of authenticity. Departmental messages, i.e., messages emanating
from the Head of a particular department or branch (Director of Stores,
Director of Dockyards, etc.), despatched from the Adm iralty will be signed.
809
Section 52144/1936
Section 62921/1936
810
31
32
32A
*5
*5(1)
Title.
Price.
s.
4
2
1
3
0
Postage.
d.
6
5
3
2
1
d.
0
0
0
0
4
These books are subject to a discount of 25 per cent, when purchased on board.
(6) From Accountant Officer of Ship only.
B.R. No.
*4
*4(1)
49
93
93(1)
97
*11
Title.
Price.
s. d.
0 9
0 1
1
4
0
0
3
10
6
7
6
6
3128. Issued
Confidentially.
811
Section 53136/1936
1937
74.Mails for the FleetRevised Arrangements
(M. 4796/36. 14.1.1937.)
With a view to simplifying the procedure for dealing with Fleet Mails, the
possibility of reducing the number of forms which accompany the mails has been
discussed with the General Post Office, and it has been agreed to replace the existing
forms, seven in number, by the following :
Form No.
Title.
Remarks.
F.S. 136
...
F.S. 63 ...
...
P.S. 8 2 ..............
Parcel B i l l .........................
E.C.I.S. 103
...
E.C.I.S. 102
...
Section 574/1937
812
813
Section 576/1937
4. The cost of printing the details of the permanent Naval Stores is considered
to be out of proportion to the use that can be made of such informiation, but skeleton
loose leaf pages with headings only (numbered Form S.1098A), have been provided
either for the entry in manuscript of the permanent items which are held in stock
in the central store, or, as additional pages for insertion, when necessary, of new
consumable items. These pages, when used for permanent items, may be secured
at the back of the S.1098 or kept in a separate guard (Form S.599), whichever is
the more convenient. An initial supply of the pages (S.1098A) will be included
with the distribution of the S. 1098 and further supplies may be obtained, on
demand, from Deptford.
5. The column headed Equivalent in the present S. 1098 has also been
omitted from the new list. Consideration is being given to the printing of a separate
book of Equivalents in a more convenient form, for use in the various storerooms.
6. After the new list has been in use for a year, reports should be forwarded
from the Home and Mediterranean Fleets, stating whether the necessity for a printed
permanent section has been felt.
7. I f experience shows that the omission of these details has been the cause of
inconvenience to accounting procedure, further consideration will be given to the
printing of this section. I t will be realised that a printed permanent section would
have to include details of all the permanent stores allowed to the various classes of
ships. Only a small proportion of these details would be appropriate to a particular
ship, or class of ship, while most of the items would be on Permanent Loan (many
fitted in installations, such as W/T, gyro compass, etc.), for which particulars of
stowage are not required.
Section 5333/1937
814
Classification of Books.
A.Non-confidential books with a
very restricted distribution
and books issued to fleet
units in large numbers, or
of which copies are held
personally.
815
Section 5333/1937
issued up to a specified date. The several amendments to each book will be noted
with the number of the Admiralty Fleet Order in which they were originally
promulgated.
10. The first reprint will consist of amendments issued to confidential books
up to the end of 1933 that are still in force as Admiralty Fleet Orders, and will
include amendments to C.B. 993(26), C.B. 1618 (D) and C.B. 1735(1) that were
issued originally in C.A.F.O. 567/29, C.A.F.O. 1590/32 and C.A.F.O. 822/31,
respectively, but which were not reproduced in the last Confidential Special
Errata Issue dated 28th September, 1933.
11. Eventually, copies of books in Class A will be issued from the R.N. Store
Depot, Deptford, complete with copies of the relevant Admiralty Fleet Orders,
P Series, subsequent to the latest addenda volume.
Section 5583/1937
816
583. Issued
Confidentially.
1101.O.U. 6090 (K)H.A. Range Table, No. 245, for 4-in., Q.F.
Guns, Marks V, XV, XVI and XVIIRevised page 1,
dated April, 1937Issue
(G. 1861/37.27.5.1937.)
A revised page 1, dated April, 1937, of Range Table No. 245 for 4-in.
Q.F. guns, Marks V, XV, X V I, and X V II is now in the press.
2. Copies will be supplied as follows:
Ships Carrying the Guns, and Establishments.Issues will be made
to all concerned, without demand, from the R.N. Store Depot, Royal
Victoria Yard, Deptford, as soon as supplies become available.
Ships to be Re-armed with Mark X V I Guns.Demands should be
forwarded to the R.N. Store Depot, Royal Victoria Yard, Deptford,
when required.
817
Section 51170/1937
1222. Issued
Confidentially.
in
1427. Issued
Confidentially.
Section 51486/1937
818
Ships
fitted
or to be
fitted
with the
guns.
4. All copies of O.U. 5453 should be disposed of on receipt of the revised edition.
*1794.CorrespondenceEarlier Posting of
(C.E. 2509/37. 19.8.1937.)
The Postmaster-General has drawn attention to the serious embarrassment
which is experienced by the postal authorities owing to the tendency for corres
pondence to be accumulated during the day and posted during the early evening.
It is thought that if arrangements could be effected whereby a larger proportion of
correspondence is posted earlier in the day it would be possible to provide a better
service and Government Departments have been invited to collaborate with this
end in view.
2.
All naval and civil staff, particularly senior and supervising officers, are
invited to co-operate so far as may be possible to ensure the posting of correspondence
earlier in the day and to avoid accumulating it until the evening.
819
Section 51797/1937
1797.Form S.180Rendering of
(D. 6989/37. 19.8.1937.)
In connection with the rendering of Form S.180 report of examination of
structure, W.T. doors, etc., in H.M. shipsit appears from the number of N IL
returns received at the Admiralty that the authorities concerned have refrained
from recording the less important defects discovered.
2. Arrangements are to be made for all defects discovered as the result of such
examinations to be recorded in future returns Form S.180.
2081.Dental StoresSurveys
(M .D.G. 6314/37.23.9.1937.)
It has been decided, with a view to the elimination of unnecessary
correspondence, that the survey of all dental stores in H.M . ships which are
accounted for on Forms M.230a, 230c, and 230d, shall in future be carried
out on Form M.176.
2. After the
the disposal of
ance with the
Admiralty will
Section 52402/1937
820
821
Section 52402/1937
Section IICharges
Section 52402/1937
822
Section IVCounting
1. In plain language the maximum number of letters allowed to pass at the
charge for a single word is lo, any excess being charged for at the rate of 15 letters
to a word.
2. Subject to this limit, the following are counted as single words, if written
without break :
Ordinary compound words.
Names of towns, countries, provinces, etc.
Family names and names of ships.
Names of streets, squares, etc.
Compound numbers written in words.
The words street, square, etc., or their equivalent in other languages,
can be combined with their names so as to form a single chargeable word, e.g.,
Stjamesstreet, Hydeparksquare, etc. I f joined by a hyphen, or separated by an
apostrophe, compound words or names are counted as so many separate words.
3. The name of the ship to which a radiotelegram is addressed is counted as
one word. The word submarine (see Section I, paragraph 5), together with the
identifying letter and figures, are counted as one word in the address.
4. The name of the coast station, when written in the form given in the
Post Office Guide, is counted and charged for as one word in the address.
5. Words incorrectly spelt, so as to reduce the number of letters below the
maximum, or incorrectly joined together, contrary to the usage of the language, are
inadmissible.
6. I f the sender of a telegram from a place abroad irregularly joins together
words for the purpose of reducing the charge, the amount undercharged is collected
from the addressee.
7. In all telegrams every isolated letter or figure is charged for as a word.
Groups of figures are counted at the rate of five figures to a word, and at the same
rate for any excess. Groups of letters in current use are similarly counted when
occurring in the text. But such letters are not admissible in groups in the address ;
they are charged for as so many separate words. Letters added to figures to form
ordinal numbers or commercial marks, or to represent the number of a house, are
counted as figures. Bars of division, decimal points, and stops used in the formation
of numbers are counted as figures ; otherwise signs of punctuation are not trans
mitted except at the special request of the sender, and they are then charged for as
separate words.
8. In code language no word must exceed five letters in length. Words in
plain language in the text of a telegram which also contains words in code language
are charged for at the rate of five letters to a word, any excess also being charged
for at the rate of five letters to a word.
9. Commercial or private codes may only be used provided that the sender
can satisfy his Commanding Officer that the message is a bona fide one, and one
which is in no way contrary to the interests of H.M. Service.
10. The foregoing instructions are extracted from the International Regulations.
For accounting purposes only, however, code words in private radiotelegrams
transmitted entirely by Naval wireless (e.g., requests for withdrawals from Post Office
Savings Bank) are to be counted as ten letters to a word, five letters being counted
as half a word.
Section VAccounting
1. The sender of a private message should in all cases prepay the charges to the
Accountant Officer (or, where an Accountant Officer is not borne, to the officer
performing accountant duties). The charges will be brought to account in a separate
schedule to the cash account as a credit to P.I. Commercial Wireless Account.
The original message is to bear the initials of the Accountant Officer (or, where an
Accountant Officer is not borne, the officer performing accountant duties) before
despatch, to show that charges have been prepaid.
2. All private radiotelegrams transmitted and received by H.M. ships should
be summarised on Schedule Forms S.536 and S.536A respectively, in order of date
and under calendar months, the forms being transmitted to the Director of Navy
Accounts (Branch 9) within eight days of the expiration of the month. It is not
necessary for a copy of these forms to be attached to the Cash Account voucher,
Form S.27.
823
Section 52402/1937
Section 52402/1937
824
3.
Particulars of such remittances are to be included in a special Remittance
List (S.66), and clearly shown as confirmatory of the previous W/T message of
appropriate date.
Section VIIIUse of Ships W/T for Making Withdrawals from Savings Banks
When officers or ratings serving in H.M. ships desire to authorise the payment
of money from Post Office Savings Bank accounts or from Naval Savings Bank
accounts at Home Dockyards and Royal Marine Divisions for the benefit of dependants,
the message may, subject to the concurrence of the Commanding Officer, be trans
mitted by ships W/T and routed through normal Service channels without charge.
Messages, however, requesting withdrawal from these accounts for any other purpose,
together with the reply thereto, are to be charged for at the rate of Is. per word, if
sent by Naval Wireless, or at the appropriate rate, if sent by commercial channels.
Schedule showing how to Assess Charges for Private Radiotelegrams and
Ship Letter Telegrams transmitted from H .M . Ships
(For circumstances in which Naval W/T stations may be used, see Section I, para. 6.)
To.
Transmitted via
(See Note 1.)
825
' Transmitted via
(See Note 1.)
To.
Section 52402/1937
Charges for Messages in Plain
Language.
(See Note 2 for messages in code.)
(a) Direct
(a) Direct
...
(a) Direct
No charge.
Section 52402/1937
826
Note 1.Where more than one coast station is used, the inland telegraph charge
involved in transmitting the message from station to station, together with the
charges for both coast stations, should be included in the total cost of the message.
Note 2. Code messages are charged at 6/10ths of the full rate in the case of the
Extra European system and at 7/10ths of the full rate in the case of the European
system except in the case of traffic between ship stations direct or through the
intermediary of a single coast station where the charge is always equal to 6/10ths
of the full charge.
Note 3.When messages are passed between H.M. ships on the same station,
any Naval W/T station charge may be waived.
t For ship receiving, coast station and inland telegraph charges see List of
Coast Stations and Ship Stations which gives rates in gold francs. For cable
rates and in cases of doubt the appropriate charges should be ascertained from the
station through which the message is passed. The method of conversion of gold
francs into sterling is shown in Section II, paragraph 2, of this Order, except where
a special conversion rate is shown at (3) (a), (3) (b), (3) (c), and (4) (6) above.
t t Charge obtainable from the station.
* For charges see Post Office Guide.
(Also issued as A.F.O . S.162/37.)
827
Section 52694/1937
(C30235)
5,125
11'38
Hw.
(Gp. 338/13)